U.S. Department of Labor
	Occupational Safety & Health Administration
	www.osha.gov		[skip navigational links]	Search	Advanced Search | A-Z Index

Federal Registers - Table of Contents

DEPARTMENT OF LABOR

Occupational Safety and Health Administration

29 CFR Part 1926

Incorporation of General Industry Safety and Health Standards Applicable
to Construction Work

AGENCY:  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of
Labor.

ACTION:  Final Rule; Incorporation and designation of existing
standards applicable to construction work to codify them as construction
standards.

SUMMARY:  OSHA is incorporating the regulatory text of the General
Industry Safety and Health Standards (part 1910) that have been identified as
applicable to construction work into the Safety and Health Regulations for
Construction (29 CFR part 1926). For some time, elements of both labor and
management within the construction industry have requested the Agency to
develop a single set of OSHA regulations for the exclusive use of that
industry. OSHA prepared this document in response to the concerns of the
affected parties and because the Agency recognizes the need for uniform
enforcement information.  This action will assist employers and employees in
obtaining more up-to-date information on their construction safety and health
obligations.

EFFECTIVE DATE: June 30, 1993.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Mr. James F. Foster, U.S. Department
of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Room N-3647, 200
Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, DC 20210; telephone: (202)219-8151.

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:

Background

OSHA has recognized, since early in its existence, that there are
circumstances where the safety and health standards for construction
employment (29 CFR part 1926) are less comprehensive than the safety and
health standards for general industry employment (29 CFR part 1910).  In a
number of cases, the Agency has determined that it is appropriate to cite a
construction employer for violation of a part 1910 standard, to effectuate
the purposes of the OSH Act.  (See 29 CFR 1910.5(c), incorporated into the
Construction Standards as  29 CFR 1926.20(d).)

By 1978, a number of part 1910 standards had been identified as applicable
to construction.  As a result, both employers and employees requested that
OSHA issue a single volume which would present all of the regulations,
whether from part 1910 or from part 1926, that the Agency considered
applicable to construction employment.  The parties requesting consolidation
stated that notifying employers of the applicable part 1910 standards would
facilitate compliance.

On February 9, 1979, OSHA issued a Notice of Enforcement Policy and
Republication of Standards (44 FR 8577) which reprinted the entire text of 29
CFR part 1926, together with certain General Industry Safety and Health
Standards contained in 29 CFR part 1910 which had been identified as
applicable to construction employment. On April 6, 1979, the Agency issued a
correction notice (54 FR 20940).  Subsequently, to promote uniform
enforcement, OSHA addressed the application of part 1910 standards to
construction employment in field directives CPL 2- 1.68 (2-28-79) and CPL
2-45A CH-1 (8-18-83).

In addition, in 1983 the Agency produced and distributed OSHA Publication
2207, Construction Industry Standards, which presented the part 1910 and part
1926 standards covered by the February 9, 1979, and April 6, 1979, notices.
This OSHA publication was reprinted in 1986, and revised in 1987.  The volume
was available through the Government Printing Office and from the Agency
itself in limited quantities.

More recently, a number of parties, including the Advisory Committee on
Construction Safety and Health (See Transcript of 6-20-90 meeting, pp.
165-169), have suggested that OSHA consolidate all regulations applicable to
construction in a single volume, either by revising 29 CFR part 1926 or by
updating and reprinting OSHA Publication 2207.  In response to these
suggestions, the Agency revised and reissued Publication 2207 in 1991.  The
initial printing run of the 1991 volume has now sold out.

In this notice, in order to provide construction employers and employees
with a more comprehensive compilation of applicable safety and health
standards, OSHA is revising its part 1926 regulations by adding identified
part 1910 standards to part 1926, complete with their own part 1926
designations.

Most of the General Industry standards incorporated through this action have
long been applied to construction employment.  A few recent standards, such
as the standards for Process Safety Management (PSM), 29 CFR 1910.119, and
Hazardous Waste Operations, 29 CFR 1910.120, are being added to part 1926 at
this time because OSHA has determined that their inclusion is necessary for
the protection of construction workers.

For example, the Agency is aware that employees who perform construction
work at petrochemical facilities may be exposed to process hazards.  The
inclusion of the PSM standard, incorporated here as 29 CFR 1926.64, provides
clear notice that employers must comply with that standard to protect
employees performing construction work from exposure to the process hazards
covered by the standard.

Also, OSHA is adding an Appendix A to 29 CFR 1926.55, "Gases, vapors, fumes,
dusts and mists," to set out the 1970 American Conference of Governmental
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) threshold limit values (TLVs) for airborne
contaminants.  A reference to the new Appendix A is being added to 29 CFR
1926.55(a).  Existing 29 CFR 1926.55(a) requires employers to protect each
employee performing construction work from exposures that exceed the 1970
ACGIH TLVs. The existing standard simply references the ACGIH document, so
employers have had to look outside 29 CFR part 1926 to determine what TLVs
apply to their operations.  Recognizing that, with the passage of time, it
has become increasingly difficult to obtain the 1970 ACGIH document, OSHA has
included the 1970 TLVs in the 1983, 1986, and 1987 editions of OSHA
Publication 2207.  The Agency believes that spelling out the TLVs in Appendix
A will facilitate compliance with 29 CFR 1926.55(a).  The substantive
provisions of the standard are unchanged.

In addition, the list of TLVs in 29 CFR 1926.55, Appendix A, will be
annotated as necessary to indicate that, where a particular substance is
regulated both by a TLV listed in Appendix A and by a standard incorporated
into new 29 CFR part 1926, subpart Z, the subpart Z standard prevails.

OSHA is also adding an Appendix A at the end of 29 CFR part 1926 to set out
the section numbers for the part 1910 standards incorporated into part 1926,
along with the part 1926 designations for the incorporated part 1910
standards.  This list is essentially the same as that published in 1979,
updated to reflect amendments and revisions to the part 1910 standards since
that date.  OSHA is adding the Appendix so construction industry employers
and employees can readily identify the General Industry Standards that have
been incorporated into the Construction Industry Standards.

While every effort has been made to identify those General Industry
standards which are most likely to be applicable to construction work, OSHA
notes that other part 1910 standards may, under some circumstances, also be
applicable.  A special procedure has been established by the National Office
to address any such situations.

Insofar as enforcement experience and other information indicate that part
1910 standards not included in the list are applicable to construction, part
1926 will be modified accordingly, through the issuance of technical
amendments.

Exemption From Notice and Comment Procedures

With regard to this action, OSHA has determined that it is not required to
follow procedures for public notice and comment rulemaking under either
section 4 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553) or under section
6(b) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 655(b)).  This
action does not affect the substantive requirements or coverage of the
standards themselves. This incorporation does not modify or revoke existing
rights or obligations, nor does it establish new ones.  This action simply
provides additional information on the existing regulatory burden. OSHA,
therefore, finds that notice and public procedure are impracticable and
unnecessary within the meaning of 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(3)(B).  For the same
reasons, OSHA also finds that, in accordance with 29 CFR 1911.5, good cause
exists for dispensing with the public notice and comment procedures
prescribed in section 6(b) of the Occupational Safety and Health Act.

Exemption From Delayed Effective Date Requirement

Under 5 U.S.C. 553, OSHA finds that there is good cause for making this
Appendix effective upon publication in the Federal Register.  This
incorporation simply provides additional information on the existing
regulatory burden without increasing that burden.

List of Subjects in 29 CFR Part 1926

Construction industry, Electric power, Fire prevention, Hazardous
substances, Motor vehicle safety, Noise control, Occupational safety and
health, Radiation protection, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Signs
and symbols.

Authority

Accordingly, pursuant to sections 4, 6 and 8 of the Occupational Safety and
Health Act of 1970, (29 U.S.C. 653, 655 and 657); section 107 of the Contract
Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (Construction Safety Act) (40 U.S.C.
333); section 4 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 553); Secretary
of Labor's Order 1-90 (55 FR 9033); and 29 CFR part 1911. 29 CFR part 1926 is
amended as set forth below.

Signed at Washington, DC, this 16th day of June, 1993.

David C. Zeigler,

Acting Assistant Secretary of Labor

PART 1926 - SAFETY AND HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION

The following list reflects only new table of contents entries for sections
that are being added to part 1926 by this document.  The new section headings
read as follows:

Subpart C - General Safety and Health Provisions

Sec.

* * * * 1926.33  Access to employee exposure and medical records. 1926.34
Means of egress. 1926.35  Employee emergency action plans.

Subpart D - Occupational Health and Environmental Control

* * * * 1926.64  Process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals.
1926.65  Hazardous waste operations and emergency response. 1926.66  Criteria
for design and construction for spray booths.

Subpart E - Personal Protective Equipment and Life Saving Equipment

1926.95  Criteria for personal protective equipment. 1926.96  Occupational
foot protection. 1926.97  Protective clothing for fire brigades. 1926.98
Respiratory protection for fire brigades.

Subpart F - Fire Protection and Prevention

* * * * Fixed Fire Suppression Equipment 1926.156  Fixed extinguishing
systems, general. 1926.157  Fixed extinguishing systems, gaseous agent.

Other Fire Protection Systems 1926.158  Fire detection systems. 1926.159
Employee alarm systems.

Subpart I -  Tools - Hand and Power

* * * * 1926.306  Air receivers. 1926.307  Mechanical power-transmission
apparatus.

Subpart L -  Scaffolding

* * * * 1926.453  Manually propelled mobile ladder stands and scaffolds
(towers).

Subpart Y - Commercial Diving Operations General 1926.1071  Scope and
application. 1926.1072  Definitions.

Personnel Requirements 1926.1076  Qualifications of dive team.

General Operations Procedures 1926.1080  Safe practices manual. 1926.1081
Pre-dive procedures. 1926.1082  Procedures during dive. 1926.1083  Post-dive
procedures.

Specific Operations Procedures 1926.1084  SCUBA diving. 1926.1085
Surface-supplied air diving. 1926.1086  Mixed-gas diving. 1926.1087
Liveboating.

Equipment Procedures and Requirements 1926.1090  Equipment.

Recordkeeping 1926.1091  Recordkeeping requirements. 1926.1092  Effective
date.

Appendix A to Subpart Y - Examples of

Conditions Which May Restrict or Limit Exposure to Hyperbaric Conditions
Appendix B to Subpart Y - Guidelines for Scientific Diving

Subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances 1926.1100 - 1926.1101  [Reserved]
1926.1102  Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term. 1926.1103
4-Nitrobiphenyl. 1926.1104  alpha-Naphthylamine. 1926.1105  [Reserved]
1926.1106  Methyl chloromethyl ether. 1926.1107  3,3-Dichlorobenzidine (and
its salts). 1926.1108  bis-Chloromethyl ether. 1926.1109  beta-Naphthylamine.
1926.1110  Benzidine. 1926.1111  4-Aminodiphenyl. 1926.1112  Ethyleneimine.
1926.1113  beta-Propiolactone. 1926.1114  2-Acetylaminofluorene. 1926.1115
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. 1926.1116  N-Nitrosodimethylamine. 1926.1117
Vinyl chloride. 1926.1118  Inorganic arsenic. 1926.1128  Benzene. 1926.1129
Coke oven emissions. 1926.1144  1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane. 1926.1145
Acrylonitrile. 1926.1147  Ethylene oxide. 1926.1148  Formaldehyde.

Appendix A to Part 1926 - Designations for
	General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards

Subpart C - General Safety and Health Provisions

Authority: Section 8 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C.
657; Secretary of Labor's Order No. 9-83 (48 FR 35736) and 29 CFR part 1911.

1. In 1926.20, new paragraphs (c) through (e) are added to read as follows:

1926.20

General safety and health provisions and applicability of standards.

* * * * *

(c) The standards contained in this part shall apply with respect to
employments performed in a workplace in a State, the District of Columbia,
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam,
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, Wake Island, Outer Continental Shelf
lands defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act, Johnston Island, and
the Canal Zone.

(d)(1) If a particular standard is specifically applicable to a condition,
practice, means, method, operation, or process, it shall prevail over any
different general standard which might otherwise be applicable to the same
condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process.

(2) On the other hand, any standard shall apply according to its terms to
any employment and place of employment in any industry, even though
particular standards are also prescribed for the industry to the extent that
none of such particular standards applies.

(e) In the event a standard protects on its face a class of persons larger
than employees, the standard shall be applicable under this part only to
employees and their employment and places of employment.

2. In 1926.32, paragraphs (g) through (r) are redesignated as paragraphs (h)
through (s), and new paragraph (g) is added.  The text of new paragraph (g)
reads as follows:

1926.32

Definitions. * * * * * (g) Construction work.  For purposes of this section,
 Construction work means work for construction, alteration, and/or repair,
including painting and decorating.

* * * * *
	3. New 1926.33 is added to read as follows:

1926.33 Access to employee exposure and medical records.

(a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide employees and their
designated representatives a right of access to relevant exposure and medical
records; and to provide representatives of the Assistant Secretary a right of
access to these records in order to fulfill responsibilities under the
Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access by employees, their
representatives, and the Assistant Secretary is necessary to yield both
direct and indirect improvements in the detection, treatment, and prevention
of occupational disease. Each employer is responsible for assuring compliance
with this section, but the activities involved in complying with the access
to medical records provisions can be carried out, on behalf of the employer,
by the physician or other health care personnel in charge of employee medical
records. Except as expressly provided, nothing in this section is intended to
affect existing legal and ethical obligations concerning the maintenance and
confidentiality of employee medical information, the duty to disclose
information to a patient/employee or any other aspect of the medical-care
relationship, or affect existing legal obligations concerning the protection
of trade secret information.

(b) Scope and application.

(1) This section applies to each general
industry, maritime, and construction employer who makes, maintains, contracts
for, or has access to employee exposure or medical records, or analyses
thereof, pertaining to employees exposed to toxic substances or harmful
physical agents.

(2) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and
analyses thereof, of such employees, whether or not the records are mandated
by specific occupational safety and health standards.

(3) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and
analyses thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including on an in-house
of contractual (e.g., fee-for-service) basis. Each employer shall assure that
the preservation and access requirements of this section are complied with
regardless of the manner in which the records are made or maintained.

(c) Definitions - (1) Access means the right and opportunity to examine and
copy.

(2) Analysis using exposure or medical records means any compilation of data
or any statistical study based at least in part on information collected from
individual employee exposure or medical records or information collected from
health insurance claims records, provided that either the analysis has been
reported to the employer or no further work is currently being done by the
person responsible for preparing the analysis.

(3) Designated representative means any individual or organization to whom
an employee gives written authorization to exercise a right of access. For
the purposes of access to employee exposure records and analyses using
exposure or medical records, a recognized or certified collective bargaining
agent shall be treated automatically as a designated representative without
regard to written employee authorization.

(4) Employee means a current employee, a former employee, or an employee
being assigned or transferred to work where there will be exposure to toxic
substances or harmful physical agents. In the case of a deceased or legally
incapacitated employee, the employee's legal representative may directly
exercise all the employee's rights under this section.

(5) Employee exposure record means a record containing any of the following
kinds of information:

(i) Environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring of a toxic substance
or harmful physical agent, including personal, area, grab, wipe, or other
form of sampling, as well as related collection and analytical methodologies,
calculations, and other background data relevant to interpretation of the
results obtained;

(ii) Biological monitoring results which directly assess the absorption of a
toxic substance or harmful physical agent by body systems (e.g., the level of
a chemical in the blood, urine, breath, hair, fingernails, etc) but not
including results which assess the biological effect of a substance or agent
or which assess an employee's use of alcohol or drugs;

(iii) Material safety data sheets indicating that the material may pose a
hazard to human health; or

(iv) In the absence of the above, a chemcial inventory or any other record
which reveals where and when used and the identity (e.g., chemical, common,
or trade name) of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent.

(6)(i) Employee medical record means a record concerning the health status
of an employee which is made or maintained by a physician, nurse, or other
health care personnel or technician, including:

(A) Medical and employment questionnaires or histories (including job
description and occupational exposures),

(B) The results of medical examinations (pre-employment, pre-assignment,
periodic, or episodic) and laboratory tests (including chest and other X-ray
examinations taken for the purposes of establishing a base-line or detecting
occupational illness, and all biological monitoring not defined as an
"employee exposure record"),

(C) Medical opinions, diagnoses, progress notes, and recommendations,

(D) First aid records,

(E) Descriptions of treatments and prescriptions, and

(F) Employee medical complaints.

(ii) "Employee medical record" does not include medical information in the
form of:

(A) Physical specimens (e.g., blood or urine samples) which are routinely
discarded as a part of normal medical practice; or

(B) Records concerning health insurance claims if maintained separately from
the employer's medical program and its records, and not accessible to the
employer by employee name or other direct personal identifier (e.g., social
security number, payroll number, etc.); or

(C) Records created solely in preparation for litigation which are
privileged from discovery under the applicable rules of procedure or
evidence; or

(D) Records concerning voluntary employee assistance programs (alcohol, drug
abuse, or personal counseling programs) if maintained separately from the
employer's medical program and its records.

(7) Employer means a current employer, a former employer, or a successor
employer.

(8) Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected to a toxic
substance or harmful physical agent in the course of employment through any
route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.), and
includes past exposure and potential (e.g., accidental or possible) exposure,
but does not include situations where the employer can demonstrate that the
toxic substance or harmful physical agent is not used, handled, stored,
generated, or present in the workplace in any manner different from typical
non-occupational situations.

(9) Health professional means a physician, occupational health nurse,
industrial hygienist, toxicologist, or epidemiologist, providing medical or
other occupational health services to exposed employees.

(10) Record means any item, collection, or grouping of information
regardless of the form or process by which it is maintained (e.g., paper
document, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray film, or automated data processing).

(11) Specific chemical identity means the chemical name, Chemical Abstracts
Service (CAS) Registry Number, or any other information that reveals the
precise chemical designation of the substance.

(12)(i) Specific written consent means a written authorization containing
the following:

(A) The name and signature of the employee authorizing the release of
medical information,

(B) The date of the written authorization,

(C) The name of the individual or organization that is authorized to release
the medical information,

(D) The name of the designated representative (individual or organization)
that is authorized to receive the released information,

(E) A general description of the medical information that is authorized to
be released,

(F) A general description of the purpose for the release of the medical
information, and

(G) A date or condition upon which the written authorization will expire (if
less than one year).

(ii) A written authorization does not operate to authorize the release of
medical information not in existence on the date of written authorization,
unless the release of future information is expressly authorized, and does
not operate for more than one year from the date of written authorization.

(iii) A written authorization may be revoked in writing prospectively at any
time.

(13) Toxic substance or harmful physical agent means any chemical substance,
biological agent (bacteria, virus, fungus, etc.), or physical stress (noise,
heat, cold, vibration, repetitive motion, ionizing and non-ionizing
radiation, hypo - or hyperbaric pressure, etc.) which:

(i) Is listed in the least printed edition of the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical
Substances (RTECS); or

(ii) Has yielded positive evidence of an acute or chronic health hazard in
testing conducted by, or known to, the employer; or

(iii) Is the subject of a material safety data sheet kept by or known to the
employer indicating that the material may pose a hazard to human health.

(14) Trade secret means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device,
or information or compilation of information that is used in an employer's
business and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage
over competitors who do not know or use it.

(d) Preservation of records. (1) Unless a specific occupational safety and
health standard provides a different period of time, each employer shall
assure the preservation and retention of records as follows:

(i) Employee medical records. The medical record for each employee shall be
preserved and maintained for at least the duration of employment plus thirty
(30) years, except that the following types of records need not be retained
for any specified period:

(A) Health insurance claims records maintained separately from the
employer's medical program and its records,

(B) First aid records (not including medical histories) of one-time
treatment and subsequent observation of minor scratches, cuts, burns,
splinters, and the like which do not involve medical treatment, loss of
consciousness, restriction of work or motion, or transfer to another job, if
made on-site by a non-physician and if maintained separately from the
employer's medical program and its records, and

(C) The medical records of employees who have worked for less than (1) year
for the employer need not be retained beyond the term of employment if they
are provided to the employee upon the termination of employment.

(ii) Employee exposure records. Each employee exposure record shall be
preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years, except that:

(A) Background data to environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring,
such as laboratory reports and worksheets, need only be retained for one (1)
year as long as the sampling results, the collection methodology (sampling
plan), a description of the analytical and mathematical methods used, and a
summary of other background data relevant to interpretation of the results
obtained, are retained for at least thirty (30) years; and

(B) Material safety data sheets and paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records concerning
the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specified
period as long as some record of the identity (chemical name if known) of the
substance or agent, where it was used, and when it was used is retained for
at least thirty (30) years;(1) and

__________________

(1) Material safety data sheets must be kept for those chemicals currently
in use that are effected by the Hazard Communication Standard in accordance
with 29 CFR 1926.59(g).

(C) Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records by specific
occupational safety and health standards shall be preserved and maintained as
required by the specific standard.

(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. Each analysis using
exposure or medial records shall be preserved and maintained for at least
thirty (30) years.

(2) Nothing in this section is intended to mandate the form, manner, or
process by which an employer preserves a record as long as the information
contained in the record is preserved and retrievable, except that chest X-ray
films shall be preserved in their original state.

(e) Access to records - (1) General. (i) Whenever an employee or designated
representative requests access to a record, the employer shall assure that
access is provided in a reasonable time, place, and manner. If the employer
cannot reasonably provide access to the record within fifteen (15) working
days, the employer shall within the fifteen (15) working days apprise the
employee or designated representative requesting the record of the reason for
the delay and the earliest date when the record can be made available.

(ii) The employer may require of the requester only such information as
should be readily known to the requester and which may be necessary to locate
or identify the records being requested (e.g., dates and locations where the
employee worked during the time period in question).

(iii) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests a copy of a
record, the employer shall assure that either:

(A) A copy of the record is provided without cost to the employee or
representative,

(B) The necessary mechanical copying facilities (e.g., photocopying) are
made available without cost to the employee or representative for copying the
record, or

(C) The record is loaned to the employee or representative for a reasonable
time to enable a copy to be made.

(iv) In the case of an original X-ray, the employer may restrict access to
on-site examination or make other suitable arrangements for the temporary
loan of the X-ray.

(v) Whenever a record has been previously provided without cost to an
employee or designated representative, the employer may charge reasonable,
non-discriminatory administrative costs (i.e., search and copying expenses
but not including overhead expenses) for a request by the employee or
designated representative for additional copies of the record, except that

(A) An employer shall not charge for an initial request for a copy of new
information that has been added to a record which was previously provided;
and

(B) An employer shall not charge for an initial request by a recognized or
certified collective bargaining agent for a copy of an employee exposure
record or an analysis using exposure or medical records.

(vi) Nothing in this section is intended to preclude employees and
collective bargaining agents from collectively bargaining to obtain access to
information in addition to that available under this section.

(2) Employee and designated representative access - (i) Employee exposure
records. (A) Except as limited by paragraph (f) of this section, each
employer shall, upon request, assure the access to each employee and
designated representative to employee exposure records relevant to the
employee. For the purpose of this section, an exposure record relevant to the
employee consists of:

(1) A record which measures or monitors the amount of a toxic substance or
harmful physical agent to which the employee is or has been exposed;

(2) In the absence of such directly relevant records, such records of other
employees with past or present job duties or working conditions related to or
similar to those of the employee to the extent necessary to reasonably
indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical
agents to which the employee is or has been subjected, and

(3) Exposure records to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate the
amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents at
workplaces or under working conditions to which the employee is being
assigned or transferred.

(B) Requests by designated representatives for unconsented access to
employee exposure records shall be in writing and shall specify with
reasonable particularity:
	(1) The records requested to be disclosed; and
	(2) The occupational health need for gaining access to these records.

(ii) Employee medical records. (A) Each employer shall, upon request, assure
the access of each employee to employee medical records of which the employee
is the subject, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(D) of this
section.

(B) Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each designated
representative to the employee medical records of any employee who has given
the designated representative specific written consent. Appendix A to this
section contains a sample form which may be used to establish specific
written consent for access to employee medical records.

(C) Whenever access to employee medical records is requested, a physician
representing the employer may recommend that the employee or designated
representative:

(1) Consult with the physician for the purposes of reviewing and discussing
the records requested,

(2) Accept a summary of material facts and opinions in lieu of the records
requested, or

(3) Accept release of the requested records only to a physician or other
designated representative.

(D) Whenever an employee requests access to his or her employee medical
records, and a physician representing the employer believes that direct
employee access to information contained in the records regarding a specific
diagnosis of a terminal illness or a psychiatric condition could be
detrimental to the employee's health, the employer may inform the employee
that access will only be provided to a designated representative of the
employee having specific written consent, and deny the employee's request for
direct access to this information only. Where a designated representative
with specific written consent requests access to information so withheld, the
employer shall assure the access of the designated representative to this
information, even when it is known that the designated representative will
give the information to the employee.

(E) A physician, nurse, or other responsible health care personnel
maintaining medical records may delete from requested medical records the
identity of a family member, personal friend, or fellow employee who has
provided confidential information concerning an employee's health status.

(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. (A) Each employee shall,
upon request, assure the access of each employee and designated
representative to each analysis using exposure or medical records concerning
the employee's working conditions or workplace.

(B) Whenever access is requested to an analysis which reports the contents
of employee medical records by either direct identifier (name, address,
social security number, payroll number, etc.) or by information which could
reasonably be used under the circumstances indirectly to identify specific
employees (exact age, height, weight, race, sex, date of initial employment,
job title, etc.), the employer shall assure that personal identifiers are
removed before access is provided. If the employer can demonstrate that
removal of personal identifiers from an analysis is not feasible, access to
the personally identifiable portions of the analysis need not be provided.

(3) OSHA access. (i) Each employer shall, upon request, and without
derogation of any rights under the Constitution or the Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq., that the employer chooses to
exercise, assure the prompt access of representatives of the Assistant
Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health to employee exposure
and medical records and to analyses using exposure or medical records. Rules
of agency practice and procedure governing OSHA access to employee medical
records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10.

(ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access to personally identifiable employee medical
information by presenting to the employer a written access order pursuant to
29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer shall prominently post a copy of the written
access order and its accompanying cover letter for at least fifteen (15)
working days.

(f) Trade secrets. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this
section, nothing in this section precludes an employer from deleting from
records requested by a health professional, employee, or designated
representative any trade secret data which discloses manufacturing processes,
or discloses the percentage of a chemical substance in mixture, as long as
the health professional, employee, or designated representative is notified
that information has been deleted. Whenever deletion of trade secret
information substantially impairs evaluation of the place where or the time
when exposure to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent occurred, the
employer shall provide alternative information which is sufficient to permit
the requesting party to identify where and when exposure occurred.

(2) The employer may withhold the specific chemical identity, including the
chemical name and other specific identification of a toxic substance from a
disclosable record provided that:

(i) The claim that the information withheld is a trade secret can be
supported;

(ii) All other available information on the properties and effects of the
toxic substance is disclosed;

(iii) The employer informs the requesting party that the specific chemical
identity is being withheld as a trade secret; and

(iv) The specific chemical identity is made available to health
professionals, employees and designated representatives in accordance with
the specific applicable provisions of this paragraph.

(3) Where a treating physician or nurse determines that a medical emergency
exists and the specific chemical identity of a toxic substance is necessary
for emergency or first-aid treatment, the employer shall immediately disclose
the specific chemical identity of a trade secret chemical to the treating
physician or nurse, regardless of the existence of a written statement of
need or a confidentiality agreement. The employer may require a written
statement of need and confidentiality agreement, in accordance with the
provisions of paragraphs (f)(4) and (f)(5), as soon as circumstances permit.

(4) In non-emergency situations, an employer shall, upon request, disclose a
specific chemical identity, otherwise permitted to be withheld under
paragraph (f)(2) of this section, to a health professional, employee, or
designated representative if:

(i) The request is in writing;

(ii) The request describes with reasonable detail one or more of the
following occupational health needs for the information:

(A) To assess the hazards of the chemicals to which employees will be
exposed;

(B) To conduct or assess sampling of the workplace atmosphere to determine
employee exposure levels;

(C) To conduct pre-assignment or periodic medical surveillance of exposed
employees;

(D) To provide medical treatment to exposed employees;

(E) To select or assess appropriate personal protective equipment for
exposed employees;

(F) To design or assess engineering controls or other protective measures
for exposed employees; and

(G) To conduct studies to determine the health effects of exposure.

(iii) The request explains in detail why the disclosure of the specific
chemical identity is essential and that, in lieu thereof, the disclosure of
the following information would not enable the health professional, employee
or designated representative to provide the occupational health services
described in paragraph (f)(4)(ii) of this section:

(A) The properties and effects of the chemical;

(B) Measures for controlling workers' exposure to the chemical;

(C) Methods of monitoring and analyzing worker exposure to the chemical; and,

(D) Methods of diagnosing and treating harmful exposures to the chemical;

(iv) The request includes a description of the procedures to be used to
maintain the confidentiality of the disclosed information; and,

(v) The health professional, employee, or designated representative and the
employer or contractor of the services of the health professional or
designated representative agree in a written confidentiality agreement that
the health professional, employee or designated representative will not use
the trade secret information for any purpose other than the health need(s)
asserted and agree not to release the information under any circumstances
other than to OSHA, as provided in paragraph (f)(9) of this section, except
as authorized by the terms of the agreement or by the employer.

(5) The confidentiality agreement authorized by paragraph (f)(4)(iv) of this
section:

(i) May restrict the use of the information to the health purposes indicated
in the written statement of need;

(ii) May provide for appropriate legal remedies in the event of a breach of
the agreement, including stipulation of a reasonable pre-estimate of likely
damages; and,

(iii) May not include requirements for the posting of a penalty bond.

(6) Nothing in this section is meant to preclude the parties from pursuing
non-contractual remedies to the extent permitted by law.

(7) If the health professional, employee or designated representative
receiving the trade secret information decides that there is a need to
disclose it to OSHA, the employer who provided the information shall be
informed by the health professional prior to, or at the same time as, such
disclosure.

(8) If the employer denies a written request for disclosure of a specific
chemical identity, the denial must:

(i) Be provided to the health professional, employee or designated
representative within thirty days of the request;

(ii) Be in writing;

(iii) Include evidence to support the claim that the specific chemical
identity is a trade secret;

(iv) State the specific reasons why the request is being denied; and,

(v) Explain in detail how alternative information may satisfy the specific
medical or occupational health need without revealing the specific chemical
identity.

(9) The health professional, employee, or designated representative whose
request for information is denied under paragraph (f)(4) of this section may
refer the request and the written denial of the request to OSHA for
consideration.

(10) When a heath professional employee, or designated representative refers
a denial to OSHA under paragraph (f)(9) of this section, OSHA shall consider
the evidence to determine if:

(i) The employer has supported the claim that the specific chemical identity
is a trade secret;

(ii) The health professional employee, or designated representative has
supported the claim that there is a medical or occupational health need for
the information; and

(iii) The health professional, employee or designated representative has
demonstrated adequate means to protect the confidentiality.

(11)(i) If OSHA determines that the specific chemical identity requested
under paragraph (f)(4) of this section is not a bona fide trade secret, or
that it is a trade secret but the requesting health professional, employee or
designated representatives has a legitimate medical or occupational health
need for the information, has executed a written confidentiality agreement,
and has shown adequate means for complying with the terms of such agreement,
the employer will be subject to citation by OSHA.

(ii) If an employer demonstrates to OSHA that the execution of a
confidentiality agreement would not provide sufficient protection against the
potential harm from the unauthorized disclosure of a trade secret specific
chemical identity, the Assistant Secretary may issue such orders or impose
such additional limitations or conditions upon the disclosure of the
requested chemical information as may be appropriate to assure that the
occupational health needs are met without an undue risk of harm to the
employer.

(12) Notwithstanding the existence of a trade secret claim, an employer
shall, upon request, disclose to the Assistant Secretary any information
which this section requires the employer to make available. Where there is a
trade secret claim, such claim shall be made no later than at the time the
information is provided to the Assistant Secretary so that suitable
determinations of trade secret status can be made and the necessary
protections can be implemented.

(13) Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring the
disclosure under any circumstances of process or percentage of mixture
information which is trade secret.

(g) Employee information. (1) Upon an employee's first entering into
employment, and at least annually thereafter, each employer shall inform
current employees covered by this section of the following:

(i) The existence, location, and availability of any records covered by this
section;

(ii) The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to records;
and

(iii) Each employee's rights of access to these records.

(2) Each employer shall keep a copy of this section and its appendices, and
make copies readily available, upon request, to employees. The employer shall
also distribute to current employees any informational materials concerning
this section which are made available to the employer by the Assistant
Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health.

(h) Transfer of records. (1) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business,
the employer shall transfer all records subject to this section to the
successor employer. The successor employer shall receive and maintain these
records.

(2) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and maintain the records subject to this standard, the
employer shall notify affected current employees of their rights of access to
records at least three (3) months prior to the cessation of the employer's
business.

(3) Whenever an employer either is ceasing to do business and there is no
successor employer to receive and maintain the records, or intends to dispose
of any records required to be preserved for at least thirty (30) years, the
employer shall:

(i) Transfer the records to the Director of the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) if so required by a specific
occupational safety and health standard; or

(ii) Notify the Director of NIOSH in writing of the impending disposal of
records at least three (3) months prior to the disposal of the records.

(4) Where an employer regularly disposes of records required to be preserved
for at least thirty (30) years, the employer may, with at least (3) months
notice, notify the Director of NIOSH on an annual basis of the records
intended to be disposed of in the coming year.

(i) Appendices. The information contained in appendices A and B to this
section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not
otherwise imposed by this section nor detract from any existing obligation.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0065)

Appendix A to 1926.33 - Sample Authorization Letter for the Release of
Employee Medical Record Information to a Designated Representative
(Non-Mandatory)

I, ______________________  (full name of worker/patient), hereby authorize
_________________ (individual or organization holding the medical records) to
release to ____________________ (individual or organization authorized to
receive the medical information), the following medical information from my
personal medical records:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

(Describe generally the information desired to be released)

I give my permission for this medical information to be used for the
following purpose:

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

but I do not give permission for any other use or re-disclosure of this
information.

(Note: Several extra lines are provided below so that you can place
additional restrictions on this authorization letter if you want to. You may,
however, leave these lines blank. On the other hand, you may want to (1)
specify a particular expiration date for this letter (if less than one year);
(2) describe medical information to be created in the future that you intend
to be covered by this authorization letter; or (3) describe portions of the
medical information in your records which you do not intend to be released as
a result of this letter.)

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

_______________________________________

Full name of Employee or Legal Representative

_______________________________________

Signature of Employee or Legal Representative
_______________________________________

_______________________________________

Date of Signature

Appendix B to 1926.33 - Availability of NIOSH Registry of Toxic Effects of
Chemical Substances (RTECS) (Non-Mandatory)

Section 1926.33 applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and
analyses thereof, of employees exposed to toxic substances or harmful
physical agents (paragraph (b)(2)). The term toxic substance or harmful
physical agent is defined by paragraph (c)(13) to encompass chemical
substances, biological agents, and physical stresses for which there is
evidence of harmful health effects. The regulation uses the latest printed
edition of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances (RTECS) as one of the chief
sources of information as to whether evidence of harmful health effects
exists. If a substance is listed in the latest printed RTECS, the regulation
applies to exposure and medical records (and analyses of these records)
relevant to employees exposed to the substance.

It is appropriate to note that the final regulation does not require that
employers purchase a copy of RTECS, and many employers need not consult RTECS
to ascertain whether their employee exposure or medical records are subject
to the rule. Employers who do not currently have the latest printed edition
of the NIOSH RTECS, however, may desire to obtain a copy. The RTECS is issued
in an annual printed edition as mandated by section 20(a)(6) of the
Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C. 669(a)(6)).

The Introduction to the 1980 printed edition describes the RTECS as follows:

"The 1980 edition of the Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances,
formerly known as the Toxic Substances list, is the ninth revision prepared
in compliance with the requirements of Section 20(a)(6) of the Occupational
Safety and Health Act of 1970 (Public Law 91-596). The original list was
completed on June 28, 1971, and has been updated annually in book format.
Beginning in October 1977, quarterly revisions have been provided in
microfiche. This edition of the Registry contains 168,096 listings of
chemical substances: 45,156 are names of different chemicals with their
associated toxicity data and 122,940 are synonyms. This edition includes
approximately 5,900 new chemical compounds that did not appear in the 1979
Registry. (p. xi)

"The Registry's purposes are many, and it serves a variety of users. It is a
single source document for basic toxicity information and for other data,
such as chemical identifiers ad information necessary for the preparation of
safety directives and hazard evaluations for chemical substances. The various
types of toxic effects linked to literature citations provide researchers and
occupational health scientists with an introduction to the toxicological
literature, making their own review of the toxic hazards of a given substance
easier. By presenting data on the lowest reported doses that produce effects
by several routes of entry in various species, the Registry furnishes
valuable information to those responsible for preparing safety data sheets
for chemical substances in the workplace. Chemical and production engineers
can use the Registry to identify the hazards which may be associated with
chemical intermediates in the development of final products, and thus can
more readily select substitutes or alternative processes which may be less
hazardous. Some organizations, including health agencies and chemical
companies, have included the NIOSH Registry accession numbers with the
listing of chemicals in their files to reference toxicity information
associated with those chemicals. By including foreign language chemical
names, a start has been made toward providing rapid identification of
substances produced in other countries. (p. xi)

"In this edition of the Registry, the editors intend to identify "all known
toxic substances" which may exist in the environment and to provide pertinent
data on the toxic effects from known doses entering an organism by any route
described. (p. xi)

"It must be reemphasized that the entry of a substance in the Registry does
not automatically mean that it must be avoided. A listing does mean, however,
that the substance has the documented potential of being harmful if misused,
and care must be exercised to prevent tragic consequences. Thus, the Registry
lists many substances that are common in everyday life and are in nearly
every household in the United States. One can name a variety of such
dangerous substances: prescription and non-prescription drugs; food
additives; pesticide concentrates, sprays, and dusts; fungicides; herbicides;
paints; glazes, dyes; bleaches and other household cleaning agents; alkalies;
and various solvents and diluents. The list is extensive because chemicals
have become an integral part of our existence."

The RTECS printed edition may be purchased from the Superintendent of
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office (GPO), Washington, DC 20402
(202-783-3238).

Some employers may desire to subscribe to the quarterly update to the RTECS
which is published in a microfiche edition. An annual subscription to the
quarterly microfiche may be purchased from the GPO (Order the "Microfiche
Edition, Registry of Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances"). Both the printed
edition and the microfiche edition of RTECS are available for review at many
university and public libraries throughout the country. The latest RTECS
editions may also be examined at the OSHA Technical Data Center, Room N2439 -
Rear, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., Washington, DC
20210 (202-219-7500), or at any OSHA Regional or Area Office (See, major city
telephone directories under U.S. Government - Labor Department).
	4. New 1926.34 is added to read as follows:

1926.34  Means of egress.

(a) General. In every building or structure exits shall be so arranged and
maintained as to provide free and unobstructed egress from all parts of the
building or structure at all times when it is occupied.  No lock or fastening
to prevent free escape from the inside of any building shall be installed
except in mental, penal, or corrective institutions where supervisory
personnel is continually on duty and effective provisions are made to remove
occupants in case of fire or other emergency.

(b) Exit marking.  Exits shall be marked by a readily visible sign.  Access
to exits shall be marked by readily visible signs in all cases where the exit
or way to reach it is not immediately visible to the occupants.

(c) Maintenance and workmanship.  Means of egress shall be continually
maintained free of all obstructions or impediments to full instant use in the
case of fire or other emergency.
	5. New 1926.35 is added to read as follows:

1926.35  Employee emergency action plans.

(a) Scope and application. This section applies to all emergency action
plans required by a particular OSHA standard. The emergency action plan shall
be in writing (except as provided in the last sentence of paragraph (e)(3) of
this section) and shall cover those designated actions employers and
employees must take to ensure employee safety from fire and other
emergencies.

(b) Elements. The following elements, at a minimum, shall be included in the
plan:

(1) Emergency escape procedures and emergency escape route assignments;

(2) Procedures to be followed by employees who remain to operate critical
plant operations before they evacuate;

(3) Procedures to account for all employees after emergency evacuation has
been completed;

(4) Rescue and medical duties for those employees who are to perform them;

(5) The preferred means of reporting fires and other emergencies; and

(6) Names or regular job titles of persons or departments who can be
contacted for further information or explanation of duties under the plan.

(c) Alarm system. (1) The employer shall establish an employee alarm system
which complies with 26.159.

(2) If the employee alarm system is used for alerting fire brigade members,
or for other purposes, a distinctive signal for each purpose shall be used.

(d) Evacuation. The employer shall establish in the emergency action plan
the types of evacuation to be used in emergency circumstances.

(e) Training. (1) Before implementing the emergency action plan, the
employer shall designate and train a sufficient number of persons to assist
in the safe and orderly emergency evacuation of employees.

(2) The employer shall review the plan with each employee covered by the
plan at the following times:

(i) Initially when the plan is developed,

(ii) Whenever the employee's responsibilities or designated actions under
the plan change, and

(iii) Whenever the plan is changed.

(3) The employer shall review with each employee upon initial assignment
those parts of the plan which the employee must know to protect the employee
in the event of an emergency. The written plan shall be kept at the workplace
and made available for employee review. For those employers with 10 or fewer
employees the plan may be communicated orally to employees and the employer
need not maintain a written plan.

Subpart D - Occupational Health and Environmental Control
	6. New 1926.50(g) is added to read as follows:

1926.50  Medical services and first aid.
 * * * * *
  (g) Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to
injurious corrosive materials, suitable facilities for quick
drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within
the work area for immediate emergency use.

7. New paragraphs (a)(6), (d)(2), (f)(2) through (4) and (g) through (i) are
added to 1926.51 and the text of existing 1926.51 (d) and (f) are
redesignated as new paragraphs (d)(1) and (f)(1), respectively. The text of
these standards read as follows

1926.51  Sanitation.

(a) * * * * * (6) Potable water means water which meets the quality
standards prescribed in the U.S. Public Health Service Drinking Water
Standards, published in 42 CFR part 72, or water which is approved for
drinking purposes by the State or local authority having jurisdiction.
 * * * * *
  (d) Food handling.

 * * * * *
  (2) All employee food service facilities and operations shall
be carried out in accordance with sound hygienic principles. In all
places of employment where all or part of the food service is
provided, the food dispensed shall be wholesome, free from
spoilage, and shall be processed, prepared, handled, and stored in
such a manner as to be protected against contamination.


 * * * * *
  (f) Washing facilities.

 * * * * *
  (2) General. Washing facilities shall be maintained in
a sanitary condition.


(3) Lavatories. (i) Lavatories shall be made available in all places of
employment. The requirements of this subdivision do not apply to mobile crews
or to normally unattended work locations if employees working at these
locations have transportation readily available to nearby washing facilities
which meet the other requirements of this paragraph.

(ii) Each lavatory shall be provided with hot and cold running water, or
tepid running water.
	(iii) Hand soap or similar cleansing agents shall be provided. (iv)
Individual hand towels or sections thereof, of cloth or paper, warm air
blowers or clean individual sections of continuous cloth toweling, convenient
to the lavatories, shall be provided.

(4) Showers. (i) Whenever showers are required by a particular standard, the
showers shall be provided in accordance with paragraphs (f)(4) (ii) through
(v) of this section.

(ii) One shower shall be provided for each 10 employees of each sex, or
numerical fraction thereof, who are required to shower during the same shift.

(iii) Body soap or other appropriate cleansing agents convenient to the
showers shall be provided as specified in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this
section.

(iv) Showers shall be provided with hot and cold water feeding a common
discharge line.

(v) Employees who use showers shall be provided with individual clean towels.

(g) Eating and drinking areas. No employee shall be allowed to consume food
or beverages in a toilet room nor in any area exposed to a toxic material.

(h) Vermin control. Every enclosed workplace shall be so constructed,
equipped, and maintained, so far as reasonably practicable, as to prevent the
entrance or harborage of rodents, insects, and other vermin. A continuing and
effective extermination program shall be instituted where their presence is
detected.

(i) Change rooms. Whenever employees are required by a particular standard
to wear protective clothing because of the possibility of contamination with
toxic materials, change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street
clothes and separate storage facilities for the protective clothing shall be
provided.
	8. In 1926.53, paragraphs (c) through (r) are added to read as follows:

1926.53  Ionizing radiation.

 * * * * *
  (c) Definitions applicable to this section. (1)
Radiation includes alpha rays, beta rays, gamma rays,
X-rays, neutrons, high-speed electrons, high-speed protons, and
other atomic particles; but such term does not include sound or
radio waves, or visible light, or infrared or ultraviolet light.


(2) Radioactive material means any material which emits, by spontaneous
nuclear disintegration, corpuscular or electromagnetic emanations.

(3) Restricted area means any area access to which is controlled by the
employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to radiation
or radioactive materials.

(4) Unrestricted area means any area access to which is not controlled by
the employer for purposes of protection of individuals from exposure to
radiation or radioactive materials.

(5) Dose means the quantity of ionizing radiation absorbed, per unit of
mass, by the body or by any portion of the body. When the provisions in this
section specify a dose during a period of time, the dose is the total
quantity of radiation absorbed, per unit of mass, by the body or by any
portion of the body during such period of time. Several different units of
dose are in current use. Definitions of units used in this section are set
forth in paragraphs (c)(6) and (7) of this section.

(6) Rad means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to body
tissues in terms of the energy absorbed per unit of mass of the tissue. One
rad is the dose corresponding to the absorption of 100 ergs per gram of
tissue (1 millirad (mrad)=0.001 rad).

(7) Rem means a measure of the dose of any ionizing radiation to body tissue
in terms of its estimated biological effect relative to a dose of 1 roentgen
(r) of X-rays (1 millirem (mrem)=0.001 rem). The relation of the rem to other
dose units depends upon the biological effect under consideration and upon
the conditions for irradiation. Each of the following is considered to be
equivalent to a dose of 1 rem:

(i) A dose of 1 roentgen due to X- or gamma radiation;

(ii) A dose of 1 rad due to X-, gamma, or beta radiation;

(iii) A dose of 0.1 rad due to neutrons or high energy protons;

(iv) A dose of 0.05 rad due to particles heavier than protons and with
sufficient energy to reach the lens of the eye;

(v) If it is more convenient to measure the neutron flux, or equivalent,
than to determine the neutron dose in rads, as provided in paragraph
(c)(7)(iii) of this section, 1 rem of neutron radiation may, for purposes of
the provisions in this section be assumed to be equivalent to 14 million
neutrons per square centimeter incident upon the body; or, if there is
sufficient information to estimate with reasonable accuracy the approximate
distribution in energy of the neutrons, the incident number of neutrons per
square centimeter equivalent to 1 rem may be estimated from Table D-53.1:

            Table D-53.1 - Neutron Flux Dose Equivalents

(8) For determining exposures to X- or gamma rays up to 3 Mev., the dose
limits specified in this section may be assumed to be equivalent to the "air
dose". For the purpose of this section air dose means that the dose is
measured by a properly calibrated appropriate instrument in air at or near
the body surface in the region of the highest dosage rate.

(d) Exposure of individuals to radiation in restricted areas. (1) Except as
provided in other paragraphs of this section, no employer shall possess, use,
or transfer sources of ionizing radiation in such a manner as to cause any
individual in a restricted area to receive in any period of one calendar
quarter from sources in the employer's possession or control a dose in excess
of the limits specified in Table D-53.2:

Table D-53.21

(2) An employer may permit an individual in a restricted area to receive
doses to the whole body greater than those permitted under paragraph (d)(1)
of this section, so long as:

(i) During any calendar quarter the dose to the whole body shall not exceed
3 rems; and

(ii) The dose to the whole body, when added to the accumulated occupational
dose to the whole body, shall not exceed 5 (N00918) rems, where "N" equals
the individual's age in years at his last birthday; and

(iii) The employer maintains adequate past and current exposure records
which show that the addition of such a dose will not cause the individual to
exceed the amount authorized in this subparagraph. As used in this
subparagraph Dose to the whole body shall be deemed to include any dose to
the whole body, gonad, active bloodforming organs, head and trunk, or lens of
the eye.

(3) No employer shall permit any employee who is under 18 years of age to
receive in any period of one calendar quarter a dose in excess of 10 percent
of the limits specified in Table D-53.2.

(4) Calendar quarter means any 3-month period determined as follows:

(i) The first period of any year may begin on any date in January: Provided,
That the second, third, and fourth periods accordingly begin on the same date
in April, July, and October, respectively, and that the fourth period extends
into January of the succeeding year, if necessary to complete a 3-month
quarter. During the first year of use of this method of determination, the
first period for that year shall also include any additional days in January
preceding the starting date for the first period; or

(ii) The first period in a calendar year of 13 complete, consecutive
calendar weeks; the second period in a calendar year of 13 complete,
consecutive weeks; the third period in a calendar year of 13 complete,
consecutive calendar weeks; the fourth period in a calendar year of 13
complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar year there
are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year, such
days shall be included within the last complete calendar week of that year.
If at the beginning of any calendar year there are days not falling within a
complete calendar week of that year, such days shall be included within the
last complete calendar week of the previous year; or

(iii) The four periods in a calendar year may consist of the first 14
complete, consecutive calendar weeks; the next 12 complete, consecutive
calendar weeks, the next 14 complete, consecutive calendar weeks, and the
last 12 complete, consecutive calendar weeks. If at the end of a calendar
year there are any days not falling within a complete calendar week of that
year, such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the
last complete calendar week of the year. If at the beginning of any calendar
year there are days not falling within a complete calendar week of that year,
such days shall be included (for purposes of this section) within the last
complete week of the previous year.

(e) Exposure to airborne radioactive material. (1) No employer shall
possess, use or transport radioactive material in such a manner as to cause
any employee, within a restricted area, to be exposed to airborne radioactive
material in an average concentration in excess of the limits specified in
Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20. The limits given in Table 1 are for
exposure to the concentrations specified for 40 hours in any workweek of 7
consecutive days. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is
less than 40, the limits specified in the table may be increased
proportionately. In any such period where the number of hours of exposure is
greater than 40, the limits specified in the table shall be decreased
proportionately.

(2) No employer shall possess, use, or transfer radioactive material in such
a manner as to cause any individual within a restricted area, who is under 18
years of age, to be exposed to airborne radioactive material in an average
concentration in excess of the limits specified in Table II of appendix B to
10 CFR part 20. For purposes of this paragraph, concentrations may be
averaged over periods not greater than 1 week.

(3) Exposed as used in this paragraph means that the individual is present
in an airborne concentration. No allowance shall be made for the use of
protective clothing or equipment, or particle size.

(f) Precautionary procedures and personal monitoring. (1) Every employer
shall make such surveys as may be necessary for him to comply with the
provisions in this section. Survey means an evaluation of the radiation
hazards incident to the production, use, release, disposal, or presence of
radioactive materials or other sources of radiation under a specific set of
conditions. When appropriate, such evaluation includes a physical survey of
the location of materials and equipment, and measurements of levels of
radiation or concentrations of radioactive material present.

(2) Every employer shall supply appropriate personnel monitoring equipment,
such as film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, or film rings, and
shall require the use of such equipment by:

(i) Each employee who enters a restricted area under such circumstances that
he receives, or is likely to receive, a dose in any calendar quarter in
excess of 25 percent of the applicable value specified in paragraph (d)(1) of
this section; and

(ii) Each employee under 18 years of age who enters a restricted area under
such circumstances that he receives, or is likely to receive, a dose in any
calendar quarter in excess of 5 percent of the applicable value specified in
paragraph (d)(1) of this section; and

(iii) Each employee who enters a high radiation area.
	(3) As used in this section:

(i) Personnel monitoring equipment means devices designed to be worn or
carried by an individual for the purpose of measuring the dose received
(e.g., film badges, pocket chambers, pocket dosimeters, film rings, etc.);

(ii) Radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in which there
exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the body could
receive in any 1 hour a dose in excess of 5 millirem, or in any 5 consecutive
days a dose in excess of 100 millirem; and

(iii) High radiation area means any area, accessible to personnel, in which
there exists radiation at such levels that a major portion of the body could
receive in any one hour a dose in excess of 100 millirem.

(g) Caution signs, labels, and signals - (1) General. (i) Symbols prescribed
by this paragraph shall use the conventional radiation caution colors
(magenta or purple on yellow background). The symbol prescribed by this
paragraph is the conventional three-bladed design:

 Figure D-2
 Radiation Symbol

For Figure D-2 see printed copy of Federal Register June 30, 1993


(2) Radiation area. Each radiation area shall be conspicuously posted with a
sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph
(g)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIATION AREA

(3) High radiation area. (i) Each high radiation area shall be conspicuously
posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol and the
words:

CAUTION

HIGH RADIATION AREA

(ii) Each high radiation area shall be equipped with a control device which
shall either cause the level of radiation to be reduced below that at which
an individual might receive a dose of 100 millirems in 1 hour upon entry into
the area or shall energize a conspicuous visible or audible alarm signal in
such a manner that the individual entering and the employer or a supervisor
of the activity are made aware of the entry. In the case of a high radiation
area established for a period of 30 days or less, such control device is not
required.

(4) Airborne radioactivity area. (i) As used in the provisions of this
section, airborne radioactivity area means:

(A) Any room, enclosure, or operating area in which airborne radioactive
materials, composed wholly or partly of radioactive material, exist in
concentrations in excess of the amounts specified in column 1 of Table 1 of
appendix B to 10 CFR part 20 or

(B) Any room, enclosure, or operating area in which airborne radioactive
materials exist in concentrations which, averaged over the number of hours in
any week during which individuals are in the area, exceed 25 percent of the
amounts specified in column 1 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(ii) Each airborne radioactivity area shall be conspicuously posted with a
sign or signs bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph
(g)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

AIRBORNE RADIOACTIVITY AREA

(5) Additional requirements - (i) Each area or room in which radioactive
material is used or stored and which contains any radioactive material (other
than natural uranium or thorium) in any amount exceeding 10 times the
quantity of such material specified in appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall be
conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the radiation caution
symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(ii) Each area or room in which natural uranium or thorium is used or stored
in an amount exceeding 100 times the quantity of such material specified in
10 CFR part 20 shall be conspicuously posted with a sign or signs bearing the
radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and
the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(6) Containers. (i) Each container in which is transported, stored, or used
a quantity of any radioactive material (other than natural uranium or
thorium) greater than the quantity of such material specified in appendix C
to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, clearly visible label bearing the
radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section and
the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(ii) Each container in which natural uranium or thorium is transported,
stored, or used in a quantity greater than 10 times the quantity specified in
appendix C to 10 CFR part 20 shall bear a durable, clearly visible label
bearing the radiation caution symbol described in paragraph (g)(1) of this
section and the words:

CAUTION

RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (g)(6)(i) and (ii) of
this section a label shall not be required:

(A) If the concentration of the material in the container does not exceed
that specified in column 2 of Table 1 of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20, or

(B) For laboratory containers, such as beakers, flasks, and test tubes, used
transiently in laboratory procedures, when the user is present.

(iv) Where containers are used for storage, the labels required in this
subparagraph shall state also the quantities and kinds of radioactive
materials in the containers and the date of measurement of the quantities.

(h) Immediate evacuation warning signal - (1) Signal characteristics. (i)
The signal shall be a midfrequency complex sound wave amplitude modulated at
a subsonic frequency. The complex sound wave in free space shall have a
fundamental frequency (f sub(1)) between 450 and 500 hertz (Hz) modulated at
a subsonic rate between 4 and 5 hertz.

(ii) The signal generator shall not be less than 75 decibels at every
location where an individual may be present whose immediate, rapid, and
complete evacuation is essential.

(iii) A sufficient number of signal units shall be installed such that the
requirements of paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section are met at every
location where an individual may be present whose immediate, rapid, and
complete evacuation is essential.

(iv) The signal shall be unique in the plant or facility in which it is
installed.

(v) The minimum duration of the signal shall be sufficient to insure that
all affected persons hear the signal.

(vi) The signal-generating system shall respond automatically to an
initiating event without requiring any human action to sound the signal.

(2) Design objectives. (i) The signal-generating system shall be designed to
incorporate components which enable the system to produce the desired signal
each time it is activated within one-half second of activation.

(ii) The signal-generating system shall be provided with an automatically
activated secondary power supply which is adequate to simultaneously power
all emergency equipment to which it is connected, if operation during power
failure is necessary, except in those systems using batteries as the primary
source of power.

(iii) All components of the signal-generating system shall be located to
provide maximum practicable protection against damage in case of fire,
explosion, corrosive atmosphere, or other environmental extremes consistent
with adequate system performance.

(iv) The signal-generating system shall be designed with the minimum number
of components necessary to make it function as intended, and should utilize
components which do not require frequent servicing such as lubrication or
cleaning.

(v) Where several activating devices feed activating information to a
central signal generator, failure of any activating device shall not render
the signal-generator system inoperable to activating information from the
remaining devices.

(vi) The signal-generating system shall be designed to enhance the
probability that alarm occurs only when immediate evacuation is warranted.
The number of false alarms shall not be so great that the signal will come to
be disregarded and shall be low enough to minimize personal injuries or
excessive property damage that might result from such evacuation.

(3) Testing. (i) Initial tests, inspections, and checks of the
signal-generating system shall be made to verify that the fabrication and
installation were made in accordance with design plans and specifications and
to develop a thorough knowledge of the performance of the system and all
components under normal and hostile conditions.

(ii) Once the system has been placed in service, periodic tests,
inspections, and checks shall be made to minimize the possibility of
malfunction.

(iii) Following significant alterations or revisions to the system, tests
and checks similar to the initial installation tests shall be made.

(iv) Tests shall be designed to minimize hazards while conducting the tests.

(v) Prior to normal operation the signal-generating system shall be checked
physically and functionally to assure reliability and to demonstrate accuracy
and performance. Specific tests shall include:

1. All power sources.
2. Calibration and calibration stability.
3. Trip levels and stability.
4. Continuity of function with loss and return of required services such as AC or DC power, air pressure, etc.
5. All indicators.
6. Trouble indicator circuits and signals, where used.
7. Air pressure (if used)
8. Determine that sound level of the signal is within the limit of paragraph (h)(1)(ii) of this section at all points that require immediate evacuation.

(vi) In addition to the initial startup and operating tests, periodic
scheduled performance tests and status checks must be made to insure that the
system is at all times operating within design limits and capable of the
required response. Specific periodic tests or checks or both shall include:

(A) Adequacy of signal activation device.

(B) All power sources.

(C) Function of all alarm circuits and trouble indicator circuits including
trip levels.

(D) Air pressure (if used).

(E) Function of entire system including operation without power where
required.

(F) Complete operational tests including sounding of the signal and
determination that sound levels are adequate.

(vii) Periodic tests shall be scheduled on the basis of need, experience,
difficulty, and disruption of operations. The entire system should be
operationally tested at least quarterly.

(viii) All employees whose work may necessitate their presence in an area
covered by the signal shall be made familiar with the actual sound of the
signal - preferably as it sounds at their work location. Before placing the
system into operation, all employees normally working in the area shall be
made acquainted with the signal by actual demonstration at their work
locations.

(i) Exceptions from posting requirements. Notwithstanding the provisions of
paragraph (g) of this section:

(1) A room or area is not required to be posted with a caution sign because
of the presence of a sealed source, provided the radiation level 12 inches
(30.48 cm) from the surface of the source container or housing does not
exceed 5 millirem per hour.

(2) Rooms or other areas in onsite medical facilities are not required to be
posted with caution signs because of the presence of patients containing
radioactive material, provided that there are personnel in attendance who
shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure of any
individual to radiation or radioactive material in excess of the limits
established in the provisions of this section.

(3) Caution signs are not required to be posted at areas or rooms containing
radioactive materials for periods of less than 8 hours: Provided, That

(i) The materials are constantly attended during such periods by an
individual who shall take the precautions necessary to prevent the exposure
of any individual to radiation or radioactive materials in excess of the
limits established in the provisions of this section; and

(ii) Such area or room is subject to the employer's control.

(j) Exemptions for radioactive materials packaged for shipment. Radioactive
materials packaged and labeled in accordance with regulations of the
Department of Transportation published in 49 CFR Chapter I, are exempt from
the labeling and posting requirements of this subpart during shipment,
provided that the inside containers are labeled in accordance with the
provisions of paragraph (g) of this section.

(i) Instruction of personnel, posting. (1) Employers regulated by the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission shall be governed by 10 CFR part 20 standards.
Employers in a State named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section shall be
governed by the requirements of the laws and regulations of that State. All
other employers shall be regulated by the following:

(2) All individuals working in or frequenting any portion of a radiation
area shall be informed of the occurrence of radioactive materials or of
radiation in such portions of the radiation area; shall be instructed in the
safety problems associated with exposure to such materials or radiation and
in precautions or devices to minimize exposure; shall be instructed in the
applicable provisions of this section for the protection of employees from
exposure to radiation or radioactive materials; and shall be advised of
reports of radiation exposure which employees may request pursuant to the
regulations in this section.

(3) Each employer to whom this section applies shall post a current copy of
its provisions and a copy of the operating procedures applicable to the work
conspicuously in such locations as to insure that employees working in or
frequenting radiation areas will observe these documents on the way to and
from their place of employment, or shall keep such documents available for
examination of employees upon request.

(l) Storage of radioactive materials. Radioactive materials stored in a
nonradiation area shall be secured against unauthorized removal from the
place of storage.

(m) Waste disposal. No employer shall dispose of radioactive material except
by transfer to an authorized recipient, or in a manner approved by the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission or a State named in paragraph (r)(3) of this
section.

(n) Notification of incidents - (1) Immediate notification. Each employer
shall immediately notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly
authorized representative, for employees not protected by the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph (r)(2) of this
section, or the requirements of the laws and regulations of States named in
paragraph (r)(3) of this section, by telephone or telegraph of any incident
involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause:

(i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 25 rems or more of
radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 150
rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or
forearms of any individual to 375 rems or more of radiation; or

(ii) The release of radioactive material in concentrations which, if
averaged over a period of 24 hours, would exceed 5,000 times the limit
specified for such materials in Table II of appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(2) Twenty-four hour notification. Each employer shall within 24 hours
following its occurrence notify the Assistant Secretary of Labor or his duly
authorized representative for employees not protected by the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; paragraph (r)(2) of this
section, or the requirements of the laws and applicable regulations of States
named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section, by telephone or telegraph of any
incident involving radiation which may have caused or threatens to cause:

(i) Exposure of the whole body of any individual to 5 rems or more of
radiation; exposure of the skin of the whole body of any individual to 30
rems or more of radiation; or exposure of the feet, ankles, hands, or
forearms to 75 rems or more of radiation; or

(o) Reports of overexposure and excessive levels and concentrations. (1) In
addition to any notification required by paragraph (n) of this section each
employer shall make a report in writing within 30 days to the Assistant
Secretary of Labor or his duly authorized representative, for employees not
protected by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission by means of 10 CFR part 20; or
under paragraph (r)(2) of this section, or the requirements of the laws and
regulations of States named in paragraph (r)(3) of this section, of each
exposure of an individual to radiation or concentrations of radioactive
material in excess of any applicable limit in this section. Each report
required under this paragraph shall describe the extent of exposure of
persons to radiation or to radioactive material; levels of radiation and
concentration of radioactive material involved, the cause of the exposure,
levels of concentrations; and corrective steps taken or planned to assure
against a recurrence.

(2) In any case where an employer is required pursuant to the provisions of
this paragraph to report to the U.S. Department of Labor any exposure of an
individual to radiation or to concentrations of radioactive material, the
employer shall also notify such individual of the nature and extent of
exposure. Such notice shall be in writing and shall contain the following
statement: "You should preserve this report for future reference."

(p) Records. (1) Every employer shall maintain records of the radiation
exposure of all employees for whom personnel monitoring is required under
paragraph (f) of this section and advise each of his employees of his
individual exposure on at least an annual basis.

(2) Every employer shall maintain records in the same units used in tables
in paragraph (d) of this section and appendix B to 10 CFR part 20.

(q) Disclosure to former employee of individual employee's record. (1) At
the request of a former employee an employer shall furnish to the employee a
report of the employee's exposure to radiation as shown in records maintained
by the employer pursuant to paragraph (p)(1) of this section. Such report
shall be furnished within 30 days from the time the request is made, and
shall cover each calendar quarter of the individual's employment involving
exposure to radiation or such lesser period as may be requested by the
employee. The report shall also include the results of any calculations and
analysis of radioactive material deposited in the body of the employee. The
report shall be in writing and contain the following statement: "You should
preserve this report for future reference."

(r) Nuclear Regulatory Commission licensees - NRC contractors operating NRC
plants and facilities - NRC Agreement State licensees or registrants. (1) Any
employer who possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, or
special nuclear material, as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as
amended, under a license issued by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and in
accordance with the requirements of 10 CFR part 20 shall be deemed to be in
compliance with the requirements of this section with respect to such
possession and use.

(2) NRC contractors operating NRC plants and facilities: Any employer who
possesses or uses source material, byproduct material, special nuclear
material, or other radiation sources under a contract with the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission for the operation of NRC plants and facilities and in
accordance with the standards, procedures, and other requirements for
radiation protection established by the Commission for such contract pursuant
to the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), shall
be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this section with
respect to such possession and use.
	(3) NRC-agreement State licensees or registrants:

(i) Atomic Energy Act sources. Any employer who possesses or uses source
material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material, as defined in the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et seq.), and has
either registered such sources with, or is operating under a license issued
by, a State which has an agreement in effect with the Nuclear Regulatory
Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the Atomic
Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the requirements of
that State's laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in compliance with
the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his possession and use
of such material is concerned, unless the Secretary of Labor, after
conference with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, shall determine that the
State's program for control of these radiation sources is incompatible with
the requirements of this section. Such agreements currently are in effect
only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California, Kansas, Kentucky,
Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina, Texas,
Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana, Nebraska, Washington,
Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.

(ii) Other sources. Any employer who possesses or uses radiation sources
other than source material, byproduct material, or special nuclear material,
as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (42 U.S.C. 2011 et
seq.), and has either registered such sources with, or is operating under a
license issued by a State which has an agreement in effect with the Nuclear
Regulatory Commission pursuant to section 274(b) (42 U.S.C. 2021(b)) of the
Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and in accordance with the
requirements of that State's laws and regulations shall be deemed to be in
compliance with the radiation requirements of this section, insofar as his
possession and use of such material is concerned, provided the State's
program for control of these radiation sources is the subject of a currently
effective determination by the Assistant Secretary of Labor that such program
is compatible with the requirements of this section. Such determinations
currently are in effect only in the States of Alabama, Arkansas, California,
Kansas, Kentucky, Florida, Mississippi, New Hampshire, New York, North
Carolina, Texas, Tennessee, Oregon, Idaho, Arizona, Colorado, Louisiana,
Nebraska, Washington, Maryland, North Dakota, South Carolina, and Georgia.

1926.55  Gases, vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists. [Amended]

9. In 1926.55(a), the following new sentence is added to the end of the
paragraph: "See Appendix A to this section."  In addition, a new table is
added as Appendix A to the section.  The text of the new appendix reads as
follows:

Appendix A to 1926.55 - 1970 American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists' Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants

Threshold Limit Values of Airborne Contaminants for Construction

NOTE:  Because of the length of the table, explanatory Footnotes applicable
to all substances are given below as well as at the end of the table.
Footnotes specific only to a limited number of substances are also shown
within the table.

Footnote(1) [Reserved] Footnote(2) See Mineral Dusts Table. Footnote(3) Use
Asbestos Limit 1926.58. Footnote(4) See 1926.58 Footnote(*) The PELs are
8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling
limit. Footnote(**) As determined from breathing-zone air samples.
Footnote(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by
volume at 25 degrees C and 760 torr. Footnote(b) Milligrams of substance per
cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact;
when listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate. Footnote(c) [Reserved]
Footnote(d) The CAS number is for information only.  Enforcement is based on
the substance name.  For an entry covering more than one metal compound,
measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given - not CAS
numbers for the individual compounds. Footnote(e) [Reserved] Footnote(f)
[Reserved] Footnote(g) For sectors excluded from 1926.1128 the limit is 10
ppm TWA. Footnote(h) Where OSHA has published a proposal for a substance but
has not issued a final rule, the proposal is referenced and the existing
limit is published. Footnote(i) [Reserved] Footnote(j) Millions of particles
per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field
techniques. Footnote(k) The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula
is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in
which other methods have been shown to be applicable. Footnote(l) [Reserved]
Footnote(m) Covers all organic and inorganic particulates not otherwise
regulated.  Same as Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated.

The 1970 TLV uses letter designations instead of a numerical value as
follows: Footnote(A(1)) [Reserved] Footnote(A(2)) Polytetrafluoroethylene
decomposition products.  Because these products decompose in part by
hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air
as fluoride to provide an index of exposure.  No TLV is recommended pending
determination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations shaould
be minimal. Footnote(A(3)) Gasoline and/or Petroleum distillates.  The
composition of these materials varies gratly and thus a single TLV for all
types of these materials is no longer applicable.  The content of benzene,
other aromatics and additives should be determined to arrive at the
appropriate TLV. Footnote(E) Simple asphyxiants.  The limiting factor is the
available oxygen which shall be at least 19.5 percent and be within the
requirements addressing explosion in part 1926.

THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES OF AIRBORNE CONTAMINANTS FOR CONSTRUCTION

Footnote(1) [Reserved] 
Footnote(2) See Mineral Dusts Table. 
Footnote(3) Use Asbestos Limit 1926.58. 
Footnote(4) See 1926.58 
Footnote(*) The PELs are
8-hour TWAs unless otherwise noted; a (C) designation denotes a ceiling
limit. 
Footnote(**) As determined from breathing-zone air samples. 
Footnote(a) Parts of vapor or gas per million parts of contaminated air by
volume at 25 degrees C and 760 torr. 
Footnote(b) Milligrams of substance per
cubic meter of air. When entry is in this column only, the value is exact;
when listed with a ppm entry, it is approximate. 
Footnote(c) [Reserved]
Footnote(d) The CAS number is for information only.  Enforcement is based on
the substance name.  For an entry covering more than one metal compound,
measured as the metal, the CAS number for the metal is given - not CAS
numbers for the individual compounds. 
Footnote(e) [Reserved] 
Footnote(f) [Reserved] 
Footnote(g) For sectors excluded from 1926.1128 the limit is 10
ppm TWA. 
Footnote(h) Where OSHA has published a proposal for a substance but
has not issued a final rule, the proposal is referenced and the existing
limit is published. 
Footnote(i) [Reserved] 
Footnote(j) Millions of particles
per cubic foot of air, based on impinger samples counted by light-field
techniques. 
Footnote(k) The percentage of crystalline silica in the formula
is the amount determined from airborne samples, except in those instances in
which other methods have been shown to be applicable. 
Footnote(l) [Reserved]
Footnote(m) Covers all organic and inorganic particulates not otherwise
regulated.  Same as Particulates Not Otherwise Regulated.

The 1970 TLV uses letter designations instead of a numerical value as
follows: Footnote(A(1)) [Reserved] Footnote(A(2)) Polytetrafluoroethylene
decomposition products.  Because these products decompose in part by
hydrolysis in alkaline solution, they can be quantitatively determined in air
as fluoride to provide an index of exposure.  No TLV is recommended pending
determination of the toxicity of the products, but air concentrations shaould
be minimal. Footnote(A(3)) Gasoline and/or Petroleum distillates.  The
composition of these materials varies gratly and thus a single TLV for all
types of these materials is no longer applicable.  The content of benzene,
other aromatics and additives should be determined to arrive at the
appropriate TLV. Footnote(E) Simple asphyxiants.  The limiting factor is the
available oxygen which shall be at least 19.5 percent and be within the
requirements addressing explosion in part 1926.
	10. In 1926.57, new paragraphs (f) - (i) are added to read as follows:

1926.57   Ventilation.

(f) "Abrasive blasting" - (1) "Definitions applicable to this paragraph" -

(i) "Abrasive." A solid substance used in an abrasive blasting operation.

(ii) "Abrasive-blasting respirator." A continuous flow air-line respirator
constructed so that it will cover the wearer's head, neck, and shoulders to
protect him from rebounding abrasive.

(iii) "Blast cleaning barrel." A complete enclosure which rotates on an
axis, or which has an internal moving tread to tumble the parts, in order to
expose various surfaces of the parts to the action of an automatic blast
spray.

(iv) "Blast cleaning room." A complete enclosure in which blasting
operations are performed and where the operator works inside of the room to
operate the blasting nozzle and direct the flow of the abrasive material.

(v) "Blasting cabinet." An enclosure where the operator stands outside and
operates the blasting nozzle through an opening or openings in the enclosure.

(vi) "Clean air." Air of such purity that it will not cause harm or
discomfort to an individual if it is inhaled for extended periods of time.

(vii) "Dust Collector." A device or combination of devices for separating
dust from the air handled by an exhaust ventilation system.

(viii) "Exhaust ventilation system." A system for removing contaminated air
from a space, comprising two or more of the following elements (A) enclosure
or hood, (B) duct work, (C) dust collecting equipment, (D) exhauster, and (E)
discharge stack.

(ix) "Particulate-filter respirator." An air purifying respirator, commonly
referred to as a dust or a fume respirator, which removes most of the dust or
fume from the air passing through the device.

(x) "Respirable dust." Airborne dust in sizes capable of passing through the
upper respiratory system to reach the lower lung passages.

(xi) "Rotary blast cleaning table." An enclosure where the pieces to be
cleaned are positioned on a rotating table and are passed automatically
through a series of blast sprays.

(xii) "Abrasive blasting." The forcible application of an abrasive to a
surface by pneumatic pressure, hydraulic pressure, or centrifugal force.

(2) "Dust hazards from abrasive blasting." (i) Abrasives and the surface
coatings on the materials blasted are shattered and pulverized during
blasting operations and the dust formed will contain particles of respirable
size.  The composition and toxicity of the dust from these sources shall be
considered in making an evaluation of the potential health hazards.

(ii) The concentration of respirable dust or fume in the breathing zone of
the abrasive-blasting operator or any other worker shall be kept below the
levels specified in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part.

(iii) Organic abrasives which are combustible shall be used only in
automatic systems.  Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be
present, the construction of the equipment, including the exhaust system and
all electric wiring, shall conform to the requirements of American National
Standard Installation of Blower and Exhaust Systems for Dust, Stock, and
Vapor Removal or Conveying, Z33.1-1961 (NFPA 91-1961), and Subpart S of this
part.  The blast nozzle shall be bonded and grounded to prevent the build up
of static charges.  Where flammable or explosive dust mixtures may be
present, the abrasive blasting enclosure, the ducts, and the dust collector
shall be constructed with loose panels or explosion venting areas, located on
sides away from any occupied area, to provide for pressure relief in case of
explosion, following the principles set forth in the National Fire Protection
Association Explosion venting Guide. NFPA 68-1954.

(3) "Blast-cleaning enclosure." (i) Blast-cleaning enclosures shall be
exhaust ventilated in such a way that a continuous inward flow of air will be
maintained at all openings in the enclosure during the blasting operation.

(A) All air inlets and access openings shall be baffled or so arranged that
by the combination of inward air flow and baffling the escape of abrasive or
dust particles into an adjacent work area will be minimized and visible
spurts of dust will not be observed.

(B) The rate of exhaust shall be sufficient to provide prompt clearance of
the dust-laden air within the enclosure after the cessation of blasting.

(C) Before the enclosure is opened, the blast shall be turned off and the
exhaust system shall be run for a sufficient period of time to remove the
dusty air within the enclosure.

(D) Safety glass protected by screening shall be used in observation
windows, where hard deep-cutting abrasives are used.

(E) Slit abrasive-resistant baffles shall be installed in multiple sets at
all small access openings where dust might escape, and shall be inspected
regularly and replaced when needed.
	{1} Doors shall be flanged and tight when closed. {2} Door on
blast-cleaning rooms shall be operable from both inside and outside, except
that where there is a small operator access door, the large work access door
may be closed or opened from the outside only.

(4) "Exhaust ventilation system." (i) The construction, installation,
inspection, and maintenance of exhaust systems shall conform to the
principles and requirements set forth in American National Standard
Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems,
Z9.2-1960, and ANSI Z33.1-1961.

(a) When dust leaks are noted, repairs shall be made as soon as possible.

(b) The static pressure drop at the exhaust ducts leading from the equipment
shall be checked when the installation is completed and periodically
thereafter to assure continued satisfactory operation. Whenever an
appreciable change in the pressure drop indicates a partial blockage, the
system shall be cleaned and returned to normal operating condition.

(ii) In installation where the abrasive is recirculated, the exhaust
ventilation system for the blasting enclosure shall not be relied upon for
the removal of fines from the spent abrasive instead of an abrasive
separator.  An abrasive separator shall be provided for the purpose.

(iii) The air exhausted from blast-cleaning equipment shall be discharged
through dust collecting equipment.  Dust collectors shall be set up so that
the accumulated dust can be emptied and removed without contaminating other
working areas.

(5) "Personal protective equipment." (i) Only respiratory protective
equipment approved by the Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior
(see 30 CFR part 11) shall be used for protection of personnel against dusts
produced during abrasive-blasting operations.

(ii) Abrasive-blasting respirators shall be worn by all abrasive-blasting
operators:
	(A) When working inside of blast-cleaning rooms, or (B) When using
silica sand in manual blasting operations where the nozzle and blast are not
physically separated from the operator in an exhaust ventilated enclosure, or
(C) Where concentrations of toxic dust dispersed by the abrasive blasting may
exceed the limits set in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part and
the nozzle and blast are not physically separated from the operator in an
exhaust-ventilated enclosure.

(iii) Particulate filter respirators, commonly referred to as dust-filter
respirators, properly fitted, may be used for short, intermittent, or
occasional dust exposures such as cleanup, dumping of dust collectors, or
unloading shipments of sand at a receiving point, when it is not feasible to
control the dust by enclosure, exhaust ventilation, or other means.
Respirators used shall be approved (see 30 CFR part 11) for protection
against the specific type of dust encountered.

(A) Dust-filter respirators may be used to protect the operator of outside
abrasive-blasting operations where nonsilica abrasives are used on materials
having low toxicities.

(B) Dust-filter respirators shall not be used for continuous protection
where silica sand is used as the blasting abrasive, or toxic materials are
blasted.

(iv) A respiratory protection program as defined and described in 1926.103,
shall be established wherever it is necessary to use respiratory protective
equipment.

(v) Operators shall be equipped with heavy canvas or leather gloves and
aprons or equivalent protection to protect them from the impact of abrasives.
 Safety shoes shall be worn to protect against foot injury where heavy pieces
of work are handled.

(A) Safety shoes shall conform to the requirements of American National
Standard for Men's Safety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-1967.

(B) Equipment for protection of the eyes and face shall be supplied to the
operator when the respirator design does not provide such protection and to
any other personnel working in the vicinity of abrasive blasting operations.
This equipment shall conform to the requirements of 1926.102.

(6) Air supply and air compressors.  The air for abrasive-blasting
respirators shall be free of harmful quantities of dust, mists, or noxious
gases, and shall meet the requirements for air purity set forth in ANSI
Z9.2-1960.  The air from the regular compressed air line of the plant may be
used for the abrasive-blasting respirator if:

(i) A trap and carbon filter are installed and regularly maintained, to
remove oil, water, scale, and odor, (ii) A pressure reducing diaphragm or
valve is installed to reduce the pressure down to requirements of the
particular type of abrasive-blasting respirator, and (iii) An automatic
control is provided to either sound an alarm or shut down the compressor in
case of overheating.

(7) "Operational procedures and general safety." Dust shall not be permitted
to accumulate on the floor or on ledges outside of an abrasive-blasting
enclosure, and dust spills shall be cleaned up promptly.  Aisles and walkways
shall be kept clear of steel shot or similar abrasive which may create a
slipping hazard.

(8) "Scope." (i)(a) This paragraph applies to all operations where an
abrasive is forcibly applied to a surface by pneumatic or hydraulic pressure,
or by centrifugal force.  It does not apply to steam blasting, or steam
cleaning, or hydraulic cleaning methods where work is done without the aid of
abrasives.

(g) "Grinding, polishing, and buffing operations" - (1) "Definitions
applicable to this paragraph" -

(i) "Abrasive cutting-off wheels." Organic-bonded wheels, the thickness of
which is not more than one forty-eighth of their diameter for those up to,
and including, 20 inches (50.8 cm) in diameter, and not more than
one-sixtieth of their diameter for those larger than 20 inches (50.8 cm) in
diameter, used for a multitude of operations variously known as cutting,
cutting off, grooving, slotting, coping, and jointing, and the like.  The
wheels may be "solid" consisting of organic-bonded abrasive material
throughout, "steel centered" consisting of a steel disc with a rim of
organic-bonded material molded around the periphery, or of the "inserted
tooth" type consisting of a steel disc with organic-bonded abrasive teeth or
inserts mechanically secured around the periphery.

(ii) "Belts." All power-driven, flexible, coated bands used for grinding,
polishing, or buffing purposes.

(iii) "Branch pipe." The part of an exhaust system piping that is connected
directly to the hood or enclosure.

(iv) "Cradle." A movable fixture, upon which the part to be ground or
polished is placed.

(v) "Disc wheels." All power-driven rotatable discs faced with abrasive
materials, artificial or natural, and used for grinding or polishing on the
side of the assembled disc.

(vi) "Entry loss." The loss in static pressure caused by air flowing into a
duct or hood.  It is usually expressed in inches of water gauge.

(vii) "Exhaust system." A system consisting of branch pipes connected to
hoods or enclosures, one or more header pipes, an exhaust fan, means for
separating solid contaminants from the air flowing in the system, and a
discharge stack to outside.

(viii) "Grinding wheels." All power-driven rotatable grinding or abrasive
wheels, except disc wheels as defined in this standard, consisting of
abrasive particles held together by artificial or natural bonds and used for
peripheral grinding.

(ix) "Header pipe (main pipe)." A pipe into which one or more branch pipes
enter and which connects such branch pipes to the remainder of the exhaust
system.

(x) "Hoods and enclosures." The partial or complete enclosure around the
wheel or disc through which air enters an exhaust system during operation.

(xi) "Horizontal double-spindle disc grinder." A grinding machine carrying
two power-driven, rotatable, coaxial, horizontal spindles upon the inside
ends of which are mounted abrasive disc wheels used for grinding two surfaces
simultaneously.

(xii) Horizontal single-spindle disc grinder.  A grinding machine carrying
an abrasive disc wheel upon one or both ends of a power-driven, rotatable
single horizontal spindle.

(xiii) "Polishing and buffing wheels." All power-driven rotatable wheels
composed all or in part of textile fabrics, wood, felt, leather, paper, and
may be coated with abrasives on the periphery of the wheel for purposes of
polishing, buffing, and light grinding.

(xiv) "Portable grinder." Any power-driven rotatable grinding, polishing, or
buffing wheel mounted in such manner that it may be manually manipulated.

(xv) "Scratch brush wheels." All power-driven rotatable wheels made from
wire or bristles, and used for scratch cleaning and brushing purposes.

(xvi) "Swing-frame grinder." Any power-driven rotatable grinding, polishing,
or buffing wheel mounted in such a manner that the wheel with its supporting
framework can be manipulated over stationary objects.

(xvii) "Velocity pressure (vp)." The kinetic pressure in the direction of
flow necessary to cause a fluid at rest to flow at a given velocity. It is
usually expressed in inches of water gauge.

(xviii) "Vertical spindle disc grinder." A grinding machine having a
vertical, rotatable power-driven spindle carrying a horizontal abrasive disc
wheel.

(2) "Application." Wherever dry grinding, dry polishing or buffing is
performed, and employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators,
exceeds the permissible exposure limits prescribed in 1926.55 or other
pertinent sections of this part, a local exhaust ventilation system shall be
provided and used to maintain employee exposures within the prescribed
limits.

(3) "Hood and branch pipe requirements." (i) Hoods connected to exhaust
systems shall be used, and such hoods shall be designed, located, and placed
so that the dust or dirt particles shall fall or be projected into the hoods
in the direction of the air flow.  No wheels, discs, straps, or belts shall
be operated in such manner and in such direction as to cause the dust and
dirt particles to be thrown into the operator's breathing zone.

(ii) Grinding wheels on floor stands, pedestals, benches, and
special-purpose grinding machines and abrasive cutting-off wheels shall have
not less than the minimum exhaust volumes shown in Table D-57.1 with a
recommended minimum duct velocity of 4,500 feet per minute in the branch and
3,500 feet per minute in the main.  The entry losses from all hoods except
the vertical-spindle disc grinder hood, shall equal 0.65 velocity pressure
for a straight takeoff and 0.45 velocity pressure for a tapered takeoff.  The
entry loss for the vertical-spindle disc grinder hood is shown in figure
D-57.1 (following paragraph (g) of this section).

TABLE D-57.1 - GRINDING AND ABRASIVE CUTTING-OFF WHEELS

For any wheel wider than wheel diameters shown in Table D-57.1, increase the
exhaust volume by the ratio of the new width to the width shown.

Example:

If wheel width = 4 1/2 inches (11.43 cm), then 4.5 + 4 X 610 = 686 (rounded
to 690).

(iii) Scratch-brush wheels and all buffing and polishing wheels mounted on
floor stands, pedestals, benches, or special-purpose machines shall have not
less than the minimum exhaust volume shown in Table D-57.2.

TABLE D-57.2 - BUFFING AND POLISHING WHEELS

(iv) Grinding wheels or discs for horizontal single-spindle disc grinders
shall be hooded to collect the dust or dirt generated by the grinding
operation and the hoods shall be connected to branch pipes having exhaust
volumes as shown in Table D-57.3.


TABLE D-57.3 - HORIZONTAL SINGLE-SPINDLE DISC GRINDER

(v) Grinding wheels or discs for horizontal double-spindle disc grinders
shall have a hood enclosing the grinding chamber and the hood shall be
connected to one or more branch pipes having exhaust volumes as shown in
Table D-57.4.


TABLE D-57.4 - HORIZONTAL DOUBLE-SPINDLE DISC
GRINDER

(vi) Grinding wheels or discs for vertical single-spindle disc grinders
shall be encircled with hoods to remove the dust generated in the operation.
The hoods shall be connected to one or more branch pipes having exhaust
volumes as shown in Table D-57.5.

TABLE D-57.5 - VERTICAL SPINDLE DISC GRINDER

Footnote(1) Number of exhaust outlets around periphery of hood, or equal
distribution provided by other means.

(vii) Grinding and polishing belts shall be provided with hoods to remove
dust and dirt generated in the operations and the hoods shall be connected to
branch pipes having exhaust volumes as shown in Table D-57.6.

TABLE D-57.6 - GRINDING AND POLISHING BELTS

(viii) Cradles and swing-frame grinders.  Where cradles are used for
handling the parts to be ground, polished, or buffed, requiring large partial
enclosures to house the complete operation, a minimum average air velocity of
150 feet per minute shall be maintained over the entire opening of the
enclosure.  Swing-frame grinders shall also be exhausted in the same manner
as provided for cradles.  (See fig. D-57.3) (ix) Where the work is outside
the hood, air volumes must be increased as shown in American Standard
Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems,
Z9.2-1960 (section 4, exhaust hoods).

(4) "Exhaust systems." (i) Exhaust systems for grinding, polishing, and
buffing operations should be designed in accordance with American Standard
Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems,
Z9.2-1960.

(ii) Exhaust systems for grinding, polishing, and buffing operations shall
be tested in the manner described in American Standard Fundamentals Governing
the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960.

(iii) All exhaust systems shall be provided with suitable dust collectors.

(5) "Hood and enclosure design." (i) - (A) It is the dual function of
grinding and abrasive cutting-off wheel hoods to protect the operator from
the hazards of bursting wheels as well as to provide a means for the removal
of dust and dirt generated.  All hoods shall be not less in structural
strength than specified in the American National Standard Safety Code for the
Use, Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, B7.1-1970.

(B) Due to the variety of work and types of grinding machines employed, it
is necessary to develop hoods adaptable to the particular machine in
question, and such hoods shall be located as close as possible to the
operation.

(ii) Exhaust hoods for floor stands, pedestals, and bench grinders shall be
designed in accordance with figure D-57.2.  The adjustable tongue shown in
the figure shall be kept in working order and shall be adjusted within
one-fourth inch (0.635 cm) of the wheel periphery at all times.

(iii) Swing-frame grinders shall be provided with exhaust booths as
indicated in figure D-57.3.

(iv) Portable grinding operations, whenever the nature of the work permits,
shall be conducted within a partial enclosure.  The opening in the enclosure
shall be no larger than is actually required in the operation and an average
face air velocity of not less than 200 feet per minute shall be maintained.

(v) Hoods for polishing and buffing, and scratch-brush wheels shall be
constructed to conform as closely to figure D-57.4 as the nature of the work
will permit.

(vi) Cradle grinding and polishing operations shall be performed within a
partial enclosure similar to figure D-57.5.  The operator shall be positioned
outside the working face of the opening of the enclosure.  The face opening
of the enclosure should not be any greater in area than that actually
required for the performance of the operation and the average air velocity
into the working face of the enclosure shall not be less than 150 feet per
minute.

(vii) Hoods for horizontal single-spindle disc grinders shall be constructed
to conform as closely as possible to the hood shown in figure D-57.1.  It is
essential that there be a space between the back of the wheel and the hood,
and a space around the periphery of the wheel of at least 1 inch (2.54 cm) in
order to permit the suction to act around the wheel periphery.  The opening
on the side of the disc shall be no larger than is required for the grinding
operation, but must never be less than twice the area of the branch outlet.

(viii) Horizontal double-spindle disc grinders shall have a hood encircling
the wheels and grinding chamber similar to the illustrated in figure D-57.2.
The openings for passing the work into the grinding chamber should be kept as
small as possible, but must never be less than twice the area of the branch
outlets.

(ix) Vertical-spindle disc grinders shall be encircled with a hood so
constructed that the heavy dust is drawn off a surface of the disc and the
lighter dust exhausted through a continuous slot at the top of the hood as
shown in figure D-57.1.

(x) Grinding and polishing belt hoods shall be constructed as close to the
operation as possible.  The hood should extend almost to the belt, and 1-inch
(2.54 cm) wide openings should be provided on either side.  Figure D-57.3
shows a typical hood for a belt operation.

            (For Figures and Tables, see printed copy)

(6) "Scope." This paragraph (g), prescribes the use of exhaust hood
enclosures and systems in removing dust, dirt, fumes, and gases generated
through the grinding, polishing, or buffing of ferrous and nonferrous metals.

(h) "Spray finishing operations" - (1) "Definitions applicable to this
paragraph" - (i) "Spray-finishing operations." Spray-finishing operations are
employment of methods wherein organic or inorganic materials are utilized in
dispersed form for deposit on surfaces to be coated, treated, or cleaned.
Such methods of deposit may involve either automatic, manual, or
electrostatic deposition but do not include metal spraying or metallizing,
dipping, flow coating, roller coating, tumbling, centrifuging, or spray
washing and degreasing as conducted in self-contained washing and degreasing
machines or systems.

(ii) "Spray booth." Spray booths are defined and described in 1926.66(a).
(See sections 103, 104, and 105 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using
Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969).

(iii) "Spray room." A spray room is a room in which spray-finishing
operations not conducted in a spray booth are performed separately from other
areas.

(iv) "Minimum maintained velocity." Minimum maintained velocity is the
velocity of air movement which must be maintained in order to meet minimum
specified requirements for health and safety.

(2) "Location and application." Spray booths or spray rooms are to be used
to enclose or confine all operations.  Spray-finishing operations shall be
located as provided in sections 201 through 206 of the Standard for Spray
Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969.

(3) "Design and construction of spray booths." (i) Spray booths shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with 1926.66(b)(1) through (4) and (6)
through (10)(see sections 301-304 and 306-310 of the Standard for Spray
Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969), for
general construction specifications.  For a more detailed discussion of
fundamentals relating to this subject, see ANSI Z9.2-1960.

(A) Lights, motors, electrical equipment, and other sources of ignition
shall conform to the requirements of 1926.66(b)(10) and (c). (See section 310
and chapter 4 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and
Combustible Materials NFPA No. 33-1969.) (B) In no case shall combustible
material be used in the construction of a spray booth and supply or exhaust
duct connected to it.

(ii) Unobstructed walkways shall not be less than 6 1/2 feet (1.976 m) high
and shall be maintained clear of obstruction from any work location in the
booth to a booth exit or open booth front.  In booths where the open front is
the only exit, such exits shall be not less than 3 feet (0.912 m) wide.  In
booths having multiple exits, such exits shall not be less than 2 feet (0.608
m) wide, provided that the maximum distance from the work location to the
exit is 25 feet (7.6 m) or less.  Where booth exits are provided with doors,
such doors shall open outward from the booth.

(iii) Baffles, distribution plates, and dry-type overspray collectors shall
conform to the requirements of 1926.66(b)(4) and (5). (See sections 304 and
305 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible
Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969.) (A) Overspray filters shall be installed and
maintained in accordance with the requirements of 1926.66(b)(5), (see section
305 of the Standard for Spray Finishing Using Flammable and Combustible
Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969), and shall only be in a location easily
accessible for inspection, cleaning, or replacement.

(B) Where effective means, independent of the overspray filters, are
installed which will result in design air distribution across the booth cross
section, it is permissible to operate the booth without the filters in place.

(iv)(A) For wet or water-wash spray booths, the water-chamber enclosure,
within which intimate contact of contaminated air and cleaning water or other
cleaning medium is maintained, if made of steel, shall be 18 gage or heavier
and adequately protected against corrosion.

(B) Chambers may include scrubber spray nozzles, headers, troughs, or other
devices.  Chambers shall be provided with adequate means for creating and
maintaining scrubbing action for removal of particulate matter from the
exhaust air stream.

(v) Collecting tanks shall be of welded steel construction or other suitable
non-combustible material.  If pits are used as collecting tanks, they shall
be concrete, masonry, or other material having similar properties.

(A) Tanks shall be provided with weirs, skimmer plates, or screens to
prevent sludge and floating paint from entering the pump suction box.  Means
for automatically maintaining the proper water level shall also be provided.
Fresh water inlets shall not be submerged.  They shall terminate at least one
pipe diameter above the safety overflow level of the tank.

(B) Tanks shall be so constructed as to discourage accumulation of hazardous
deposits.

(vi) Pump manifolds, raisers, and headers shall be adequately sized to
insure sufficient water flow to provide efficient operation of the water
chamber.

(4) "Design and construction of spray rooms." (i) Spray rooms, including
floors, shall be constructed of masonry, concrete, or other noncombustible
material.
	(ii) Spray rooms shall have noncombustible fire doors and shutters.
(iii) Spray rooms shall be adequately ventilated so that the atmosphere in
the breathing zone of the operator shall be maintained in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph (h)(6)(ii) of this section.

(iv) Spray rooms used for production spray-finishing operations shall
conform to the requirements for spray booths.

(5) "Ventilation." (i) Ventilation shall be provided in accordance with
provisions of 1926.66(d)(see chapter 5 of the Standard for Spray Finishing
Using Flammable or Combustible Materials, NFPA No. 33-1969); and in
accordance with the following:

(A) Where a fan plenum is used to equalize or control the distribution of
exhaust air movement through the booth, it shall be of sufficient strength or
rigidity to withstand the differential air pressure or other superficially
imposed loads for which the equipment is designed and also to facilitate
cleaning.  Construction specifications shall be at least equivalent to those
of paragraph (h)(5)(iii) of this section.

(ii) Inlet or supply ductwork used to transport makeup air to spray booths
or surrounding areas shall be constructed of noncombustible materials.

(A) If negative pressure exists within inlet ductwork, all seams and joints
shall be sealed if there is a possibility of infiltration of harmful
quantities of noxious gases, fumes, or mists from areas through which
ductwork passes.

(B) Inlet ductwork shall be sized in accordance with volume flow
requirements and provide design air requirements at the spray booth.

(C) Inlet ductwork shall be adequately supported throughout its length to
sustain at least its own weight plus any negative pressure which is exerted
upon it under normal operating conditions.
	(iii) [Reserved] (A) Exhaust ductwork shall be adequately supported
throughout its length to sustain its weight plus any normal accumulation in
interior during normal operating conditions and any negative pressure exerted
upon it.

(B) Exhaust ductwork shall be sized in accordance with good design practice
which shall include consideration of fan capacity, length of duct, number of
turns and elbows, variation in size, volume, and character of materials being
exhausted.  See American National Standard Z9.2-1960 for further details and
explanation concerning elements of design.

(C) Longitudinal joints in sheet steel ductwork shall be either lock-seamed,
riveted, or welded.  For other than steel construction, equivalent securing
of joints shall be provided.

(D) Circumferential joints in ductwork shall be substantially fastened
together and lapped in the direction of airflow.  At least every fourth joint
shall be provided with connecting flanges, bolted together, or of equivalent
fastening security.

(E) Inspection or clean-out doors shall be provided for every 9 to 12 feet
(2.736 to 3.648 m) of running length for ducts up to 12 inches (0.304 m) in
diameter, but the distance between clean-out doors may be greater for larger
pipes.  (See 8.3.21 of American National Standard Z9.1-1951.)  A clean-out
door or doors shall be provided for servicing the fan and where necessary, a
drain shall be provided.

(F) Where ductwork passes through a combustible roof or wall, the roof or
wall shall be protected at the point of penetration by open space or
fire-resistive material between the duct and the roof or wall.  When ducts
pass through firewalls, they shall be provided with automatic fire dampers on
both sides of the wall, except that three-eighth-inch steel plates may be
used in lieu of automatic fire dampers for ducts not exceeding 18 inches
(45.72 cm) in diameter.

(G) Ductwork used for ventilating any process covered in this standard shall
not be connected to ducts ventilating any other process or any chimney or
flue used for conveying any products of combustion.

(6) "Velocity and air flow requirements." (i) Except where a spray booth has
an adequate air replacement system, the velocity of air into all openings of
a spray booth shall be not less than that specified in Table D-57.7 for the
operating conditions specified.  An adequate air replacement system is one
which introduces replacement air upstream or above the object being sprayed
and is so designed that the velocity of air in the booth cross section is not
less than that specified in Table D-57.7 when measured upstream or above the
object being sprayed.


TABLE D-57.7 - MINIMUM MAINTAINED VELOCITIES INTO SPRAY BOOTHS

	NOTES:

(1) Attention is invited to the fact that the effectiveness of the spray
booth is dependent upon the relationship of the depth of the booth to its
height and width.

(2) Crossdrafts can be eliminated through proper design and such design
should be sought.  Crossdrafts in excess of 100fpm (feet per minute) should
not be permitted.

(3) Excessive air pressures result in loss of both efficiency and material
waste in addition to creating a backlash that may carry overspray and fumes
into adjacent work areas.

(4) Booths should be designed with velocities shown in the column headed
"Design." However, booths operating with velocities shown in the column
headed "Range" are in compliance with this standard.

(ii)  In addition to the requirements in paragraph (h)(6)(i) of this section
the total air volume exhausted through a spray booth shall be such as to
dilute solvent vapor to at least 25 percent of the lower explosive limit of
the solvent being sprayed.  An example of the method of calculating this
volume is given below.

Example: To determine the lower explosive limits of the most common solvents
used in spray finishing, see Table D-57.8. Column 1 gives the number of cubic
feet of vapor per gallon of solvent and column 2 gives the lower explosive
limit (LEL) in percentage by volume of air. Note that the quantity of solvent
will be diminished by the quality of solids and nonflammables contained in
the finish.

To determine the volume of air in cubic feet necessary to dilute the vapor
from 1 gallon of solvent to 25 percent of the lower explosive limit, apply
the following formula:

Dilution volume required per gallon of solvent = 4 (100-LEL) (cubic feet
of vapor per gallon) + LEL

Using toluene as the solvent.

(1) LEL of toluene from Table D-57.8, column 2, is 1.4 percent.

(2)
Cubic feet of vapor per gallon from Table D-57.8, column 1, is 30.4 cubic
feet per gallon.

(3) Dilution volume required = 4 (100 - 1.4) 30.4 + 1.4 = 8,564 cubic feet.

(4) To convert to cubic feet per minute of required ventilation, multiply
the dilution volume required per gallon of solvent by the number of gallons
of solvent evaporated per minute.


TABLE D-57.8 - LOWER EXPLOSIVE LIMIT OF SOME COMMONLY USED SOLVENTS

	Footnote(1) At 212 deg. F (100 deg. C).

(iii) - (A) When an operator must position himself in a booth downstream of
the object being sprayed, an air supplied respirator or other type of
respirator approved by the bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior
or specified in ANSI Z88.2-1969 for the material being sprayed should be used
by the operator.

(B) Where downdraft booths are provided with doors, such doors shall be
closed when spray painting.

(7) "Make-up air." (i) Clean fresh air, free of contamination from adjacent
industrial exhaust systems, chimneys, stacks, or vents, shall be supplied to
a spray booth or room in quantities equal to the volume of air exhausted
through the spray booth.

(ii) Where a spray booth or room receives make-up air through self-closing
doors, dampers, or louvers, they shall be fully open at all times when the
booth or room is in use for spraying.  The velocity of air through such
doors, dampers, or louvers shall not exceed 200 feet per minute.  If the fan
characteristics are such that the required air flow through the booth will be
provided, higher velocities through the doors, dampers, or louvers may be
used.

(iii)(A) Where the air supply to a spray booth or room is filtered, the fan
static pressure shall be calculated on the assumption that the filters are
dirty to the extent that they require cleaning or replacement.

(B) The rating of filters shall be governed by the test data supplied by the
manufacturer of the filter.  A pressure gage shall be installed to show the
pressure drop across the filters.  This gage shall be marked to show the
pressure drop at which the filters require cleaning or replacement.  Filters
shall be placed or cleaned whenever the pressure drop across them becomes
excessive or whenever the air flow through the face of the booth falls below
that specified in Table D-57.7.

(iv)(A) Means for heating make-up air to any spray booth or room, before or
at the time spraying is normally performed, shall be provided in all places
where the outdoor temperature may be expected to remain below 55 deg. F.
(12.77 deg. C.) for appreciable periods of time during the operation of the
booth except where adequate and safe means of radiant heating for all
operating personnel affected is provided.  The replacement air during the
heating seasons shall be maintained at not less than 65 deg. F. (18.33 deg.
C.) at the point of entry into the spray booth or spray room.  When otherwise
unheated make-up air would be at a temperature of more than 10 deg. F. below
room temperature, its temperature shall be regulated as provided in section
3.6.3 of ANSI Z9.2-1960.

(B) As an alternative to an air replacement system complying with the
preceding section, general heating of the building in which the spray room or
booth is located may be employed provided that all occupied parts of the
building are maintained at not less than 65 deg. F. (18.33 deg. C.) when the
exhaust system is in operation or the general heating system supplemented by
other sources of heat may be employed to meet this requirement.

(C) No means of heating make-up air shall be located in a spray
booth.

(D) Where make-up air is heated by coal or oil, the products of
combustion shall not be allowed to mix with the make-up air, and the products
of combustion shall be conducted outside the building through a flue
terminating at a point remote from all points where make-up air enters the
building.

(E) Where Make-up air is heated by gas, and the products of combustion are
not mixed with the make-up air but are conducted through an independent flue
to a point outside the building remote from all points where make-up air
enters the building, it is not necessary to comply with paragraph
(h)(7)(iv)(F) of this section.

(F) Where make-up air to any manually operated spray booth or room is heated
by gas and the products of combustion are allowed to mix with the supply air,
the following precautions must be taken:

{1} The gas must have a distinctive and strong enough odor to warn workmen
in a spray booth or room of its presence if in an unburned state in the
make-up air.

{2} The maximum rate of gas supply to the make-up air heater burners must
not exceed that which would yield in excess of 200 p.p.m. (parts per million)
of carbon monoxide or 2,000 p.p.m. of total combustible gases in the mixture
if the unburned gas upon the occurrence of flame failure were mixed with all
of the make-up air supplied.

{3} A fan must be provided to deliver the mixture of heated air and products
of combustion from the plenum chamber housing the gas burners to the spray
booth or room.

(8) "Scope." Spray booths or spray rooms are to be used to enclose or
confine all spray finishing operations covered by this paragraph (h). This
paragraph does not apply to the spraying of the exteriors of buildings, fixed
tanks, or similar structures, nor to small portable spraying apparatus not
used repeatedly in the same location.

(i) "Open surface tanks" - (1) "General." (i) This paragraph applies to all
operations involving the immersion of materials in liquids, or in the vapors
of such liquids, for the purpose of cleaning or altering the surface or
adding to or imparting a finish thereto or changing the character of the
materials, and their subsequent removal from the liquid or vapor, draining,
and drying.  These operating include washing, electroplating, anodizing,
pickling, quenching, dying, dipping, tanning, dressing, bleaching,
degreasing, alkaline cleaning, stripping, rinsing, digesting, and other
similar operation.

(ii) Except where specific construction specifications are prescribed in
this section, hoods, ducts, elbows, fans, blowers, and all other exhaust
system parts, components, and supports thereof shall be so constructed as to
meet conditions of service and to facilitate maintenance and shall conform in
construction to the specifications contained in American National Standard
Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems,
Z9.2-1960.

(2) "Classification of open-surface tank operations." (i) Open-surface tank
operations shall be classified into 16 classes, numbered A-1 to D-57.4,
inclusive.

(ii) "Determination of class." Class is determined by two factors, hazard
potential designated by a letter from A to D, inclusive, and rate of gas,
vapor, or mist evolution designated by a number from 1 to 4, inclusive (for
example, B.3).

(iii) Hazard potential is an index, on a scale of from A to D, inclusive, of
the severity of the hazard associated with the substance contained in the
tank because of the toxic, flammable, or explosive nature of the vapor, gas,
or mist produced there from.  The toxic hazard is determined from the
concentration, measured in parts by volume of a gas or vapor, per million
parts by volume of contaminated air (p.p.m.), or in milligrams of mist per
cubic meter of air (mg./m(3)), below which ill effects are unlikely to occur
to the exposed worker.  The concentrations shall be those in 1926.55 or other
pertinent sections of this part.

(iv) The relative fire or explosion hazard is measured in degrees Fahrenheit
in terms of the closed-cup flash point of the substance in the tank.
Detailed information on the prevention of fire hazards in dip tanks may be
found in Dip Tanks Containing Flammable or Combustible Liquids, NFPA No.
34-1966, National Fire Protection Association.  Where the tank contains a
mixture of liquids, other than organic solvents, whose effects are additive,
the hygienic standard of the most toxic component (for example, the one
having the lowest p.p.m. or mg./m(3)) shall be used, except where such
substance constitutes an insignificantly small faction of the mixture.  For
mixtures of organic solvents, their combined effect, rather than that of
either individually, shall determine the hazard potential.  In the absence of
information to the contrary, the effects shall be considered as additive.  If
the sum of the ratios of the airborne concentration of each contaminant to
the toxic concentration of that contaminant exceeds unity, the toxic
concentration shall be considered to have been exceeded.  (See Note A to
paragraph (i)(2)(v) of this section.) (v) Hazard potential shall be
determined from Table D-57.9, with the value indicating greater hazard being
used.  When the hazardous material may be either a vapor with a threshold
limit value (TLV) in p.p.m. or a mist with a TLV in mg./m(3), the TLV
indicating the greater hazard shall be used (for example, A takes precedence
over B or C; B over C; C over D).

Note A:

(c(1)+TLV(1))+(c(2)+TLV(2))+(c(3)+TLV(3))+;...
             (c(N)+TLV(N))1

   where:

   c=Concentration measured at the operation in p.p.m.

TABLE D-57.9 - DETERMINATION OF HAZARD POTENTIAL

(vi) Rate of gas, vapor, or mist evolution is a numerical index, on a scale
of from 1 to 4, inclusive, both of the relative capacity of the tank to
produce gas, vapor, or mist and of the relative energy with which it is
projected or carried upwards from the tank.  Rate is evaluated in terms of
(A) The temperature of the liquid in the tank in degrees Fahrenheit; (B) The
number of degrees Fahrenheit that this temperature is below the boiling point
of the liquid in degrees Fahrenheit;

(C) The relative evaporation of the liquid in still air at room temperature
in an arbitrary scale -- fast, medium, slow, or nil; and

(D) The extent that the tank gases or produces mist in an arbitrary scale --
high, medium, low, and nil. (See Table D-57.10, Note 2.) Gassing depends upon
electrochemical or mechanical processes, the effects of which have to be
individually evaluated for each installation (see Table D-57.10, Note 3).

(vii) Rate of evolution shall be determined from Table D-57.10.  When
evaporation and gassing yield different rates, the lowest numerical value
shall be used.

TABLE D-57.10 - DETERMINATION OF RATE OF GAS, VAPOR, OR MIST EVOLUTION(1)

Footnote(1) In certain classes of equipment, specifically vapor degreasers,
an internal condenser or vapor level thermostat is used to prevent the vapor
from leaving the tank during normal operation.  In such cases, rate of vapor
evolution from the tank into the workroom is not dependent upon the factors
listed in the table, but rather upon abnormalities of operating procedure,
such as carryout of vapors from excessively fast action, dragout of liquid by
entrainment in parts, contamination of solvent by water and other materials,
or improper heat balance.  When operating procedure is excellent, effective
rate of evolution may be taken as 4.  When operating procedure is average,
the effective rate of evolution may be taken as 3.

Footnote(2) Relative evaporation rate is determined according to the methods
described by A. K. Doolittle in Industrial and Engineering Chemistry, vol. 27
p. 1169, (3) where time for 100-percent evaporation is as follows: Fast: 0-3
hours; Medium: 3-12 hours; Slow: 12-50 hours; Nil: more than 50 hours.

Footnote(3) Gassing means the formation by chemical or electrochemical
action of minute bubbles of gas under the surface of the liquid in the tank
and is generally limited to aqueous solutions.

(3) "Ventilation." Where ventilation is used to control potential exposures
to workers as defined in paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section, it shall be
adequate to reduce the concentration of the air contaminant to the degree
that a hazard to the worker does not exist.  Methods of ventilation are
discussed in American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and
Operation of Local Exhaust Systems, Z9.2-1960.

(4) "Control requirements." (i) Control velocities shall conform to Table
D-57.11 in all cases where the flow of air past the breathing or working zone
of the operator and into the hoods is undisturbed by local environmental
conditions, such as open windows, wall fans, unit heaters, or moving
machinery.

(ii) All tanks exhausted by means of hoods which

(A) Project over
the entire tank;

(B) Are fixed in position in such a location that the head
of the workman, in all his normal operating positions while working at the
tank, is in front of all hood openings; and

(C) Are completely enclosed on at least two sides, shall be considered to be
exhausted through an enclosing hood.

(D) The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute necessary to be exhausted
through an enclosing hood shall be not less than the product of the control
velocity times the net area of all openings in the enclosure through which
air can flow into the hood.

TABLE D-57.11 - CONTROL VELOCITIES IN FEET PER MINUTE (F.P.M.) FOR UNDISTURBED LOCATIONS

Footnote(1) See Table D-57.12 for computation of ventilation rate.

Footnote(2) Do not use canopy hood for Hazard Potential A processes.

Footnote(3) Where complete control of hot water is desired, design as next
highest class.

Footnote(4) General room ventilation required.

(iii) All tanks exhausted by means of hoods which do not project over the
entire tank, and in which the direction of air movement into the hood or
hoods is substantially horizontal, shall be considered to be laterally
exhausted.  The quantity of air in cubic feet per minute necessary to be
laterally exhausted per square foot of tank area in order to maintain the
required control velocity shall be determined from Table D-57.12 for all
variations in ratio of tank width (W) to tank length (L).  The total quantity
of air in cubic feet per minute required to be exhausted per tank shall be
not less than the product of the area of tank surface times the cubic feet
per minute per square foot of tank area, determined from Table D-57.12.

(A) For lateral exhaust hoods over 42 inches (1.06 m) wide, or where it is
desirable to reduce the amount of air removed from the workroom, air supply
slots or orifices shall be provided along the side or the center of the tank
opposite from the exhaust slots.  The design of such systems shall meet the
following criteria:

{1} The supply air volume plus the entrained air shall not exceed 50 percent
of the exhaust volume.

{2} The velocity of the supply airstream as it reaches the effective control
area of the exhaust slot shall be less than the effective velocity over the
exhaust slot area.



TABLE D-57.12 - MINIMUM VENTILATION RATE IN CUBIC FEET OF AIR
PER MINUTE PER SQUARE FOOT OF TANK AREA FOR LATERAL EXHAUST

Footnote(1) It is not practicable to ventilate across the long dimension of
a tank whose ratio W/L exceeds 2.0.

It is undesirable to do so when W/L exceeds 1.0. For circular tanks with
lateral exhaust along up to 1/2 the circumference, use W/L=1.0; for over
one-half the circumference use W/L=0.5.

Footnote(2) Baffle is a vertical plate the same length as the tank, and with
the top of the plate as high as the tank is wide.  If the exhaust hood is on
the side of a tank against a building wall or close to it, it is perfectly
baffled.

Footnote(3) Use W/2 as tank width in computing when manifold is along
centerline, or when hoods are used on two parallel sides of a tank.

Tank Width (W) means the effective width over which the hood must pull air
to operate (for example, where the hood face is set back from the edge of the
tank, this set back must be added in measuring tank width). The surface area
of tanks can frequently be reduced and better control obtained (particularly
on conveyorized systems) by using covers extending from the upper edges of
the slots toward the center of the tank.

{3} The vertical height of the receiving exhaust hood, including any baffle,
shall not be less than one-quarter the width of the tank.

{4} The supply airstream shall not be allowed to impinge on obstructions
between it and the exhaust slot in such a manner as to significantly
interfere with the performance of the exhaust hood.

{5} Since most failure of push-pull systems result from excessive supply air
volumes and pressures, methods of measuring and adjusting the supply air
shall be provided.  When satisfactory control has been achieved, the
adjustable features of the hood shall be fixed so that they will not be
altered.

(iv) All tanks exhausted by means of hoods which project over the entire
tank, and which do not conform to the definition of enclosing hoods, shall be
considered to be overhead canopy hoods.  The quantity of air in cubic feet
per minute necessary to be exhausted through a canopy hood shall be not less
than the product of the control velocity times the net area of all openings
between the bottom edges of the hood and the top edges of the tank.

(v) The rate of vapor evolution (including steam or products of combustion)
from the process shall be estimated.  If the rate of vapor evolution is equal
to or greater than 10 percent of the calculated exhaust volume required, the
exhaust volume shall be increased in equal amount.

(5) "Spray cleaning and degreasing." Wherever spraying or other mechanical
means are used to disperse a liquid above an open-surface tank, control must
be provided for the airborne spray.  Such operations shall be enclosed as
completely as possible.  The inward air velocity into the enclosure shall be
sufficient to prevent the discharge of spray into the workroom.  Mechanical
baffles may be used to help prevent the discharge of spray.  Spray painting
operations are covered by paragraph (h) of this section.

(6) "Control means other than ventilation." Tank covers, foams, beads,
chips, or other materials floating on the tank surface so as to confine
gases, mists, or vapors to the area under the cover or to the foam, bead, or
chip layer; or surface tension depressive agents added to the liquid in the
tank to minimize mist formation, or any combination thereof, may all be used
as gas, mist, or vapor control means for open-surface tank operations,
provided that they effectively reduce the concentrations of hazardous
materials in the vicinity of the worker below the limits set in accordance
with paragraph (i)(2) of this section.

(7) "System design." (i) The equipment for exhausting air shall have
sufficient capacity to produce the flow of air required in each of the hoods
and openings of the system.

(ii) The capacity required in paragraph (i)(7)(i) of this section shall be
obtained when the airflow producing equipment is operating against the
following pressure losses, the sum of which is the static pressure:

(A) Entrance losses into the hood.

(B) Resistance to airflow in
branch pipe including bends and transformations.

(C) Entrance loss into the main pipe.

(D) Resistance to airflow in
main pipe including bends and transformations.

(E) Resistance of mechanical equipment; that is, filters, washers,
condensers, absorbers, etc., plus their entrance and exit losses.

(F) Resistance in outlet duct and discharge stack.

(iii) Two or more
operations shall not be connected to the same exhaust system where either one
or the combination of the substances removed may constitute a fire,
explosion, or chemical reaction hazard in the duct system.  Traps or other
devices shall be provided to insure that condensate in ducts does not drain
back into any tank.

(iv) The exhaust system, consisting of hoods, ducts, air mover, and
discharge outlet, shall be designed in accordance with American National
Standard Fundamentals Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust
Systems, Z9.2-1960, or the manual, Industrial Ventilation, published by the
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists 1970. Airflow and
pressure loss data provided by the manufacturer of any air cleaning device
shall be included in the design calculations.

(8) "Operation." (i) The required airflow shall be maintained at all times
during which gas, mist, or vapor is emitted from the tank, and at all times
the tank, the draining, or the drying area is in operation or use.  When the
system is first installed, the airflow from each hood shall be measured by
means of a pitot traverse in the exhaust duct and corrective action taken if
the flow is less than that required.  When the proper flow is obtained, the
hood static pressure shall be measured and recorded.  At intervals of not
more than 3 months operation, or after a prolonged shutdown period, the hoods
and duct system shall be inspected for evidence or corrosion or damage.  In
any case where the airflow is found to be less than required, it shall be
increased to the required value.  (Information on airflow and static pressure
measurement and calculations may be found in American National Standard
Fundamental Governing the Design and Operation of Local Exhaust Systems,
Z9.2-1960, or in the manual, Industrial Ventilation, published by the
American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists.)

(ii) The exhaust
system shall discharge to the outer air in such a manner that the possibility
of its effluent entering any building is at a minimum.  Recirculation shall
only be through a device for contaminant removal which will prevent the
creation of a health hazard in the room or area to which the air is
recirculated.

(iii) A volume of outside air in the range of 90 percent to 110 percent of
the exhaust volume shall be provided to each room having exhaust hoods.  The
outside air supply shall enter the workroom in such a manner as not to be
detrimental to any exhaust hood.  The airflow of the makeup air system shall
be measured on installation.  Corrective action shall be taken when the
airflow is below that required.  The makeup air shall be uncontaminated.

(9) "Personal protection." (i) All employees working in and around
open-surface tank operations must be instructed as to the hazards of their
respective jobs, and in the personal protection and first aid procedures
applicable to these hazards.

(ii) All persons required to work in such a manner that their feet may
become wet shall be provided with rubber or other impervious boots or shoes,
rubbers, or wooden-soled shoes sufficient to keep feet dry.

(iii) All persons required to handle work wet with a liquid other than water
shall be provided with gloves impervious to such a liquid and of a length
sufficient to prevent entrance of liquid into the tops of the gloves.  The
interior of gloves shall be kept free from corrosive or irritating
contaminants.

(iv) All persons required to work in such a manner that their clothing, may
become wet shall be provided with such aprons, coats, jackets, sleeves, or
other garments made of rubber, or of other materials impervious to liquids
other than water, as are required to keep their clothing dry.  Aprons shall
extend well below the top of boots to prevent liquid splashing into the
boots.  Provision of dry, clean, cotton clothing along with rubber shoes or
short boots and an apron impervious to liquids other than water shall be
considered a satisfactory substitute where small parts are cleaned, plated,
or acid dipped in open tanks and rapid work is required.

(v) Whenever there is a danger of splashing, for example, when additions are
made manually to the tanks, or when acids and chemicals are removed from the
tanks, the employees so engaged shall be required to wear either
tight-fitting chemical goggles or an effective face shield.  See 1926.102.

(vi) When, during emergencies as described in paragraph (i)(11)(v) of this
section, workers must be in areas where concentrations of air contaminants
are greater than the limit set by paragraph (i)(2)(iii) of this section, or
oxygen concentrations are less than 19.5 percent, they shall be required to
wear respirators adequate to reduce their exposure to a level below these
below these limits, or to provide adequate oxygen.  Such respirators shall
also be provided in marked, quickly accessible storage compartments built for
the purpose, when there exits the possibility of accidental release of
hazardous concentrations of air contaminants.  Respirators shall be approved
by the U.S. Bureau of Mines, U.S. Department of the Interior and shall be
selected by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified
source.  Respirators shall be used in accordance with 1926.103, and persons
who may require them shall be trained in their use.

(vii) Near each tank containing a liquid which may burn, irritate, or
otherwise be harmful to the skin if splashed upon the worker's body, there
shall be a supply of clean cold water.  The water pipe (carrying a pressure
not exceeding 25 pounds(11.325 kg)) shall be provided with a quick opening
valve and at least 48 inches (1.216 m) of hose not smaller than three-fourths
inch, so that no time may be lost in washing off liquids from the skin or
clothing.  Alternatively, deluge showers and eye flushes shall be provided in
cases where harmful chemicals may be splashed on parts of the body.

(viii) Operators with sores, burns, or other skin lesions requiring medical
treatment shall not be allowed to work at their regular operations until so
authorized by a physician.  Any small skin abrasions, cuts, rash, or open
sores which are found or reported shall be treated by a properly designated
person so that chances of exposures to the chemicals are removed.  Workers
exposed to chromic acids shall have a periodic examination made of nostrils
and other parts of the body, to detect incipient ulceration.

(ix) Sufficient washing facilities, including soap, individual towels, and
hot water, shall be provided for all persons required to use or handle any
liquids which may burn, irritate, or otherwise be harmful to the skin, on the
basis of at least one basin (or its equivalent) with a hot water faucet for
every 10 employees, See 1926.51(f).

(x) Locker space or equivalent clothing storage facilities shall be provided
to prevent contamination of street clothing.

(xi) First aid facilities specific to the hazards of the operations
conducted shall be readily available.

(10) "Special precautions for cyanide." Dikes or other arrangements shall be
provided to prevent the possibility of intermixing of cyanide and acid in the
event of tank rupture.

(11) "Inspection, maintenance, and installation." (i) Floors and platforms
around tanks shall be prevented from becoming slippery both by original type
of construction and by frequent flushing.  They shall be firm, sound, and of
the design and construction to minimize the possibility of tripping.

(ii) Before cleaning the interior of any tank, the contents shall be drained
off, and the cleanout doors shall be opened where provided. All pockets in
tanks or pits, where it is possible for hazardous vapors to collect, shall be
ventilated and cleared of such vapors.

(iii) Tanks which have been drained to permit employees to enter for the
purposes of cleaning, inspection, or maintenance may contain atmospheres
which are hazardous to life or health, through the presence of flammable or
toxic air contaminants, or through the absence of sufficient oxygen.  Before
employees shall be permitted to enter any such tank, appropriate tests of the
atmosphere shall be made to determine if the limits set by paragraph
(i)(2)(iii) of this section are exceeded, or if the oxygen concentration is
less than 19.5 percent.

(iv) If the tests made in accordance with paragraph (i)(1)(iii) of this
section indicate that the atmosphere in the tank is unsafe, before any
employee is permitted to enter the tank, the tank shall be ventilated until
the hazardous atmosphere is removed, and ventilation shall be continued so as
to prevent the occurrence of a hazardous atmosphere as long as an employee is
in the tank.

(v) If, in emergencies, such as rescue work, it is necessary to enter a tank
which may contain a hazardous atmosphere, suitable respirators, such as
self-contained breathing apparatus; hose mask with blower, if there is a
possibility of oxygen deficiency; or a gas mask, selected and operated in
accordance with paragraph (i)(9)(vi) of this section, shall be used.  If a
contaminant in the tank can cause dermatitis, or be absorbed through the
skin, the employee entering the tank shall wear protective clothing.  At
least one trained standby employee, with suitable respirator, shall be
present in the nearest uncontaminated area.  The standby employee must be
able to communicate with the employee in the tank and be able to haul him out
of the tank with a lifeline if necessary.

(vi) Maintenance work requiring welding or open flame, where toxic metal
fumes such a cadmium, chromium, or lead may be evolved, shall be done only
with sufficient local exhaust ventilation to prevent the creation of a health
hazard, or be done with respirators selected and used in accordance with
paragraph (i)(9)(iv) of this section.  Welding, or the use of open flames
near any solvent cleaning equipment shall be permitted only after such
equipment has first been thoroughly cleared of solvents and vapors.

(12) "Vapor degreasing tanks." (i) In any vapor degreasing tank equipped
with a condenser or vapor level thermostat, the condenser or thermostat shall
keep the level of vapors below the top edge of the tank by a distance at
least equal to one-half the tank width, or at least 36 inches (0.912 m),
whichever is shorter.

(ii) Where gas is used as a fuel for heating vapor degreasing tanks, the
combustion chamber shall be of tight construction, except for such openings
as the exhaust flue, and those that are necessary for supplying air for
combustion.  Flues shall be of corrosion-resistant construction and shall
extend to the outer air.  If mechanical exhaust is used on this flue, a draft
diverter shall be used.  Special precautions must be taken to prevent solvent
fumes from entering the combustion air of this or any other heater when
chlorinated or fluorinated hydrocarbon solvents (for example,
trichloroethylene, Freon) are used.

(iii) Heating elements shall be so designed and maintained that their
surface temperature will not cause the solvent or mixture to decompose, break
down, or be converted into an excessive quantity of vapor.

(iv) Tanks or machines of more than 4 square feet (0.368 m(2)) of vapor
area, used for solvent cleaning or vapor degreasing, shall be equipped with a
suitable cleanout or sludge doors located near the bottom of each tank or
still.  These doors shall be so designed and gasketed that there will be no
leakage of solvent when they are closed.

(13) "Scope." (i) This paragraph (i) applies to all operations involving the
immersion of materials in liquids, or in the vapors of such liquids, for the
purpose of cleaning or altering their surfaces, or adding or imparting a
finish thereto, or changing the character of the materials, and their
subsequent removal from the liquids or vapors, draining, and drying.  Such
operations include washing, electroplating, anodizing, pickling, quenching,
dyeing, dipping, tanning, dressing, bleaching, degreasing, alkaline cleaning,
stripping, rinsing, digesting, and other similar operations, but do not
include molten materials handling operations, or surface coating operations.

(ii) "Molton materials handling operations" means all operations, other than
welding, burining, and soldering operations, involving the use, melting,
smelting, or pouring of metals, alloys, salts, or other similar substances in
the molten state.  Such operations also include heat treating baths,
descaling baths, die casting stereotyping, galvanizing, tinning, and similar
operations.

(iii) "Surface coating operations" means all operations involving the
application of protective, decorative, adhesive, or strengthening coating or
impregnation to one or more surfaces, or into the interstices of any object
or material, by means of spraying, spreading, flowing, brushing, roll
coating, pouring, cementing, or similar means; and any subsequent draining or
drying operations excluding open-tank operations.

11. In subpart D, a new 1926.64 is added to read as follows:

1926.64  Process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals.

"Purpose."  This section contains requirements for preventing or minimizing
the consequences of catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable, or
explosive chemicals. These releases may result in toxic, fire or explosion
hazards.
	(a) "Application."  (1) This section applies to the following:

(i)  A process which involves a chemical at or above the specified threshold
quantities listed in Appendix A to this section;

(ii)  A process which involves a flammable liquid or gas (as defined in
1926.59(c) of this part) on site in one location, in a quantity of 10,000
pounds (4535.9 kg) or more except for:

(A)  Hydrocarbon fuels used solely for workplace consumption as a fuel
(e.g., propane used for comfort heating, gasoline for vehicle refueling), if
such fuels are not a part of a process containing another highly hazardous
chemical covered by this standard;

(B)  Flammable liquids stored in atmospheric tanks or transferred which are
kept below their normal boiling point without benefit of chilling or
refrigeration.
	(2)  This section does not apply to:

(i)  Retail facilities;

(ii)  Oil or gas well drilling or servicing operations; or,

(iii)
Normally unoccupied remote facilities. (b) "Definitions."  Atmospheric tank
means a storage tank which has been designed to operate at pressures from
atmospheric through 0.5 p.s.i.g. (pounds per square inch gauge, 3.45
Kpa).

"Boiling point" means the boiling point of a liquid at a pressure of 14.7
pounds per square inch absolute (p.s.i.a.) (760 mm.).  For the purposes of
this section, where an accurate boiling point is unavailable for the material
in question, or for mixtures which do not have a constant boiling point, the
10 percent point of a distillation performed in accordance with the Standard
Method of Test for Distillation of Petroleum Products, ASTM D-86-62, may be
used as the boiling point of the liquid.

"Catastrophic release" means a major uncontrolled emission, fire, or
explosion, involving one or more highly hazardous chemicals, that presents
serious danger to employees in the workplace.

"Facility" means the buildings, containers or equipment which contain a
process.

"Highly hazardous chemical" means a substance possessing toxic, reactive,
flammable, or explosive properties and specified by paragraph (a)(1) of this
section.

"Hot work" means work involving electric or gas welding, cutting, brazing,
or similar flame or spark-producing operations.

"Normally unoccupied remote facility" means a facility which is operated,
maintained or serviced by employees who visit the facility only periodically
to check its operation and to perform necessary operating or maintenance
tasks.  No employees are permanently stationed at the facility. Facilities
meeting this definition are not contiguous with, and must be geographically
remote from all other buildings, processes or persons.

"Process" means any activity involving a highly hazardous chemical including
any use, storage, manufacturing, handling, or the on-site movement of such
chemicals, or combination of these activities.  For purposes of this
definition, any group of vessels which are interconnected and separate
vessels which are located such that a highly hazardous chemical could be
involved in a potential release shall be considered a single process.

"Replacement in kind" means a replacement which satisfies the design
specification.

"Trade secret" means any confidential formula, pattern, process, device,
information or compilation of information that is used in an employer's
business, and that gives the employer an opportunity to obtain an advantage
over competitors who do not know or use it.  Appendix D contained in 1926.59
sets out the criteria to be used in evaluating trade secrets.

(c) "Employee participation." (1) Employers shall develop a written plan of
action regarding the implementation of the employee participation required by
this paragraph.

(2)  Employers shall consult with employees and their representatives on the
conduct and development of process hazards analyses and on the development of
the other elements of process safety management in this standard.

(3)  Employers shall provide to employees and their representatives access
to process hazard analyses and to all other information required to be
developed under this standard.

(d) "Process safety information."  In accordance with the schedule set forth
in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the employer shall complete a
compilation of written process safety information before conducting any
process hazard analysis required by the standard.  The compilation of written
process safety information is to enable the employer and the employees
involved in operating the process to identify and understand the hazards
posed by those processes involving highly hazardous chemicals.  This process
safety information shall include information pertaining to the hazards of the
highly hazardous chemicals used or produced by the process, information
pertaining to the technology of the process, and information pertaining to
the equipment in the process.

(1) "Information pertaining to the hazards of the highly hazardous chemicals
in the process."  This information shall consist of at least the following:

1. Toxicity information;
2. Permissible exposure limits;
3. Physical data;
4. Reactivity data:
5. Corrosivity data;
6. Thermal and chemical stability data; and
7. Hazardous effects of inadvertent mixing of different materials that could foreseeably occur.

Note:  Material Safety Data Sheets meeting the requirements of 29 CFR
1926.59(g) may be used to comply with this requirement to the extent they
contain the information required by this subparagraph.
	(2) "Information pertaining to the technology of the process."

(i)  Information concerning the technology of the process shall include at
least the following:

(A)  A block flow diagram or simplified process flow diagram (see Appendix B
to this section);

(B)  Process chemistry;

(C)  Maximum intended inventory;

(D)  Safe upper and lower limits for such items as temperatures, pressures,
flows or compositions; and,

(E)  An evaluation of the consequences of
deviations, including those affecting the safety and health of employees.

(ii)  Where the original technical information no longer exists, such
information may be developed in conjunction with the process hazard analysis
in sufficient detail to support the analysis.

(3) "Information pertaining to the equipment in the process."

(i)
Information pertaining to the equipment in the process shall include:
	(A)  Materials of construction;
	(B)  Piping and instrument diagrams (P&ID's);
	(C)  Electrical classification;
	(D)  Relief system design and design basis;
	(E)  Ventilation system design;
	(F)  Design codes and standards employed;
	(G)  Material and energy balances for processes built after May 26, 1992;
and,
	(H)  Safety systems (e.g. interlocks, detection or suppression systems).

(ii)  The employer shall document that equipment complies with recognized
and generally accepted good engineering practices.

(iii)  For existing equipment designed and constructed in accordance with
codes, standards, or practices that are no longer in general use, the
employer shall determine and document that the equipment is designed,
maintained, inspected, tested, and operating in a safe manner.

(e) "Process hazard analysis."  (1) The employer shall perform an initial
process hazard analysis (hazard evaluation) on processes covered by this
standard.  The process hazard analysis shall be appropriate to the complexity
of the process and shall identify, evaluate, and control the hazards involved
in the process.  Employers shall determine and document the priority order
for conducting process hazard analyses based on a rationale which includes
such considerations as extent of the process hazards, number of potentially
affected employees, age of the process, and operating history of the process.
 The process hazard analysis shall be conducted as soon as possible, but not
later than the following schedule:

(i)  No less than 25 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall
be completed by May 26, 1994;

(ii)  No less than 50 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall
be completed by May 26, 1995;

(iii)  No less than 75 percent of the initial process hazards analyses shall
be completed by May 26, 1996;

(iv)  All initial process hazards analyses shall be completed by May 26,
1997.

(v)  Process hazards analyses completed after May 26, 1987 which meet the
requirements of this paragraph are acceptable as initial process hazards
analyses.  These process hazard analyses shall be updated and revalidated,
based on their completion date, in accordance with paragraph (e)(6) of this
standard.

(2)  The employer shall use one or more of the following methodologies that
are appropriate to determine and evaluate the hazards of the process being
analyzed.
	(i)  What-If;
	(ii)  Checklist;
	(iii)  What-If/Checklist;
	(iv)  Hazard and Operability Study (HAZOP);
	(v)  Failure Mode and Effects Analysis (FMEA);
	(vi)  Fault-Tree Analysis; or (vii)  An appropriate equivalent
methodology.

(3)  The process hazard analysis shall address: (i)  The hazards
of the process;

(ii)  The identification of any previous incident which had a
likely potential for catastrophic consequences in the workplace;

(iii)  Engineering and administrative controls applicable to the hazards and
their interrelationships such as appropriate application of detection
methodologies to provide early warning of releases. (Acceptable detection
methods might include process monitoring and control instrumentation with
alarms, and detection hardware such as hydrocarbon sensors.);

(iv)  Consequences of failure of engineering and administrative controls;

(v)  Facility siting;

(vi)  Human factors; and

(vii)  A qualitative evaluation of a range of the possible safety and health
effects of failure of controls on employees in the workplace.

(4)  The process hazard analysis shall be performed by a team with expertise
in engineering and process operations, and the team shall include at least
one employee who has experience and knowledge specific to the process being
evaluated.  Also, one member of the team must be knowledgeable in the
specific process hazard analysis methodology being used.

(5)  The employer shall establish a system to promptly address the team's
findings and recommendations; assure that the recommendations are resolved in
a timely manner and that the resolution is documented; document what actions
are to be taken; complete actions as soon as possible; develop a written
schedule of when these actions are to be completed; communicate the actions
to operating, maintenance and other employees whose work assignments are in
the process and who may be affected by the recommendations or actions.

(6)  At least every five (5) years after the completion of the initial
process hazard analysis, the process hazard analysis shall be updated and
revalidated by a team meeting the requirements in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section, to assure that the process hazard analysis is consistent with the
current process.

(7)  Employers shall retain process hazards analyses and updates or
revalidations for each process covered by this section, as well as the
documented resolution of recommendations described in paragraph (e)(5) of
this section for the life of the process.

(f) "Operating procedures." (1) The employer shall develop and implement
written operating procedures that provide clear instructions for safely
conducting activities involved in each covered process consistent with the
process safety information and shall address at least the following elements.

(i)  Steps for each operating phase:
	(A)  Initial startup;
	(B)  Normal operations;
	(C)  Temporary operations;
	(D)  Emergency shutdown including the conditions under which emergency
shutdown is required, and the assignment of shutdown responsibility to
qualified operators to ensure that emergency shutdown is executed in a safe
and timely manner.
	(E)  Emergency operations;
	(F)  Normal shutdown; and,
	(G)  Startup following a turnaround, or
after an emergency shutdown.

(ii)  Operating limits:

(A)  Consequences of
deviation; and

(B)  Steps required to correct or avoid deviation.

(iii)
Safety and health considerations:

(A)  Properties of, and hazards presented
by, the chemicals used in the process;

(B)  Precautions necessary to prevent exposure, including engineering
controls, administrative controls, and personal protective equipment;

(C)  Control measures to be taken if physical contact or airborne exposure
occurs;

(D)  Quality control for raw materials and control of hazardous chemical
inventory levels; and,

(E)  Any special or unique hazards.

(iv)  Safety
systems and their functions.

(2)  Operating procedures shall be readily
accessible to employees who work in or maintain a process.

(3)  The operating procedures shall be reviewed as often as necessary to
assure that they reflect current operating practice, including changes that
result from changes in process chemicals, technology, and equipment, and
changes to facilities.  The employer shall certify annually that these
operating procedures are current and accurate.

(4)  The employer shall develop and implement safe work practices to provide
for the control of hazards during operations such as lockout/tagout; confined
space entry; opening process equipment or piping; and control over entrance
into a facility by maintenance, contractor, laboratory, or other support
personnel.  These safe work practices shall apply to employees and contractor
employees.

(g) "Training" - (1) "Initial training." (i) Each employee presently
involved in operating a process, and each employee before being involved in
operating a newly assigned process, shall be trained in an overview of the
process and in the operating procedures as specified in paragraph (f) of this
section. The training shall include emphasis on the specific safety and
health hazards, emergency operations including shutdown, and safe work
practices applicable to the employee's job tasks.

(ii)  In lieu of initial training for those employees already involved in
operating a process on May 26, 1992, an employer may certify in writing that
the employee has the required knowledge, skills, and abilities to safely
carry out the duties and responsibilities as specified in the operating
procedures.

(2) "Refresher training."  Refresher training shall be provided at least
every three years, and more often if necessary, to each employee involved in
operating a process to assure that the employee understands and adheres to
the current operating procedures of the process.  The employer, in
consultation with the employees involved in operating the process, shall
determine the appropriate frequency of refresher training.

(3) "Training documentation."  The employer shall ascertain that each
employee involved in operating a process has received and understood the
training required by this paragraph. The employer shall prepare a record
which contains the identity of the employee, the date of training, and the
means used to verify that the employee understood the training.

(h) "Contractors" - (1) "Application." This paragraph applies to contractors
performing maintenance or repair, turnaround, major renovation, or specialty
work on or adjacent to a covered process.  It does not apply to contractors
providing incidental services which do not influence process safety, such as
janitorial work, food and drink services, laundry, delivery or other supply
services.

(2) "Employer responsibilities." (i) The employer, when selecting a
contractor, shall obtain and evaluate information regarding the contract
employer's safety performance and programs.

(ii)  The employer shall inform contract employers of the known potential
fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards related to the contractor's work
and the process.

(iii)  The employer shall explain to contract employers the applicable
provisions of the emergency action plan required by paragraph (n) of this
section.

(iv)  The employer shall develop and implement safe work practices
consistent with paragraph (f)(4) of this section, to control the entrance,
presence and exit of contract employers and contract employees in covered
process areas.

(v)  The employer shall periodically evaluate the performance of contract
employers in fulfilling their obligations as specified in paragraph (h)(3) of
this section.

(vi)  The employer shall maintain a contract employee injury and illness log
related to the contractor's work in process areas.

(3) "Contract employer responsibilities." (i) The contract employer shall
assure that each contract employee is trained in the work practices necessary
to safely perform his/her job.

(ii)  The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee is
instructed in the known potential fire, explosion, or toxic release hazards
related to his/her job and the process, and the applicable provisions of the
emergency action plan.

(iii)  The contract employer shall document that each contract employee has
received and understood the training required by this paragraph.  The
contract employer shall prepare a record which contains the identity of the
contract employee, the date of training, and the means used to verify that
the employee understood the training.

(iv)  The contract employer shall assure that each contract employee follows
the safety rules of the facility including the safe work practices required
by paragraph (f)(4) of this section.

(v)  The contract employer shall advise the employer of any unique hazards
presented by the contract employer's work, or of any hazards found by the
contract employer's work.

(i) "Pre-startup safety review." (1) The employer shall perform a
pre-startup safety review for new facilities and for modified facilities when
the modification is significant enough to require a change in the process
safety information.

(2)  The pre-startup safety review shall confirm that prior to the
introduction of highly hazardous chemicals to a process:

(i)  Construction and equipment is in accordance with design specifications;

(ii)  Safety, operating, maintenance, and emergency procedures are in place
and are adequate;

(iii)  For new facilities, a process hazard analysis has been performed and
recommendations have been resolved or implemented before startup; and
modified facilities meet the requirements contained in management of change,
paragraph (l).

(iv)  Training of each employee involved in operating a process has been
completed.

(j) "Mechanical integrity" - (1) "Application." Paragraphs (j)(2) through
(j)(6) of this section apply to the following process equipment:
	(i)  Pressure vessels and storage tanks;
	(ii)  Piping systems (including piping components such as valves);
	(iii)  Relief and vent systems and devices;
	(iv)  Emergency shutdown systems;
	(v)  Controls (including monitoring devices and sensors, alarms, and
interlocks) and,
	(vi)  Pumps. 

(2) "Written procedures."  The employer shall
establish and implement written procedures to maintain the on-going integrity
of process equipment.

(3) "Training for process maintenance activities."  The employer shall train
each employee involved in maintaining the on-going integrity of process
equipment in an overview of that process and its hazards and in the
procedures applicable to the employee's job tasks to assure that the employee
can perform the job tasks in a safe manner.

(4) "Inspection and testing." (i) Inspections and tests shall be performed
on process equipment.

(ii)  Inspection and testing procedures shall follow recognized and
generally accepted good engineering practices.

(iii)  The frequency of inspections and tests of process equipment shall be
consistent with applicable manufacturers' recommendations and good
engineering practices, and more frequently if determined to be necessary by
prior operating experience.

(iv)  The employer shall document each inspection and test that has been
performed on process equipment.  The documentation shall identify the date of
the inspection or test, the name of the person who performed the inspection
or test, the serial number or other identifier of the equipment on which the
inspection or test was performed, a description of the inspection or test
performed, and the results of the inspection or test.

(5) "Equipment deficiencies."  The employer shall correct deficiencies in
equipment that are outside acceptable limits (defined by the process safety
information in paragraph (d) of this section) before further use or in a safe
and timely manner when necessary means are taken to assure safe operation.

(6) "Quality assurance." (i) In the construction of new plants and
equipment, the employer shall assure that equipment as it is fabricated is
suitable for the process application for which they will be used.

(ii)  Appropriate checks and inspections shall be performed to assure that
equipment is installed properly and consistent with design specifications and
the manufacturer's instructions.

(iii)  The employer shall assure that maintenance materials, spare parts and
equipment are suitable for the process application for which they will be
used.

(k) "Hot work permit." (1) The employer shall issue a hot work permit for
hot work operations conducted on or near a covered process.

(2)  The permit shall document that the fire prevention and protection
requirements in 29 CFR 1926.352 have been implemented prior to beginning the
hot work operations; it shall indicate the date(s) authorized for hot work;
and identify the object on which hot work is to be performed.  The permit
shall be kept on file until completion of the hot work operations.

(l) "Management of change." (1) The employer shall establish and implement
written procedures to manage changes (except for "replacements in kind") to
process chemicals, technology, equipment, and procedures; and, changes to
facilities that affect a covered process.

(2) The procedures shall assure that the following considerations are
addressed prior to any change:
	(i)  The technical basis for the proposed change;
	(ii)  Impact of change on safety and health;
	(iii)  Modifications to operating procedures;
	(iv)  Necessary time period for the change; and,
	(v)  Authorization
requirements for the proposed change.

(3)  Employees involved in operating a
process and maintenance and contract employees whose job tasks will be
affected by a change in the process shall be informed of, and trained in, the
change prior to start-up of the process or affected part of the
process.

(4)  If a change covered by this paragraph results in a change in the
process safety information required by paragraph (d) of this section, such
information shall be updated accordingly.

(5)  If a change covered by this paragraph results in a change in the
operating procedures or practices required by paragraph (f) of this section,
such procedures or practices shall be updated accordingly.

(m) "Incident investigation." (1) The employer shall investigate each
incident which resulted in, or could reasonably have resulted in a
catastrophic release of highly hazardous chemical in the workplace.

(2)  An incident investigation shall be initiated as promptly as possible,
but not later than 48 hours following the incident.

(3)  An incident investigation team shall be established and consist of at
least one person knowledgeable in the process involved, including a contract
employee if the incident involved work of the contractor, and other persons
with appropriate knowledge and experience to thoroughly investigate and
analyze the incident.

(4)  A report shall be prepared at the conclusion of the investigation which
includes at a minimum:
	(i)  Date of incident;
	(ii)  Date investigation began;
	(iii)  A description of the incident;
	(iv)  The factors that contributed to the incident; and,
	(v)  Any
recommendations resulting from the investigation.

(5)  The employer shall
establish a system to promptly address and resolve the incident report
findings and recommendations.  Resolutions and corrective actions shall be
documented.

(6)  The report shall be reviewed with all affected personnel whose job
tasks are relevant to the incident findings including contract employees
where applicable.

(7)  Incident investigation reports shall be retained for five
years.

(n)  Emergency planning and response.  The employer shall establish
and implement an emergency action plan for the entire plant in accordance
with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.35(a).  In addition, the emergency action
plan shall include procedures for handling small releases.  Employers covered
under this standard may also be subject to the hazardous waste and emergency
response provisions contained in 29 CFR 1926.65(a), (p) and (q).

(o) "Compliance audits." (1) Employers shall certify that they have
evaluated compliance with the provisions of this section at least every three
years to verify that the procedures and practices developed under the
standard are adequate and are being followed.

(2)  The compliance audit shall be conducted by at least one person
knowledgeable in the process.

(3)  A report of the findings of the audit shall be developed.

(4)
The employer shall promptly determine and document an appropriate response to
each of the findings of the compliance audit, and document that deficiencies
have been corrected.

(5)  Employers shall retain the two (2) most recent compliance audit reports.

(p) "Trade secrets." (1) Employers shall make all information necessary to
comply with the section available to those persons responsible for compiling
the process safety information (required by paragraph (d) of this section),
those assisting in the development of the process hazard analysis (required
by paragraph (e) of this section), those responsible for developing the
operating procedures (required by paragraph (f) of this section), and those
involved in incident investigations (required by paragraph (m) of this
section), emergency planning and response (paragraph (n) of this section) and
compliance audits (paragraph (o) of this section) without regard to possible
trade secret status of such information.

(2)  Nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the employer from requiring
the persons to whom the information is made available under paragraph (p)(1)
of this section to enter into confidentiality agreements not to disclose the
information as set forth in 29 CFR 1926.59.

(3)  Subject to the rules and procedures set forth in 29 CFR 1926.59(i) (1)
through (12), employees and their designated representatives shall have
access to trade secret information contained within the process hazard
analysis and other documents required to be developed by this standard.

Appendix A to 1926.64 - List of Highly Hazardous Chemicals, Toxics
and Reactives  (Mandatory)

This Appendix contains a listing of toxic and reactive highly hazardous
chemicals which present a potential for a catastrophic event at or above the
threshold quantity.

	Footnote(*) Chemical Abstract Service Number Footnote(**) Threshold
Quantity in Pounds (Amount necessary to be covered by this
standard.)

1926.64 Appendix B Block Flow Diagram and Simplified Process Flow Diagram
(Nonmandatory)

	EXAMPLE OF A BLOCK FLOW DIAGRAM
               (For Illustration A, see printed copy)
	
                  EXAMPLE OF A PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM
               (For Illustration B, see printed copy)


1926.64 Appendix C Compliance Guidelines and Recommendations for Process
Safety Management (Nonmandatory)

This appendix serves as a nonmandatory guideline to assist employers and
employees in complying with the requirements of this section, as well as
provides other helpful recommendations and information. Examples presented in
this appendix are not the only means of achieving the performance goals in
the standard.  This appendix neither adds nor detracts from the requirements
of the standard.

1. "Introduction to Process Safety Management."  The major objective of
process safety management of highly hazardous chemicals is to prevent
unwanted releases of hazardous chemicals especially into locations which
could expose employees and others to serious hazards.  An effective process
safety management program requires a systematic approach to evaluating the
whole process.  Using this approach the process design, process technology,
operational and maintenance activities and procedures, nonroutine activities
and procedures, emergency preparedness plans and procedures, training
programs, and other elements which impact the process are all considered in
the evaluation.  The various lines of defense that have been incorporated
into the design and operation of the process to prevent or mitigate the
release of hazardous chemicals need to be evaluated and strengthened to
assure their effectiveness at each level. Process safety management is the
proactive identification, evaluation and mitigation or prevention of chemical
releases that could occur as a result of failures in process, procedures or
equipment.

The process safety management standard targets highly hazardous chemicals
that have the potential to cause a catastrophic incident.  This standard as a
whole is to aid employers in their efforts to prevent or mitigate episodic
chemical releases that could lead to a catastrophe in the workplace and
possibly to the surrounding community.  To control these types of hazards,
employers need to develop the necessary expertise, experiences, judgment and
proactive initiative within their workforce to properly implement and
maintain an effective process safety management program as envisioned in the
OSHA standard.  This OSHA standard is required by the Clean Air Act
Amendments as is the Environmental Protection Agency's Risk Management Plan.
Employers, who merge the two sets of requirements into their process safety
management program, will better assure full compliance with each as well as
enhancing their relationship with the local community.

While OSHA believes process safety management will have a positive effect on
the safety of employees in workplaces and also offers other potential
benefits to employers (increased productivity), smaller businesses which may
have limited resources available to them at this time, might consider
alternative avenues of decreasing the risks associated with highly hazardous
chemicals at their workplaces.  One method which might be considered is the
reduction in the inventory of the highly hazardous chemical. This reduction
in inventory will result in a reduction of the risk or potential for a
catastrophic incident.  Also, employers including small employers may be able
to establish more efficient inventory control by reducing the quantities of
highly hazardous chemicals on site below the established threshold
quantities.  This reduction can be accomplished by ordering smaller shipments
and maintaining the minimum inventory necessary for efficient and safe
operation.  When reduced inventory is not feasible, then the employer might
consider dispersing inventory to several locations on site.  Dispersing
storage into locations where a release in one location will not cause a
release in another location is a practical method to also reduce the risk or
potential for catastrophic incidents.

2. "Employee Involvement in Process Safety Management."  Section 304 of the
Clean Air Act Amendments states that employers are to consult with their
employees and their representatives regarding the employers efforts in the
development and implementation of the process safety management program
elements and hazard assessments.  Section 304 also requires employers to
train and educate their employees and to inform affected employees of the
findings from incident investigations required by the process safety
management program.  Many employers, under their safety and health programs,
have already established means and methods to keep employees and their
representatives informed about relevant safety and health issues and
employers may be able to adapt these practices and procedures to meet their
obligations under this standard.  Employers who have not implemented an
occupational safety and health program may wish to form a safety and health
committee of employees and management representatives to help the employer
meet the obligations specified by this standard.  These committees can become
a significant ally in helping the employer to implement and maintain an
effective process safety management program for all employees.

3. "Process Safety Information."  Complete and accurate written information
concerning process chemicals, process technology, and process equipment is
essential to an effective process safety management program and to a process
hazards analysis.  The compiled information will be a necessary resource to a
variety of users including the team that will perform the process hazards
analysis as required under paragraph (e); those developing the training
programs and the operating procedures; contractors whose employees will be
working with the process; those conducting the pre-startup reviews; local
emergency preparedness planners; and insurance and enforcement officials.

The information to be compiled about the chemicals, including process
intermediates, needs to be comprehensive enough for an accurate assessment of
the fire and explosion characteristics, reactivity hazards, the safety and
health hazards to workers, and the corrosion and erosion effects on the
process equipment and monitoring tools.  Current material safety data sheet
(MSDS) information can be used to help meet this requirement which must be
supplemented with process chemistry information including runaway reaction
and over pressure hazards if applicable.

Process technology information will be a part of the process safety
information package and it is expected that it will include diagrams of the
type shown in Appendix B of this section as well as employer established
criteria for maximum inventory levels for process chemicals; limits beyond
which would be considered upset conditions; and a qualitative estimate of the
consequences or results of deviation that could occur if operating beyond the
established process limits.  Employers are encouraged to use diagrams which
will help users understand the process.

A block flow diagram is used to show the major process equipment and
interconnecting process flow lines and show flow rates, stream composition,
temperatures, and pressures when necessary for clarity.  The block flow
diagram is a simplified diagram.

Process flow diagrams are more complex and will show all main flow streams
including valves to enhance the understanding of the process, as well as
pressures and temperatures on all feed and product lines within all major
vessels, in and out of headers and heat exchangers, and points of pressure
and temperature control.  Also, materials of construction information, pump
capacities and pressure heads, compressor horsepower and vessel design
pressures and temperatures are shown when necessary for clarity.  In
addition, major components of control loops are usually shown along with key
utilities on process flow diagrams.

Piping and instrument diagrams (P&Ids) may be the more appropriate type of
diagrams to show some of the above details and to display the information for
the piping designer and engineering staff.  The P&Ids are to be used to
describe the relationships between equipment and instrumentation as well as
other relevant information that will enhance clarity.  Computer software
programs which do P&Ids or other diagrams useful to the information package,
may be used to help meet this requirement.

The information pertaining to process equipment design must be documented.
In other words, what were the codes and standards relied on to establish good
engineering practice. These codes and standards are published by such
organizations as the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, American
Petroleum Institute, American National Standards Institute, National Fire
Protection Association, American Society for Testing and Materials, National
Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors, National Association of
Corrosion Engineers, American Society of Exchange Manufacturers Association,
and model building code groups.

In addition, various engineering societies issue technical reports which
impact process design.  For example, the American Institute of Chemical
Engineers has published technical reports on topics such as two phase flow
for venting devices.  This type of technically recognized report would
constitute good engineering practice.

For existing equipment designed and constructed many years ago in accordance
with the codes and standards available at that time and no longer in general
use today, the employer must document which codes and standards were used and
that the design and construction along with the testing, inspection and
operation are still suitable for the intended use. Where the process
technology requires a design which departs from the applicable codes and
standards, the employer must document that the design and construction is
suitable for the intended purpose.

4. "Process Hazard Analysis."  A process hazard analysis (PHA), sometimes
called a process hazard evaluation, is one of the most important elements of
the process safety management program.  A PHA is an organized and systematic
effort to identify and analyze the significance of potential hazards
associated with the processing or handling of highly hazardous chemicals.  A
PHA provides information which will assist employers and employees in making
decisions for improving safety and reducing the consequences of unwanted or
unplanned releases of hazardous chemicals.  A PHA is directed toward
analyzing potential causes and consequences of fires, explosions, releases of
toxic or flammable chemicals and major spills of hazardous chemicals.  The
PHA focuses on equipment, instrumentation, utilities, human actions (routine
and nonroutine), and external factors that might impact the process.  These
considerations assist in determining the hazards and potential failure points
or failure modes in a process.

The selection of a PHA methodology or technique will be influenced by many
factors including the amount of existing knowledge about the process. Is it a
process that has been operated for a long period of time with little or no
innovation and extensive experience has been generated with its use?  Or, is
it a new process or one which has been changed frequently by the inclusion of
innovative features?  Also, the size and complexity of the process will
influence the decision as to the appropriate PHA methodology to use. All PHA
methodologies are subject to certain limitations. For example, the checklist
methodology works well when the process is very stable and no changes are
made, but it is not as effective when the process has undergone extensive
change.  The checklist may miss the most recent changes and consequently the
changes would not be evaluated.  Another limitation to be considered concerns
the assumptions made by the team or analyst.  The PHA is dependent on good
judgment and the assumptions made during the study need to be documented and
understood by the team and reviewer and kept for a future PHA.

The team conducting the PHA need to understand the methodology that is going
to be used.  A PHA team can vary in size from two people to a number of
people with varied operational and technical backgrounds.  Some team members
may only be a part of the team for a limited time.  The team leader needs to
be fully knowledgeable in the proper implementation of the PHA methodology
that is to be used and should be impartial in the evaluation.  The other full
or part time team members need to provide the team with expertise in areas
such as process technology, process design, operating procedures and
practices, including how the work is actually performed, alarms, emergency
procedures, instrumentation, maintenance procedures, both routine and
nonroutine tasks, including how the tasks are authorized, procurement of
parts and supplies, safety and health, and any other relevant subject as the
need dictates.  At least one team member must be familiar with the process.

The ideal team will have an intimate knowledge of the standards, codes,
specifications and regulations applicable to the process being studied. The
selected team members need to be compatible and the team leader needs to be
able to manage the team and the PHA study.  The team needs to be able to work
together while benefiting from the expertise of others on the team or outside
the team, to resolve issues, and to forge a consensus on the findings of the
study and the recommendations.

The application of a PHA to a process may involve the use of different
methodologies for various parts of the process.  For example, a process
involving a series of unit operations of varying sizes, complexities, and
ages may use different methodologies and team members for each operation.
Then the conclusions can be integrated into one final study and evaluation. A
more specific example is the use of a checklist PHA for a standard boiler or
heat exchanger and the use of a Hazard and Operability PHA for the overall
process.  Also, for batch type processes like custom batch operations, a
generic PHA of a representative batch may be used where there are only small
changes of monomer or other ingredient ratios and the chemistry is documented
for the full range and ratio of batch ingredients. Another process that might
consider using a generic type of PHA is a gas plant.  Often these plants are
simply moved from site to site and therefore, a generic PHA may be used for
these movable plants.  Also, when an employer has several similar size gas
plants and no sour gas is being processed at the site, then a generic PHA is
feasible as long as the variations of the individual sites are accounted for
in the PHA.  Finally, when an employer has a large continuous process which
has several control rooms for different portions of the process such as for a
distillation tower and a blending operation, the employer may wish to do each
segment separately and then integrate the final results.

Additionally, small businesses which are covered by this rule, will often
have processes that have less storage volume, less capacity, and less
complicated than processes at a large facility.  Therefore, OSHA would
anticipate that the less complex methodologies would be used to meet the
process hazard analysis criteria in the standard.  These process hazard
analyses can be done in less time and with a few people being involved.  A
less complex process generally means that less data, P&Ids, and process
information is needed to perform a process hazard analysis.

Many small businesses have processes that are not unique, such as cold
storage lockers or water treatment facilities.  Where employer associations
have a number of members with such facilities, a generic PHA, evolved from a
checklist or what-if questions, could be developed and used by each employer
effectively to reflect his/her particular process; this would simplify
compliance for them.

When the employer has a number of processes which require a PHA, the
employer must set up a priority system of which PHAs to conduct first. A
preliminary or gross hazard analysis may be useful in prioritizing the
processes that the employer has determined are subject to coverage by the
process safety management standard.  Consideration should first be given to
those processes with the potential of adversely affecting the largest number
of employees.  This prioritizing should consider the potential severity of a
chemical release, the number of potentially affected employees, the operating
history of the process such as the frequency of chemical releases, the age of
the process and any other relevant factors.  These factors would suggest a
ranking order and would suggest either using a weighing factor system or a
systematic ranking method.  The use of a preliminary hazard analysis would
assist an employer in determining which process should be of the highest
priority and thereby the employer would obtain the greatest improvement in
safety at the facility.

Detailed guidance on the content and application of process hazard analysis
methodologies is available from the American Institute of Chemical Engineers'
Center for Chemical Process Safety (see Appendix D).

5. "Operating Procedures and Practices."  Operating procedures describe
tasks to be performed, data to be recorded, operating conditions to be
maintained, samples to be collected, and safety and health precautions to be
taken.  The procedures need to be technically accurate, understandable to
employees, and revised periodically to ensure that they reflect current
operations.  The process safety information package is to be used as a
resource to better assure that the operating procedures and practices are
consistent with the known hazards of the chemicals in the process and that
the operating parameters are accurate. Operating procedures should be
reviewed by engineering staff and operating personnel to ensure that they are
accurate and provide practical instructions on how to actually carry out job
duties safely.

Operating procedures will include specific instructions or details on what
steps are to be taken or followed in carrying out the stated procedures.
These operating instructions for each procedure should include the applicable
safety precautions and should contain appropriate information on safety
implications.  For example, the operating procedures addressing operating
parameters will contain operating instructions about pressure limits,
temperature ranges, flow rates, what to do when an upset condition occurs,
what alarms and instruments are pertinent if an upset condition occurs, and
other subjects.  Another example of using operating instructions to properly
implement operating procedures is in starting up or shutting down the
process.  In these cases, different parameters will be required from those of
normal operation.  These operating instructions need to clearly indicate the
distinctions between startup and normal operations such as the appropriate
allowances for heating up a unit to reach the normal operating parameters.
Also the operating instructions need to describe the proper method for
increasing the temperature of the unit until the normal operating temperature
parameters are achieved.

Computerized process control systems add complexity to operating
instructions.  These operating instructions need to describe the logic of the
software as well as the relationship between the equipment and the control
system; otherwise, it may not be apparent to the operator.

Operating procedures and instructions are important for training operating
personnel.  The operating procedures are often viewed as the standard
operating practices (SOPs) for operations.  Control room personnel and
operating staff, in general, need to have a full understanding of operating
procedures.  If workers are not fluent in English then procedures and
instructions need to be prepared in a second language understood by the
workers.  In addition, operating procedures need to be changed when there is
a change in the process as a result of the management of change procedures.
The consequences of operating procedure changes need to be fully evaluated
and the information conveyed to the personnel. For example, mechanical
changes to the process made by the maintenance department (like changing a
valve from steel to brass or other subtle changes) need to be evaluated to
determine if operating procedures and practices also need to be changed.  All
management of change actions must be coordinated and integrated with current
operating procedures and operating personnel must be oriented to the changes
in procedures before the change is made.  When the process is shutdown in
order to make a change, then the operating procedures must be updated before
startup of the process.

Training in how to handle upset conditions must be accomplished as well as
what operating personnel are to do in emergencies such as when a pump seal
fails or a pipeline ruptures.  Communication between operating personnel and
workers performing work within the process area, such as nonroutine tasks,
also must be maintained.  The hazards of the tasks are to be conveyed to
operating personnel in accordance with established procedures and to those
performing the actual tasks.  When the work is completed, operating personnel
should be informed to provide closure on the job.

6. "Employee Training."  All employees, including maintenance and contractor
employees, involved with highly hazardous chemicals need to fully understand
the safety and health hazards of the chemicals and processes they work with
for the protection of themselves, their fellow employees and the citizens of
nearby communities.  Training conducted in compliance with 1926.59, the
Hazard Communication standard, will help employees to be more knowledgeable
about the chemicals they work with as well as familiarize them with reading
and understanding MSDS.  However, additional training in subjects such as
operating procedures and safety work practices, emergency evacuation and
response, safety procedures, routine and nonroutine work authorization
activities, and other areas pertinent to process safety and health will need
to be covered by an employer's training program.

In establishing their training programs, employers must clearly define the
employees to be trained and what subjects are to be covered in their
training.  Employers in setting up their training program will need to
clearly establish the goals and objectives they wish to achieve with the
training that they provide to their employees.  The learning goals or
objectives should be written in clear measurable terms before the training
begins.  These goals and objectives need to be tailored to each of the
specific training modules or segments.  Employers should describe the
important actions and conditions under which the employee will demonstrate
competence or knowledge as well as what is acceptable performance.

Hands-on-training where employees are able to use their senses beyond
listening, will enhance learning.  For example, operating personnel, who will
work in a control room or at control panels, would benefit by being trained
at a simulated control panel or panels.  Upset conditions of various types
could be displayed on the simulator, and then the employee could go through
the proper operating procedures to bring the simulator panel back to the
normal operating parameters.  A training environment could be created to help
the trainee feel the full reality of the situation but, of course, under
controlled conditions.  This realistic type of training can be very effective
in teaching employees correct procedures while allowing them to also see the
consequences of what might happens if they do not follow established
operating procedures.  Other training techniques using videos or on-the-job
training can also be very effective for teaching other job tasks, duties, or
other important information.  An effective training program will allow the
employee to fully participate in the training process and to practice their
skill or knowledge.

Employers need to periodically evaluate their training programs to see if
the necessary skills, knowledge, and routines are being properly understood
and implemented by their trained employees.  The means or methods for
evaluating the training should be developed along with the training program
goals and objectives. Training program evaluation will help employers to
determine the amount of training their employees understood, and whether the
desired results were obtained.  If, after the evaluation, it appears that the
trained employees are not at the level of knowledge and skill that was
expected, the employer will need to revise the training program, provide
retraining, or provide more frequent refresher training sessions until the
deficiency is resolved.  Those who conducted the training and those who
received the training should also be consulted as to how best to improve the
training process.  If there is a language barrier, the language known to the
trainees should be used to reinforce the training messages and information.

Careful consideration must be given to assure that employees including
maintenance and contract employees receive current and updated training. For
example, if changes are made to a process, impacted employees must be trained
in the changes and understand the effects of the changes on their job tasks
(e.g., any new operating procedures pertinent to their tasks). Additionally,
as already discussed the evaluation of the employee's absorption of training
will certainly influence the need for training.

7. "Contractors."  Employers who use contractors to perform work in and
around processes that involve highly hazardous chemicals, will need to
establish a screening process so that they hire and use contractors who
accomplish the desired job tasks without compromising the safety and health
of employees at a facility.  For contractors, whose safety performance on the
job is not known to the hiring employer, the employer will need to obtain
information on injury and illness rates and experience and should obtain
contractor references.  Additionally, the employer must assure that the
contractor has the appropriate job skills, knowledge and certifications (such
as for pressure vessel welders).  Contractor work methods and experiences
should be evaluated.  For example, does the contractor conducting demolition
work swing loads over operating processes or does the contractor avoid such
hazards? Maintaining a site injury and illness log for contractors is another
method employers must use to track and maintain current knowledge of work
activities involving contract employees working on or adjacent to covered
processes.  Injury and illness logs of both the employer's employees and
contract employees allow an employer to have full knowledge of process injury
and illness experience. This log will also contain information which will be
of use to those auditing process safety management compliance and those
involved in incident investigations.

Contract employees must perform their work safely. Considering that
contractors often perform very specialized and potentially hazardous tasks
such as confined space entry activities and nonroutine repair activities it
is quite important that their activities be controlled while they are working
on or near a covered process.  A permit system or work authorization system
for these activities would also be helpful to all affected employers. The use
of a work authorization system keeps an employer informed of contract
employee activities, and as a benefit the employer will have better
coordination and more management control over the work being performed in the
process area.  A well run and well maintained process where employee safety
is fully recognized will benefit all of those who work in the facility
whether they be contract employees or employees of the owner.

8. "Pre-Startup Safety."  For new processes, the employer will find a PHA
helpful in improving the design and construction of the process from a
reliability and quality point of view.  The safe operation of the new process
will be enhanced by making use of the PHA recommendations before final
installations are completed.  P&Ids are to be completed along with having the
operating procedures in place and the operating staff trained to run the
process before startup.  The initial startup procedures and normal operating
procedures need to be fully evaluated as part of the pre-startup review to
assure a safe transfer into the normal operating mode for meeting the process
parameters.

For existing processes that have been shutdown for turnaround, or
modification, etc., the employer must assure that any changes other than
"replacement in kind" made to the process during shutdown go through the
management of change procedures.  P&Ids will need to be updated as necessary,
as well as operating procedures and instructions.  If the changes made to the
process during shutdown are significant and impact the training program, then
operating personnel as well as employees engaged in routine and nonroutine
work in the process area may need some refresher or additional training in
light of the changes.  Any incident investigation recommendations, compliance
audits or PHA recommendations need to be reviewed as well to see what impacts
they may have on the process before beginning the startup.

9. "Mechanical Integrity."  Employers will need to review their maintenance
programs and schedules to see if there are areas where "breakdown"
maintenance is used rather than an on-going mechanical integrity program.
Equipment used to process, store, or handle highly hazardous chemicals needs
to be designed, constructed, installed and maintained to minimize the risk of
releases of such chemicals.  This requires that a mechanical integrity
program be in place to assure the continued integrity of process equipment.
Elements of a mechanical integrity program include the identification and
categorization of equipment and instrumentation, inspections and tests,
testing and inspection frequencies, development of maintenance procedures,
training of maintenance personnel, the establishment of criteria for
acceptable test results, documentation of test and inspection results, and
documentation of manufacturer recommendations as to meantime to failure for
equipment and instrumentation.

The first line of defense an employer has available is to operate and
maintain the process as designed, and to keep the chemicals contained. This
line of defense is backed up by the next line of defense which is the
controlled release of chemicals through venting to scrubbers or flares, or to
surge or overflow tanks which are designed to receive such chemicals, etc.
These lines of defense are the primary lines of defense or means to prevent
unwanted releases.  The secondary lines of defense would include fixed fire
protection systems like sprinklers, water spray, or deluge systems, monitor
guns, etc., dikes, designed drainage systems, and other systems which would
control or mitigate hazardous chemicals once an unwanted release occurs.
These primary and secondary lines of defense are what the mechanical
integrity program needs to protect and strengthen these primary and secondary
lines of defenses where appropriate.

The first step of an effective mechanical integrity program is to compile
and categorize a list of process equipment and instrumentation for inclusion
in the program. This list would include pressure vessels, storage tanks,
process piping, relief and vent systems, fire protection system components,
emergency shutdown systems and alarms and interlocks and pumps.  For the
categorization of instrumentation and the listed equipment the employer would
prioritize which pieces of equipment require closer scrutiny than others.
Meantime to failure of various instrumentation and equipment parts would be
known from the manufacturers data or the employer's experience with the
parts, which would then influence the inspection and testing frequency and
associated procedures. Also, applicable codes and standards such as the
National Board Inspection Code, or those from the American Society for
Testing and Material, American Petroleum Institute, National Fire Protection
Association, American National Standards Institute, American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, and other groups, provide information to help establish
an effective testing and inspection frequency, as well as appropriate
methodologies.

The applicable codes and standards provide criteria for external inspections
for such items as foundation and supports, anchor bolts, concrete or steel
supports, guy wires, nozzles and sprinklers, pipe hangers, grounding
connections, protective coatings and insulation, and external metal surfaces
of piping and vessels, etc.  These codes and standards also provide
information on methodologies for internal inspection, and a frequency formula
based on the corrosion rate of the materials of construction.  Also, erosion
both internal and external needs to be considered along with corrosion
effects for piping and valves. Where the corrosion rate is not known, a
maximum inspection frequency is recommended, and methods of developing the
corrosion rate are available in the codes. Internal inspections need to cover
items such as vessel shell, bottom and head; metallic linings; nonmetallic
linings; thickness measurements for vessels and piping; inspection for
erosion, corrosion, cracking and bulges; internal equipment like trays,
baffles, sensors and screens for erosion, corrosion or cracking and other
deficiencies. Some of these inspections may be performed by state or local
government inspectors under state and local statutes. However, each employer
needs to develop procedures to ensure that tests and inspections are
conducted properly and that consistency is maintained even where different
employees may be involved.  Appropriate training is to be provided to
maintenance personnel to ensure that they understand the preventive
maintenance program procedures, safe practices, and the proper use and
application of special equipment or unique tools that may be required.  This
training is part of the overall training program called for in the standard.

A quality assurance system is needed to help ensure that the proper
materials of construction are used, that fabrication and inspection
procedures are proper, and that installation procedures recognize field
installation concerns.  The quality assurance program is an essential part of
the mechanical integrity program and will help to maintain the primary and
secondary lines of defense that have been designed into the process to
prevent unwanted chemical releases or those which control or mitigate a
release.  "As built" drawings, together with certifications of coded vessels
and other equipment, and materials of construction need to be verified and
retained in the quality assurance documentation.  Equipment installation jobs
need to be properly inspected in the field for use of proper materials and
procedures and to assure that qualified craftsmen are used to do the job.
The use of appropriate gaskets, packing, bolts, valves, lubricants and
welding rods need to be verified in the field. Also, procedures for
installation of safety devices need to be verified, such as the torque on the
bolts on ruptured disc installations, uniform torque on flange bolts, proper
installation of pump seals, etc.  If the quality of parts is a problem, it
may be appropriate to conduct audits of the equipment supplier's facilities
to better assure proper purchases of required equipment which is suitable for
its intended service.  Any changes in equipment that may become necessary
will need to go through the management of change procedures.

10. "Nonroutine Work Authorizations."  Nonroutine work which is conducted in
process areas needs to be controlled by the employer in a consistent manner.
The hazards identified involving the work that is to be accomplished must be
communicated to those doing the work, but also to those operating personnel
whose work could affect the safety of the process.  A work authorization
notice or permit must have a procedure that describes the steps the
maintenance supervisor, contractor representative or other person needs to
follow to obtain the necessary clearance to get the job started.  The work
authorization procedures need to reference and coordinate, as applicable,
lockout/tagout procedures, line breaking procedures, confined space entry
procedures and hot work authorizations.  This procedure also needs to provide
clear steps to follow once the job is completed in order to provide closure
for those that need to know the job is now completed and equipment can be
returned to normal.

11. "Managing Change."  To properly manage changes to process chemicals,
technology, equipment and facilities, one must define what is meant by
change.  In this process safety management standard, change includes all
modifications to equipment, procedures, raw materials and processing
conditions other than "replacement in kind."  These changes need to be
properly managed by identifying and reviewing them prior to implementation of
the change.  For example, the operating procedures contain the operating
parameters (pressure limits, temperature ranges, flow rates, etc.) and the
importance of operating within these limits.  While the operator must have
the flexibility to maintain safe operation within the established parameters,
any operation outside of these parameters requires review and approval by a
written management of change procedure.

Management of change covers such as changes in process technology and
changes to equipment and instrumentation. Changes in process technology can
result from changes in production rates, raw materials, experimentation,
equipment unavailability, new equipment, new product development, change in
catalyst and changes in operating conditions to improve yield or quality.
Equipment changes include among others change in materials of construction,
equipment specifications, piping pre-arrangements, experimental equipment,
computer program revisions and changes in alarms and interlocks.  Employers
need to establish means and methods to detect both technical changes and
mechanical changes.

Temporary changes have caused a number of catastrophes over the years, and
employers need to establish ways to detect temporary changes as well as those
that are permanent.  It is important that a time limit for temporary changes
be established and monitored since, without control, these changes may tend
to become permanent.  Temporary changes are subject to the management of
change provisions. In addition, the management of change procedures are used
to insure that the equipment and procedures are returned to their original or
designed conditions at the end of the temporary change.  Proper documentation
and review of these changes is invaluable in assuring that the safety and
health considerations are being incorporated into the operating procedures
and the process.

Employers may wish to develop a form or clearance sheet to facilitate the
processing of changes through the management of change procedures. A typical
change form may include a description and the purpose of the change, the
technical basis for the change, safety and health considerations,
documentation of changes for the operating procedures, maintenance
procedures, inspection and testing, P&Ids, electrical classification,
training and communications, pre-startup inspection, duration if a temporary
change, approvals and authorization.  Where the impact of the change is minor
and well understood, a check list reviewed by an authorized person with
proper communication to others who are affected may be sufficient. However,
for a more complex or significant design change, a hazard evaluation
procedure with approvals by operations, maintenance, and safety departments
may be appropriate. Changes in documents such as P&Ids, raw materials,
operating procedures, mechanical integrity programs, electrical
classifications, etc., need to be noted so that these revisions can be made
permanent when the drawings and procedure manuals are updated.  Copies of
process changes need to be kept in an accessible location to ensure that
design changes are available to operating personnel as well as to PHA team
members when a PHA is being done or one is being updated.

12. "Investigation of Incidents."  Incident investigation is the process of
identifying the underlying causes of incidents and implementing steps to
prevent similar events from occurring.  The intent of an incident
investigation is for employers to learn from past experiences and thus avoid
repeating past mistakes.  The incidents for which OSHA expects employers to
become aware and to investigate are the types of events which result in or
could reasonably have resulted in a catastrophic release. Some of the events
are sometimes referred to as "near misses," meaning that a serious
consequence did not occur, but could have.

Employers need to develop in-house capability to investigate incidents that
occur in their facilities.  A team needs to be assembled by the employer and
trained in the techniques of investigation including how to conduct
interviews of witnesses, needed documentation and report writing. A
multi-disciplinary team is better able to gather the facts of the event and
to analyze them and develop plausible scenarios as to what happened, and why.
 Team members should be selected on the basis of their training, knowledge
and ability to contribute to a team effort to fully investigate the incident.
 Employees in the process area where the incident occurred should be
consulted, interviewed or made a member of the team.  Their knowledge of the
events form a significant set of facts about the incident which occurred.
The report, its findings and recommendations are to be shared with those who
can benefit from the information.  The cooperation of employees is essential
to an effective incident investigation.  The focus of the investigation
should be to obtain facts, and not to place blame.  The team and the
investigation process should clearly deal with all involved individuals in a
fair, open and consistent manner.

13. "Emergency Preparedness."  Each employer must address what actions
employees are to take when there is an unwanted release of highly hazardous
chemicals.  Emergency preparedness or the employer's tertiary (third) lines
of defense are those that will be relied on along with the secondary lines of
defense when the primary lines of defense which are used to prevent an
unwanted release fail to stop the release.  Employers will need to decide if
they want employees to handle and stop small or minor incidental releases.
Whether they wish to mobilize the available resources at the plant and have
them brought to bear on a more significant release.  Or whether employers
want their employees to evacuate the danger area and promptly escape to a
preplanned safe zone area, and allow the local community emergency response
organizations to handle the release. Or whether the employer wants to use
some combination of these actions. Employers will need to select how many
different emergency preparedness or tertiary lines of defense they plan to
have and then develop the necessary plans and procedures, and appropriately
train employees in their emergency duties and responsibilities and then
implement these lines of defense.

Employers at a minimum must have an emergency action plan which will
facilitate the prompt evacuation of employees when an unwanted release of
highly hazardous chemical.  This means that the employer will have a plan
that will be activated by an alarm system to alert employees when to evacuate
and, that employees who are physically impaired, will have the necessary
support and assistance to get them to the safe zone as well. The intent of
these requirements is to alert and move employees to a safe zone quickly.
Delaying alarms or confusing alarms are to be avoided. The use of process
control centers or similar process buildings in the process area as safe
areas is discouraged.  Recent catastrophes have shown that a large life loss
has occurred in these structures because of where they have been sited and
because they are not necessarily designed to withstand over-pressures from
shockwaves resulting from shockwaves resulting from explosions in the process
area.

Unwanted incidental releases of highly hazardous chemicals in the process
area must be addressed by the employer as to what actions employees are to
take.  If the employer wants employees to evacuate the area, then the
emergency action plan will be activated.  For outdoor processes where wind
direction is important for selecting the safe route to a refuge area, the
employer should place a wind direction indicator such as a wind sock or
pennant at the highest point that can be seen throughout the process area.
Employees can move in the direction of cross wind to upwind to gain safe
access to the refuge area by knowing the wind direction.

If the employer wants specific employees in the release area to control or
stop the minor emergency or incidental release, these actions must be planned
for in advance and procedures developed and implemented. Preplanning for
handling incidental releases for minor emergencies in the process area needs
to be done, appropriate equipment for the hazards must be provided, and
training conducted for those employees who will perform the emergency work
before they respond to handle an actual release.  The employer's training
program, including the Hazard Communication standard training is to address
the training needs for employees who are expected to handle incidental or
minor releases.

Preplanning for releases that are more serious than incidental releases is
another important line of defense to be used by the employer.  When a serious
release of a highly hazardous chemical occurs, the employer through
preplanning will have determined in advance what actions employees are to
take.  The evacuation of the immediate release area and other areas as
necessary would be accomplished under the emergency action plan.  If the
employer wishes to use plant personnel such as a fire brigade, spill control
team, a hazardous materials team, or use employees to render aid to those in
the immediate release area and control or mitigate the incident, these
actions are covered by 1926.65, the Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency
Response (HAZWOPER) standard.  If outside assistance is necessary, such as
through mutual aid agreements between employers or local government emergency
response organizations, these emergency responders are also covered by
HAZWOPER.  The safety and health protections required for emergency
responders are the responsibility of their employers and of the on-scene
incident commander.

Responders may be working under very hazardous conditions and therefore the
objective is to have them competently led by an on-scene incident commander
and the commander's staff, properly equipped to do their assigned work
safely, and fully trained to carry out their duties safely before they
respond to an emergency.  Drills, training exercises, or simulations with the
local community emergency response planners and responder organizations is
one means to obtain better preparedness. This close cooperation and
coordination between plant and local community emergency preparedness
managers will also aid the employer in complying with the Environmental
Protection Agency's Risk Management Plan criteria.

One effective way for medium to large facilities to enhance coordination and
communication during emergencies for on plant operations and with local
community organizations is for employers to establish and equip an emergency
control center.  The emergency control center would be sited in a safe zone
area so that it could be occupied throughout the duration of an emergency.
The center would serve as the major communication link between the on-scene
incident commander and plant or corporate management as well as with the
local community officials. The communication equipment in the emergency
control center should include a network to receive and transmit information
by telephone, radio or other means.  It is important to have a backup
communication network in case of power failure or one communication means
fails.  The center should also be equipped with the plant layout and
community maps, utility drawings including fire water, emergency lighting,
appropriate reference materials such as a government agency notification
list, company personnel phone list, SARA Title III reports and material
safety data sheets, emergency plans and procedures manual, a listing with the
location of emergency response equipment, mutual aid information, and access
to meteorological or weather condition data and any dispersion modeling data.

14. "Compliance Audits."  Employers need to select a trained individual or
assemble a trained team of people to audit the process safety management
system and program.  A small process or plant may need only one knowledgeable
person to conduct an audit.  The audit is to include an evaluation of the
design and effectiveness of the process safety management system and a field
inspection of the safety and health conditions and practices to verify that
the employer's systems are effectively implemented.  The audit should be
conducted or lead by a person knowledgeable in audit techniques and who is
impartial towards the facility or area being audited.  The essential elements
of an audit program include planning, staffing, conducting the audit,
evaluation and corrective action, follow-up and documentation.

Planning in advance is essential to the success of the auditing process.
Each employer needs to establish the format, staffing, scheduling and
verification methods prior to conducting the audit.  The format should be
designed to provide the lead auditor with a procedure or checklist which
details the requirements of each section of the standard. The names of the
audit team members should be listed as part of the format as well. The
checklist, if properly designed, could serve as the verification sheet which
provides the auditor with the necessary information to expedite the review
and assure that no requirements of the standard are omitted.  This
verification sheet format could also identify those elements that will
require evaluation or a response to correct deficiencies.  This sheet could
also be used for developing the follow-up and documentation requirements.

The selection of effective audit team members is critical to the success of
the program.  Team members should be chosen for their experience, knowledge,
and training and should be familiar with the processes and with auditing
techniques, practices and procedures.  The size of the team will vary
depending on the size and complexity of the process under consideration.  For
a large, complex, highly instrumented plant, it may be desirable to have team
members with expertise in process engineering and design, process chemistry,
instrumentation and computer controls, electrical hazards and
classifications, safety and health disciplines, maintenance, emergency
preparedness, warehousing or shipping, and process safety auditing.  The team
may use part-time members to provide for the depth of expertise required as
well as for what is actually done or followed, compared to what is written.

An effective audit includes a review of the relevant documentation and
process safety information, inspection of the physical facilities, and
interviews with all levels of plant personnel.  Utilizing the audit procedure
and checklist developed in the preplanning stage, the audit team can
systematically analyze compliance with the provisions of the standard and any
other corporate policies that are relevant.  For example, the audit team will
review all aspects of the training program as part of the overall audit.  The
team will review the written training program for adequacy of content,
frequency of training, effectiveness of training in terms of its goals and
objectives as well as to how it fits into meeting the standard's
requirements, documentation, etc. Through interviews, the team can determine
the employee's knowledge and awareness of the safety procedures, duties,
rules, emergency response assignments, etc.  During the inspection, the team
can observe actual practices such as safety and health policies, procedures,
and work authorization practices.  This approach enables the team to identify
deficiencies and determine where corrective actions or improvements are
necessary.

An audit is a technique used to gather sufficient facts and information,
including statistical information, to verify compliance with standards.
Auditors should select as part of their preplanning a sample size sufficient
to give a degree of confidence that the audit reflects the level of
compliance with the standard.  The audit team, through this systematic
analysis, should document areas which require corrective action as well as
those areas where the process safety management system is effective and
working in an effective manner.  This provides a record of the audit
procedures and findings, and serves as a baseline of operation data for
future audits.  It will assist future auditors in determining changes or
trends from previous audits.

Corrective action is one of the most important parts of the audit. It
includes not only addressing the identified deficiencies, but also planning,
followup, and documentation.  The corrective action process normally begins
with a management review of the audit findings. The purpose of this review is
to determine what actions are appropriate, and to establish priorities,
timetables, resource allocations and requirements and responsibilities. In
some cases, corrective action may involve a simple change in procedure or
minor maintenance effort to remedy the concern.  Management of change
procedures need to be used, as appropriate, even for what may seem to be a
minor change. Many of the deficiencies can be acted on promptly, while some
may require engineering studies or indepth review of actual procedures and
practices. There may be instances where no action is necessary and this is a
valid response to an audit finding.  All actions taken, including an
explanation where no action is taken on a finding, needs to be documented as
to what was done and why.

It is important to assure that each deficiency identified is addressed, the
corrective action to be taken noted, and the audit person or team responsible
be properly documented by the employer. To control the corrective action
process, the employer should consider the use of a tracking system.  This
tracking system might include periodic status reports shared with affected
levels of management, specific reports such as completion of an engineering
study, and a final implementation report to provide closure for audit
findings that have been through management of change, if appropriate, and
then shared with affected employees and management.  This type of tracking
system provides the employer with the status of the corrective action.  It
also provides the documentation required to verify that appropriate
corrective actions were taken on deficiencies identified in the audit.

1926.64 Appendix D Sources of Further Information (Nonmandatory)

1.  Center for Chemical Process Safety, American Institute of Chemical
Engineers, 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017, (212) 705-7319.

2.  "Guidelines for Hazard Evaluation Procedures," American Institute of
Chemical Engineers; 345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.

3.  "Guidelines for Technical Management of Chemical Process Safety," Center
for Chemical Process Safety of the American Institute of Chemical Engineers;
345 East 47th Street, New York, NY 10017.

4.  "Evaluating Process Safety in the Chemical Industry,"
Chemical Manufacturers Association; 2501 M Street NW, Washington, DC 20037.

5.  "Safe Warehousing of Chemicals," Chemical Manufacturers Association;
2501 M Street NW, Washington, DC 20037.

6.  "Management of Process Hazards," American Petroleum Institute (API
Recommended Practice 750); 1220 L Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005.

7.  "Improving Owner and Contractor Safety Performance,"
American Petroleum Institute (API Recommended Practice 2220); API, 1220 L
Street N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005.

8.  Chemical Manufacturers Association (CMA's Manager Guide), First Edition,
September 1991; CMA, 2501 M Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20037.

9.  "Improving Construction Safety Performance," Report A-3, The Business
Roundtable; The Business Roundtable, 200 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10166.
(Report includes criteria to evaluate contractor safety performance and
criteria to enhance contractor safety performance).

10.  "Recommended Guidelines for Contractor Safety and Health,"
Texas Chemical Council; Texas Chemical Council, 1402 Nueces Street, Austin,
TX 78701-1534.

11.  "Loss Prevention in the Process Industries," Volumes I and II; Frank P.
Lees, Butterworth; London 1983.

12.  "Safety and Health Program Management Guidelines,"
1989; U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.

13.  "Safety and Health Guide for the Chemical Industry,"
1986, (OSHA 3091); U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration; 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20210.

14.  "Review of Emergency Systems," June 1988; U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, DC
20460.

15.  "Technical Guidance for Hazards Analysis, Emergency Planning for
Extremely Hazardous Substances," December 1987; U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), Federal Emergency Management Administration (FEMA) and U.S.
Department of Transportation (DOT), Washington, DC 20460.

16.  "Accident Investigation...A New Approach," 1983, National Safety
Council; 444 North Michigan Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611-3991.

17.  "Fire & Explosion Index Hazard Classification Guide,"
6th Edition, May 1987, Dow Chemical Company; Midland, Michigan 48674.

18.  "Chemical Exposure Index," May 1988, Dow Chemical Company; Midland,
Michigan 48674.

12. New 1926.65 is added to read as follows:

1926.65  Hazardous waste operations and emergency response.

(a) "Scope, application, and definitions" - (1) "Scope." This section covers
the following operations, unless the employer can demonstrate that the
operation does not involve employee exposure or the reasonable possibility
for employee exposure to safety or health hazards:

(i) Clean-up operations required by a governmental body, whether Federal,
state, local or other involving hazardous substances that are conducted at
uncontrolled hazardous waste sites (including, but not limited to, the EPA's
National Priority Site List (NPL), state priority site lists, sites
recommended for the EPA NPL, and initial investigations of government
identified sites which are conducted before the presence or absence of
hazardous substances has been ascertained);

(ii) Corrective actions involving clean-up operations at sites covered by
the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA) as amended (42
U.S.C. 6901 et seq.);

(iii) Voluntary clean-up operations at sites recognized by Federal, state,
local or other governmental bodies as uncontrolled hazardous waste sites;

(iv) Operations involving hazardous wastes that are conducted at treatment,
storage, and disposal (TSD) facilities regulated by 40 CFR parts 264 and 265
pursuant to RCRA; or by agencies under agreement with U.S.E.P.A. to implement
RCRA regulations; and

(v) Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats of
releases of, hazardous substances without regard to the location of the
hazard.

(2) "Application." (i) All requirements of part 1910 and part 1926 of title
29 of the Code of Federal Regulations apply pursuant to their terms to
hazardous waste and emergency response operations whether covered by this
section or not. If there is a conflict or overlap, the provision more
protective of employee safety and health shall apply without regard to 29 CFR
1926.20(e)(1).

(ii) Hazardous substance clean-up operations within the scope of paragraphs
(a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iii) of this section must comply with all paragraphs
of this section except paragraphs (p) and (q).

(iii) Operations within the scope of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section
must comply only with the requirements of paragraph (p) of this section.

Notes and Exceptions: (A) All provisions of paragraph (p) of this section
cover any treatment, storage or disposal (TSD) operation regulated by 40 CFR
parts 264 and 265 or by state law authorized under RCRA, and required to have
a permit or interim status from EPA pursuant to 40 CFR 270.1 or from a state
agency pursuant to RCRA.

(B) Employers who are not required to have a permit or interim status
because they are conditionally exempt small quantity generators under 40 CFR
261.5 or are generators who qualify under 40 CFR 262.34 for exemptions from
regulation under 40 CFR parts 264, 265 and 270 ("excepted employers") are not
covered by paragraphs (p)(1) through (p)(7) of this section. Excepted
employers who are required by the EPA or state agency to have their employees
engage in emergency response or who direct their employees to engage in
emergency response are covered by paragraph (p)(8) of this section, and
cannot be exempted by (p)(8)(i) of this section. Excepted employers who are
not required to have employees engage in emergency response, who direct their
employees to evacuate in the case of such emergencies and who meet the
requirements of paragraph (p)(8)(i) of this section are exempt from the
balance of paragraph (p)(8) of this section.

(C) If an area is used primarily for treatment, storage or disposal, any
emergency response operations in that area shall comply with paragraph (p)(8)
of this section. In other areas not used primarily for treatment, storage, or
disposal, any emergency response operations shall comply with paragraph (q)
of this section. Compliance with the requirements of paragraph (q) of this
section shall be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of
paragraph (p)(8) of this section.

(iv) Emergency response operations for releases of, or substantial threats
of releases of, hazardous substances which are not covered by paragraphs
(a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section must only comply with the
requirements of paragraph (q) of this section.

(3) "Definitions" - "Buddy system" means a system of organizing employees
into work groups in such a manner that each employee of the work group is
designated to be observed by at least one other employee in the work group.
The purpose of the buddy system is to provide rapid assistance to employees
in the event of an emergency.

"Clean-up operation" means an operation where hazardous substances are
removed, contained, incinerated, neutralized, stabilized, cleared-up, or in
any other manner processed or handled with the ultimate goal of making the
site safer for people or the environment.

"Decontamination" means the removal of hazardous substances from employees
and their equipment to the extent necessary to preclude the occurrence of
foreseeable adverse health affects.

"Emergency response or responding to emergencies" means a response effort by
employees from outside the immediate release area or by other designated
responders (i.e., mutual-aid groups, local fire departments, etc.) to an
occurrence which results, or is likely to result, in an uncontrolled release
of a hazardous substance.  Responses to incidental releases of hazardous
substances where the substance can be absorbed, neutralized, or otherwise
controlled at the time of release by employees in the immediate release area,
or by maintenance personnel are not considered to be emergency responses
within the scope of this standard. Responses to releases of hazardous
substances where there is no potential safety or health hazard (i.e., fire,
explosion, or chemical exposure) are not considered to be emergency
responses.

"Facility" means (A) any building, structure, installation, equipment, pipe
or pipeline (including any pipe into a sewer or publicly owned treatment
works), well, pit, pond, lagoon, impoundment, ditch, storage container, motor
vehicle, rolling stock, or aircraft, or (B) any site or area where a
hazardous substance has been deposited, stored, disposed of, or placed, or
otherwise come to be located; but does not include any consumer product in
consumer use or any water-borne vessel.

"Hazardous materials response (HAZMAT) team" means an organized group of
employees, designated by the employer, who are expected to perform work to
handle and control actual or potential leaks or spills of hazardous
substances requiring possible close approach to the substance. The team
members perform responses to releases or potential releases of hazardous
substances for the purpose of control or stabilization of the incident. A
HAZMAT team is not a fire brigade nor is a typical fire brigade a HAZMAT
team. A HAZMAT team, however, may be a separate component of a fire brigade
or fire department.

"Hazardous substance" means any substance designated or listed under
paragraphs (A) through (D) of this definition, exposure to which results or
may result in adverse affects on the health or safety of employees:

(A) Any substance defined under section 101(14) of CERCLA;

(B) Any biological agent and other disease-causing agent which after release
into the environment and upon exposure, ingestion, inhalation, or
assimilation into any person, either directly from the environment or
indirectly by ingestion through food chains, will or may reasonably be
anticipated to cause death, disease, behavioral abnormalities, cancer,
genetic mutation, physiological malfunctions (including malfunctions in
reproduction) or physical deformations in such persons or their offspring;

(C) Any substance listed by the U.S. Department of Transportation as
hazardous materials under 49 CFR 172.101 and appendices; and

(D) Hazardous waste as herein defined. "Hazardous waste" means
-

(A) A waste or combination of wastes as defined in 40 CFR 261.3, or

(B) Those substances defined as hazardous wastes in 49 CFR 171.8.

"Hazardous waste operation" means any operation conducted within the scope
of this standard.

"Hazardous waste site" or "Site" means any facility or location within the
scope of this standard at which hazardous waste operations take place.

"Health hazard" means a chemical, mixture of chemicals or a pathogen for
which there is statistically significant evidence based on at least one study
conducted in accordance with established scientific principles that acute or
chronic health effects may occur in exposed employees. The term "health
hazard" includes chemicals which are carcinogens, toxic or highly toxic
agents, reproductive toxins, irritants, corrosives, sensitizers,
heptaotoxins, nephrotoxins, neurotoxins, agents which act on the
hematopoietic system, and agents which damage the lungs, skin, eyes, or
mucous membranes. It also includes stress due to temperature extremes.
Further definition of the terms used above can be found in appendix A to 29
CFR 1926.59.

"IDLH" or "Immediately dangerous to life or health" means an atmospheric
concentration of any toxic, corrosive or asphyxiant substance that poses an
immediate threat to life or would cause irreversible or delayed adverse
health effects or would interfere with an individual's ability to escape from
a dangerous atmosphere.

"Oxygen deficiency" means that concentration of oxygen by volume below which
atmosphere supplying respiratory protection must be provided. It exists in
atmospheres where the percentage of oxygen by volume is less than 19.5
percent oxygen.

"Permissible exposure limit" means the exposure, inhalation or dermal
permissible exposure limit specified either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart
D, or in other pertinent sections of this part.

"Published exposure level" means the exposure limits published in "NIOSH
Recommendations for Occupational Health Standards" dated 1986 incorporated by
reference, or if none is specified, the exposure limits published in the
standards specified by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial
Hygienists in their publication "Threshold Limit Values and Biological
Exposure Indices for 1987-88" dated 1987 incorporated by reference.

"Post emergency response" means that portion of an emergency response
performed after the immediate threat of a release has been stabilized or
eliminated and clean-up of the site has begun. If post emergency response is
performed by an employer's own employees who were part of the initial
emergency response, it is considered to be part of the initial response and
not post emergency response. However, if a group of an employer's own
employees, separate from the group providing initial response, performs the
clean-up operation, then the separate group of employees would be considered
to be performing post-emergency response and subject to paragraph (q)(11) of
this section.

"Qualified person" means a person with specific training, knowledge and
experience in the area for which the person has the responsibility and the
authority to control.

"Site safety and health supervisor (or official)" means the individual
located on a hazardous waste site who is responsible to the employer and has
the authority and knowledge necessary to implement the site safety and health
plan and verify compliance with applicable safety and health requirements.

"Small quantity generator" means a generator of hazardous wastes who in any
calendar month generates no more than 1,000 kilograms (2,205 pounds) of
hazardous waste in that month.

"Uncontrolled hazardous waste site," means an area identified as an
uncontrolled hazardous waste site by a governmental body, whether Federal,
state, local or other where an accumulation of hazardous substances creates a
threat to the health and safety of individuals or the environment or both.
Some sites are found on public lands such as those created by former
municipal, county or state landfills where illegal or poorly managed waste
disposal has taken place. Other sites are found on private property, often
belonging to generators or former generators of hazardous substance wastes.
Examples of such sites include, but are not limited to, surface impoundments,
landfills, dumps, and tank or drum farms. Normal operations at TSD sites are
not covered by this definition.

  (b) "Safety and health program."


Note to (b): Safety and health programs developed and implemented to meet
other Federal, state, or local regulations are considered acceptable in
meeting this requirement if they cover or are modified to cover the topics
required in this paragraph. An additional or separate safety and health
program is not required by this paragraph.

(1) "General." (i) Employers shall develop and implement a written safety
and health program for their employees involved in hazardous waste
operations. The program shall be designed to identify, evaluate, and control
safety and health hazards, and provide for emergency response for hazardous
waste operations.

(ii) The written safety and health program shall incorporate the following:
	(A) An organizational structure;
	(B) A comprehensive workplan;
	(C) A site-specific safety and health plan which need not repeat the
employer's standard operating procedures required in paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(F)
of this section;
	(D) The safety and health training program;
	(E) The medical surveillance program;
	(F) The employer's standard operating procedures for safety and health;
	and (G) Any necessary interface between general program and site specific
activities.

(iii) "Site excavation." Site excavations created during initial site
preparation or during hazardous waste operations shall be shored or sloped as
appropriate to prevent accidental collapse in accordance with subpart P of 29
CFR part 1926.

(iv) "Contractors and sub-contractors." An employer who retains contractor
or sub-contractor services for work in hazardous waste operations shall
inform those contractors, sub-contractors, or their representatives of the
site emergency response procedures and any potential fire, explosion, health,
safety or other hazards of the hazardous waste operation that have been
identified by the employer, including those identified in the employer's
information program.

(v) "Program availability." The written safety and health program shall be
made available to any contractor or subcontractor or their representative who
will be involved with the hazardous waste operation; to employees; to
employee designated representatives; to OSHA personnel, and to personnel of
other Federal, state, or local agencies with regulatory authority over the
site.

(2) "Organizational structure part of the site program" - (i) The
organizational structure part of the program shall establish the specific
chain of command and specify the overall responsibilities of supervisors and
employees. It shall include, at a minimum, the following elements:

(A) A general supervisor who has the responsibility and authority to direct
all hazardous waste operations.

(B) A site safety and health supervisor who has the responsibility and
authority to develop and implement the site safety and health plan and verify
compliance.

(C) All other personnel needed for hazardous waste site operations and
emergency response and their general functions and responsibilities.

(D) The lines of authority, responsibility, and communication.

(ii)
The organizational structure shall be reviewed and updated as necessary to
reflect the current status of waste site operations.

(3) "Comprehensive workplan part of the site program." The comprehensive
workplan part of the program shall address the tasks and objectives of the
site operations and the logistics and resources required to reach those tasks
and objectives.

(i) The comprehensive workplan shall address anticipated clean-up activities
as well as normal operating procedures which need not repeat the employer's
procedures available elsewhere.

(ii) The comprehensive workplan shall define work tasks and objectives and
identify the methods for accomplishing those tasks and objectives.

(iii) The comprehensive workplan shall establish personnel requirements for
implementing the plan.

(iv) The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the
training required in paragraph (e) of this section.

(v) The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the
required informational programs required in paragraph (i) of this section.

(vi) The comprehensive workplan shall provide for the implementation of the
medical surveillance program described in paragraph (f) of this section.

(4) "Site-specific safety and health plan part of the program" - (i)
"General." The site safety and health plan, which must be kept on site, shall
address the safety and health hazards of each phase of site operation and
include the requirements and procedures for employee protection.

(ii) "Elements." The site safety and health plan, as a minimum, shall
address the following:

(A) A safety and health risk or hazard analysis for each site task and
operation found in the workplan.

(B) Employee training assignments to assure compliance with paragraph (e) of
this section.

(C) Personal protective equipment to be used by employees for each of the
site tasks and operations being conducted as required by the personal
protective equipment program in paragraph (g)(5) of this section.

(D) Medical surveillance requirements in accordance with the program in
paragraph (f) of this section.

(E) Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and
environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation to be used, including
methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring and sampling equipment
to be used.

(F) Site control measures in accordance with the site control program
required in paragraph (d) of this section.

(G) Decontamination procedures in accordance with paragraph (k) of this
section.

(H) An emergency response plan meeting the requirements of paragraph (l) of
this section for safe and effective responses to emergencies, including the
necessary PPE and other equipment.

(I) Confined space entry procedures. (J) A spill containment program
meeting the requirements of paragraph (j) of this section.

(iii) "Pre-entry briefing." The site specific safety and health plan shall
provide for pre-entry briefings to be held prior to initiating any site
activity, and at such other times as necessary to ensure that employees are
apprised of the site safety and health plan and that this plan is being
followed. The information and data obtained from site characterization and
analysis work required in paragraph (c) of this section shall be used to
prepare and update the site safety and health plan.

(iv) "Effectiveness of site safety and health plan." Inspections shall be
conducted by the site safety and health supervisor or, in the absence of that
individual, another individual who is knowledgeable in occupational safety
and health, acting on behalf of the employer as necessary to determine the
effectiveness of the site safety and health plan. Any deficiencies in the
effectiveness of the site safety and health plan shall be corrected by the
employer.

(c) "Site characterization and analysis" - (1) "General." Hazardous waste
sites shall be evaluated in accordance with this paragraph to identify
specific site hazards and to determine the appropriate safety and health
control procedures needed to protect employees from the identified hazards.

(2) "Preliminary evaluation." A preliminary evaluation of a site's
characteristics shall be performed prior to site entry by a qualified person
in order to aid in the selection of appropriate employee protection methods
prior to site entry. Immediately after initial site entry, a more detailed
evaluation of the site's specific characteristics shall be performed by a
qualified person in order to further identify existing site hazards and to
further aid in the selection of the appropriate engineering controls and
personal protective equipment for the tasks to be performed.

(3) "Hazard identification." All suspected conditions that may pose
inhalation or skin absorption hazards that are immediately dangerous to life
or health (IDLH), or other conditions that may cause death or serious harm,
shall be identified during the preliminary survey and evaluated during the
detailed survey. Examples of such hazards include, but are not limited to,
confined space entry, potentially explosive or flammable situations, visible
vapor clouds, or areas where biological indicators such as dead animals or
vegetation are located.

(4) "Required information." The following information to the extent
available shall be obtained by the employer prior to allowing employees to
enter a site:

(i) Location and approximate size of the site.

(ii) Description of
the response activity and/or the job task to be performed.

(iii) Duration of the planned employee activity.

(iv) Site
topography and accessibility by air and roads.

(v) Safety and health hazards
expected at the site.

(vi) Pathways for hazardous substance dispersion.

(vii)
Present status and capabilities of emergency response teams that would
provide assistance to hazardous waste clean-up site employees at the time of
an emergency.

(viii) Hazardous substances and health hazards involved or expected at the
site, and their chemical and physical properties.

(5) "Personal protective equipment." Personal protective equipment (PPE)
shall be provided and used during initial site entry in accordance with the
following requirements:

(i) Based upon the results of the preliminary site evaluation, an ensemble
of PPE shall be selected and used during initial site entry which will
provide protection to a level of exposure below permissible exposure limits
and published exposure levels for known or suspected hazardous substances and
health hazards, and which will provide protection against other known and
suspected hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation. If there
is no permissible exposure limit or published exposure level, the employer
may use other published studies and information as a guide to appropriate
personal protective equipment.

(ii) If positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus is not used as
part of the entry ensemble, and if respiratory protection is warranted by the
potential hazards identified during the preliminary site evaluation, an
escape self-contained breathing apparatus of at least five minute's duration
shall be carried by employees during initial site entry.

(iii) If the preliminary site evaluation does not produce sufficient
information to identify the hazards or suspected hazards of the site, an
ensemble providing protection equivalent to Level B PPE shall be provided as
minimum protection, and direct reading instruments shall be used as
appropriate for identifying IDLH conditions. (See appendix B for a
description of Level B hazards and the recommendations for Level B protective
equipment.)

(iv) Once the hazards of the site have been identified, the
appropriate PPE shall be selected and used in accordance with paragraph (g)
of this section.

(6) "Monitoring." The following monitoring shall be conducted during initial
site entry when the site evaluation produces information that shows the
potential for ionizing radiation or IDLH conditions, or when the site
information is not sufficient reasonably to eliminate these possible
conditions:

(i) Monitoring with direct reading instruments for hazardous levels of
ionizing radiation.

(ii) Monitoring the air with appropriate direct reading test equipment
(i.e., combustible gas meters, detector tubes) for IDLH and other conditions
that may cause death or serious harm (combustible or explosive atmospheres,
oxygen deficiency, toxic substances).

(iii) Visually observing for signs of actual or potential IDLH or other
dangerous conditions.

(iv) An ongoing air monitoring program in accordance with paragraph (h) of
this section shall be implemented after site characterization has determined
the site is safe for the start-up of operations.

(7) "Risk identification."  (i) Once the presence and concentrations of
specific hazardous substances and health hazards have been established, the
risks associated with these substances shall be identified. Employees who
will be working on the site shall be informed of any risks that have been
identified. In situations covered by the Hazard Communication Standard, 29
CFR 1926.59, training required by that standard need not be duplicated.

    Note to (c)(7) - Risks to consider include, but are not limited to:

1. Exposures exceeding the permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels.
2. IDLH concentrations.
3. Potential skin absorption and irritation sources.
4. Potential eye irritation sources.
5. Explosion sensitivity and flammability ranges.
6. Oxygen deficiency.

(8) "Employee notification." Any information concerning the chemical,
physical, and toxicologic properties of each substance known or expected to
be present on site that is available to the employer and relevant to the
duties an employee is expected to perform shall be made available to the
affected employees prior to the commencement of their work activities. The
employer may utilize information developed for the hazard communication
standard for this purpose.

(d) "Site control" - (1) "General." Appropriate site control procedures
shall be implemented to control employee exposure to hazardous substances
before clean-up work begins.

(2) "Site control program." A site control program for protecting employees
which is part of the employer's site safety and health program required in
paragraph (b) of this section shall be developed during the planning stages
of a hazardous waste clean-up operation and modified as necessary as new
information becomes available.

(3) "Elements of the site control program." The site control program shall,
as a minimum, include: A site map; site work zones; the use of a "buddy
system"; site communications including alerting means for emergencies; the
standard operating procedures or safe work practices; and, identification of
the nearest medical assistance. Where these requirements are covered
elsewhere they need not be repeated.

(e) "Training" - (1) "General." (i) All employees working on site (such as
but not limited to equipment operators, general laborers and others) exposed
to hazardous substances, health hazards, or safety hazards and their
supervisors and management responsible for the site shall receive training
meeting the requirements of this paragraph before they are permitted to
engage in hazardous waste operations that could expose them to hazardous
substances, safety, or health hazards, and they shall receive review training
as specified in this paragraph.

(ii) Employees shall not be permitted to participate in or supervise field
activities until they have been trained to a level required by their job
function and responsibility.

(2) "Elements to be covered." The training shall thoroughly cover the
following:

(i) Names of personnel and alternates responsible for site safety and health;

(ii) Safety, health and other hazards present on the site;

(iii) Use of personal protective equipment;

(iv) Work practices by which the employee can minimize risks from hazards;

(v) Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on the site;

(vi) Medical surveillance requirements, including recognition of symptoms
and signs which might indicate overexposure to hazards; and

(vii) The contents of paragraphs (G) through (J) of the site safety and
health plan set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section.

(3) "Initial training." (i) General site workers (such as equipment
operators, general laborers and supervisory personnel) engaged in hazardous
substance removal or other activities which expose or potentially expose
workers to hazardous substances and health hazards shall receive a minimum of
40 hours of instruction off the site, and a minimum of three days actual
field experience under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced
supervisor.

(ii) Workers on site only occasionally for a specific limited task (such as,
but not limited to, ground water monitoring, land surveying, or geo-physical
surveying) and who are unlikely to be exposed over permissible exposure
limits and published exposure limits shall receive a minimum of 24 hours of
instruction off the site, and the minimum of one day actual field experience
under the direct supervision of a trained, experienced supervisor.

(iii) Workers regularly on site who work in areas which have been monitored
and fully characterized indicating that exposures are under permissible
exposure limits and published exposure limits where respirators are not
necessary, and the characterization indicates that there are no health
hazards or the possibility of an emergency developing, shall receive a
minimum of 24 hours of instruction off the site and the minimum of one day
actual field experience under the direct supervision of a trained,
experienced supervisor.

(iv) Workers with 24 hours of training who are covered by paragraphs
(e)(3)(ii) and (e)(3)(iii) of this section, and who become general site
workers or who are required to wear respirators, shall have the additional 16
hours and two days of training necessary to total the training specified in
paragraph (e)(3)(i).

(4) "Management and supervisor training." On-site management and supervisors
directly responsible for, or who supervise employees engaged in, hazardous
waste operations shall receive 40 hours initial training, and three days of
supervised field experience (the training may be reduced to 24 hours and one
day if the only area of their responsibility is employees covered by
paragraphs (e)(3)(ii) and (e)(3)(iii)) and at least eight additional hours of
specialized training at the time of job assignment on such topics as, but not
limited to, the employer's safety and health program and the associated
employee training program, personal protective equipment program, spill
containment program, and health hazard monitoring procedure and techniques.

(5) "Qualifications for trainers." Trainers shall be qualified to instruct
employees about the subject matter that is being presented in training. Such
trainers shall have satisfactorily completed a training program for teaching
the subjects they are expected to teach, or they shall have the academic
credentials and instructional experience necessary for teaching the subjects.
Instructors shall demonstrate competent instructional skills and knowledge of
the applicable subject matter.

(6) "Training certification." Employees and supervisors that have received
and successfully completed the training and field experience specified in
paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(4) of this section shall be certified by their
instructor or the head instructor and trained supervisor as having
successfully completed the necessary training. A written certificate shall be
given to each person so certified. Any person who has not been so certified
or who does not meet the requirements of paragraph (e)(9) of this section
shall be prohibited from engaging in hazardous waste operations.

(7) "Emergency response." Employees who are engaged in responding to
hazardous emergency situations at hazardous waste clean-up sites that may
expose them to hazardous substances shall be trained in how to respond to
such expected emergencies.

(8) "Refresher training." Employees specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this
section, and managers and supervisors specified in paragraph (e)(4) of this
section, shall receive eight hours of refresher training annually on the
items specified in paragraph (e)(2) and/or (e)(4) of this section, any
critique of incidents that have occurred in the past year that can serve as
training examples of related work, and other relevant topics.

(9) "Equivalent training." Employers who can show by documentation or
certification that an employee's work experience and/or training has resulted
in training equivalent to that training required in paragraphs (e)(1) through
(e)(4) of this section shall not be required to provide the initial training
requirements of those paragraphs to such employees and shall provide a copy
of the certification or documentation to the employee upon request. However,
certified employees or employees with equivalent training new to a site shall
receive appropriate, site specific training before site entry and have
appropriate supervised field experience at the new site. Equivalent training
includes any academic training or the training that existing employees might
have already received from actual hazardous waste site work experience.

(f) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." Employers engaged in operations
specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section and not
covered by (a)(2)(iii) exceptions and employers of employees specified in
paragraph (q)(9) shall institute a medical surveillance program in accordance
with this paragraph.

(2) "Employees covered." The medical surveillance program shall be
instituted by the employer for the following employees:

(i) All employees who are or may be exposed to hazardous substances or
health hazards at or above the permissible exposure limits or, if there is no
permissible exposure limit, above the published exposure levels for these
substances, without regard to the use of respirators, for 30 days or more a
year;

(ii) All employees who wear a respirator for 30 days or more a year or as
required by 1926.103;

(iii) All employees who are injured, become ill or develop signs or symptoms
due to possible overexposure involving hazardous substances or health hazards
from an emergency response or hazardous waste operation; and (iv) Members of
HAZMAT teams. (3) "Frequency of medical examinations and consultations."
Medical examinations and consultations shall be made available by the
employer to each employee covered under paragraph (f)(2) of this section on
the following schedules:

(i) For employees covered under paragraphs (f)(2)(i), (f)(2)(ii), and
(f)(2)(iv):

(A) Prior to assignment;

(B) At least once every twelve months for each employee covered unless the
attending physician believes a longer interval (not greater than biennially)
is appropriate;

(C) At termination of employment or reassignment to an area where the
employee would not be covered if the employee has not had an examination
within the last six months;

(D) As soon as possible upon notification by an employee that the employee
has developed signs or symptoms indicating possible overexposure to hazardous
substances or health hazards, or that the employee has been injured or
exposed above the permissible exposure limits or published exposure levels in
an emergency situation;

(E) At more frequent times, if the examining physician determines that an
increased frequency of examination is medically necessary.

(ii) For employees covered under paragraph (f)(2)(iii) and for all employees
including those of employers covered by paragraph (a)(1)(v) who may have been
injured, received a health impairment, developed signs or symptoms which may
have resulted from exposure to hazardous substances resulting from an
emergency incident, or exposed during an emergency incident to hazardous
substances at concentrations above the permissible exposure limits or the
published exposure levels without the necessary personal protective equipment
being used:

(A) As soon as possible following the emergency incident or development of
signs or symptoms;

(B) At additional times, if the examining physician determines that
follow-up examinations or consultations are medically necessary.

(4) "Content of medical examinations and consultations." (i) Medical
examinations required by paragraph (f)(3) of this section shall include a
medical and work history (or updated history if one is in the employee's
file) with special emphasis on symptoms related to the handling of hazardous
substances and health hazards, and to fitness for duty including the ability
to wear any required PPE under conditions (i.e., temperature extremes) that
may be expected at the work site.

(ii) The content of medical examinations or consultations made available to
employees pursuant to paragraph (f) shall be determined by the attending
physician. The guidelines in the "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance
Manual for Hazardous Waste Site Activities" (See appendix D, Reference number
10) should be consulted.

(5) "Examination by a physician and costs." All medical examinations and
procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed
physician, preferably one knowledgeable in occupational medicine, and shall
be provided without cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a
reasonable time and place.

(6) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide one
copy of this standard and its appendices to the attending physician, and in
addition the following for each employee:

(i) A description of the employee's duties as they relate to the employee's
exposures.

(ii) The employee's exposure levels or anticipated exposure levels.

(iii) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be
used.

(iv) Information from previous medical examinations of the employee which is
not readily available to the examining physician.

(v) Information required by 1926.103.

(7) "Physician's written
opinion."

(i) The employer shall obtain and furnish the employee with a copy
of a written opinion from the attending physician containing the
following:

(A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected
medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of
material impairment of the employee's health from work in hazardous waste
operations or emergency response, or from respirator use.

(B) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's assigned
work.

(C) The results of the medical examination and tests if requested by the
employee.

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the
results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require
further examination or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specific
findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposures.

(8) "Recordkeeping." (i) An accurate record of the medical surveillance
required by paragraph (f) of this section shall be retained. This record
shall be retained for the period specified and meet the criteria of 29 CFR
1926.33.

(ii) The record required in paragraph (f)(8)(i) of this section shall
include at least the following information:

(A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) Physician's written opinions, recommended limitations, and results of
examinations and tests;

(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to hazardous
substances;

(D) A copy of the information provided to the examining physician by the
employer, with the exception of the standard and its appendices.

(g) "Engineering controls, work practices, and personal protective equipment
for employee protection." Engineering controls, work practices, personal
protective equipment, or a combination of these shall be implemented in
accordance with this paragraph to protect employees from exposure to
hazardous substances and safety and health hazards.

(1) "Engineering controls, work practices and PPE for substances regulated
either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart D, or in other pertinent sections of
this part." (i) Engineering controls and work practices shall be instituted
to reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure
limits for substances regulated either in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections
of this part, except to the extent that such controls and practices are not
feasible.

Note to (g)(1)(i): Engineering controls which may be feasible include the
use of pressurized cabs or control booths on equipment, and/or the use of
remotely operated material handling equipment. Work practices which may be
feasible are removing all non-essential employees from potential exposure
during opening of drums, wetting down dusty operations and locating employees
upwind of possible hazards.

(ii) Whenever engineering controls and work practices are not feasible or
not required, any reasonable combination of engineering controls, work
practices and PPE shall be used to reduce and maintain employee exposures to
or below the permissible exposure limits or dose limits for substances
regulated either in 1926.55 or other pertinent sections of this part.

(iii) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a
means of compliance with permissible exposure limits or dose limits except
when there is no other feasible way of complying with the airborne or dermal
dose limits for ionizing radiation.

(iv) The provisions of subpart D shall be followed.

(2) "Engineering
controls, work practices, and PPE for substances not regulated either in
1926.55,  elsewhere in subpart D, or in other pertinent sections of this
part. An appropriate combination of engineering controls, work practices and
personal protective equipment shall be used to reduce and maintain employee
exposure to or below published exposure levels for hazardous substances and
health hazards not regulated either in 1926.55, elsewhere in subpart D, or in
other pertinent sections of this part. The employer may use the published
literature and MSDS as a guide in making the employer's determination as to
what level of protection the employer believes is appropriate for hazardous
substances and health hazards for which there is no permissible exposure
limit or published exposure limit.

(3) "Personal protective equipment selection." (i) Personal protective
equipment (PPE) shall be selected and used which will protect employees from
the hazards and potential hazards they are likely to encounter as identified
during the site characterization and analysis.

(ii) Personal protective equipment selection shall be based on an evaluation
of the performance characteristics of the PPE relative to the requirements
and limitations of the site, the task-specific conditions and duration, and
the hazards and potential hazards identified at the site.

(iii) Positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or positive
pressure air-line respirators equipped with an escape air supply, shall be
used when chemical exposure levels present will create a substantial
possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or injury, or
impair the ability to escape.

(iv) Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits (protection equivalent
to Level A protection as recommended in appendix B) shall be used in
conditions where skin absorption of a hazardous substance may result in a
substantial possibility of immediate death, immediate serious illness or
injury, or impair the ability to escape.

(v) The level of protection provided by PPE selection shall be increased
when additional information on site conditions indicates that increased
protection is necessary to reduce employee exposures below permissible
exposure limits and published exposure levels for hazardous substances and
health hazards. (See appendix B for guidance on selecting PPE ensembles.)

Note to (g)(3): The level of employee protection provided may be decreased
when additional information or site conditions show that decreased protection
will not result in hazardous exposures to employees.

(vi) Personal protective equipment shall be selected and used to meet the
requirements of subpart E of this part and additional requirements specified
in this section.

(4) "Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suits." (i)
Totally-encapsulating suits shall protect employees from the particular
hazards which are identified during site characterization and analysis.

(ii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of maintaining positive
air pressure. (See appendix A for a test method which may be used to evaluate
this requirement.)

(iii) Totally-encapsulating suits shall be capable of
preventing inward test gas leakage of more than 0.5 percent. (See appendix A
for a test method which may be used to evaluate this requirement.)

(5)
"Personal protective equipment (PPE) program." A written personal protective
equipment program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program
required in paragraph (b) of this section or required in paragraph (p)(1) of
this section and which is also a part of the site-specific safety and health
plan shall be established. The PPE program shall address the elements listed
below. When elements, such as donning and doffing procedures, are provided by
the manufacturer of a piece of equipment and are attached to the plan, they
need not be rewritten into the plan as long as they adequately address the
procedure or element.

(i) PPE selection based upon site hazards,

(ii) PPE use and
limitations of the equipment,

(iii) Work mission duration,

(iv) PPE
maintenance and storage,

(v) PPE decontamination and disposal,

(vi) PPE
training and proper fitting,

(vii) PPE donning and doffing procedures,

(viii)
PPE inspection procedures prior to, during, and after use,

(ix) Evaluation of
the effectiveness of the PPE program, and

(x) Limitations during temperature
extremes, heat stress, and other appropriate medical
considerations.

(h) "Monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Monitoring shall be performed in
accordance with this paragraph where there may be a question of employee
exposure to hazardous concentrations of hazardous substances in order to
assure proper selection of engineering controls, work practices and personal
protective equipment so that employees are not exposed to levels which exceed
permissible exposure limits, or published exposure levels if there are no
permissible exposure limits, for hazardous substances.

(ii) Air monitoring shall be used to identify and quantify airborne levels
of hazardous substances and safety and health hazards in order to determine
the appropriate level of employee protection needed on site.

(2) "Initial entry." Upon initial entry, representative air monitoring shall
be conducted to identify any IDLH condition, exposure over permissible
exposure limits or published exposure levels, exposure over a radioactive
material's dose limits or other dangerous condition such as the presence of
flammable atmospheres or oxygen-deficient environments.

(3) "Periodic monitoring." Periodic monitoring shall be conducted when the
possibility of an IDLH condition or flammable atmosphere has developed or
when there is indication that exposures may have risen over permissible
exposure limits or published exposure levels since prior monitoring.
Situations where it shall be considered whether the possibility that
exposures have risen are as follows:

{i} When work begins on a different portion of the site.

{ii} When
contaminants other than those previously identified are being
handled.

{iii} When a different type of operation is initiated (e.g., drum opening as
opposed to exploratory well drilling).

{iv} When employees are handling leaking drums or containers or working in
areas with obvious liquid contamination (e.g., a spill or lagoon).

(4) "Monitoring of high-risk employees." After the actual clean-up phase of
any hazardous waste operation commences; for example, when soil, surface
water or containers are moved or disturbed; the employer shall monitor those
employees likely to have the highest exposures to hazardous substances and
health hazards likely to be present above permissible exposure limits or
published exposure levels by using personal sampling frequently enough to
characterize employee exposures. If the employees likely to have the highest
exposure are over permissible exposure limits or published exposure limits,
then monitoring shall continue to determine all employees likely to be above
those limits. The employer may utilize a representative sampling approach by
documenting that the employees and chemicals chosen for monitoring are based
on the criteria stated above.

Note to (h): It is not required to monitor employees engaged in site
characterization operations covered by paragraph (c) of this section.

(i) "Informational programs." Employers shall develop and implement a
program, which is part of the employer's safety and health program required
in paragraph (b) of this section, to inform employees, contractors, and
subcontractors (or their representative) actually engaged in hazardous waste
operations of the nature, level and degree of exposure likely as a result of
participation in such hazardous waste operations. Employees, contractors and
subcontractors working outside of the operations part of a site are not
covered by this standard.

(j) "Handling drums and containers" - (1) "General." (i) Hazardous
substances and contaminated soils, liquids, and other residues shall be
handled, transported, labeled, and disposed of in accordance with this
paragraph.

(ii) Drums and containers used during the clean-up shall meet the
appropriate DOT, OSHA, and EPA regulations for the wastes that they contain.

(iii) When practical, drums and containers shall be inspected and their
integrity shall be assured prior to being moved. Drums or containers that
cannot be inspected before being moved because of storage conditions (i.e.,
buried beneath the earth, stacked behind other drums, stacked several tiers
high in a pile, etc.) shall be moved to an accessible location and inspected
prior to further handling.

(iv) Unlabelled drums and containers shall be considered to contain
hazardous substances and handled accordingly until the contents are
positively identified and labeled.

(v) Site operations shall be organized to minimize the amount of drum or
container movement.

(vi) Prior to movement of drums or containers, all employees exposed to the
transfer operation shall be warned of the potential hazards associated with
the contents of the drums or containers.

(vii) U.S. Department of Transportation specified salvage drums or
containers and suitable quantities of proper absorbent shall be kept
available and used in areas where spills, leaks, or ruptures may occur.

(viii) Where major spills may occur, a spill containment program, which is
part of the employer's safety and health program required in paragraph (b) of
this section, shall be implemented to contain and isolate the entire volume
of the hazardous substance being transferred.

(ix) Drums and containers that cannot be moved without rupture, leakage, or
spillage shall be emptied into a sound container using a device classified
for the material being transferred.

(x) A ground-penetrating system or other type of detection system or device
shall be used to estimate the location and depth of buried drums or
containers.

(xi) Soil or covering material shall be removed with caution to prevent drum
or container rupture.

(xii) Fire extinguishing equipment meeting the requirements of subpart F of
this part shall be on hand and ready for use to control incipient fires.

(2) "Opening drums and containers." The following procedures shall be
followed in areas where drums or containers are being opened:

(i) Where an airline respirator system is used, connections to the source of
air supply shall be protected from contamination and the entire system shall
be protected from physical damage.

(ii) Employees not actually involved in opening drums or containers shall be
kept a safe distance from the drums or containers being opened.

(iii) If employees must work near or adjacent to drums or containers being
opened, a suitable shield that does not interfere with the work operation
shall be placed between the employee and the drums or containers being opened
to protect the employee in case of accidental explosion.

(iv) Controls for drum or container opening equipment, monitoring equipment,
and fire suppression equipment shall be located behind the
explosion-resistant barrier.

(v) When there is a reasonable possibility of flammable atmospheres being
present, material handling equipment and hand tools shall be of the type to
prevent sources of ignition.

(vi) Drums and containers shall be opened in such a manner that excess
interior pressure will be safely relieved. If pressure can not be relieved
from a remote location, appropriate shielding shall be placed between the
employee and the drums or containers to reduce the risk of employee injury.

(vii) Employees shall not stand upon or work from drums or
containers.

(3) "Material handling equipment." Material handling equipment
used to transfer drums and containers shall be selected, positioned and
operated to minimize sources of ignition related to the equipment from
igniting vapors released from ruptured drums or containers.

(4) "Radioactive wastes." Drums and containers containing radioactive wastes
shall not be handled until such time as their hazard to employees is properly
assessed.

(5) "Shock sensitive wastes." As a minimum, the following special
precautions shall be taken when drums and containers containing or suspected
of containing shock-sensitive wastes are handled:

(i) All non-essential employees shall be evacuated from the area of transfer.

(ii) Material handling equipment shall be provided with explosive
containment devices or protective shields to protect equipment operators from
exploding containers.

(iii) An employee alarm system capable of being perceived above surrounding
light and noise conditions shall be used to signal the commencement and
completion of explosive waste handling activities.

(iv) Continuous communications (i.e., portable radios, hand signals,
telephones, as appropriate) shall be maintained between the
employee-in-charge of the immediate handling area and both the site safety
and health supervisor and the command post until such time as the handling
operation is completed. Communication equipment or methods that could cause
shock sensitive materials to explode shall not be used.

(v) Drums and containers under pressure, as evidenced by bulging or
swelling, shall not be moved until such time as the cause for excess pressure
is determined and appropriate containment procedures have been implemented to
protect employees from explosive relief of the drum.

(vi) Drums and containers containing packaged laboratory wastes shall be
considered to contain shock-sensitive or explosive materials until they have
been characterized.

Caution: Shipping of shock sensitive wastes may be prohibited under U.S.
Department of Transportation regulations. Employers and their shippers should
refer to 49 CFR 173.21 and 173.50.

(6) "Laboratory waste packs." In addition to the requirements of paragraph
(j)(5) of this section, the following precautions shall be taken, as a
minimum, in handling laboratory waste packs (lab packs):

(i) Lab packs shall be opened only when necessary and then only by an
individual knowledgeable in the inspection, classification, and segregation
of the containers within the pack according to the hazards of the wastes.

(ii) If crystalline material is noted on any container, the contents shall
be handled as a shock-sensitive waste until the contents are identified.

(7) "Sampling of drum and container contents." Sampling of containers and
drums shall be done in accordance with a sampling procedure which is part of
the site safety and health plan developed for and available to employees and
others at the specific worksite.

(8) "Shipping and transport." (i) Drums and containers shall be identified
and classified prior to packaging for shipment.

(ii) Drum or container staging areas shall be kept to the minimum number
necessary to identify and classify materials safely and prepare them for
transport.

(iii) Staging areas shall be provided with adequate access and egress routes.

(iv) Bulking of hazardous wastes shall be permitted only after a thorough
characterization of the materials has been completed.

(9) "Tank and vault procedures." (i) Tanks and vaults containing hazardous
substances shall be handled in a manner similar to that for drums and
containers, taking into consideration the size of the tank or vault.

(ii) Appropriate tank or vault entry procedures as described in the
employer's safety and health plan shall be followed whenever employees must
enter a tank or vault.

(k) "Decontamination" - (1) "General." Procedures for all phases of
decontamination shall be developed and implemented in accordance with this
paragraph.

(2) "Decontamination procedures." (i) A decontamination procedure shall be
developed, communicated to employees and implemented before any employees or
equipment may enter areas on site where potential for exposure to hazardous
substances exists.

(ii) Standard operating procedures shall be developed to minimize employee
contact with hazardous substances or with equipment that has contacted
hazardous substances.

(iii) All employees leaving a contaminated area shall be appropriately
decontaminated; all contaminated clothing and equipment leaving a
contaminated area shall be appropriately disposed of or decontaminated.

(iv) Decontamination procedures shall be monitored by the site safety and
health supervisor to determine their effectiveness. When such procedures are
found to be ineffective, appropriate steps shall be taken to correct any
deficiencies.

(3) "Location." Decontamination shall be performed in geographical areas
that will minimize the exposure of uncontaminated employees or equipment to
contaminated employees or equipment.

(4) "Equipment and solvents." All equipment and solvents used for
decontamination shall be decontaminated or disposed of properly.

(5) "Personal protective clothing and equipment." (i) Protective clothing
and equipment shall be decontaminated, cleaned, laundered, maintained or
replaced as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(ii) Employees whose non-impermeable clothing becomes wetted with hazardous
substances shall immediately remove that clothing and proceed to shower. The
clothing shall be disposed of or decontaminated before it is removed from the
work zone.

(6) "Unauthorized employees." Unauthorized employees shall not remove
protective clothing or equipment from change rooms.

(7) "Commercial laundries or cleaning establishments." Commercial laundries
or cleaning establishments that decontaminate protective clothing or
equipment shall be informed of the potentially harmful effects of exposures
to hazardous substances.

(8) "Showers and change rooms." Where the decontamination procedure
indicates a need for regular showers and change rooms outside of a
contaminated area, they shall be provided and meet the requirements of 29 CFR
1910.141. If temperature conditions prevent the effective use of water, then
other effective means for cleansing shall be provided and used.

(l) "Emergency response by employees at uncontrolled hazardous waste sites"
- (1) "Emergency response plan." (i) An emergency response plan shall be
developed and implemented by all employers within the scope of paragraphs
(a)(1)(i) through (ii) of this section to handle anticipated emergencies
prior to the commencement of hazardous waste operations. The plan shall be in
writing and available for inspection and copying by employees, their
representatives, OSHA personnel and other governmental agencies with relevant
responsibilities.

(ii) Employers who will evacuate their employees from the danger area when
an emergency occurs, and who do not permit any of their employees to assist
in handling the emergency, are exempt from the requirements of this paragraph
if they provide an emergency action plan complying with 1926.35 of this part.

(2) "Elements of an emergency response plan." The employer shall develop an
emergency response plan for emergencies which shall address, as a minimum,
the following:

(i) Pre-emergency planning.

(ii) Personnel roles, lines of
authority, and communication.

(iii) Emergency recognition and prevention.

(iv) Safe distances and places of refuge.

(v) Site security and control.

(vi)
Evacuation routes and procedures.

(vii) Decontamination procedures which are
not covered by the site safety and health plan.

(viii) Emergency medical treatment and first aid.

(ix) Emergency
alerting and response procedures.

(x) Critique of response and follow-up.

(xi) PPE and emergency equipment.

(3) "Procedures for handling emergency
incidents."

(i) In addition to the elements for the emergency response plan
required in paragraph (1)(2) of this section, the following elements shall be
included for emergency response plans:

(A) Site topography, layout, and prevailing weather conditions.

(B)
Procedures for reporting incidents to local, state, and federal governmental
agencies.

(ii) The emergency response plan shall be a separate section of the Site
Safety and Health Plan.

(iii) The emergency response plan shall be compatible and integrated with
the disaster, fire and/or emergency response plans of local, state, and
federal agencies.

(iv) The emergency response plan shall be rehearsed regularly as part of the
overall training program for site operations.

(v) The site emergency response plan shall be reviewed periodically and, as
necessary, be amended to keep it current with new or changing site conditions
or information.

(vi) An employee alarm system shall be installed in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.159 to notify employees of an emergency situation; to stop work
activities if necessary; to lower background noise in order to speed
communication; and to begin emergency procedures.

(vii) Based upon the information available at time of the emergency, the
employer shall evaluate the incident and the site response capabilities and
proceed with the appropriate steps to implement the site emergency response
plan.

(m) "Illumination." Areas accessible to employees shall be lighted to not
less than the minimum illumination intensities listed in the following Table
D-65.1 while any work is in progress:

TABLE D-65.1 - MINIMUM ILLUMINATION INTENSITIES IN FOOT-CANDLES

(n) "Sanitation at temporary workplaces" - (1) "Potable water."

(i) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided on the site.

(ii) Portable containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable of
being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from
containers.

(iii) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly
marked as to the nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose.

(iv) Where single service cups (to be used but once) are supplied, both a
sanitary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the
used cups shall be provided.

(2) "Nonpotable water." (i) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for
fire fighting purposes, shall be identified to indicate clearly that the
water is unsafe and is not to be used for drinking, washing, or cooking
purposes.

(ii) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system
furnishing potable water and a system furnishing nonpotable water.

(3) "Toilet facilities." (i) Toilets shall be provided for employees
according to the following Table D-65.2.

TABLE D-65.2 - TOILET FACILITIES

(ii) Under temporary field conditions, provisions shall be made to assure
that at least one toilet facility is available.

(iii) Hazardous waste sites not provided with a sanitary sewer shall be
provided with the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local
codes:
	(A) Chemical toilets;
	(B) Recirculating toilets;
	(C) Combustion toilets; or 
	(D) Flush toilets. 

(iv) The requirements
of this paragraph for sanitation facilities shall not apply to mobile crews
having transportation readily available to nearby toilet
facilities.

(v) Doors entering toilet facilities shall be provided with entrance locks
controlled from inside the facility.

(4) "Food handling." All food service facilities and operations for
employees shall meet the applicable laws, ordinances, and regulations of the
jurisdictions in which they are located.

(5) "Temporary sleeping quarters." When temporary sleeping quarters are
provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted.

(6) "Washing facilities." The employer shall provide adequate washing
facilities for employees engaged in operations where hazardous substances may
be harmful to employees. Such facilities shall be in near proximity to the
worksite; in areas where exposures are below permissible exposure limits and
published exposure levels and which are under the controls of the employer;
and shall be so equipped as to enable employees to remove hazardous
substances from themselves.

(7) "Showers and change rooms." When hazardous waste clean-up or removal
operations commence on a site and the duration of the work will require six
months or greater time to complete, the employer shall provide showers and
change rooms for all employees exposed to hazardous substances and health
hazards involved in hazardous waste clean-up or removal operations.

(i) Showers shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of 29 CFR
1926.51(f)(4).

(ii) Change rooms shall be provided and shall meet the requirements of 29
CFR 1926.51(i). Change rooms shall consist of two separate change areas
separated by the shower area required in paragraph (n)(7)(i) of this section.
One change area, with an exit leading off the worksite, shall provide
employees with a clean area where they can remove, store, and put on street
clothing. The second area, with an exit to the worksite, shall provide
employees with an area where they can put on, remove and store work clothing
and personal protective equipment.

(iii) Showers and change rooms shall be located in areas where exposures are
below the permissible exposure limits and published exposure levels. If this
cannot be accomplished, then a ventilation system shall be provided that will
supply air that is below the permissible exposure limits and published
exposure levels.

(iv) Employers shall assure that employees shower at the end of their work
shift and when leaving the hazardous waste site.

(o) "New technology programs." (1) The employer shall develop and implement
procedures for the introduction of effective new technologies and equipment
developed for the improved protection of employees working with hazardous
waste clean-up operations, and the same shall be implemented as part of the
site safety and health program to assure that employee protection is being
maintained.

(2) New technologies, equipment or control measures available to the
industry, such as the use of foams, absorbents, adsorbents, neutralizers, or
other means to suppress the level of air contaminates while excavating the
site or for spill control, shall be evaluated by employers or their
representatives. Such an evaluation shall be done to determine the
effectiveness of the new methods, materials, or equipment before implementing
their use on a large scale for enhancing employee protection. Information and
data from manufacturers or suppliers may be used as part of the employer's
evaluation effort. Such evaluations shall be made available to OSHA upon
request.

(p) "Certain operations conducted under the Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act of 1976 (RCRA)." Employers conducting operations at treatment,
storage and disposal (TSD) facilities specified in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of
this section shall provide and implement the programs specified in this
paragraph. See the "Notes and Exceptions" to paragraph (a)(2)(iii) of this
section for employers not covered.

(1) "Safety and health program." The employer shall develop and implement a
written safety and health program for employees involved in hazardous waste
operations that shall be available for inspection by employees, their
representatives and OSHA personnel. The program shall be designed to
identify, evaluate and control safety and health hazards in their facilities
for the purpose of employee protection, to provide for emergency response
meeting the requirements of paragraph (p)(8) of this section and to address
as appropriate site analysis, engineering controls, maximum exposure limits,
hazardous waste handling procedures and uses of new technologies.

(2) "Hazard communication program." The employer shall implement a hazard
communication program meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59 as part of
the employer's safety and program.

Note to 1926.65 - The exemption for hazardous waste provided in 1926.59 is
applicable to this section.

(3) "Medical surveillance program." The employer shall develop and implement
a medical surveillance program meeting the requirements of paragraph (f) of
this section.

(4) "Decontamination program." The employer shall develop and implement a
decontamination procedure meeting the requirements of paragraph (k) of this
section.

(5) "New technology program." The employer shall develop and implement
procedures meeting the requirements of paragraph (o) of this section for
introducing new and innovative equipment into the workplace.

(6) "Material handling program." Where employees will be handling drums or
containers, the employer shall develop and implement procedures meeting the
requirements of paragraphs (j)(1) (ii) through (viii) and (xi) of this
section, as well as (j)(3) and (j)(8) of this section prior to starting such
work.

(7) "Training program" - (i) "New employees." The employer shall develop and
implement a training program, which is part of the employer's safety and
health program, for employees exposed to health hazards or hazardous
substances at TSD operations to enable the employees to perform their
assigned duties and functions in a safe and healthful manner so as not
endanger themselves or other employees. The initial training shall be for 24
hours and refresher training shall be for eight hours annually. Employees who
have received the initial training required by this paragraph shall be given
a written certificate attesting that they have successfully completed the
necessary training.

(ii) "Current employees." Employers who can show by an employee's previous
work experience and/or training that the employee has had training equivalent
to the initial training required by this paragraph, shall be considered as
meeting the initial training requirements of this paragraph as to that
employee. Equivalent training includes the training that existing employees
might have already received from actual site work experience. Current
employees shall receive eight hours of refresher training annually.

(iii) "Trainers." Trainers who teach initial training shall have
satisfactorily completed a training course for teaching the subjects they are
expected to teach or they shall have the academic credentials and instruction
experience necessary to demonstrate a good command of the subject matter of
the courses and competent instructional skills.

(8) "Emergency response program" - (i) "Emergency response plan." An
emergency response plan shall be developed and implemented by all employers.
Such plans need not duplicate any of the subjects fully addressed in the
employer's contingency planning required by permits, such as those issued by
the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, provided that the contingency plan
is made part of the emergency response plan. The emergency response plan
shall be a written portion of the employers safety and health program
required in paragraph (p)(1) of this section. Employers who will evacuate
their employees from the worksite location when an emergency occurs and who
do not permit any of their employees to assist in handling the emergency are
exempt from the requirements of paragraph (p)(8) if they provide an emergency
action plan complying with 1926.35 of this part.

(ii) "Elements of an emergency response plan." The employer shall develop an
emergency response plan for emergencies which shall address, as a minimum,
the following areas to the extent that they are not addressed in any specific
program required in this paragraph:

(A) Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties.

(B) Personnel roles, lines of authority, and communication.

(C) Emergency
recognition and prevention.

(D) Safe distances and places of refuge.

(E) Site
security and control.

(F) Evacuation routes and procedures.

(G)
Decontamination procedures.

(H) Emergency medical treatment and first aid.

(I) Emergency alerting and response procedures.

(J) Critique of response and
follow-up.

(K) PPE and emergency equipment.

(iii) "Training."

(A) Training
for emergency response employees shall be completed before they are called
upon to perform in real emergencies. Such training shall include the elements
of the emergency response plan, standard operating procedures the employer
has established for the job, the personal protective equipment to be worn and
procedures for handling emergency incidents.

Exception Number 1: An employer need not train all employees to the degree
specified if the employer divides the work force in a manner such that a
sufficient number of employees who have responsibility to control emergencies
have the training specified, and all other employees, who may first respond
to an emergency incident, have sufficient awareness training to recognize
that an emergency response situation exists and that they are instructed in
that case to summon the fully trained employees and not attempt control
activities for which they are not trained.

Exception Number 2: An employer need not train all employees to the degree
specified if arrangements have been made in advance for an outside
fully-trained emergency response team to respond in a reasonable period and
all employees, who may come to the incident first, have sufficient awareness
training to recognize that an emergency response situation exists and they
have been instructed to call the designated outside fully-trained emergency
response team for assistance.

(B) Employee members of TSD facility emergency response organizations shall
be trained to a level of competence in the recognition of health and safety
hazards to protect themselves and other employees. This would include
training in the methods used to minimize the risk from safety and health
hazards; in the safe use of control equipment; in the selection and use of
appropriate personal protective equipment; in the safe operating procedures
to be used at the incident scene; in the techniques of coordination with
other employees to minimize risks; in the appropriate response to over
exposure from health hazards or injury to themselves and other employees; and
in the recognition of subsequent symptoms which may result from over
exposures.

(C) The employer shall certify that each covered employee has attended and
successfully completed the training required in paragraph (p)(8)(iii) of this
section, or shall certify the employee's competency at least yearly. The
method used to demonstrate competency for certification of training shall be
recorded and maintained by the employer.

(iv) "Procedures for handling emergency incidents." (A) In addition to the
elements for the emergency response plan required in paragraph (p)(8)(ii) of
this section, the following elements shall be included for emergency response
plans to the extent that they do not repeat any information already contained
in the emergency response plan:

(1) Site topography, layout, and prevailing weather conditions.

(2)
Procedures for reporting incidents to local, state, and federal governmental
agencies.

(B) The emergency response plan shall be compatible and integrated with the
disaster, fire and/or emergency response plans of local, state, and federal
agencies.

(C) The emergency response plan shall be rehearsed regularly as part of the
overall training program for site operations.

(D) The site emergency response plan shall be reviewed periodically and, as
necessary, be amended to keep it current with new or changing site conditions
or information.

(E) An employee alarm system shall be installed in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.159 to notify employees of an emergency situation; to stop work
activities if necessary; to lower background noise in order to speed
communication; and to begin emergency procedures.

(F) Based upon the information available at time of the emergency, the
employer shall evaluate the incident and the site response capabilities and
proceed with the appropriate steps to implement the site emergency response
plan.

(q) "Emergency response to hazardous substance releases." This paragraph
covers employers whose employees are engaged in emergency response no matter
where it occurs except that it does not cover employees engaged in operations
specified in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(iv) of this section. Those
emergency response organizations who have developed and implemented programs
equivalent to this paragraph for handling releases of hazardous substances
pursuant to section 303 of the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act
of 1986 (Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act of 1986, 42
U.S.C. 11003) shall be deemed to have met the requirements of this paragraph.

(1) "Emergency response plan." An emergency response plan shall be developed
and implemented to handle anticipated emergencies prior to the commencement
of emergency response operations. The plan shall be in writing and available
for inspection and copying by employees, their representatives and OSHA
personnel. Employers who will evacuate their employees from the danger area
when an emergency occurs, and who do not permit any of their employees to
assist in handling the emergency, are exempt from the requirements of this
paragraph if they provide an emergency action plan in accordance with 1926.35
of this part.

(2) "Elements of an emergency response plan." The employer shall develop an
emergency response plan for emergencies which shall address, as a minimum,
the following to the extent that they are not addressed elsewhere:

(i) Pre-emergency planning and coordination with outside parties.

(ii) Personnel roles, lines of authority, training, and communication.

(iii)
Emergency recognition and prevention.

(iv) Safe distances and places of
refuge.

(v) Site security and control.

(vi) Evacuation routes and procedures.

(vii) Decontamination.

(viii) Emergency medical treatment and first aid.

(ix)
Emergency alerting and response procedures.

(x) Critique of response and
follow-up.

(xi) PPE and emergency equipment.

(xii) Emergency response
organizations may use the local emergency response plan or the state
emergency response plan or both, as part of their emergency response plan to
avoid duplication. Those items of the emergency response plan that are being
properly addressed by the SARA Title III plans may be substituted into their
emergency plan or otherwise kept together for the employer and employee's
use.

(3) "Procedures for handling emergency response." (i) The senior emergency
response official responding to an emergency shall become the individual in
charge of a site-specific Incident Command System (ICS). All emergency
responders and their communications shall be coordinated and controlled
through the individual in charge of the ICS assisted by the senior official
present for each employer.

Note to (q)(3)(i). - The "senior official" at an emergency response is the
most senior official on the site who has the responsibility for controlling
the operations at the site. Initially it is the senior officer on the
first-due piece of responding emergency apparatus to arrive on the incident
scene. As more senior officers arrive (i.e., battalion chief, fire chief,
state law enforcement official, site coordinator, etc.) the position is
passed up the line of authority which has been previously established.

(ii) The individual in charge of the ICS shall identify, to the extent
possible, all hazardous substances or conditions present and shall address as
appropriate site analysis, use of engineering controls, maximum exposure
limits, hazardous substance handling procedures, and use of any new
technologies.

(iii) Based on the hazardous substances and/or conditions present, the
individual in charge of the ICS shall implement appropriate emergency
operations, and assure that the personal protective equipment worn is
appropriate for the hazards to be encountered. However, personal protective
equipment shall meet, at a minimum, the criteria contained in 29 CFR 1926.97
when worn while performing fire fighting operations beyond the incipient
stage for any incident.

(iv) Employees engaged in emergency response and exposed to hazardous
substances presenting an inhalation hazard or potential inhalation hazard
shall wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus while engaged
in emergency response, until such time that the individual in charge of the
ICS determines through the use of air monitoring that a decreased level of
respiratory protection will not result in hazardous exposures to employees.

(v) The individual in charge of the ICS shall limit the number of emergency
response personnel at the emergency site, in those areas of potential or
actual exposure to incident or site hazards, to those who are actively
performing emergency operations. However, operations in hazardous areas shall
be performed using the buddy system in groups of two or more.

(vi) Back-up personnel shall stand by with equipment ready to provide
assistance or rescue. Advance first aid support personnel, as a minimum,
shall also stand by with medical equipment and transportation capability.

(vii) The individual in charge of the ICS shall designate a safety official,
who is knowledgeable in the operations being implemented at the emergency
response site, with specific responsibility to identify and evaluate hazards
and to provide direction with respect to the safety of operations for the
emergency at hand.

(viii) When activities are judged by the safety official to be an IDLH
condition and/or to involve an imminent danger condition, the safety official
shall have the authority to alter, suspend, or terminate those activities.
The safety official shall immediately inform the individual in charge of the
ICS of any actions needed to be taken to correct these hazards at the
emergency scene.

(ix) After emergency operations have terminated, the individual in charge of
the ICS shall implement appropriate decontamination procedures.

(x) When deemed necessary for meeting the tasks at hand, approved
self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus may be used with approved
cylinders from other approved self-contained compressed air breathing
apparatus provided that such cylinders are of the same capacity and pressure
rating. All compressed air cylinders used with self-contained breathing
apparatus shall meet U.S. Department of Transportation and National Institute
for Occupational Safety and Health criteria.

(4) "Skilled support personnel." Personnel, not necessarily an employer's
own employees, who are skilled in the operation of certain equipment, such as
mechanized earth moving or digging equipment or crane and hoisting equipment,
and who are needed temporarily to perform immediate emergency support work
that cannot reasonably be performed in a timely fashion by an employer's own
employees, and who will be or may be exposed to the hazards at an emergency
response scene, are not required to meet the training required in this
paragraph for the employer's regular employees. However, these personnel
shall be given an initial briefing at the site prior to their participation
in any emergency response. The initial briefing shall include instruction in
the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment, what chemical
hazards are involved, and what duties are to be performed. All other
appropriate safety and health precautions provided to the employer's own
employees shall be used to assure the safety and health of these personnel.

(5) "Specialist employees." Employees who, in the course of their regular
job duties, work with and are trained in the hazards of specific hazardous
substances, and who will be called upon to provide technical advice or
assistance at a hazardous substance release incident to the individual in
charge, shall receive training or demonstrate competency in the area of their
specialization annually.

(6) "Training." Training shall be based on the duties and function to be
performed by each responder of an emergency response organization. The skill
and knowledge levels required for all new responders, those hired after the
effective date of this standard, shall be conveyed to them through training
before they are permitted to take part in actual emergency operations on an
incident. Employees who participate, or are expected to participate, in
emergency response, shall be given training in accordance with the following
paragraphs:

(i) "First responder awareness level." First responders at the awareness
level are individuals who are likely to witness or discover a hazardous
substance release and who have been trained to initiate an emergency response
sequence by notifying the proper authorities of the release. They would take
no further action beyond notifying the authorities of the release. First
responders at the awareness level shall have sufficient training or have had
sufficient experience to objectively demonstrate competency in the following
areas:

(A) An understanding of what hazardous substances are, and the risks
associated with them in an incident.

(B) An understanding of the potential outcomes associated with an emergency
created when hazardous substances are present.

(C) The ability to recognize the presence of hazardous substances in an
emergency.

(D) The ability to identify the hazardous substances, if possible.

(E) An understanding of the role of the first responder awareness individual
in the employer's emergency response plan including site security and control
and the U.S. Department of Transportation's Emergency Response
Guidebook.

(F) The ability to realize the need for additional resources, and to make
appropriate notifications to the communication center.

(ii) "First responder operations level." First responders at the operations
level are individuals who respond to releases or potential releases of
hazardous substances as part of the initial response to the site for the
purpose of protecting nearby persons, property, or the environment from the
effects of the release. They are trained to respond in a defensive fashion
without actually trying to stop the release. Their function is to contain the
release from a safe distance, keep it from spreading, and prevent exposures.
First responders at the operational level shall have received at least eight
hours of training or have had sufficient experience to objectively
demonstrate competency in the following areas in addition to those listed for
the awareness level and the employer shall so certify:

(A) Knowledge of the basic hazard and risk assessment techniques.

(B) Know how to select and use proper personal protective equipment provided
to the first responder operational level.

(C) An understanding of basic hazardous materials terms.

(D) Know
how to perform basic control, containment and/or confinement operations
within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment
available with their unit.

(E) Know how to implement basic decontamination procedures.

(F) An
understanding of the relevant standard operating procedures and termination
procedures.

(iii) "Hazardous materials technician." Hazardous materials technicians are
individuals who respond to releases or potential releases for the purpose of
stopping the release. They assume a more aggressive role than a first
responder at the operations level in that they will approach the point of
release in order to plug, patch or otherwise stop the release of a hazardous
substance. Hazardous materials technicians shall have received at least 24
hours of training equal to the first responder operations level and in
addition have competency in the following areas and the employer shall so
certify:

(A) Know how to implement the employer's emergency response plan.

(B) Know the classification, identification and verification of known and
unknown materials by using field survey instruments and equipment.

(C) Be able to function within an assigned role in the Incident Command
System.

(D) Know how to select and use proper specialized chemical personal
protective equipment provided to the hazardous materials technician.

(E) Understand hazard and risk assessment techniques.

(F) Be able to
perform advance control, containment, and/or confinement operations within
the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment available
with the unit.

(G) Understand and implement decontamination procedures.

(H)
Understand termination procedures.

(I) Understand basic chemical and
toxicological terminology and behavior.

(iv) "Hazardous materials
specialist." Hazardous materials specialists are individuals who respond with
and provide support to hazardous materials technicians. Their duties parallel
those of the hazardous materials technician, however, those duties require a
more directed or specific knowledge of the various substances they may be
called upon to contain. The hazardous materials specialist would also act as
the site liaison with Federal, state, local and other government authorities
in regards to site activities. Hazardous materials specialists shall have
received at least 24 hours of training equal to the technician level and in
addition have competency in the following areas and the employer shall so
certify:

(A) Know how to implement the local emergency response plan.

(B)
Understand classification, identification and verification of known and
unknown materials by using advanced survey instruments and
equipment.

(C) Know of the state emergency response plan.

(D) Be able to select
and use proper specialized chemical personal protective equipment provided to
the hazardous materials specialist.

(E) Understand in-depth hazard and risk techniques.

(F) Be able to
perform specialized control, containment, and/or confinement operations
within the capabilities of the resources and personal protective equipment
available.

(G) Be able to determine and implement decontamination procedures.

(H) Have the ability to develop a site safety and control plan.

(I)
Understand chemical, radiological and toxicological terminology and
behavior.

(v) "On scene incident commander." Incident commanders, who will assume
control of the incident scene beyond the first responder awareness level,
shall receive at least 24 hours of training equal to the first responder
operations level and in addition have competency in the following areas and
the employer shall so certify:

(A) Know and be able to implement the employer's incident command
system.

(B) Know how to implement the employer's emergency response plan.

(C)
Know and understand the hazards and risks associated with employees working
in chemical protective clothing.

(D) Know how to implement the local emergency response plan.

(E)
Know of the state emergency response plan and of the Federal Regional
Response Team.

(F) Know and understand the importance of decontamination
procedures.

(7) "Trainers." Trainers who teach any of the above training
subjects shall have satisfactorily completed a training course for teaching
the subjects they are expected to teach, such as the courses offered by the
U.S. National Fire Academy, or they shall have the training and/or academic
credentials and instructional experience necessary to demonstrate competent
instructional skills and a good command of the subject matter of the courses
they are to teach.

(8) "Refresher training." (i) Those employees who are trained in accordance
with paragraph (q)(6) of this section shall receive annual refresher training
of sufficient content and duration to maintain their competencies, or shall
demonstrate competency in those areas at least yearly.

(ii) A statement shall be made of the training or competency, and if a
statement of competency is made, the employer shall keep a record of the
methodology used to demonstrate competency.

(9) "Medical surveillance and consultation." (i) Members of an organized and
designated HAZMAT team and hazardous materials specialists shall receive a
baseline physical examination and be provided with medical surveillance as
required in paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) Any emergency response employees who exhibits signs or symptoms which
may have resulted from exposure to hazardous substances during the course of
an emergency incident, either immediately or subsequently, shall be provided
with medical consultation as required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this
section.

(10) "Chemical protective clothing." Chemical protective clothing and
equipment to be used by organized and designated HAZMAT team members, or to
be used by hazardous materials specialists, shall meet the requirements of
paragraphs (g) (3) through (5) of this section.

(11) "Post-emergency response operations." Upon completion of the emergency
response, if it is determined that it is necessary to remove hazardous
substances, health hazards, and materials contaminated with them (such as
contaminated soil or other elements of the natural environment) from the site
of the incident, the employer conducting the clean-up shall comply with one
of the following:

(i) Meet all of the requirements of paragraphs (b) through (o) of this
section; or

(ii) Where the clean-up is done on plant property using plant or
workplace employees, such employees shall have completed the training
requirements of the following: 29 CFR 1926.35, 1926.59, and 1926.103, and
other appropriate safety and health training made necessary by the tasks that
they are expected to be performed such as personal protective equipment and
decontamination procedures. All equipment to be used in the performance of
the clean-up work shall be in serviceable condition and shall have been
inspected prior to use.

1926.65 Appendix A Personal Protective Equipment Test Methods

Note: The following appendices serve as non-mandatory guidelines to assist
employees and employers in complying with the appropriate requirements of
this section. However 1926.65(g) makes mandatory in certain circumstances the
use of Level A and Level B PPE protection.

This appendix sets forth the non-mandatory examples of tests which may be
used to evaluate compliance with 1926.65(g)(4)(ii) and (iii). Other tests and
other challenge agents may be used to evaluate compliance.

A. "Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit pressure test"

1.0 - Scope 1.1  This practice measures the ability of a gas tight
totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit material, seams, and closures
to maintain a fixed positive pressure. The results of this practice allow the
gas tight integrity of a totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit to be
evaluated. 1.2  Resistance of the suit materials to permeation, penetration, and
degradation by specific hazardous substances is not determined by this test
method.

2.0 - Definition of terms 2.1 "Totally-encapsulated chemical
protective suit (TECP suit)" means a full body garment which is constructed
of protective clothing materials; covers the wearer's torso, head, arms, legs
and respirator; may cover the wearer's hands and feet with tightly attached
gloves and boots; completely encloses the wearer and respirator by itself or
in combination with the wearer's gloves and boots.
2.2 "Protective clothing material" means any material or combination of
materials used in an item of clothing for the purpose of isolating parts of
the body from direct contact with a potentially hazardous liquid or gaseous
chemicals.
2.3 "Gas tight" means, for the purpose of this test method, the limited flow
of a gas under pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to atmosphere at a
prescribed pressure and time interval.

3.0 - Summary of test method 3.1 The TECP suit is visually inspected
and modified for the test. The test apparatus is attached to the suit to
permit inflation to the pre-test suit expansion pressure for removal of suit
wrinkles and creases. The pressure is lowered to the test pressure and
monitored for three minutes. If the pressure drop is excessive, the TECP suit
fails the test and is removed from service. The test is repeated after leak
location and repair.

4.0 - Required Supplies 4.1 Source of compressed air. 4.2 Test
apparatus for suit testing, including a pressure measurement device with a
sensitivity of at least 1/4 inch water gauge.
4.3 Vent valve closure plugs or sealing tape. 4.4 Soapy water
solution and soft brush. 4.5 Stop watch or appropriate timing device.

5.0 -
Safety Precautions 5.1 Care shall be taken to provide the correct pressure
safety devices required for the source of compressed air used.

6.0 - Test Procedure 6.1 Prior to each test, the tester shall
perform a visual inspection of the suit. Check the suit for seam integrity by
visually examining the seams and gently pulling on the seams. Ensure that all
air supply lines, fittings, visor, zippers, and valves are secure and show no
signs of deterioration.

6.1.1 Seal off the vent valves along with any other normal inlet or exhaust
points (such as umbilical air line fittings or face piece opening) with tape
or other appropriate means (caps, plugs, fixture, etc.). Care should be
exercised in the sealing process not to damage any of the suit components.
6.1.2 Close all closure assemblies. 6.1.3 Prepare the suit for
inflation by providing an improvised connection point on the suit for
connecting an airline. Attach the pressure test apparatus to the suit to
permit suit inflation from a compressed air source equipped with a pressure
indicating regulator. The leak tightness of the pressure test apparatus
should be tested before and after each test by closing off the end of the
tubing attached to the suit and assuring a pressure of three inches water
gauge for three minutes can be maintained. If a component is removed for the
test, that component shall be replaced and a second test conducted with
another component removed to permit a complete test of the
ensemble.
6.1.4 The pre-test expansion pressure (A) and the suit test pressure (B)
shall be supplied by the suit manufacturer, but in no case shall they be less
than: (A)=three inches water gauge; and (B)=two inches water gauge. The
ending suit pressure (C) shall be no less than 80 percent of the test
pressure (B); i.e., the pressure drop shall not exceed 20 percent of the test
pressure (B).
6.1.5 Inflate the suit until the pressure inside is equal to pressure (A),
the pre-test expansion suit pressure. Allow at least one minute to fill out
the wrinkles in the suit. Release sufficient air to reduce the suit pressure
to pressure (B), the suit test pressure. Begin timing. At the end of three
minutes, record the suit pressure as pressure (C), the ending suit pressure.
The difference between the suit test pressure and the ending suit test
pressure (B-C) shall be defined as the suit pressure drop.
6.1.6 If the suit pressure drop is more than 20 percent of the suit test
pressure (B) during the three-minute test period, the suit fails the test and
shall be removed from service.

7.0 - Retest Procedure 7.1 If the suit fails the test check for
leaks by inflating the suit to pressure (A) and brushing or wiping the entire
suit (including seams, closures, lens gaskets, glove-to-sleeve joints, etc.)
with a mild soap and water solution. Observe the suit for the formation of
soap bubbles, which is an indication of a leak. Repair all identified
leaks.  7.2 Retest the TECP suit as outlined in Test procedure 6.0.

8.0 -
Report 8.1 Each TECP suit tested by this practice shall have the following
information recorded:
8.1.1 Unique identification number, identifying brand name, date of
purchase, material of construction, and unique fit features, e.g., special
breathing apparatus.
8.1.2 The actual values for test pressures (A), (B), and (C) shall be
recorded along with the specific observation times. If the ending pressure
(C) is less than 80 percent of the test pressure (B), the suit shall be
identified as failing the test. When possible, the specific leak location
shall be identified in the test records. Retest pressure data shall be
recorded as an additional test.
8.1.3 The source of the test apparatus used shall be identified and the
sensitivity of the pressure gauge shall be recorded.
8.1.4 Records shall be kept for each pressure test even if repairs are being
made at the test location.

CAUTION

Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be sure they are positioned
correctly and secured tightly before putting the suit back into service.
Special care should be taken to examine each exhaust valve to make sure it is
not blocked.

Care should also be exercised to assure that the inside and outside of the
suit is completely dry before it is put into storage.

B. "Totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit qualitative leak test"

1.0 - Scope 1.1 This practice semi-qualitatively tests gas tight
totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit integrity by detecting inward
leakage of ammonia vapor. Since no modifications are made to the suit to
carry out this test, the results from this practice provide a realistic test
for the integrity of the entire suit. 1.2 Resistance of the suit materials to permeation, penetration, and
degradation is not determined by this test method. ASTM test methods are
available to test suit materials for these characteristics and the tests are
usually conducted by the manufacturers of the suits.

2.0 - Definition of terms 2.1 "Totally-encapsulated chemical
protective suit (TECP suit)" means a full body garment which is constructed
of protective clothing materials; covers the wearer's torso, head, arms, legs
and respirator; may cover the wearer's hands and feet with tightly attached
gloves and boots; completely encloses the wearer and respirator by itself or
in combination with the wearer's gloves, and boots. 2.2 "Protective clothing material" means any material or combination of
materials used in an item of clothing for the purpose of isolating parts of
the body from direct contact with a potentially hazardous liquid or gaseous
chemicals.
2.3 "Gas tight" means, for the purpose of this test method, the limited flow
of a gas under pressure from the inside of a TECP suit to atmosphere at a
prescribed pressure and time interval.
2.4 "Intrusion Coefficient" means a number expressing the level of
protection provided by a gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical protective
suit. The intrusion coefficient is calculated by dividing the test room
challenge agent concentration by the concentration of challenge agent found
inside the suit. The accuracy of the intrusion coefficient is dependent on
the challenge agent monitoring methods. The larger the intrusion coefficient
the greater the protection provided by the TECP suit.

3.0 - Summary of recommended practice 3.1 The volume of concentrated
aqueous ammonia solution (ammonia hydroxide NH(4)OH) required to generate the
test atmosphere is determined using the directions outlined in 6.1. The suit
is donned by a person wearing the appropriate respiratory equipment (either a
positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus or a positive pressure
supplied air respirator) and worn inside the enclosed test room. The
concentrated aqueous ammonia solution is taken by the suited individual into
the test room and poured into an open plastic pan. A two-minute evaporation
period is observed before the test room concentration is measured, using a
high range ammonia length of stain detector tube. When the ammonia vapor
reaches a concentration of between 1000 and 1200 ppm, the suited individual
starts a standardized exercise protocol to stress and flex the suit. After
this protocol is completed, the test room concentration is measured again.
The suited individual exits the test room and his stand-by person measures
the ammonia concentration inside the suit using a low range ammonia length of
stain detector tube or other more sensitive ammonia detector. A stand-by
person is required to observe the test individual during the test procedure;
aid the person in donning and doffing the TECP suit; and monitor the suit
interior. The intrusion coefficient of the suit can be calculated by dividing
the average test area concentration by the interior suit concentration. A
colorimetric ammonia indicator strip of bromophenol blue or equivalent is
placed on the inside of the suit face piece lens so that the suited
individual is able to detect a color change and know if the suit has a
significant leak. If a color change is observed the individual shall leave
the test room immediately.

4.0 - Required supplies 4.1 A supply of concentrated aqueous
ammonium hydroxide (58% by weight). 4.2 A supply of bromophenol/blue
indicating paper or equivalent, sensitive to 5-10 ppm ammonia or greater over
a two-minute period of exposure. [pH 3.0 (yellow) to pH 4.6 (blue)] 4.3 A
supply of high range (0.5-10 volume percent) and low range (5-700 ppm)
detector tubes for ammonia and the corresponding sampling pump. More
sensitive ammonia detectors can be substituted for the low range detector
tubes to improve the sensitivity of this practice.
4.4 A shallow plastic pan (PVC) at least 12":14":1" and a half pint plastic
container (PVC) with tightly closing lid.
4.5 A graduated cylinder or other volumetric measuring device of at least 50
milliliters in volume with an accuracy of at least plus or minus milliliters.

5.0 - Safety precautions 5.1  Concentrated aqueous ammonium
hydroxide, NH(4)OH, is a corrosive volatile liquid requiring eye, skin, and
respiratory protection. The person conducting the test shall review the MSDS
for aqueous ammonia.
5.2  Since the established permissible exposure limit for ammonia is 35 ppm
as a 15 minute STEL, only persons wearing a positive pressure self-contained
breathing apparatus or a positive pressure supplied air respirator shall be
in the chamber. Normally only the person wearing the totally-encapsulating
suit will be inside the chamber. A stand-by person shall have a positive
pressure self-contained breathing apparatus, or a positive pressure supplied
air respirator available to enter the test area should the suited individual
need assistance.
5.3  A method to monitor the suited individual must be used during this
test. Visual contact is the simplest but other methods using communication
devices are acceptable.
5.4  The test room shall be large enough to allow the exercise protocol to
be carried out and then to be ventilated to allow for easy exhaust of the
ammonia test atmosphere after the test(s) are completed.
5.5  Individuals shall be medically screened for the use of respiratory
protection and checked for allergies to ammonia before participating in this
test procedure.

6.0 - Test procedure 6.1.1  Measure the test area to the nearest
foot and calculate its volume in cubic feet. Multiply the test area volume by
0.2 milliliters of concentrated aqueous ammonia solution per cubic foot of
test area volume to determine the approximate volume of concentrated aqueous
ammonia required to generate 1000 ppm in the test area.
6.1.2  Measure this volume from the supply of concentrated aqueous ammonia
and place it into a closed plastic container.
6.1.3  Place the container, several high range ammonia detector tubes, and
the pump in the clean test pan and locate it near the test area entry door so
that the suited individual has easy access to these supplies.
6.2.1  In a non-contaminated atmosphere, open a pre-sealed ammonia indicator
strip and fasten one end of the strip to the inside of the suit face shield
lens where it can be seen by the wearer. Moisten the indicator strip with
distilled water. Care shall be taken not to contaminate the detector part of
the indicator paper by touching it. A small piece of masking tape or
equivalent should be used to attach the indicator strip to the interior of
the suit face shield.
6.2.2  If problems are encountered with this method of attachment, the
indicator strip can be attached to the outside of the respirator face piece
lens being used during the test.
6.3  Don the respiratory protective device normally used with the suit, and
then don the TECP suit to be tested. Check to be sure all openings which are
intended to be sealed (zippers, gloves, etc.) are completely sealed. DO NOT,
however, plug off any venting valves.
6.4  Step into the enclosed test room such as a closet, bathroom, or test
booth, equipped with an exhaust fan. No air should be exhausted from the
chamber during the test because this will dilute the ammonia challenge
concentrations.
6.5  Open the container with the pre-measured volume of concentrated aqueous
ammonia within the enclosed test room, and pour the liquid into the empty
plastic test pan. Wait two minutes to allow for adequate volatilization of
the concentrated aqueous ammonia. A small mixing fan can be used near the
evaporation pan to increase the evaporation rate of the ammonia solution.
6.6  After two minutes a determination of the ammonia concentration within
the chamber should be made using the high range colorimetric detector tube. A
concentration of 1000 ppm ammonia or greater shall be generated before the
exercises are started.
6.7  To test the integrity of the suit the following four minute exercise
protocol should be followed:
6.7.1  Raising the arms above the head with at least 15 raising motions
completed in one minute.
6.7.2  Walking in place for one minute with at least 15 raising motions of
each leg in a one-minute period.
6.7.3  Touching the toes with a least 10 complete motions of the arms from
above the head to touching of the toes in a one-minute period.
6.7.4  Knee bends with at least 10 complete standing and squatting motions
in a one-minute period.
6.8  If at any time during the test the colorimetric indicating paper should
change colors, the test should be stopped and section 6.10 and 6.12 initiated
(See paragraph 4.2).
6.9  After completion of the test exercise, the test area concentration
should be measured again using the high range colorimetric detector tube.
6.10  Exit the test area. 6.11  The opening created by the suit
zipper or other appropriate suit penetration should be used to determine the
ammonia concentration in the suit with the low range length of stain detector
tube or other ammonia monitor. The internal TECP suit air should be sampled
far enough from the enclosed test area to prevent a false ammonia
reading.
6.12  After completion of the measurement of the suit interior ammonia
concentration the test is concluded and the suit is doffed and the respirator
removed.
6.13  The ventilating fan for the test room should be turned on and allowed
to run for enough time to remove the ammonia gas. The fan shall be vented to
the outside of the building.
6.14  Any detectable ammonia in the suit interior (five ppm ammonia (NH(3))
or more for the length of stain detector tube) indicates that the suit has
failed the test. When other ammonia detectors are used a lower level of
detection is possible, and it should be specified as the pass/fail criteria.
6.15  By following this test method, an intrusion coefficient of
approximately 200 or more can be measured with the suit in a completely
operational condition. If the intrusion coefficient is 200 or more, then the
suit is suitable for emergency response and field use.

7.0 - Retest procedures 7.1  If the suit fails this test, check for
leaks by following the pressure test in test A above. 7.2  Retest the TECP suit as outlined in the test procedure 6.0.

8.0
- Report 8.1  Each gas tight totally-encapsulating chemical protective suit
tested by this practice shall have the following information
recorded.
8.1.1  Unique identification number, identifying brand name, date of
purchase, material of construction, and unique suit features; e.g., special
breathing apparatus.
8.1.2  General description of test room used for test. 8.1.3  Brand
name and purchase date of ammonia detector strips and color change
data.
8.1.4  Brand name, sampling range, and expiration date of the length of
stain ammonia detector tubes. The brand name and model of the sampling pump
should also be recorded. If another type of ammonia detector is used, it
should be identified along with its minimum detection limit for ammonia.
8.1.5  Actual test results shall list the two test area concentrations,
their average, the interior suit concentration, and the calculated intrusion
coefficient. Retest data shall be recorded as an additional test.
8.2  The evaluation of the data shall be specified as "suit passed" or "suit
failed," and the date of the test. Any detectable ammonia (five ppm or
greater for the length of stain detector tube) in the suit interior indicates
the suit has failed this test. When other ammonia detectors are used, a lower
level of detection is possible and it should be specified as the pass fail
criteria.

CAUTION

Visually inspect all parts of the suit to be sure they are positioned
correctly and secured tightly before putting the suit back into service.
Special care should be taken to examine each exhaust valve to make sure it is
not blocked.

Care should also be exercised to assure that the inside and outside of the
suit is completely dry before it is put into storage.

1926.65 Appendix B General Description and Discussion of the Levels of
Protection and Protective Gear

This appendix sets forth information about personal protective equipment
(PPE) protection levels which may be used to assist employers in complying
with the PPE requirements of this section.

As required by the standard, PPE must be selected which will protect
employees from the specific hazards which they are likely to encounter during
their work on-site.

Selection of the appropriate PPE is a complex process which should take into
consideration a variety of factors. Key factors involved in this process are
identification of the hazards, or suspected hazards; their routes of
potential hazard to employees (inhalation, skin absorption, ingestion, and
eye or skin contact); and the performance of the PPE materials (and seams) in
providing a barrier to these hazards. The amount of protection provided by
PPE is material-hazard specific. That is, protective equipment materials will
protect well against some hazardous substances and poorly, or not at all,
against others. In many instances, protective equipment materials cannot be
found which will provide continuous protection from the particular hazardous
substance. In these cases the breakthrough time of the protective material
should exceed the work durations.

Other factors in this selection process to be considered are matching the
PPE to the employee's work requirements and task-specific conditions. The
durability of PPE materials, such as tear strength and seam strength, should
be considered in relation to the employee's tasks. The effects of PPE in
relation to heat stress and task duration are a factor in selecting and using
PPE. In some cases layers of PPE may be necessary to provide sufficient
protection, or to protect expensive PPE inner garments, suits or equipment.

The more that is known about the hazards at the site, the easier the job of
PPE selection becomes. As more information about the hazards and conditions
at the site becomes available, the site supervisor can make decisions to
up-grade or down-grade the level of PPE protection to match the tasks at
hand.

The following are guidelines which an employer can use to begin the
selection of the appropriate PPE. As noted above, the site information may
suggest the use of combinations of PPE selected from the different protection
levels (i.e., A, B, C, or D) as being more suitable to the hazards of the
work. It should be cautioned that the listing below does not fully address
the performance of the specific PPE material in relation to the specific
hazards at the job site, and that PPE selection, evaluation and re-selection
is an ongoing process until sufficient information about the hazards and PPE
performance is obtained.

Part A. Personal protective equipment is divided into four categories based
on the degree of protection afforded. (See Part B of this appendix for
further explanation of Levels A, B, C, and D hazards.)

I. Level A - To be selected when the greatest level of skin, respiratory,
and eye protection is required.

The following constitute Level A equipment; it may be used as appropriate;

1. Positive pressure, full face-piece self-contained breathing apparatus
(SCBA), or positive pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA,
approved by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH).

2. Totally-encapsulating chemical-protective suit.

3. Coveralls.(1)

4. Long underwear.(1)

5. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant.

6. Gloves, inner,
chemical-resistant.

7. Boots, chemical-resistant, steel toe and shank.

8.
Hard hat (under suit).(1)

9. Disposable protective suit, gloves and boots
(depending on suit construction, may be worn over totally-encapsulating
suit).

II. Level B - The highest level of respiratory protection is necessary but a
lesser level of skin protection is needed.

The following constitute Level B equipment; it may be used as appropriate.

1. Positive pressure, full-facepiece self-contained breathing apparatus
(SCBA), or positive pressure supplied air respirator with escape SCBA (NIOSH
approved).

2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing (overalls and long-sleeved jacket;
coveralls; one or two-piece chemical-splash suit; disposable
chemical-resistant overalls).

3. Coveralls.(1)

4. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant.

5. Gloves,
inner, chemical-resistant.

6. Boots, outer, chemical-resistant steel toe and
shank.

7. Boot-covers, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable).(1)

8. Hard
hat.(1)

9. [Reserved]

10. Face shield.(1)

III. Level C - The concentration(s)
and type(s) of airborne substance(s) is known and the criteria for using air
purifying respirators are met.

The following constitute Level C equipment; it may be used as appropriate.

1. Full-face or half-mask, air purifying respirators (NIOSH
approved).

2. Hooded chemical-resistant clothing (overalls; two-piece
chemical-splash suit; disposable chemical-resistant overalls).

3. Coveralls.(1)

4. Gloves, outer, chemical-resistant.

5. Gloves,
inner, chemical-resistant.

6. Boots (outer), chemical-resistant steel toe and
shank.(1)

7. Boot-covers, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable).(1)

8. Hard
hat.(1)

9. Escape mask.(1)

10. Face shield.(1)

IV. Level D - A work uniform
affording minimal protection, used for nuisance contamination only.

The following constitute Level D equipment; it may be used as appropriate:

1. Coveralls.

2. Gloves.(1)

3. Boots/shoes, chemical-resistant steel
toe and shank.

4. Boots, outer, chemical-resistant (disposable).(1)

5. Safety
glasses or chemical splash goggles*.

6. Hard hat.(1)

7. Escape mask.(1)

8.
Face shield.(1)

___________

Footnote (1) Optional, as applicable.

Part B. The types of hazards for which levels A, B, C, and D protection are
appropriate are described below:

I. Level A - Level A protection should be used when:

1. The hazardous substance has been identified and requires the highest
level of protection for skin, eyes, and the respiratory system based on
either the measured (or potential for) high concentration of atmospheric
vapors, gases, or particulates; or the site operations and work functions
involve a high potential for splash, immersion, or exposure to unexpected
vapors, gases, or particulates of materials that are harmful to skin or
capable of being absorbed through the skin;

2. Substances with a high degree of hazard to the skin are known or
suspected to be present, and skin contact is possible; or 3. Operations are
being conducted in confined, poorly ventilated areas, and the absence of
conditions requiring Level A have not yet been determined.

II. Level B - Level B protection should be used when:

1. The type and atmospheric concentration of substances have been identified
and require a high level of respiratory protection, but less skin protection;
	2. The atmosphere contains less than 19.5 percent oxygen; or 3. The
presence of incompletely identified vapors or gases is indicated by a
direct-reading organic vapor detection instrument, but vapors and gases are
not suspected of containing high levels of chemicals harmful to skin or
capable of being absorbed through the skin.

Note: This involves atmospheres with IDLH concentrations of specific
substances that present severe inhalation hazards and that do not represent a
severe skin hazard; or that do not meet the criteria for use of air-purifying
respirators.

III. Level C - Level C protection should be used when:

1. The atmospheric contaminants, liquid splashes, or other direct contact
will not adversely affect or be absorbed through any exposed skin;

2. The types of air contaminants have been identified, concentrations
measured, and an air-purifying respirator is available that can remove the
contaminants; and

3. All criteria for the use of air-purifying respirators are met.

IV. Level D - Level D protection should be used when:

1. The atmosphere
contains no known hazard; and

2. Work functions preclude splashes, immersion,
or the potential for unexpected inhalation of or contact with hazardous
levels of any chemicals.

Note: As stated before, combinations of personal protective equipment other
than those described for Levels A, B, C, and D protection may be more
appropriate and may be used to provide the proper level of protection.

As an aid in selecting suitable chemical protective clothing, it should be
noted that the National Fire Protection Association is developing standards
on chemical protective clothing. These standards are currently undergoing
public review prior to adoption, including:

NFPA 1991 - Standard on Vapor-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical

Emergencies (EPA Level A Protective Clothing) NFPA 1992 - Standard on Liquid
Splash-Protective Suits for Hazardous Chemical Emergencies (EPA Level B
Protective Clothing) NFPA 1993 - Standard on Liquid Splash-Protective Suits
for Non-emergency, Non-flammable Hazardous Chemical Situations (EPA Level B
Protective Clothing)

These standards would apply documentation and performance requirements to
the manufacture of chemical protective suits. Chemical protective suits
meeting these requirements would be labeled as compliant with the appropriate
standard. When these standards are adopted by the National Fire Protection
Association, it is recommended that chemical protective suits which meet
these standards be used.

1926.65 App C Compliance Guidelines

1. "Occupational Safety and Health Program." Each hazardous waste site
clean-up effort will require an occupational safety and health program headed
by the site coordinator or the employer's representative. The purpose of the
program will be the protection of employees at the site and will be an
extension of the employer's overall safety and health program. The program
will need to be developed before work begins on the site and implemented as
work proceeds as stated in paragraph (b). The program is to facilitate
coordination and communication of safety and health issues among personnel
responsible for the various activities which will take place at the site. It
will provide the overall means for planning and implementing the needed
safety and health training and job orientation of employees who will be
working at the site. The program will provide the means for identifying and
controlling worksite hazards and the means for monitoring program
effectiveness. The program will need to cover the responsibilities and
authority of the site coordinator or the employer's manager on the site for
the safety and health of employees at the site, and the relationships with
contractors or support services as to what each employer's safety and health
responsibilities are for their employees on the site. Each contractor on the
site needs to have its own safety and health program so structured that it
will smoothly interface with the program of the site coordinator or principal
contractor.

Also those employers involved with treating, storing or disposal of
hazardous waste as covered in paragraph (p) must have implemented a safety
and health program for their employees. This program is to include the hazard
communication program required in paragraph (p)(1) and the training required
in paragraphs (p)(7) and (p)(8) as parts of the employers comprehensive
overall safety and health program. This program is to be in writing.

Each site or workplace safety and health program will need to include the
following: (1) Policy statements of the line of authority and accountability
for implementing the program, the objectives of the program and the role of
the site safety and health supervisor or manager and staff; (2) means or
methods for the development of procedures for identifying and controlling
workplace hazards at the site; (3) means or methods for the development and
communication to employees of the various plans, work rules, standard
operating procedures and practices that pertain to individual employees and
supervisors; (4) means for the training of supervisors and employees to
develop the needed skills and knowledge to perform their work in a safe and
healthful manner; (5) means to anticipate and prepare for emergency
situations; and (6) means for obtaining information feedback to aid in
evaluating the program and for improving the effectiveness of the program.
The management and employees should be trying continually to improve the
effectiveness of the program thereby enhancing the protection being afforded
those working on the site.

Accidents on the site or workplace should be investigated to provide
information on how such occurrences can be avoided in the future. When
injuries or illnesses occur on the site or workplace, they will need to be
investigated to determine what needs to be done to prevent this incident from
occurring again. Such information will need to be used as feedback on the
effectiveness of the program and the information turned into positive steps
to prevent any reoccurrence. Receipt of employee suggestions or complaints
relating to safety and health issues involved with site or workplace
activities is also a feedback mechanism that can be used effectively to
improve the program and may serve in part as an evaluative tool(s).

For the development and implementation of the program to be the most
effective, professional safety and health personnel should be used. Certified
Safety Professionals, Board Certified Industrial Hygienists or Registered
Professional Safety Engineers are good examples of professional stature for
safety and health managers who will administer the employer's program.

2. "Training." The training programs for employees subject to the
requirements of paragraph (e) of this standard should address: the safety and
health hazards employees should expect to find on hazardous waste clean-up
sites; what control measures or techniques are effective for those hazards;
what monitoring procedures are effective in characterizing exposure levels;
what makes an effective employer's safety and health program; what a site
safety and health plan should include; hands on training with personal
protective equipment and clothing they may be expected to use; the contents
of the OSHA standard relevant to the employee's duties and function; and,
employee's responsibilities under OSHA and other regulations. Supervisors
will need training in their responsibilities under the safety and health
program and its subject areas such as the spill containment program, the
personal protective equipment program, the medical surveillance program, the
emergency response plan and other areas.

The training programs for employees subject to the requirements of paragraph
(p) of this standard should address: the employers safety and health program
elements impacting employees; the hazard communication program; the medical
surveillance program; the hazards and the controls for such hazards that
employees need to know for their job duties and functions. All require annual
refresher training.

The training programs for employees covered by the requirements of paragraph
(q) of this standard should address those competencies required for the
various levels of response such as: the hazards associated with hazardous
substances; hazard identification and awareness; notification of appropriate
persons; the need for and use of personal protective equipment including
respirators; the decontamination procedures to be used; preplanning
activities for hazardous substance incidents including the emergency response
plan; company standard operating procedures for hazardous substance emergency
responses; the use of the incident command system and other subjects.
Hands-on training should be stressed whenever possible. Critiques done after
an incident which include an evaluation of what worked and what did not and
how could the incident be better handled the next time may be counted as
training time.

For hazardous materials specialists (usually members of hazardous materials
teams), the training should address the care, use and/or testing of chemical
protective clothing including totally encapsulating suits, the medical
surveillance program, the standard operating procedures for the hazardous
materials team including the use of plugging and patching equipment and other
subject areas.

Officers and leaders who may be expected to be in charge at an incident
should be fully knowledgeable of their company's incident command system.
They should know where and how to obtain additional assistance and be
familiar with the local district's emergency response plan and the state
emergency response plan.

Specialist employees such as technical experts, medical experts or
environmental experts that work with hazardous materials in their regular
jobs, who may be sent to the incident scene by the shipper, manufacturer or
governmental agency to advise and assist the person in charge of the incident
should have training on an annual basis. Their training should include the
care and use of personal protective equipment including respirators;
knowledge of the incident command system and how they are to relate to it;
and those areas needed to keep them current in their respective field as it
relates to safety and health involving specific hazardous substances.

Those skilled support personnel, such as employees who work for public works
departments or equipment operators who operate bulldozers, sand trucks,
backhoes, etc., who may be called to the incident scene to provide emergency
support assistance, should have at least a safety and health briefing before
entering the area of potential or actual exposure. These skilled support
personnel, who have not been a part of the emergency response plan and do not
meet the training requirements, should be made aware of the hazards they face
and should be provided all necessary protective clothing and equipment
required for their tasks.

There are two National Fire Protection Association standards, NFPA 472 -
"Standard for Professional Competence of Responders to Hazardous Material
Incidents" and NFPA 471 - "Recommended Practice for Responding to Hazardous
Material Incidents", which are excellent resource documents to aid fire
departments and other emergency response organizations in developing their
training program materials. NFPA 472 provides guidance on the skills and
knowledge needed for first responder awareness level, first responder
operations level, hazmat technicians, and hazmat specialist. It also offers
guidance for the officer corp who will be in charge of hazardous substance
incidents.

3. "Decontamination." Decontamination procedures should be tailored to the
specific hazards of the site, and may vary in complexity and number of steps,
depending on the level of hazard and the employee's exposure to the hazard.
Decontamination procedures and PPE decontamination methods will vary
depending upon the specific substance, since one procedure or method may not
work for all substances. Evaluation of decontamination methods and procedures
should be performed, as necessary, to assure that employees are not exposed
to hazards by re-using PPE. References in appendix D may be used for guidance
in establishing an effective decontamination program. In addition, the U.S.
Coast Guard's Manual, "Policy Guidance for Response to Hazardous Chemical
Releases," U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC (COMDTINST
M16465.30) is a good reference for establishing an effective decontamination
program.

4. "Emergency response plans." States, along with designated districts
within the states, will be developing or have developed local emergency
response plans. These state and district plans should be utilized in the
emergency response plans called for in the standard. Each employer should
assure that its emergency response plan is compatible with the local plan.
The major reference being used to aid in developing the state and local
district plans is the "Hazardous Materials Emergency Planning Guide", NRT-1.
The current Emergency Response Guidebook from the U.S. Department of
Transportation, CMA's CHEMTREC and the Fire Service Emergency Management
Handbook may also be used as resources.

Employers involved with treatment, storage, and disposal facilities for
hazardous waste, which have the required contingency plan called for by their
permit, would not need to duplicate the same planning elements. Those items
of the emergency response plan that are properly addressed in the contingency
plan may be substituted into the emergency response plan required in 1926.65
or otherwise kept together for employer and employee use.

5. "Personal protective equipment programs." The purpose of personal
protective clothing and equipment (PPE) is to shield or isolate individuals
from the chemical, physical, and biologic hazards that may be encountered at
a hazardous substance site.

As discussed in appendix B, no single combination of protective equipment
and clothing is capable of protecting against all hazards. Thus PPE should be
used in conjunction with other protective methods and its effectiveness
evaluated periodically.

The use of PPE can itself create significant worker hazards, such as heat
stress, physical and psychological stress, and impaired vision, mobility, and
communication. For any given situation, equipment and clothing should be
selected that provide an adequate level of protection. However,
over-protection, as well as under-protection, can be hazardous and should be
avoided where possible.

Two basic objectives of any PPE program should be to protect the wearer from
safety and health hazards, and to prevent injury to the wearer from incorrect
use and/or malfunction of the PPE. To accomplish these goals, a comprehensive
PPE program should include hazard identification, medical monitoring,
environmental surveillance, selection, use, maintenance, and decontamination
of PPE and its associated training.

The written PPE program should include policy statements, procedures, and
guidelines. Copies should be made available to all employees, and a reference
copy should be made available at the worksite. Technical data on equipment,
maintenance manuals, relevant regulations, and other essential information
should also be collected and maintained.

6. "Incident command system (ICS)." Paragraph 1926.65(q)(3)(ii) requires the
implementation of an ICS. The ICS is an organized approach to effectively
control and manage operations at an emergency incident. The individual in
charge of the ICS is the senior official responding to the incident. The ICS
is not much different than the "command post" approach used for many years by
the fire service. During large complex fires involving several companies and
many pieces of apparatus, a command post would be established. This enabled
one individual to be in charge of managing the incident, rather than having
several officers from different companies making separate, and sometimes
conflicting, decisions. The individual in charge of the command post would
delegate responsibility for performing various tasks to subordinate officers.
Additionally, all communications were routed through the command post to
reduce the number of radio transmissions and eliminate confusion. However,
strategy, tactics, and all decisions were made by one individual.

The ICS is a very similar system, except it is implemented for emergency
response to all incidents, both large and small, that involve hazardous
substances.

For a small incident, the individual in charge of the ICS may perform many
tasks of the ICS. There may not be any, or little, delegation of tasks to
subordinates. For example, in response to a small incident, the individual in
charge of the ICS, in addition to normal command activities, may become the
safety officer and may designate only one employee (with proper equipment) as
a back-up to provide assistance if needed. OSHA does recommend, however, that
at least two employees be designated as back-up personnel since the
assistance needed may include rescue.

To illustrate the operation of the ICS, the following scenario might develop
during a small incident, such as an overturned tank truck with a small leak
of flammable liquid.

The first responding senior officer would implement and take command of the
ICS. That person would size-up the incident and determine if additional
personnel and apparatus were necessary; would determine what actions to take
to control the leak; and, determine the proper level of personal protective
equipment. If additional assistance is not needed, the individual in charge
of the ICS would implement actions to stop and control the leak using the
fewest number of personnel that can effectively accomplish the tasks. The
individual in charge of the ICS then would designate himself as the safety
officer and two other employees as a back-up in case rescue may become
necessary. In this scenario, decontamination procedures would not be
necessary.

A large complex incident may require many employees and difficult,
time-consuming efforts to control. In these situations, the individual in
charge of the ICS will want to delegate different tasks to subordinates in
order to maintain a span of control that will keep the number of
subordinates, that are reporting, to a manageable level.

Delegation of task at large incidents may be by location, where the incident
scene is divided into sectors, and subordinate officers coordinate activities
within the sector that they have been assigned.

Delegation of tasks can also be by function. Some of the functions that the
individual in charge of the ICS may want to delegate at a large incident are:
medical services; evacuation; water supply; resources (equipment, apparatus);
media relations; safety; and, site control (integrate activities with police
for crowd and traffic control). Also for a large incident, the individual in
charge of the ICS will designate several employees as back-up personnel; and
a number of safety officers to monitor conditions and recommend safety
precautions.

Therefore, no matter what size or complexity an incident may be, by
implementing an ICS there will be one individual in charge who makes the
decisions and gives directions; and, all actions, and communications are
coordinated through one central point of command. Such a system should reduce
confusion, improve safety, organize and coordinate actions, and should
facilitate effective management of the incident.

7. "Site Safety and Control Plans." The safety and security of response
personnel and others in the area of an emergency response incident site
should be of primary concern to the incident commander. The use of a site
safety and control plan could greatly assist those in charge of assuring the
safety and health of employees on the site.

A comprehensive site safety and control plan should include the following:
summary analysis of hazards on the site and a risk analysis of those hazards;
site map or sketch; site work zones (clean zone, transition or
decontamination zone, work or hot zone); use of the buddy system; site
communications; command post or command center; standard operating procedures
and safe work practices; medical assistance and triage area; hazard
monitoring plan (air contaminate monitoring, etc.); decontamination
procedures and area; and other relevant areas. This plan should be a part of
the employer's emergency response plan or an extension of it to the specific
site.

8. "Medical surveillance programs." Workers handling hazardous substances
may be exposed to toxic chemicals, safety hazards, biologic hazards, and
radiation. Therefore, a medical surveillance program is essential to assess
and monitor workers' health and fitness for employment in hazardous waste
operations and during the course of work; to provide emergency and other
treatment as needed; and to keep accurate records for future reference.

The "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site
Activities" developed by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH), the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the
U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), and the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA);
October 1985 provides an excellent example of the types of medical testing
that should be done as part of a medical surveillance program.

9. "New Technology and Spill Containment Programs." Where hazardous
substances may be released by spilling from a container that will expose
employees to the hazards of the materials, the employer will need to
implement a program to contain and control the spilled material. Diking and
ditching, as well as use of absorbents like diatomaceous earth, are
traditional techniques which have proven to be effective over the years.
However, in recent years new products have come into the marketplace, the use
of which complement and increase the effectiveness of these traditional
methods. These new products also provide emergency responders and others with
additional tools or agents to use to reduce the hazards of spilled materials.

These agents can be rapidly applied over a large area and can be uniformly
applied or otherwise can be used to build a small dam, thus improving the
workers' ability to control spilled material. These application techniques
enhance the intimate contact between the agent and the spilled material
allowing for the quickest effect by the agent or quickest control of the
spilled material. Agents are available to solidify liquid spilled materials,
to suppress vapor generation from spilled materials, and to do both. Some
special agents, which when applied as recommended by the manufacturer, will
react in a controlled manner with the spilled material to neutralize acids or
caustics, or greatly reduce the level of hazard of the spilled material.

There are several modern methods and devices for use by emergency response
personnel or others involved with spill control efforts to safely apply spill
control agents to control spilled material hazards. These include portable
pressurized applicators similar to hand-held portable fire extinguishing
devices, and nozzle and hose systems similar to portable fire fighting foam
systems which allow the operator to apply the agent without having to come
into contact with the spilled material. The operator is able to apply the
agent to the spilled material from a remote position.

The solidification of liquids provides for rapid containment and isolation
of hazardous substance spills. By directing the agent at run-off points or at
the edges of the spill, the reactant solid will automatically create a
barrier to slow or stop the spread of the material. Clean-up of hazardous
substances is greatly improved when solidifying agents, acid or caustic
neutralizers, or activated carbon adsorbents are used. Properly applied,
these agents can totally solidify liquid hazardous substances or neutralize
or absorb them, which results in materials which are less hazardous and
easier to handle, transport, and dispose of. The concept of spill treatment,
to create less hazardous substances, will improve the safety and level of
protection of employees working at spill clean-up operations or emergency
response operations to spills of hazardous substances.

The use of vapor suppression agents for volatile hazardous substances, such
as flammable liquids and those substances which present an inhalation hazard,
is important for protecting workers. The rapid and uniform distribution of
the agent over the surface of the spilled material can provide quick vapor
knockdown. There are temporary and long-term foam-type agents which are
effective on vapors and dusts, and activated carbon adsorption agents which
are effective for vapor control and soaking-up of the liquid. The proper use
of hose lines or hand-held portable pressurized applicators provides good
mobility and permits the worker to deliver the agent from a safe distance
without having to step into the untreated spilled material. Some of these
systems can be recharged in the field to provide coverage of larger spill
areas than the design limits of a single charged applicator unit. Some of the
more effective agents can solidify the liquid flammable hazardous substances
and at the same time elevate the flashpoint above 140 deg. F so the resulting
substance may be handled as a nonhazardous waste material if it meets the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency's 40 CFR part 261 requirements (See
particularly 261.21).

All workers performing hazardous substance spill control work are expected
to wear the proper protective clothing and equipment for the materials
present and to follow the employer's established standard operating
procedures for spill control. All involved workers need to be trained in the
established operating procedures; in the use and care of spill control
equipment; and in the associated hazards and control of such hazards of spill
containment work.

These new tools and agents are the things that employers will want to
evaluate as part of their new technology program. The treatment of spills of
hazardous substances or wastes at an emergency incident as part of the
immediate spill containment and control efforts is sometimes acceptable to
EPA and a permit exception is described in 40 CFR 264.1(g)(8) and
265.1(c)(11).

1926.65 App D References

The following references may be consulted for further information on the
subject of this standard:

1. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2.70 - January 29, 1986, "Special Emphasis
Program: Hazardous Waste Sites."

2. OSHA Instruction DFO CPL 2-2.37A - January 29, 1986, "Technical
Assistance and Guidelines for Superfund and Other Hazardous Waste Site
Activities."

3. OSHA Instruction DTS CPL 2.74 - January 29, 1986, "Hazardous Waste
Activity Form, OSHA 175."

4. "Hazardous Waste Inspections Reference Manual," U.S. Department of Labor,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 1986.

5. Memorandum of Understanding Among the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the
United States Coast Guard, and the United States Environmental Protection
Agency, "Guidance for Worker Protection During Hazardous Waste Site
Investigations and Clean-up and Hazardous Substance Emergencies." December
18, 1980.

6. "National Priorities List," 1st Edition, October 1984; U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Revised periodically.

7. "The Decontamination of Response Personnel," Field Standard Operating
Procedures (F.S.O.P.) 7; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Emergency and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division,
December 1984.

8. "Preparation of a Site Safety Plan," Field Standard Operating Procedures
(F.S.O.P.) 9; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Emergency and
Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support Division, April 1985.

9. "Standard Operating Safety Guidelines;" U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Emergency and Remedial Response, Hazardous Response Support
Division, Environmental Response Team; November 1984.

10. "Occupational Safety and Health Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste Site
Activities," National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH),
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Coast Guard
(USCG), and Environmental Protection Agency (EPA); October 1985.

11. "Protecting Health and Safety at Hazardous Waste Sites: An Overview,"
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA/625/9-85/006; September 1985.

12. "Hazardous Waste Sites and Hazardous Substance Emergencies," NIOSH
Worker Bulletin, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health
Service, Centers for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health; December 1982.

13. "Personal Protective Equipment for Hazardous Materials Incidents:

A Selection Guide;" U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public
Health Service, Centers for Disease Control, National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health; October 1984.

14. "Fire Service Emergency Management Handbook," International Association
of Fire Chiefs Foundation, 101 East Holly Avenue, Unit 10B, Sterling, VA
22170, January 1985.

15. "Emergency Response Guidebook," U.S Department of Transportation,
Washington, DC, 1987.

16. "Report to the Congress on Hazardous Materials Training, Planning and
Preparedness," Federal Emergency Management Agency, Washington, DC, July
1986.

17. "Workbook for Fire Command," Alan V. Brunacini and J. David Beageron,
National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269,
1985.

18. "Fire Command," Alan V. Brunacini, National Fire Protection Association,
Batterymarch Park,, Quincy, MA 02269, 1985.

19. "Incident Command System," Fire Protection Publications, Oklahoma State
University, Stillwater, OK 74078, 1983.

20. "Site Emergency Response Planning," Chemical Manufacturers Association,
Washington, DC 20037, 1986.

21. "Hazardous Materials Emergency Planning Guide," NRT-1, Environmental
Protection Agency, Washington, DC, March 1987.

22. "Community Teamwork: Working Together to Promote Hazardous Materials
Transportation Safety." U.S. Department of Transportation, Washington, DC,
May 1983.

23. "Disaster Planning Guide for Business and Industry," Federal Emergency
Management Agency, Publication No. FEMA 141, August 1987.

(The Office of Management and Budget has approved the information collection
requirements in this section under control number 1218-0139)

13. In subpart D, a new 1926.66 is added to read as follows:

1926.66  Criteria for design and construction of spray booths.

(a) "Definitions applicable to this section" - (1) "Aerated solid powders."
Aerated powders shall mean any powdered material used as a coating material
which shall be fluidized within a container by passing air uniformly from
below.  It is common practice to fluidize such materials to form a fluidized
powder bed and then dip the part to be coated into the bed in a manner
similar to that used in liquid dipping.  Such beds are also used as sources
for powder spray operations.

(2) "Spraying area."  Any area in which dangerous quantities of flammable
vapors or mists, or combustible residues, dusts, or deposits are present due
to the operation of spraying processes.

(3) "Spray booth." A power-ventilated structure provided to enclose or
accommodate a spraying operation to confine and limit the escape of spray,
vapor, and residue, and to safely conduct or direct them to an exhaust
system.

(4) "Waterwash spray booth."  A spray booth equipped with a water washing
system designed to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts and to
permit the recovery of overspray finishing material.

(5) "Dry spray booth." A spray booth not equipped with a water washing
system as described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section.  A dry spray booth
may be equipped with (i) Distribution or baffle plates to promote an even
flow of air through the booth or cause the deposit of overspray before it
enters the exhaust duct; or (ii) Overspray dry filters to minimize dusts; or
(iii) Overspray dry filters to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust
ducts; or (iv) Overspray dry filter rolls designed to minimize dusts or
residues entering exhaust ducts; or (v) Where dry powders are being sprayed,
with powder collection systems so arranged in the exhaust to capture
oversprayed material.

(6) "Fluidized bed."  A container holding powder coating material which is
aerated from below so as to form an air-supported expanded cloud of such
material through which the preheated object to be coated is immersed and
transported.

(7) "Electrostatic fluidized bed." A container holding powder coating
material which is aerated from below so as to form an air-supported expanded
cloud of such material which is electrically charged with a charge opposite
to the charge of the object to be coated; such object is transported, through
the container immediately above the charged and aerated materials in order to
be coated.

(8) "Approved." Shall mean approved and listed by a nationally recognized
testing laboratory.

(9) "Listed." See "approved" in paragraph (a)(8) of this section.
(b) "Spray booths" - (1) "Construction." Spray booths shall be substantially
constructed of steel, securely and rigidly supported, or of concrete or
masonry except that aluminum or other substantial noncombustible material may
be used for intermittent or low volume spraying.  Spray booths shall be
designed to sweep air currents toward the exhaust outlet.

(2) "Interiors." The interior surfaces of spray booths shall be smooth and
continuous without edges and otherwise designed to prevent pocketing of
residues and facilitate cleaning and washing without injury.

(3) "Floors." The floor surface of a spray booth and operator's working
area, if combustible, shall be covered with noncombustible material of such
character as to facilitate the safe cleaning and removal of residues.

(4) "Distribution or baffle plates." Distribution or baffle plates, if
installed to promote an even flow of air through the booth or cause the
deposit of overspray before it enters the exhaust duct, shall be of
noncombustible material and readily removable or accessible on both sides for
cleaning.  Such plates shall not be located in exhaust ducts.

(5) "Dry type overspray collectors" - "(exhaust air filters)." In
conventional dry type spray booths, overspray dry filters or filter rolls, if
installed, shall conform to the following:

(i) The spraying operations except electrostatic spraying operations shall
be so designed, installed and maintained that the average air velocity over
the open face of the booth (or booth cross section during spraying
operations) shall be not less than 100 linear feet per minute. Electrostatic
spraying operations may be conducted with an air velocity over the open face
of the booth of not less than 60 linear feet per minute, or more, depending
on the volume of the finishing material being applied and its flammability
and explosion characteristics.  Visible gauges or audible alarm or pressure
activated devices shall be installed to indicate or insure that the required
air velocity is maintained. Filter rolls shall be inspected to insure proper
replacement of filter media.

(ii) All discarded filter pads and filter rolls shall be immediately removed
to a safe, well-detached location or placed in a water-filled metal container
and disposed of at the close of the day's operation unless maintained
completely in water.

(iii) The location of filters in a spray booth shall be so as to not reduce
the effective booth enclosure of the articles being sprayed.

(iv) Space within the spray booth on the downstream and upstream sides of
filters shall be protected with approved automatic sprinklers.

(v) Filters or filter rolls shall not be used when applying a spray material
known to be highly susceptible to spontaneous heating and ignition.

(vi) Clean filters or filter rolls shall be noncombustible or of a type
having a combustibility not in excess of class 2 filters as listed by
Underwriters; Laboratories, Inc. Filters and filter rolls shall not be
alternately used for different types of coating materials, where the
combination of materials may be conductive to spontaneous ignition.

(6) "Frontal area." Each spray booth having a frontal area larger than 9
square feet shall have a metal deflector or curtain not less than 2 1/2
inches (5.35 cm) deep installed at the upper outer edge of the booth over the
opening.

(7) "Conveyors." Where conveyors are arranged to carry work into or out of
spray booths, the openings therefor shall be small as practical.

(8) "Separation of operations." Each spray booth shall be separated from
other operations by not less than 3 feet (0.912 m), or by a greater distance,
or by such partition or wall as to reduce the danger from juxtaposition of
hazardous operations.  See also paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(9) "Cleaning." Spray booth shall be so installed that all portions are
readily accessible for cleaning.  A clear space of not less than 3 feet
(0.912 m) on all sides shall be kept free from storage or combustible
construction.

(10) "Illumination." When spraying areas are illuminated through glass
panels or other transparent materials, only fixed lighting units shall be
used as a source of illumination.  Panels shall effectively isolate the
spraying area from the area in which the lighting unit is located, and shall
be of a noncombustible material of such a nature or so protected that
breakage will be unlikely.  Panels shall be so arranged that normal
accumulations of residue on the exposed surface of the panel will not be
raised to a dangerous temperature by radiation or conduction from the source
of illumination.

(c) "Electrical and other sources of ignition" - (1) "Conformance."

All electrical equipment, open flames and other sources of ignition shall
conform to the requirements of this paragraph, except as follows:

(i) Electrostatic apparatus shall conform to the requirements of paragraphs
(e) and (f) of this section;

(ii) Drying, curing, and fusion apparatus shall conform to the requirements
of paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) Powder coating equipment shall conform to the
requirements of paragraph (c)(1) of this section.

(2) "Minimum separation." There shall be no open flame or spark producing
equipment in any spraying area nor within 20 feet (6.08 m) thereof, unless
separated by a partition.

(3) "Hot surfaces." Space-heating appliances, steampipes, or hot surfaces
shall not be located in a spraying area where deposits of combustible
residues may readily accumulate.

(4) "Wiring conformance." Electrical wiring and equipment shall conform to
the provisions of this paragraph and shall otherwise be in accordance with
subpart S of this part.

(5) "Combustible residues, areas." Unless specifically approved for
locations containing both deposits of readily ignitable residues and
explosive vapors, there shall be no electrical equipment in any spaying area,
whereon deposits of combustible residues may readily accumulate, except
wiring in rigid conduit or in boxes or fittings containing no taps, splices,
or terminal connections.

(6) "Wiring type approved."  Electrical wiring and equipment not subject to
deposits of combustible residues but located in a spraying area as herein
defined shall be of explosion-proof type approved for Class I, group D
locations and shall otherwise conform to the provisions of subpart S of this
part, for Class I, Division 1, Hazardous Locations. Electrical wiring,
motors, and other equipment outside of but within 20 feet (6.08 m) of any
spraying area, and not separated therefrom by partitions, shall not produce
sparks under normal operating conditions and shall otherwise conform to the
provisions of subpart S of this part for Class I, Division 2 Hazardous
Locations.

(7) "Lamps." Electric lamps outside of, but within 20 feet (6.08 m) of any
spraying area, and not separated therefrom by a partition, shall be totally
enclosed to prevent the falling of hot particles and shall be protected from
mechanical injury by suitable guards or by location.

(8) Portable lamps." Portable electric lamps shall not be used in any
spraying area during spraying operations.  Portable electric lamps, if used
during cleaning or repairing operations, shall be of the type approved for
hazardous Class I locations.

(9) "Grounding." (i) All metal parts of spray booths, exhaust ducts, and
piping systems conveying flammable or combustible liquids or aerated solids
shall be properly electrically grounded in an effective and permanent manner.

(d) "Ventilation" - (1) "Conformance." Ventilating and exhaust systems shall
be in accordance with the Standard for Blower and Exhaust Systems for Vapor
Removal, NFPA No. 91-1961, where applicable and shall also conform to the
provisions of this section.

(2) "General." All spraying areas shall be provided with mechanical
ventilation adequate to remove flammable vapors, mists or powders to a safe
location and to confine and control combustible residues so that life is not
endangered.  Mechanical ventilation shall be kept in operation at all times
while spraying operations are being conducted and for a sufficient time
thereafter to allow vapors from drying coated articles and drying finishing
material residue to be exhausted.

(3) "Independent exhaust." Each spray booth shall have an independent
exhaust duct system discharging to the exterior of the building, except that
multiple cabinet spray booths in which identical spray finishing material is
used with a combined frontal area of not more than 18 square feet may have a
common exhaust.  If more than one fan serves one booth, all fans shall be so
interconnected that one fan cannot operate without all fans being operated.

(4) "Fan-rotating element." The fan-rotating element shall be nonferrous or
nonsparking or the casing shall consist of or be lined with such material.
There shall be ample clearance between the fan-rotating element and the fan
casing to avoid a fire by friction, necessary allowance being made for
ordinary expansion and loading to prevent contact between moving parts and
the duct or fan housing.  Fan blades shall be mounted on a shaft sufficiently
heavy to maintain perfect alignment even when the blades of the fan are
heavily loaded, the shaft preferably to have bearings outside the duct and
booth.  All bearings shall be of the self-lubricating type, or lubricated
from the outside duct.

(5) "Electric motors." Electric motors driving exhaust fans shall not be
placed inside booths or ducts.  See also paragraph (c) of this section.

(6) "Belts." Belts shall not enter the duct or booth unless the belt and
pulley within the duct or booth are thoroughly enclosed.

(7) "Exhaust ducts." Exhaust ducts shall be constructed of steel and shall
be substantially supported.  Exhaust ducts without dampers are preferred;
however, if dampers are installed, they shall be maintained so that they will
be in a full open position at all times the ventilating system is in
operation.

(i) Exhaust ducts shall be protected against mechanical damage and have a
clearance from unprotected combustible construction or other combustible
material of not less than 18 inches (45.72 cm).

(ii) If combustible construction is provided with the following protection
applied to all surfaces within 18 inches (45.72 cm), clearances may be
reduced to the distances indicated:

(8) "Discharge clearance." Unless the spray booth exhaust duct terminal is
from a water-wash spray booth, the terminal discharge point shall be not less
than 6 feet from any combustible exterior wall or roof nor discharge in the
direction of any combustible construction or unprotected opening in any
noncombustible exterior wall within 25 feet (7.6 m).

(9) "Air exhaust." Air exhaust from spray operations shall not be directed
so that it will contaminate makeup air being introduced into the spraying
area or other ventilating intakes, nor directed so as to create a nuisance.
Air exhausted from spray operations shall not be recirculated.

(10) "Access doors." When necessary to facilitate cleaning, exhaust ducts
shall be provided with an ample number of access doors.

(11) "Room intakes." Air intake openings to rooms containing spray finishing
operations shall be adequate for the efficient operation of exhaust fans and
shall be so located as to minimize the creation of dead air pockets.

(12) "Drying spaces." Freshly sprayed articles shall be dried only in spaces
provided with adequate ventilation to prevent the formation of explosive
vapors.  In the event adequate and reliable ventilation is not provided such
drying spaces shall be considered a spraying area.

(e) "Fixed electrostatic apparatus" - (1) "Conformance." Where installation
and use of electrostatic spraying equipment is used, such installation and
use shall conform to all other paragraphs of this section, and shall also
conform to the requirements of this paragraph.

(2) "Type approval." Electrostatic apparatus and devices used in connection
with coating operations shall be of approved types.

(3) "Location." Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other
electrical portions of the equipment, with the exception of high-voltage
grids, electrodes, and electrostatic atomizing heads and their connections,
shall be located outside of the spraying area, or shall otherwise conform to
the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.

(4) "Support." Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads shall be
adequately supported in permanent locations and shall be effectively
insulated from the ground.  Electrodes and electrostatic atomizing heads
which are permanently attached to their bases, supports, or reciprocators,
shall be deemed to comply with this section. Insulators shall be nonporous
and noncombustible.

(5) "Insulators, grounding." High-voltage leads to electrodes shall be
properly insulated and protected from mechanical injury or exposure to
destructive chemicals.  Electrostatic atomizing heads shall be effectively
and permanently supported on suitable insulators and shall be effectively
guarded against accidental contact or grounding.  An automatic means shall be
provided for grounding the electrode system when it is electrically
deenergized for any reason.  All insulators shall be kept clean and dry.

(6) "Safe distance." A safe distance shall be maintained between goods being
painted and electrodes or electrostatic atomizing heads or conductors of at
least twice the sparking distance.  A suitable sign indicating this safe
distance shall be conspicuously posted near the assembly.

(7) "Conveyors required." Goods being painted using this process are to be
supported on conveyors.  The conveyors shall be so arranged as to maintain
safe distances between the goods and the electrodes or electrostatic
atomizing heads at all times.  Any irregularly shaped or other goods subject
to possible swinging or movement shall be rigidly supported to prevent such
swinging or movement which would reduce the clearance to less than that
specified in paragraph (e)(6) of this section.

(8) "Prohibition." This process is not acceptable where goods being coated
are manipulated by hand.  When finishing materials are applied by
electrostatic equipment which is manipulated by hand, see paragraph (f) of
this section for applicable requirements.

(9) "Fail-safe controls."  Electrostatic apparatus shall be equipped with
automatic controls which will operate without time delay to disconnect the
power supply to the high voltage transformer and to signal the operator under
any of the following conditions:

(i) Stoppage of ventilating fans or failure of ventilating equipment from
any cause.

(ii) Stoppage of the conveyor carrying goods through the high voltage field.

(iii) Occurrence of a ground or of an imminent ground at any point on the
high voltage system.

(iv) Reduction of clearance below that specified in paragraph (e)(6) of this
section.

(10) "Guarding." Adequate booths, fencing, railings, or guards shall be so
placed about the equipment that they, either by their location or character
or both, assure that a safe isolation of the process is maintained from plant
storage or personnel.  Such railings, fencing, and guards shall be of
conducting material, adequately grounded.

(11) "Ventilation." Where electrostatic atomization is used the spraying
area shall be so ventilated as to insure safe conditions from a fire and
health standpoint.

(12) "Fire protection." All areas used for spraying, including the interior
of the booth, shall be protected by automatic sprinklers where this
protection is available.  Where this protection is not available, other
approved automatic extinguishing equipment shall be provided.

(f) "Electrostatic hand spraying equipment" - (1) "Application."

This paragraph shall apply to any equipment using electrostatically charged
elements for the atomization and/or, precipitation of materials for coatings
on articles, or for other similar purposes in which the atomizing device is
hand held and manipulated during the spraying operation.

(2) "Conformance." Electrostatic hand spraying equipment shall conform with
the other provisions of this section.

(3) "Equipment approval and specifications." Electrostatic hand spray
apparatus and devices used in connection with coating operations shall be of
approved types.  The high voltage circuits shall be designed so as to not
produce a spark of sufficient intensity to ignite any vapor-air mixtures nor
result in appreciable shock hazard upon coming in contact with a grounded
object under all normal operating conditions.  The electrostatically charged
exposed elements of the handgun shall be capable of being energized only by a
switch which also controls the coating material supply.

(4) "Electrical support equipment." Transformers, powerpacks, control
apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment, with the
exception of the handgun itself and its connections to the power supply shall
be located outside of the spraying area or shall otherwise conform to the
requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.

(5) "Spray gun ground." The handle of the spraying gun shall be electrically
connected to ground by a metallic connection and to be so constructed that
the operator in normal operating position is in intimate electrical contact
with the grounded handle.

(6) "Grounding-general." All electrically conductive objects in the spraying
area shall be adequately grounded.  This requirement shall apply to paint
containers, wash cans, and any other objects or devices in the area.  The
equipment shall carry a prominent permanently installed warning regarding the
necessity for this grounding feature.

(7) "Maintenance of grounds." Objects being painted or coated shall be
maintained in metallic contact with the conveyor or other grounded support.
Hooks shall be regularly cleaned to insure this contact and areas of contact
shall be sharp points or knife edges where possible. Points of support of the
object shall be concealed from random spay where feasible and where the
objects being sprayed are supported from a conveyor, the point of attachment
to the conveyor shall be so located as to not collect spray material during
normal operation.

(8) "Interlocks." The electrical equipment shall be so interlocked with the
ventilation of the spraying area that the equipment cannot be operated unless
the ventilation fans are in operation.

(9) "Ventilation." The spraying operation shall take place within a spray
area which is adequately ventilated to remove solvent vapors released from
the operation.

(g) Drying, curing, or fusion apparatus" - (1) "Conformance." Drying,
curing, or fusion apparatus in connection with spray application of flammable
and combustible finishes shall conform to the Standard for Ovens and
Furnaces, NFPA 86A-1969, where applicable and shall also conform with the
following requirements of this paragraph.

(2) "Alternate use prohibited." Spray booths, rooms, or other enclosures
used for spraying operations shall not alternately be used for the purpose of
drying by any arrangement which will cause a material increase in the surface
temperature of the spray booth, room, or enclosure.

(3) "Adjacent system interlocked." Except as specifically provided in
paragraph (g)(4) of this section, drying, curing, or fusion units utilizing a
heating system having open flames or which may produce sparks shall not be
installed in a spraying area, but may be installed adjacent thereto when
equipped with an interlocked ventilating system arranged to:

(i) Thoroughly ventilate the drying space before the heating system can be
started;

(ii) Maintain a safe atmosphere at any source of ignition;

(iii) Automatically shut down the heating system in the event of failure of
the ventilating system.

(4) "Alternate use permitted." Automobile finishing spray booths or
enclosures, otherwise installed and maintained in full conformity with this
section, may alternately be used for drying with portable electrical infrared
drying apparatus when conforming with the following:

(i) Interior (especially floors) of spray enclosures shall be kept free of
overspray deposits.

(ii) During spray operations, the drying apparatus and electrical
connections and wiring thereto shall not be located within spray enclosure
nor in any other location where spray residues may be deposited thereon.

(iii) The spraying apparatus, the drying apparatus, and the ventilating
system of the spray enclosure shall be equipped with suitable interlocks so
arranged that:

(a) The spraying apparatus cannot be operated while the drying apparatus is
inside the spray enclosure.

(b) The spray enclosure will be purged of spray vapors for a period of not
less than 3 minutes before the drying apparatus can be energized.

(c) The ventilating system will maintain a safe atmosphere within the
enclosure during the drying process and the drying apparatus will
automatically shut off in the event of failure of the ventilating system.

(iv) All electrical wiring and equipment of the drying apparatus shall
conform with the applicable sections of Subpart S of this part. Only
equipment of a type approved for Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations
shall be located within 18 inches (45.72 cm) of floor level. All metallic
parts of the drying apparatus shall be properly electrically bonded and
grounded.

(v) The drying apparatus shall contain a prominently located, permanently
attached warning sign indicating that ventilation should be maintained during
the drying period and that spraying should not be conducted in the vicinity
that spray will deposit on apparatus.

14.  In Subpart E, new 1926.95 through 1926.97 are added to read as follows

1926.95  Criteria for personal protective equipment.

(a) "Application." Protective equipment, including personal protective
equipment for eyes, face, head, and extremities, protective clothing,
respiratory devices, and protective shields and barriers, shall be provided,
used, and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition wherever it is
necessary by reason of hazards of processes or environment, chemical hazards,
radiological hazards, or mechanical irritants encountered in a manner capable
of causing injury or impairment in the function of any part of the body
through absorption, inhalation or physical contact.

(b) "Employee-owned equipment." Where employees provide their own protective
equipment, the employer shall be responsible to assure its adequacy,
including proper maintenance, and sanitation of such equipment.

(c) "Design." All personal protective equipment shall be of safe design and
construction for the work to be performed.

1926.96 Occupational foot protection.

Safety-toe footwear for employees shall meet the requirements and
specifications in American National Standard for Men's Safety-Toe Footwear,
Z41.1-1967.

1926.97  Protective clothing for fire brigades.

The following requirements apply to those employees who perform interior
structural fire fighting.  The requirements do not apply to employees who use
fire extinguishers or standpipe systems to control or extinguish fires only
in the incipient stage.

(a) "General." (1) The employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and
assure the use of protective clothing which complies with the requirements of
this paragraph.  The employer shall assure that protective clothing ordered
or purchased after July 1, 1981, meets the requirements contained in this
paragraph.  As the new equipment is provided, the employer shall assure that
all fire brigade members wear the equipment when performing interior
structural fire fighting.  After July 1, 1985, the employer shall assure that
all fire brigade members wear protective clothing meeting the requirements of
this paragraph when performing interior structural fire fighting.

(2) The employer shall assure that protective clothing protects the head,
body, and extremities, and consists of at least the following components:
foot and leg protection; hand protection; body protection; eye, face and head
protection.

(b) "Foot and leg protection." (1) Foot and leg protection shall meet the
requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section, and may be
achieved by either of the following methods:

(i) Fully extended boots which provide protection for the legs;
or

(ii) Protective shoes or boots worn in combination with protective trousers
that meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.

(2) Protective footwear shall meet the requirements of 1926.96 for Class 75
footwear.  In addition, protective footwear shall be water-resistant for at
least 5 inches (12.7 cm) above the bottom of the heel and shall be equipped
with slip-resistant outer soles.

(3) Protective footwear shall be tested in accordance with paragraph (f) of
this section, and shall provide protection against penetration of the midsole
by a size 8D common nail when at least 300 pounds (1330 N) of static force is
applied to the nail.

(c) "Body protection." (1) Body protection shall be coordinated with foot
and leg protection to ensure full body protection for the wearer.  This shall
be achieved by one of the following methods:

(i) Wearing of a fire-resistive coat meeting the requirements of paragraph
(c)(2) of this section in combination with fully extended boots meeting the
requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (3) of this section; or (ii) Wearing of
a fire-resistive coat in combination with protective trousers both of which
meet the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section.

(2) The performance, construction, and testing of fire-resistive coats and
protective trousers shall be at least equivalent to the requirements of the
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) standard NFPA No. 1971-1975,
"Protective Clothing for Structural Fire Fighting," with the following
permissible variations from those requirements:

(i) Tearing strength of the outer shell shall be a minimum of 8 pounds (35.6
N) in any direction when tested in accordance with paragraph (g) of this
section; and

(ii) The outer shell may discolor but shall not separate or melt when placed
in a forced air laboratory oven at a temperature of 500 deg. F (260 deg. C)
for a period of five minutes.  After cooling to ambient temperature and using
the test method specified in paragraph (h) of this section, char length shall
not exceed 4.0 inches (10.2 cm) and after-flame shall not exceed 2.0 seconds.

(d) "Hand protection." (1) Hand protection shall consist of protective
gloves or glove system which will provide protection against cut, puncture,
and heat penetration.  Gloves or glove system shall be tested in accordance
with the test methods contained in the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH) 1976 publication, "The Development of Criteria for
Fire Fighter's Gloves; Vol. II, Part II: Test Methods," and shall meet the
following criteria for cut, puncture, and heat penetration:

(i) Materials used for gloves shall resist surface cut by a blade with an
edge having a 60 deg. included angle and a .001 inch (.0025 cm.) radius,
under an applied force of 16 lbf (72N), and at a slicing velocity of greater
or equal to 60 in/min (2.5 cm./sec);

(ii) Materials used for the palm and palm side of the fingers shall resist
puncture by a penetrometer (simulating a 4d lath nail), under an applied
force of 13.2 lbf (60N), and at a velocity greater or equal to 20 in/min(.85
cm./sec); and

(iii) The temperature inside the palm and gripping surface of the fingers of
gloves shall not exceed 135 deg. F. (57 deg. C.) when gloves or glove system
are exposed to 932 deg. F. (500 deg. C.) for five seconds at 4 psi (28 kPa)
pressure.

(2) Exterior materials of gloves shall be flame resistant and shall be
tested in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section.  Maximum allowable
afterflame shall be 2.0 seconds and the maximum char length shall be 4.0
inches (10.2 cm).

(3) When design of the fire-resistive coat does not otherwise provide
protection for the wrists, protective gloves shall have wristlets of at least
4.0 inches (10.2 cm) in length to protect the wrist area when the arms are
extended upward and outward from the body.

(e) "Head, eye and face protection." (1) Head protection shall consist of a
protective head device with ear flaps and chin strap which meet the
performance, construction, and testing requirements of the National Fire
Safety and Research Office of the National Fire Prevention and Control
Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce (now known as the U.S. Fire
Administration), which are contained in "Model Performance Criteria for
Structural Firefighters' Helmets" (August 1977).

(2) Protective eye and face devices which comply with 1926.102 shall be used
by fire brigade members when performing operations where the hazards of
flying or falling materials which may cause eye and face injuries are
present.  Protective eye and face devices provided as accessories to
protective head devices (face shields) are permitted when such devices meet
the requirements of 1926.102.

(3) Full facepieces, helmets, or hoods of breathing apparatus which meet the
requirements of 1926.98 and 1926.103 of this part, shall be acceptable as
meeting the eye and face protection requirements of this section.

(f) "Puncture resistance test method for foot protection" - (1) "Apparatus."
The puncture resistance test shall be performed on a testing machine having a
movable platform adjusted to travel at 1/4-inch/min (0.1 cm/sec).  Two blocks
of hardwood, metal, or plastic shall be prepared as follows: the blocks shall
be prepared as follows: the blocks shall be of such size and thickness as to
insure a suitable rigid test ensemble and allow for at least one-inch of the
pointed end of an 8D nail to be exposed for the penetration.  One block shall
have a hole drilled to hold an 8D common nail firmly at an angle of 98 deg.
The second block shall have a maximum 1/2-inch (1.3 cm) diameter hole drilled
through it so that the hole will allow free passage of the nail after it
penetrates the insole during the test.

(2) "Procedure." The test ensemble consisting of the sample unit, the two
prepared blocks, a piece of leather outsole 10 to 11 irons thick, and a new
8D nail, shall be placed as follows: the 8D nail in the hole, the sample of
outsole stock superimposed above the nail, the area of the sole plate to be
tested placed on the outsole, and the second block with hole so placed as to
allow for free passage of the nail after it passes through the outside stock
and sole plate in that order.  The machine shall be started and the pressure,
in pounds required for the nail to completely penetrate the outsole and sole
plate, recorded to the nearest five pounds.  Two determinations shall be made
on each sole plate and the results averaged.  A new nail shall be used for
each determination.

(3) "Source." These test requirements are contained in "Military
Specification For Fireman's Boots," MIL-B-2885D (1973 and amendment dated
1975) and are reproduced for your convenience.

g) "Test method for determining the strength of cloth by tearing:

Trapezoid Method" - (1) "Test specimen." The specimen shall be a rectangle
of cloth 3 inches by 6 inches (7.6 cm by 15.2 cm).  The long dimension shall
be parallel to the warp for warp tests and parallel to the filling for
filling tests.  No two specimens for warp tests shall contain the same warp
yarns, nor shall any two specimens for filling tests contain the same filling
yarns.  The specimen shall be taken no nearer the selvage than 1/10 the width
of the cloth.  An isosceles trapezoid having an altitude of 3 inches (7.6 cm)
and bases of 1 inch (2.5 cm) and 4 inches (10.2 cm) in length, respectively,
shall be marked on each specimen, preferably with the aid of a template.  A
cut approximately 3/8-inch (1 cm) in length shall then be made in the center
of a perpendicular to the 1-inch (2.5 cm) edge.

(2) "Apparatus." (i) Six-ounce (.17 kg) weight tension clamps shall be used
so designed that the six ounces (.17 kg) of weight are distributed evenly
across the complete width of the sample.

(ii) The machine shall consist of three main parts: Straining mechanism,
clamps for holding specimen, and load and elongation recording mechanisms.

(iii) A machine wherein the specimen is held between two clamps and strained
by a uniform movement of the pulling clamp shall be used.

(iv) The machine shall be adjusted so that the pulling clamp shall have a
uniform speed of 12 plus or minus 10.5 inches per minute (0.5 plus or minus
.02 cm/sec).

(v) The machine shall have two clamps with two jaws on each clamp. The
design of the two clamps shall be such that one gripping surface or jaw may
be an integral part of the rigid frame of the clamp or be fastened to allow a
slight vertical movement, while the other gripping surface or jaw shall be
completely movable.  The dimension of the immovable jaw of each clamp
parallel to the application of the load shall measure one-inch and the
dimension of the jaw perpendicular to this direction shall measure three
inches or more.  The face of the movable jaw of each clamp shall measure
one-inch by 3 inches (7.62 cm) Each jaw face shall have a flat smooth,
gripping surface.  All edges which might cause a cutting action shall be
rounded to a radius of not over 1/64-inch (.04 cm).  In cases where a cloth
tends to slip when being tested, the jaws may be faced with rubber or other
material to prevent slippage.  The distance between the jaws (gage length)
shall be one-inch at the start of the test.

(vi) Calibrated dial; scale or chart shall be used to indicate applied load
and elongation.  The machine shall be adjusted or set, so that the maximum
load required to break the specimen will remain indicated on the calibrated
dial or scale after the test specimen has ruptured.

(vii) The machine shall be of such capacity that the maximum load required
to break the specimen shall be not greater than 85 percent or less than 15
percent of the rated capacity.

(viii) The error of the machine shall not exceed 2 percent up to and
including a 50-pound load (22.6 kg) and 1 percent over a 50-pound load (22.6
kg) at any reading within its loading range.

(ix) All machine attachments for determining maximum loads shall be
disengaged during this test.

(3) "Procedure." (i) The specimen shall be clamped in the machine along the
nonparallel sides of the trapezoid so that these sides lie along the lower
edge of the upper clamp and the upper edge of the lower clamp with the cut
halfway between the clamps.  The short trapezoid base shall be held taut and
the long trapezoid base shall lie in the folds.

(ii) The machine shall be started and the force necessary to tear the cloth
shall be observed by means of an autographic recording device. The speed of
the pulling clamp shall be 12 inches plus or minus 0.5 inch per minute (0.5
plus or minus .02 cm/sec).

(iii) If a specimen slips between the jaws, breaks in or at the edges of the
jaws, or if for any reason attributable to faulty technique, an individual
measurement falls markedly below the average test results for the sample
unit, such result shall be discarded and another specimen shall be tested.

(iv) The tearing strength of the specimen shall be the average of the five
highest peak loads of resistance registered for 3 inches (7.6 cm) of
separation of the tear.

(4) "Report." (i) Five specimens in each of the warp and filling directions
shall be tested from each sample unit.

(ii) The tearing strength of the sample unit shall be the average of the
results obtained from the specimens tested in each of the warp and filling
directions and shall be reported separately to the nearest 0.1-pound (.05
kg).

(5) "Source." These test requirements are contained in "Federal Test Method
Standard 191, Method 5136" and are reproduced for your convenience.

(h) "Test method for determining flame resistance of cloth; vertical" -

(1) "Test specimen." The specimen shall be a rectangle of cloth 2 3/4 inches
(7.0 cm) by 12 inches (30.5 cm) with the long dimension parallel to either
the warp or filling direction of the cloth.  No two warp specimens shall
contain the same warp yarns, and no two filling specimens shall contain the
same filling yarn.

(2) "Number of determinations." Five specimens from each of the warp and
filling directions shall be tested from each sample unit.

(3) "Apparatus" - (i) "Cabinet." A cabinet and accessories shall be
fabricated in accordance with the requirements specified in Figures E-97.1,
E-97.2, and E-97.3.  Galvanized sheet metal or other suitable metal shall be
used.  The entire inside back wall of the cabinet shall be painted black to
facilitate the viewing of the test specimen and pilot flame.

(ii) "Burner." The burner shall be equipped with a variable orifice to
adjust the flame height, a barrel having a 3/8-inch (1 cm) inside diameter
and a pilot light.

(a) The burner may be constructed by combining a 3/8-inch (1 cm) inside
diameter barrel 3 plus or minus 1/4 inches (7.6 plus or minus .6 cm) long
from a fixed orifice burner with a base from a variable orifice burner.

(b) The pilot light tube shall have a diameter of approximately 1/16-inch
(.2 cm) and shall be spaced 1/8-inch (.3 cm) away from the burner edge with a
pilot flame 1/8-inch (.3 cm) long.

(c) The necessary gas connections and the applicable plumbing shall be as
specified in Figure E-97.4 except that a solenoid valve may be used in lieu
of the stopcock valve to which the burner is attached. The stopcock valve or
solenoid valve, whichever is used, shall be capable of being fully opened or
fully closed in 0.1-second.

(d) On the side of the barrel of the burner, opposite the pilot light there
shall be a metal rod of approximately 1/8-inch (.3 cm) diameter spaced
1/2-inch (1.3 cm) from the barrel and extending above the burner.  The rod
shall have two 5/16-inch (.8 cm) prongs marking the distances of 3/4-inch
(1.9 cm) and 1 1/2-inches (3.8 cm) above the top of the burner.

(e) The burner shall be fixed in a position so that the center of the barrel
of the burner is directly below the center of the specimen.

(iii) There shall be a control valve system with a delivery rate designed to
furnish gas to the burner under a pressure of 2 1/2 plus or minus 1/4
(psi)(17.5 plus or minus 1.8 kPa) per square inch at the burner inlet (see
(g)(3)(vi)(A)).  The manufacturer's recommended delivery rate for the valve
system shall be included in the required pressure.

(iv) A synthetic gas mixture shall be of the following composition within
the following limits (analyzed at standard conditions): 55 plus or minus 3
percent hydrogen, 24 plus or minus 1 percent methane, 3 plus or minus 1
percent ethane, and 18 plus or minus 1 percent carbon monoxide which will
give a specific gravity of 0.365 plus or minus 0.018 (air = 1) and a B.T.U.
content of 540 plus or minus 20 per cubic foot (20.1 plus or minus 3.7
kJ/L)(dry basis) at 69.8 deg F (21 deg. C).

(v) There shall be metal hooks and weights to produce a series of total
loads to determine length of char.  The metal hooks shall consist of No. 19
gage steel wire or equivalent and shall be made from 3-inch (7.6 cm) lengths
of wire and bent 1/2-inch (1.3 cm) from one end to a 45 degree hook.  One end
of the hook shall be fastened around the neck of the weight to be used.

(vi) There shall be a stop watch or other device to measure the burning time
to 0.2-second.

(vii) There shall be a scale, graduated in 0.1 inch (.3 cm) to measure the
length of char.

(4) "Procedure." (i) The material undergoing test shall be evaluated for the
characteristics of after-flame time and char length on each specimen.

(ii) All specimens to be tested shall be at moisture equilibrium under
standard atmospheric conditions in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this
section.  Each specimen to be tested shall be exposed to the test flame
within 20 seconds after removal from the standard atmosphere.  In case of
dispute, all testing will be conducted under Standard Atmospheric Conditions
in accordance with paragraph (h)(3) of this section.

(iii) The specimen in its holder shall be suspended vertically in the
cabinet in such a manner that the entire length of the specimen is exposed
and the lower end is 3/4-inch (1.9 cm) above the top of the gas burner.  The
apparatus shall be set up in a draft free area.

(iv) Prior to inserting the specimen, the pilot flame shall be adjusted to
approximately 1/8-inch (.3 cm) in height measured from its lowest point to
the tip.

The burner flame shall be adjusted by means of the needle valve in the base
of the burner to give a flame height of 1 1/2 inches (3.8 cm) with the
stopcock fully open and the air supply to the burner shut off and taped.  The
1 1/2-inch (3.8 cm) flame height is obtained by adjusting the valve so that
the uppermost portion (tip) of the flame is level with the tip of the metal
prong (see Figure E-97.2) specified for adjustment of flame height.  It is an
important aspect of the evaluation that the flame height be adjusted with the
tip of the flame level with the tip of the metal prong.  After inserting the
specimen, the stopcock shall be fully opened, and the burner flame applied
vertically at the middle of the lower edge of the specimen for 12 seconds and
the burner turned off.  The cabinet door shall remain shut during testing.

(v) The after-flame shall be the time the specimen continues to flame after
the burner flame is shut off.

(vi) After each specimen is removed, the test cabinet shall be cleared of
fumes and smoke prior to testing the next specimen.

(vii) After both flaming and glowing have ceased, the char length shall be
measured.  The char length shall be the distance from the end of the
specimen, which was exposed to the flame, to the end of a tear (made
lengthwise) of the specimen through the center of the charred area as
follows: The specimen shall be folded lengthwise and creased by hand along a
line through the highest peak of the charred area.  The hook shall be
inserted in the specimen (or a hole, 1/4-inch (.6 cm) diameter or less,
punched out for the hook) at one side of the charred area 1/4-inch (.6 cm)
from the adjacent outside edge and 1/4-inch (.6 cm) in from the lower end.  A
weight of sufficient size such that the weight and hook together shall equal
the total tearing load required in Table E-97.1 of this section shall be
attached to the hook.

(viii) A tearing force shall be applied gently to the specimen by grasping
the corner of the cloth at the opposite edge of the char from the load and
raising the specimen and weight clear of the supporting surface.  The end of
the tear shall be marked off on the edge and the char length measurement made
along the undamaged edge.

Loads for determining char length applicable to the weight of the test cloth
shall be as shown in Table E-97.1.
 

Table E-97.1(1)

Footnote(1) To change into S.I. (System International) units, 1 ounce=28.35
grams, 1 pound=453 grams, 1 yard=.91 meter

(ix) The after-flame time of the specimen shall be recorded to the nearest
0.2-second and the char length to the nearest 0.1-inch (.3 cm).

(5) "Report." (i) The after-flame time and char length of the sample unit
shall be the average of the results obtained from the individual specimens
tested.  All values obtained from the individual specimens shall be recorded.

(ii) The after-flame time shall be reported to the nearest 0.2-second and
the char length to the nearest 0.1-inch (.3 cm).

(6) "Source." These test requirements are contained in "Federal Test Method
Standard 191, Method 5903 (1971)" and are reproduced for your convenience.
 
       Figure E-97.1 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus.
                (For Figure E-97.1, see printed copy)

       Figure E-97.2 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus,
                       door and top view w/baffle.
                (For Figure E-97.2, see printed copy)

       Figure E-97.3 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus,
                       view and details.
                (For Figure E-97.3, see printed copy)

       Figure E-97.4 - Vertical flame resistance textile apparatus.
                (For Figure E-97.4, see printed copy)

15.  A new 1926.98 is added to read as follows

1926.98  Respiratory protection for fire brigades.

(a) "General requirements." (1) The employer shall provide at no cost to the
employee and assure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements
of this paragraph.  The employer shall assure that respiratory protective
devices worn by fire brigade members meet the requirements contained in
1926.103 and the requirements contained in this paragraph, and are certified
under 30 CFR Part 11.

(2) Approved self-contained breathing apparatus with full-facepiece, or with
approved helmet or hood configuration, shall be provided to and worn by fire
brigade members while working inside buildings or confined spaces where toxic
products of combustion or an oxygen deficiency may be present.  Such
apparatus shall also be worn during emergency situations involving toxic
substances.

(3) Approved self-contained breathing apparatus may be equipped with either
a "buddy-breathing" device or a quick disconnect valve, even if these devices
are not certified by NIOSH.  If these accessories are used, they shall not
cause damage to the apparatus, or restrict the air flow of the apparatus, or
obstruct the normal operation of the apparatus.

(4) Approved self-contained compressed air breathing apparatus may be used
with approved cylinders from other approved self-contained compressed air
breathing apparatus provided that such cylinders are of the same capacity and
pressure rating.  All compressed air cylinders used with self-contained
breathing apparatus shall meet DOT and NIOSH criteria.

(5) Self-contained breathing apparatus shall have a minimum service life
rating of 30 minutes in accordance with the methods and requirements of the
Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and NIOSH, except for escape
self-contained breathing apparatus (ESCBA) used only for emergency escape
purposes.

(6) Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be provided with an indicator
which automatically sounds an audible alarm when the remaining service life
of the apparatus is reduced to within a range of 20 to 25 percent of its
rated service time.

(b) "Positive-pressure breathing apparatus." (1) The employer shall assure
that self-contained breathing apparatus ordered or purchased after July 1,
1981, for use by fire brigade members performing interior structural fire
fighting operations, are of the pressure-demand or other positive-pressure
type.  Effective July 1, 1983, only pressure-demand or other
positive-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus shall be worn by fire
brigade members performing interior structural fire fighting.

(2) This paragraph does not prohibit the use of a self-contained breathing
apparatus where the apparatus can be switched from a demand to a
positive-pressure mode.  However, such apparatus shall be in the
positive-pressure mode when fire brigade members are performing interior
structural fire fighting operations.

(3) Negative-pressure self-contained breathing apparatus with a rated
service life of more than 2 hours and which have a minimum protection factor
of 5,000, as determined by an acceptable quantitative fit test performed on
each individual, is acceptable for use only during those interior structural
fire fighting situations for which the employer demonstrates that long
duration breathing apparatus is necessary. Quantitative fit test procedures
shall be available for inspection by the Assistant Secretary or authorized
representative.  Such negative-pressure breathing apparatus will continue to
be acceptable for 18 months after a positive-pressure breathing apparatus
with the same or longer-rated service life is certified by NIOSH.  After this
18-month period, all self-contained breathing apparatus used for these long
duration situations shall be of the positive-pressure type.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0075)

1926.99 [Reserved]

16. In 1926.102, new paragraphs (a)(6) through (8) are added to read as
follows:

1926.102  Eye and Face Protection
	(a) General. * * * * * * * (6) Protectors shall meet the following
minimum requirements: (i) They shall provide adequate protection against the
particular hazards for which they are designed.

(ii) They shall be reasonably comfortable when worn under the designated
conditions.

(iii) They shall fit snugly and shall not unduly interfere with the
movements of the wearer.

(iv) They shall be durable.

(v) They shall be capable of being
disinfected.

(vi) They shall be easily cleanable.

(7) Every protector shall
be distinctly marked to facilitate identification only of the
manufacturer.

(8) When limitations or precautions are indicated by the manufacturer, they
shall be transmitted to the user and care taken to see that such limitations
and precautions are strictly observed.

17. New paragraphs (d) through (i) are added to 1926.103.  The text of the
standards reads as follows:

1926.103  Respiratory protection.

(d) "Permissible practice. (1) In the control of those occupational diseases
caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists,
gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primary objective shall be to prevent
atmospheric contamination.  This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by
accepted engineering control measures (for example, enclosure or confinement
of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of less
toxic materials).  When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or
while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used
pursuant to the following requirements.

(2) Respirators shall be provided by the employer when such equipment is
necessary to protect the health of the employee.  The employer shall provide
the respirators which are applicable and suitable for the purpose intended.
The employer shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a
respiratory protective program which shall include the requirements outlined
in paragraph (e) of this section.

(3) The employee shall use the provided respiratory protection in accordance
with instructions and training received.

(e) "Requirements for a minimal acceptable program." (1) Written standard
operating procedures governing the selection and use of respirators shall be
established.

(2) Respirators shall be selected on the basis of hazards to which the
worker is exposed.

(3) The user shall be instructed and trained in the proper use of
respirators and their limitations.

(4) [Reserved]

(5) Respirators shall be regularly cleaned and
disinfected.  Those used by more than one worker shall be thoroughly cleaned
and disinfected after each use.

(6) Respirators shall be stored in a convenient, clean, and sanitary
location.

(7) Respirators used routinely shall be inspected during cleaning. Worn or
deteriorated parts shall be replaced.  Respirators for emergency use such as
self-contained devices shall be thoroughly inspected at least once a month
and after each use.

(8) Appropriate surveillance of work area conditions and degree of employee
exposure or stress shall be maintained.

(9) There shall be regular inspection and evaluation to determine the
continued effectiveness of the program.

(10) Persons should not be assigned to tasks requiring use of respirators
unless it has been determined that they are physically able to perform the
work and use the equipment.  The local physician shall determine what health
and physical conditions are pertinent. The respirator user's medical status
should be reviewed periodically (for instance, annually).

(11) Respirators shall be selected from among those jointly approved by the
Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11.

(f) "Air quality." (1) Compressed air, compressed oxygen, liquid air, and
liquid oxygen used for respiration shall be of high purity.  Oxygen shall
meet the requirements of the United States Pharmacopoeia for medical or
breathing oxygen.  Breathing air shall meet at least the requirements of the
specification for Grade D breathing air as described in Compressed Gas
Association Commodity Specification G-7.1-1966.  Compressed oxygen shall not
be used in supplied-air respirators or in open circuit self-contained
breathing apparatus that have previously used compressed air.  Oxygen must
never be used with air line respirators.

(2) Breathing air may be supplied to respirators from cylinders or air
compressors.

(i) Cylinders shall be tested and maintained as prescribed in the Shipping
Container Specification Regulations of the Department of Transportation (49
CFR part 178).

(ii) The compressor for supplying air shall be equipped with necessary
safety and standby devices.  A breathing air-type compressor shall be used.
Compressors shall be constructed and situated so as to avoid entry of
contaminated air into the system and suitable in-line air purifying sorbent
beds and filters installed to further assure breathing air quality.  A
receiver of sufficient capacity to enable the respirator wearer to escape
from a contaminated atmosphere in event of compressor failure, and alarms to
indicate compressor failure and overheating shall be installed in the system.
 If an oil-lubricated compressor is used, it shall have a high-temperature or
carbon monoxide alarm, or both.  If only a high-temperature alarm is used,
the air from the compressor shall be frequently tested for carbon monoxide to
insure that it meets the specifications in paragraph (f)(1) of this section.

(3) Air line couplings shall be incompatible with outlets for other gas
systems to prevent inadvertent servicing of air line respirators with
nonrespirable gases or oxygen.

(4) Breathing gas containers shall be marked in accordance with American
National Standard Method of Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers to
Identify the Material Contained, Z48.1-1954; Federal Specification
BB-A-1034a, June 21, 1968, Air, Compressed for Breathing Purposes; or Interim
Federal Specification GG-B-00675b, April 27, 1965, Breathing Apparatus,
Self-Contained.

(g) "Use of respirators." (1) Standard procedures shall be developed for
respirator use.  These should include all information and guidance necessary
for their proper selection, use, and care.  Possible emergency and routine
uses of respirators should be anticipated and planned for.

(2) The correct respirator shall be specified for each job.  The respirator
type is usually specified in the work procedures by a qualified individual
supervising the respiratory protective program. The individual issuing them
shall be adequately instructed to insure that the correct respirator is
issued.

(3) Written procedures shall be prepared covering safe use of respirators in
dangerous atmospheres that might be encountered in normal operations or in
emergencies.  Personnel shall be familiar with these procedures and the
available respirators.

(i) In areas where the wearer, with failure of the respirator, could be
overcome by a toxic or oxygen-deficient atmosphere, at least one additional
man shall be present.  Communications (visual, voice, or signal line) shall
be maintained between both or all individuals present.  Planning shall be
such that one individual will be unaffected by any likely incident and have
the proper rescue equipment to be able to assist the other(s) in case of
emergency.

(ii) When self-contained breathing apparatus or hose masks with blowers are
used in atmospheres immediately dangerous to life or health, standby men must
be present with suitable rescue equipment.

(iii) Persons using air line respirators in atmospheres immediately
hazardous to life or health shall be equipped with safety harnesses and
safety lines for lifting or removing persons from hazardous atmospheres or
other and equivalent provisions for the rescue of persons from hazardous
atmospheres shall be used.  A standby man or men with suitable self-contained
breathing apparatus shall be at the nearest fresh air base for emergency
rescue.

(4) Respiratory protection is no better than the respirator in use, even
though it is worn conscientiously.  Frequent random inspections shall be
conducted by a qualified individual to assure that respirators are properly
selected, used, cleaned, and maintained.

(5) For safe use of any respirator, it is essential that the user be
properly instructed in its selection, use, and maintenance.  Both supervisors
and workers shall be so instructed by competent persons. Training shall
provide the men an opportunity to handle the respirator, have it fitted
properly, test its face-piece-to-face seal, wear it in normal air for a long
familiarity period, and, finally, to wear it in a test atmosphere.

(i) Every respirator wearer shall receive fitting instructions including
demonstrations and practice in how the respirator should be worn, how to
adjust it, and how to determine if it fits properly. Respirators shall not be
worn when conditions prevent a good face seal.  Such conditions may be a
growth of beard, sideburns, a skull cap that projects under the facepiece, or
temple pieces on glasses. Also, the absence of one or both dentures can
seriously affect the fit of a facepiece.  The worker's diligence in observing
these factors shall be evaluated by periodic check.  To assure proper
protection, the facepiece fit shall be checked by the wearer each time he
puts on the respirator.  This may be done by following the manufacturer's
facepiece fitting instructions.

(ii) Providing respiratory protection for individuals wearing corrective
glasses is a serious problem.  A proper seal cannot be established if the
temple bars of eye glasses extend through the sealing edge of the full
facepiece.  As a temporary measure, glasses with short temple bars or without
temple bars may be taped to the wearer's head.  Wearing of contact lenses in
contaminated atmospheres with a respirator shall not be allowed.  Systems
have been developed for mounting corrective lenses inside full facepieces.
When a workman must wear corrective lenses as part of the facepiece, the
facepiece and lenses shall be fitted by qualified individuals to provide good
vision, comfort, and a gas-tight seal.

(iii) If corrective spectacles or goggles are required, they shall be worn
so as not to affect the fit of the facepiece.  Proper selection of equipment
will minimize or avoid this problem.

(h) "Maintenance and care of respirators." (1) A program for maintenance and
care of respirators shall be adjusted to the type of plant, working
conditions, and hazards involved, and shall include the following  basic
services:

{i} Inspection for defects (including a leak check),

{ii} Cleaning
and disinfecting,

{iii} Repair,

{iv} Storage

Equipment shall be properly maintained to retain its original effectiveness.

(2) - (i) All respirators shall be inspected routinely before and after each
use.  A respirator that is not routinely used but is kept ready for emergency
use shall be inspected after each use and at least monthly to assure that it
is in satisfactory working condition.

(ii) Self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air and
oxygen cylinders shall be fully charged according to the manufacturer's
instructions.  It shall be determined that the regulator and warning devices
function properly.

(iii) Respirator inspection shall include a check of the tightness of
connections and the condition of the facepiece, headbands, valves, connecting
tube, and canisters.  Rubber or elastomer parts shall be inspected for
pliability and signs of deterioration.  Stretching and manipulating rubber or
elastomer parts with massaging action will keep them pliable and flexible and
prevent them from taking a set during storage.

(iv) A record shall be kept of inspection dates and findings for respirators
maintained for emergency use.

(3) Routinely used respirators shall be collected, cleaned, and disinfected
as frequently as necessary to insure that proper protection is provided for
the wearer.  Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and
disinfected after each use.

(4) Replacement or repairs shall be done only by experienced persons with
parts designed for the respirator.  No attempt shall be made to replace
components or to make adjustment or repairs beyond the manufacturer's
recommendations.  Reducing or admission valves or regulators shall be
returned to the manufacturer or to a trained technician for adjustment or
repair.

(5)(i) After inspection, cleaning, and necessary repair, respirators shall
be stored to protect against dust, sunlight, heat, extreme cold, excessive
moisture, or damaging chemicals.  Respirators placed at stations and work
areas for emergency use should be quickly accessible at all times and should
be stored in compartments built for the purpose. The compartments should be
clearly marked.  Routinely used respirators, such as dust respirators, may be
placed in plastic bags.  Respirators should not be stored in such places as
lockers or tool boxes unless they are in carrying cases or cartons.

(ii) Respirators should be packed or stored so that the facepiece and
exhalation valve will rest in a normal position and function will not be
impaired by the elastomer setting in an abnormal position.

(iii) Instructions for proper storage of emergency respirators, such as gas
masks and self-contained breathing apparatus, are found in "use and care"
instructions usually mounted inside the carrying case lid.

(i) "Identification of gas mask canisters." (1) The primary means of
identifying a gas mask canister shall be by means of properly worded labels.
The secondary means of identifying a gas mask canister shall be by a color
code.

(2) All who issue or use gas masks falling within the scope of this section
shall see that all gas mask canisters purchased or used by them are properly
labeled and colored in accordance with these requirements before they are
placed in service and that the labels and colors are properly maintained at
all times thereafter until the canisters have completely served their
purpose.

(3) On each canister shall appear in bold letters the following:

  (i) --
  Canister for ________________
(Name for atmospheric contaminant)

or

  Type N Gas Mask Canister


(ii) In addition, essentially the following wording shall appear beneath the
appropriate phrase on the canister label: "For respiratory protection in
atmospheres containing not more than _____________

percent by volume of ______________."
	(Name of atmospheric contaminant)

(4) Canisters having a special high-efficiency filter for protection against
radionuclides and other highly toxic particulates shall be labeled with a
statement of the type and degree of protection afforded by the filter.  The
label shall be affixed to the neck end of, or to the gray stripe which is
around and near the top of, the canister.  The degree of protection shall be
marked as the percent of penetration of the canister by a 0.3-micron-diameter
dioctyl phthalate (DOP) smoke at a flow rate of 85 liters per minute.

(5) Each canister shall have a label warning that gas masks should be used
only in atmospheres containing sufficient oxygen to support life (at least 16
percent by volume), since gas mask canisters are only designed to neutralize
or remove contaminants from the air.

(6) Each gas mask canister shall be painted a distinctive color or
combination of colors indicated in Table E-5.  All colors used shall be such
that they are clearly identifiable by the user and clearly distinguishable
from one another. The color coating used shall offer a high degree of
resistance to chipping, scaling, peeling, blistering, fading, and the effects
of the ordinary atmospheres to which they may be exposed under normal
conditions of storage and use.  Appropriately colored pressure sensitive tape
may be used for the stripes.
 

TABLE E-5

Footnote(1) Gray shall not be assigned as the main color for a canister
designed to remove acids or vapors.

NOTE: Orange shall be used as a complete body, or stripe color to represent
gases not included in this table.  The user will need to refer to the
canister label to determine the degree of protection the canister will
afford.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0099)

18. In 1926.150, new paragraphs (c)(1)(xi) through (xiv) are added to read
as follows:

1926.150  Fire protection.

* * * * * *

(c) Portable firefighting equipment- (1) Fire extinguishers and small hose
lines.

* * * * * *

(xi) "Employment and training." Where the employer has provided portable
fire extinguishers for employee use in the workplace, the employer shall also
provide an educational program to familiarize employees with the general
principles of fire extinguisher use and the hazards involved with incipient
stage fire fighting.

(xii) The employer shall provide the education required in paragraph
(c)(1)(xi) of this section upon initial employment and at least annually
thereafter.

(xiii) The employer shall assure that portable fire extinguishers are
maintained in a fully charged and operable condition and kept in their
designated places at all times except during use.

(xiv) The employer shall assure that portable fire extinguishers are
subjected to an annual maintenance check.  Stored pressure extinguishers do
not require an internal examination.  The employer shall record the annual
maintenance date and retain this record for one year after the last entry or
the life of the shell, whichever is less.  The record shall be available to
the Assistant Secretary upon request.

19.  In 1926.152, new paragraphs (b)(5) and (h) through (k) are added to
read as follows:

1926.152  Flammable and combustible liquids.

* * * * * *

(b) "Indoor storage of flammable and combustible liquids."

* * * * * * (5) "Quantity." The quantity of flammable or combustible liquids
kept in the vicinity of spraying operations shall be the minimum required for
operations and should ordinarily not exceed a supply for 1 day or one shift.
Bulk storage of portable containers of flammable or combustible liquids shall
be in a separate, constructed building detached from other important
buildings or cut off in a standard manner.

* * * * * * *

(h) "Scope." This section applies to the handling, storage, and use of
flammable and combustible liquids with a flashpoint below 200 deg. F (93.33
deg. C).  This section does not apply to:

(1) Bulk transportation of flammable and combustible liquids; and

(2) Storage, handling, and use of fuel oil tanks and containers connected
with oil burning equipment.

(i) "Tank storage" - (1) "Design and construction of tanks" - (i)
"Materials." (A) Tanks shall be built of steel except as provided in
paragraphs (i)(1)(i)(B) through (E) of this section.

(B) Tanks may be built of materials other than steel for installation
underground or if required by the properties of the liquid stored. Tanks
located above ground or inside buildings shall be of noncombustible
construction.

(C) Tanks built of materials other than steel shall be designed to
specifications embodying principles recognized as good engineering design for
the material used.

(D) Unlined concrete tanks may be used for storing flammable or combustible
liquids having a gravity of 40 deg. API or heavier. Concrete tanks with
special lining may be used for other services provided the design is in
accordance with sound engineering practice.

(E) [Reserved]

(F) Special engineering consideration shall be
required if the specific gravity of the liquid to be stored exceeds that of
water or if the tanks are designed to contain flammable or combustible
liquids at a liquid temperature below 0 deg. F.

(ii) "Fabrication." (A) [Reserved] (B) Metal tanks shall be welded,
riveted, and caulked, brazed, or bolted, or constructed by use of a
combination of these methods.  Filler metal used in brazing shall be
nonferrous metal or an alloy having a melting point above 1000 deg. F. and
below that of the metal joined.

(iii) "Atmospheric tanks." (A) Atmospheric tanks shall be built in
accordance with acceptable good standards of design.  Atmospheric tanks may
be built in accordance with:

{1} Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Subjects No. 142, Standard for Steel
Aboveground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids, 1968; No. 58,
Standard for Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids,
Fifth Edition, December 1961; or No. 80, Standard for Steel Inside tanks for
Oil-Burner Fuel, September 1963.

{2} American Petroleum Institute Standards No. 12A, Specification for Oil
Storage Tanks with Riveted Shells, Seventh Edition, September 1951, or No.
650, Welded Steel Tanks for Oil Storage, Third Edition, 1966.

{3} American Petroleum Institute Standards No. 12B, Specification for Bolted
Production Tanks, Eleventh Edition, May 1958, and Supplement 1, March 1962;
No. 12D, Specification for Large Welded Production Tanks, Seventh Edition,
August 1957; or No. 12F, Specification for Small Welded Production Tanks,
Fifth Edition, March 1961.  Tanks built in accordance with these standards
shall be used only as production tanks for storage of crude petroleum in
oil-producing areas.

(B) Tanks designed for underground service not exceeding 2,500 gallons
(9,462.5 L) capacity may be used aboveground.

(C) Low-pressure tanks and pressure vessels may be used as atmospheric tanks.

(D) Atmospheric tanks shall not be used for the storage of a flammable or
combustible liquid at a temperature at or above its boiling point.

(iv) "Low pressure tanks." (A) The normal operating pressure of the tank
shall not exceed the design pressure of the tank.

(B) Low-pressure tanks shall be built in accordance with acceptable
standards of design.  Low-pressure tanks may be built in accordance with:

{1} American Petroleum Institute Standard No. 620.  Recommended Rules for
the Design and Construction of Large, Welded, Low-Pressure Storage Tanks,
Third Edition, 1966.

{2} The principles of the Code for Unfired Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of
the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessels Code, 1968.

(C) Atmospheric tanks built according to Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.,
requirements in paragraph (i)(1)(iii)(A) of this section and shall be limited
to 2.5 p.s.i.g. under emergency venting conditions.

This paragraph may be used for operating pressures not exceeding 1 p.s.i.g.

(D) Pressure vessels may be used as low-pressure tanks. (v)
"Pressure vessels." (A) The normal operating pressure of the vessel shall not
exceed the design pressure of the vessel.

(B) Pressure vessels shall be built in accordance with the Code for Unfired
Pressure Vessels, Section VIII of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
1968.

(vi) "Provisions for internal corrosion." When tanks are not designed in
accordance with the American Petroleum Institute, American Society of
Mechanical Engineers, or the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.'s, standards,
or if corrosion is anticipated beyond that provided for in the design
formulas used, additional metal thickness or suitable protective coatings or
linings shall be provided to compensate for the corrosion loss expected
during the design life of the tank.

(2) "Installation of outside aboveground tanks."

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) "Spacing (shell-to-shell) between aboveground
tanks."

(A) The distance between any two flammable or combustible liquid
storage tanks shall not be less than 3 feet (0.912 m).

(B) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(2)(ii)(C) of this section, the
distance between any two adjacent tanks shall not be less than one-sixth the
sum of their diameters.  When the diameter of one tank is less than one-half
the diameter of the adjacent tank, the distance between the two tanks shall
not be less than one-half the diameter of the smaller tank.

(C) Where crude petroleum in conjunction with production facilities are
located in noncongested areas and have capacities not exceeding 126,000
gallons (3,000 barrels), the distance between such tanks shall not be less
than 3 feet (0.912 m).

(D) Where unstable flammable or combustible liquids are stored, the distance
between such tanks shall not be less than one-half the sum of their
diameters.

(E) When tanks are compacted in three or more rows or in an irregular
pattern, greater spacing or other means shall be provided so that inside
tanks are accessible for firefighting purposes.

(F) The minimum separation between a liquefied petroleum gas container and a
flammable or combustible liquid storage tank shall be 20 feet (6.08 m),
except in the case of flammable or combustible liquid tanks operating at
pressures exceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. or equipped with emergency venting which
will permit pressures to exceed 2.5 p.s.i.g. in which case the provisions of
paragraphs (i)(2)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section shall apply.  Suitable means
shall be taken to prevent the accumulation of flammable or combustible
liquids under adjacent liquefied petroleum gas containers such as by
diversion curbs or grading.  When flammable or combustible liquid storage
tanks are within a diked area, the liquefied petroleum gas containers shall
be outside the diked area and at least 10 feet (3.04 m) away from the
centerline of the wall of the diked area.  The foregoing provisions shall not
apply when liquefied petroleum gas containers of 125 gallons (473.125 L) or
less capacity are installed adjacent to fuel oil supply tanks of 550 gallons
(2,081.75 L) or less capacity.

(iii) [Reserved]

(iv) "Normal venting for aboveground tanks." (A)
Atmospheric storage tanks shall be adequately vented to prevent the
development of vacuum or pressure sufficient to distort the roof of a cone
roof tank or exceeding the design pressure in the case of other atmospheric
tanks, as a result of filling or emptying, and atmospheric temperature
changes.

(B) Normal vents shall be sized either in accordance with: {1} The American
Petroleum Institute Standard 2000 (1968), Venting Atmospheric and
Low-Pressure Storage Tanks; or {2} other accepted standard; or {3} shall be
at least as large as the filling or withdrawal connection, whichever is
larger but in no case less than 1 1/4 inch (3.175 cm) normal inside diameter.

(C) Low-pressure tanks and pressure vessels shall be adequately vented to
prevent development of pressure or vacuum, as a result of filling or emptying
and atmospheric temperature changes, from exceeding the design pressure of
the tank or vessel.  Protection shall also be provided to prevent
overpressure from any pump discharging into the tank or vessel when the pump
discharge pressure can exceed the design pressure of the tank or vessel.

(D) If any tank or pressure vessel has more than one fill or withdrawal
connection and simultaneous filling or withdrawal can be made, the vent size
shall be based on the maximum anticipated simultaneous flow.

(E) Unless the vent is designed to limit the internal pressure 2.5 p.s.i. or
less, the outlet of vents and vent drains shall be arranged to discharge in
such a manner as to prevent localized overheating of any part of the tank in
the event vapors from such vents are ignited.

(F) Tanks and pressure vessels storing Class IA liquids shall be equipped
with venting devices which shall be normally closed except when venting to
pressure or vacuum conditions.  Tanks and pressure vessels storing Class IB
and IC liquids shall be equipped with venting devices which shall be normally
closed except when venting under pressure or vacuum conditions, or with
approved flame arresters.

"Exemption:" Tanks of 3,000 bbls (84 m(3)) capacity or less containing crude
petroleum in crude-producing areas; and, outside aboveground atmospheric
tanks under 1,000 gallons (3,785 L) capacity containing other than Class IA
flammable liquids may have open vents.  (See paragraph (i)(2)(vi)(B) of this
section.) (G) Flame arresters or venting devices required in paragraph
(i)(2)(iv)(F) of this section may be omitted for Class IB and IC liquids
where conditions are such that their use may, in case of obstruction, result
in tank damage.

(v) "Emergency relief venting for fire exposure for aboveground tanks."

(A) Every aboveground storage tank shall have some form of construction or
device that will relieve excessive internal pressure caused by exposure
fires.

(B) In a vertical tank the construction referred to in paragraph
(i)(2)(v)(A) of this section may take the form of a floating roof, lifter
roof, a weak room-to-shell seam, or other approved pressure relieving
construction.  The weak roof-to-shell seam shall be constructed to fail
preferential to any other seam.

(C) Where entire dependence for emergency relief is placed upon pressure
relieving devices, the total venting capacity of both normal and emergency
vents shall be enough to prevent rupture of the shell or bottom of the tank
if vertical, or of the shell or heads if horizontal. If unstable liquids are
stored, the effects of heat or gas resulting from polymerization,
decomposition, condensation, or self-reactivity shall be taken into account.
The total capacity of both normal and emergency venting devices shall be not
less than that derived from Table F-10 except as provided in paragraph
(i)(2)(v)(E) or (F) of this section.  Such device may be a self-closing
manhole cover, or one using long bolts that permit the cover to lift under
internal pressure, or an additional or larger relief valve or valves.  The
wetted area of the tank shall be calculated on the basis of 55 percent of the
total exposed area of a sphere or spheroid, 75 percent of the total exposed
area of a horizontal tank and the first 30 feet (9.12 m) above grade of the
exposed shell are of a vertical tank.

       TABLE F-10 - WETTED AREA VERSUS CUBIC FEET (METERS)
                       FREE AIR PER HOUR
                (For Table, see printed copy)


(D) For tanks and storage vessels designed for pressure over 1 p.s.i.g., the
total rate of venting shall be determined in accordance with Table F-10,
except that when the exposed wetted area of the surface is greater than 2,800
square feet (257.6 m(2)), the total rate of venting shall be calculated by
the following formula:

CFH=1,107A(0.82)

Where:

CFH=Venting requirement, in cubic feet (meters) of free air per hour.
A=Exposed wetted surface, in square feet (m(2)).

  	NOTE: The foregoing formula is based on Q=21,000A(0.82).


(E) The total emergency relief venting capacity for any specific stable
liquid may be determined by the following formula:

V=1337+L square root   M

  	V= Cubic feet (meters) of free air per hour from Table F-10.
  	L= Latent heat of vaporization of specific liquid in B.t.u. per
     pound.
 	 M= Molecular weight of specific liquids.


(F) The required airflow rate of paragraph (i)(2)(v)(C) or (E) of this
section may be multiplied by the appropriate factor listed in the following
schedule when protection is provided as indicated. Only one factor may be
used for any one tank.

0.5 for drainage in accordance with paragraph (i)(2)(vii)(B) of this section
for tanks over 200 square feet (18.4 m(2)) of wetted area.

0.3 for approved water spray. 0.3 for approved insulation. 0.15 for
approved water spray with approved insulation.

(G) The outlet of all vents and vent drains on tanks equipped with emergency
venting to permit pressures exceeding 2.5 p.s.i.g. shall be arranged to
discharge in such a way as to prevent localized overheating of any part of
the tank, in the event vapors from such vents are ignited.

(H) Each commercial tank venting device shall have stamped on it the opening
pressure, the pressure at which the valve reaches the full open position, and
the flow capacity at the latter pressure, expressed in cubic feet (meters)
per hour of air at 60 deg. F. (15.55 deg C) and at a pressure of 14.7
p.s.i.a.

(I) The flow capacity of tank venting devices 12 inches (30.48 cm) and
smaller in nominal pipe size shall be determined by actual test of each type
and size of vent.  These flow tests may be conducted by the manufacturer if
certified by a qualified impartial observer, or may be conducted by an
outside agency.  The flow capacity of tank venting devices larger than 12
inches (30.48 cm) nominal pipe size, including manhole covers with long bolts
or equivalent, may be calculated provided that the opening pressure is
actually measured, the rating pressure and corresponding free orifice area
are stated, the word "calculated" appears on the nameplate, and the
computation is based on a flow coefficient of 0.5 applied to the rated
orifice area.

(vi) "Vent piping for aboveground tanks." (A) Vent piping shall be
constructed in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.

(B) Where vent pipe outlets for tanks storing Class I liquids are adjacent
to buildings or public ways, they shall be located so that the vapors are
released at a safe point outside of buildings and not less than 12 feet
(3.648 m) above the adjacent ground level.  In order to aid their dispersion,
vapors shall be discharged upward or horizontally away from closely adjacent
walls.  Vent outlets shall be located so that flammable vapors will not be
trapped by eaves or other obstructions and shall be at least 5 feet (1.52 m)
from building openings.

(C) When tank vent piping is manifolded, pipe sizes shall be such as to
discharge, within the pressure limitations of the system, the vapors they may
be required to handle when manifolded tanks are subject to the same fire
exposure.

(vii) "Drainage, dikes, and walls for aboveground tanks" - (A) "Drainage and
diked areas." The area surrounding a tank or a group of tanks shall be
provided with drainage as in paragraph (i)(2)(vii)(B) of this section, or
shall be diked as provided in (i)(2)(vii)(C) of this section, to prevent
accidental discharge of liquid from endangering adjoining property or
reaching waterways.

(B) "Drainage." Where protection of adjoining property or waterways is by
means of a natural or manmade drainage system, such systems shall comply with
the following:

(1) [Reserved] (2) The drainage system shall terminate in vacant
land or other area or in an impounding basin having a capacity not smaller
than that of the largest tank served.  This termination area and the route of
the drainage system shall be so located that, if the flammable or combustible
liquids in the drainage system are ignited, the fire will not seriously
expose tanks or adjoining property.

(C) "Diked areas." Where protection of adjoining property or waterways is
accomplished by retaining the liquid around the tank by means of a dike, the
volume of the diked area shall comply with the following requirements:

{1} Except as provided in paragraph (1)(2)(vii)(C)(2) of this section, the
volumetric capacity of the diked area shall not be less than the greatest
amount of liquid that can be released from the largest tank within the diked
area, assuming a full tank.  The capacity of the diked area enclosing more
than one tank shall be calculated by deducting the volume of the tanks other
than the largest tank below the height of the dike.

{2} For a tank or group of tanks with fixed roofs containing crude petroleum
with boilover characteristics, the volumetric capacity of the diked area
shall be not less than the capacity of the largest tank served by the
enclosure, assuming a full tank.  The capacity of the diked enclosure shall
be calculated by deducting the volume below the height of the dike of all
tanks within the enclosure.

{3} Walls of the diked area shall be of earth, steel, concrete or solid
masonry designed to be liquidtight and to withstand a full hydrostatic head.
Earthen walls 3 feet (0.912 m) or more in height shall have a flat section at
the top not less than 2 feet (0.608 m) wide.  The slope of an earthen wall
shall be consistent with the angle of repose of the material of which the
wall is constructed.

{4} The walls of the diked area shall be restricted to an average height of
6 feet (1.824 m) above interior grade.

{5} [Reserved]

{6} No loose combustible material, empty or full drum
or barrel, shall be permitted within the diked area.
(viii) "Tank openings other than vents for aboveground tanks."
(A) - (B) - (C) [Reserved] (D) Openings for gaging shall be provided
with a vaportight cap or cover.

(E) For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and
asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the
possibility of generating static electricity.  A fill pipe entering the top
of a tank shall terminate within 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the bottom of the
tank and shall be installed to avoid excessive vibration.

(F) Filling and emptying connections which are made and broken shall be
located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition
and not less than 5 feet (1.52 m) away from any building opening.  Such
connection shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use.  The connection
shall be properly identified.

(3) "Installation of underground tanks" - (i) "Location." Evacuation for
underground storage tanks shall be made with due care to avoid undermining of
foundations of existing structures.  Underground tanks or tanks under
buildings shall be so located with respect to existing building foundations
and supports that the loads carried by the latter cannot be transmitted to
the tank.  The distance from any part of tank storing Class I liquids to the
nearest wall of any basement or pit shall be not less than 1 foot (0.304 m),
and to any property line that may be built upon, not less than 3 feet (0.912
m). The distance from any part of a tank storing Class II or Class III
liquids to the nearest wall of any basement, pit or property line shall be
not less than 1 foot (0.304 m).

(ii) "Depth and cover." Underground tanks shall be set on firm foundations
and surrounded with at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) of noncorrosive, inert
materials such as clean sand, earth, or gravel well tamped in place.  The
tank shall be placed in the hole with care since dropping or rolling the tank
into the hole can break a weld, puncture or damage the tank, or scrape off
the protective coating of coated tanks.  Tanks shall be covered with a
minimum of 2 feet(0.608 m) of earth, or shall be covered with not less than 1
foot (0.304 m) of earth, on top of which shall be placed a slab of reinforced
concrete not less than 4 inches (10.16 cm) thick.  When underground tanks
are, or are likely to be, subject to traffic, they shall be protected against
damage from vehicles passing over them by at least 3 feet (0.912 m) of earth
cover, or 18 inches (45.72 cm) of well-tamped earth, plus 6 inches (15.24 cm)
of reinforced concrete or 8 inches (20.32 cm) of asphaltic concrete.  When
asphaltic or reinforced concrete paving is used as part of the protection, it
shall extend at least 1 foot (0.304 m) horizontally beyond the outline of the
tank in all directions.

(iii) "Corrosion protection." Corrosion protection for the tank and its
piping shall be provided by one or more of the following methods:

(A) Use of protective coatings or wrappings; (B) Cathodic protection; or, (C) Corrosion resistant materials of
construction.

(iv) "Vents." (A) Location and arrangement of vents for Class I
liquids.  Vent pipes from tanks storing Class I liquids shall be so located
that the discharge point is outside of buildings, higher than the fill pipe
opening, and not less than 12 feet (3,648 m) above the adjacent ground level.
 Vent pipes shall discharge only upward in order to disperse vapors.  Vent
pipes 2 inches (5.08 cm) or less in nominal inside diameter shall not be
obstructed by devices that will cause excessive back pressure.  Vent pipe
outlets shall be so located that flammable vapors will not enter building
openings, or be trapped under eaves or other obstructions.  If the vent pipe
is less than 10 feet (3.04 m) in length, or greater than 2 inches (5.08 cm)
in nominal inside diameter, the outlet shall be provided with a vacuum and
pressure relief device or there shall be an approved flame arrester located
in the vent line at the outlet or within the approved distance from the
outlet.

(B) Size of vents.  Each tank shall be vented through piping adequate in
size to prevent blow-back of vapor or liquid at the fill opening while the
tank is being filled.  Vent pipes shall be not less than 1 1/4 inch (3.175
cm) nominal inside diameter.
 

TABLE F-11 - VENT LINE DIAMETERS

Footnote(1) Vent lines of 50 feet (15.2 m), 100 feet (30.4 m), and 200 feet
(60.8 m) of pipe plus 7 ells.

(C) Location and arrangement of vents for Class II or Class III liquids.
Vent pipes from tanks storing Class II or Class III flammable liquids shall
terminate outside of the building and higher than the fill pipe opening.
Vent outlets shall be above normal snow level.  They may be fitted with
return bends, coarse screens or other devices to minimize ingress of foreign
material.

(D) Vent piping shall be constructed in accordance with paragraph (3)(iv)(C)
of this section.  Vent pipes shall be so laid as to drain toward the tank
without sags or traps in which liquid can collect.  They shall be located so
that they will not be subjected to physical damage. The tank end of the vent
pipe shall enter the tank through the top.

(E) When tank vent piping is manifolded, pipe sizes shall be such as to
discharge, within the pressure limitations of the system, the vapors they may
be required to handle when manifolded tanks are filled simultaneously.

(v) "Tank openings other than vents." (A) Connections for all tank openings
shall be vapor or liquid tight.

(B) Openings for manual gaging, if independent of the fill pipe, shall be
provided with a liquid-tight cap or cover.  If inside a building, each such
opening shall be protected against liquid overflow and possible vapor release
by means of a spring loaded check valve or other approved device.

(C) Fill and discharge lines shall enter tanks only through the top. Fill
lines shall be sloped toward the tank.

(D) For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and
asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the
possibility of generating static electricity by terminating within 6 inches
(15.24 cm) of the bottom of the tank.

(E) Filling and emptying connections which are made and broken shall be
located outside of buildings at a location free from any source of ignition
and not less than 5 feet (1.52 m) away from any building opening. Such
connection shall be closed and liquidtight when not in use.  The connection
shall be properly identified.

(4) "Installation of tanks inside of buildings" - (i) "Location."

Tanks shall not be permitted inside of buildings except as provided in
paragraphs (e), (g), (h), or (i) of this section.

(ii) "Vents." Vents for tanks inside of buildings shall be as provided in
paragraphs (i)(2)(iv), (v), (vi)(B), and (3)(iv) of this section, except that
emergency venting by the use of weak roof seams on tanks shall not be
permitted.  Vents shall discharge vapors outside the buildings.

(iii) "Vent piping." Vent piping shall be constructed in accordance with
paragraph (c) of this section.

(iv) "Tank openings other than vents." (A) Connections for all tank openings
shall be vapor or liquidtight.  Vents are covered in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of
this section.

(B) Each connection to a tank inside of buildings through which liquid can
normally flow shall be provided with an internal or external valve located as
close as practical to the shell of the tank.  Such valves, when external, and
their connections to the tank shall be of steel except when the chemical
characteristics of the liquid stored are incompatible with steel.  When
materials other than steel are necessary, they shall be suitable for the
pressures, structural stresses, and temperatures involved, including fire
exposures.

(C) Flammable or combustible liquid tanks located inside of buildings,
except in one-story buildings designed and protected for flammable or
combustible liquid storage, shall be provided with an automatic-closing
heat-actuated valve on each withdrawal connection below the liquid level,
except for connections used for emergency disposal, to prevent continued flow
in the event of fire in the vicinity of the tank.  This function may be
incorporated in the valve required in paragraph (i)(4)(iv)(B) of this
section, and if a separate valve, shall be located adjacent to the valve
required in paragraph (i)(4)(iv)(B) of this section.

(D) Openings for manual gaging, if independent of the fill pipe (see
paragraph (i)(4)(iv)(F) of this section), shall be provided with a vaportight
cap or cover.  Each such opening shall be protected against liquid overflow
and possible vapor release by means of a spring loaded check valve or other
approved device.

(E) For Class IB and Class IC liquids other than crude oils, gasolines, and
asphalts, the fill pipe shall be so designed and installed as to minimize the
possibility of generating static electricity by terminating within 6 inches
(15.24 cm) of the bottom of the tank.

(F) The fill pipe inside of the tank shall be installed to avoid excessive
vibration of the pipe.

(G) The inlet of the fill pipe shall be located outside of buildings at a
location free from any source of ignition and not less than 5 feet (1.52 m)
away from any building opening.  The inlet of the fill pipe shall be closed
and liquidtight when not in use.  The fill connection shall be properly
identified.

(H) Tanks inside buildings shall be equipped with a device, or other means
shall be provided, to prevent overflow into the building.

(5) "Supports, foundations, and anchorage for all tank locations" -

(i) "General." Tank supports shall be installed on firm foundations. Tank
supports shall be of concrete, masonry, or protected steel.  Single wood
timber supports (not cribbing) laid horizontally may be used for outside
aboveground tanks if not more than 12 inches (30.48 cm) high at their lowest
point.

(ii) "Fire resistance." Steel supports or exposed piling shall be protected
by materials having a fire resistance rating of not less than 2 hours, except
that steel saddles need not be protected if less than 12 inches (30.48 cm)
high at their lowest point.  Water spray protection or its equivalent may be
used in lieu of fire-resistive materials to protect supports.

(iii) "Spheres." The design of the supporting structure for tanks such as
spheres shall receive special engineering consideration.

(iv) "Load distribution." Every tank shall be so supported as to prevent the
excessive concentration of loads on the supporting portion of the shell.

(v) "Foundations." Tanks shall rest on the ground or on foundations made of
concrete, masonry, piling, or steel.  Tank foundations shall be designed to
minimize the possibility of uneven settling of the tank and to minimize
corrosion in any part of the tank resting on the foundation.

(vi) "Flood areas." Where a tank is located in an area that may be subjected
to flooding, the applicable precautions outlined in this subdivision shall be
observed.

(A) No aboveground vertical storage tank containing a flammable or
combustible liquid shall be located so that the allowable liquid level within
the tank is below the established maximum flood stage, unless the tank is
provided with a guiding structure such as described in paragraphs
(i)(5)(vi)(M), (N), and (O) of this section.

(B) Independent water supply facilities shall be provided at locations where
there is no ample and dependable public water supply available for loading
partially empty tanks with water.

(C) In addition to the preceding requirements, each tank so located that
more than 70 percent, but less than 100 percent, of its allowable liquid
storage capacity will be submerged at the established maximum flood stage,
shall be safeguarded by one of the following methods: Tank shall be raised,
or its height shall be increased, until its top extends above the maximum
flood stage a distance equivalent to 30 percent or more of its allowable
liquid storage capacity: "Provided, however," That the submerged part of the
tank shall not exceed two and one-half times the diameter.  Or, as an
alternative to the foregoing, adequate noncombustible structural guides,
designed to permit the tank to float vertically without loss of product,
shall be provided.

(D) Each horizontal tank so located that more than 70 percent of its storage
capacity will be submerged at the established flood stage, shall be anchored,
attached to a foundation of concrete or of steel and concrete, of sufficient
weight to provide adequate load for the tank when filled with flammable or
combustible liquid and submerged by flood waters to the established flood
stage, or adequately secured by other means.

(E) [Reserved]

(F) At locations where there is no ample and
dependable water supply, or where filling of underground tanks with liquids
is impracticable because of the character of their contents, their use, or
for other reasons, each tank shall be safeguarded against movement when empty
and submerged by high ground water or flood waters by anchoring, weighting
with concrete or other approved solid loading material, or securing by other
means.  Each such tank shall be so constructed and installed that it will
safety resist external pressures due to high ground water or flood
waters.

(G) At locations where there is an ample and dependable water supply
available, underground tanks containing flammable or combustible liquids, so
installed that more than 70 percent of their storage capacity will be
submerged at the maximum flood stage, shall be so anchored, weighted, or
secured by other means, as to prevent movement by such tanks when filled with
flammable or combustible liquids, and submerged by flood waters to the
established flood stage.

(H) Pipe connections below the allowable liquid level in a tank shall be
provided with valves or cocks located as closely as practicable to the tank
shell.  Such valves and their connections to tanks shall be of steel or other
material suitable for use with the liquid being stored.  Cast iron shall not
be permitted.

(I) At locations where an independent water supply is required, it shall be
entirely independent of public power and water supply. Independent source of
water shall be available when flood waters reach a level not less than 10
feet (3.04 m) below the bottom of the lowest tank on a property.

(J) The self-contained power and pumping unit shall be so located or so
designed that pumping into tanks may be carried on continuously throughout
the rise in flood waters from a level 10 feet (3.04 m) below the lowest tank
to the level of the potential flood stage.

(K) Capacity of the pumping unit shall be such that the rate of rise of
water in all tanks shall be equivalent to the established potential average
rate of rise of flood waters at any stage.

(L) Each independent pumping unit shall be tested periodically to insure
that it is in satisfactory operating condition.

(M) Structural guides for holding floating tanks above their foundations
shall be so designed that there will be no resistance to the free rise of a
tank, and shall be constructed of noncombustible material.

(N) The strength of the structure shall be adequate to resist lateral
movement of a tank subject to a horizontal force in any direction equivalent
to not less than 25 pounds per square foot (1.05 kg m(2)) acting on the
projected vertical cross-sectional area of the tank.

(O) Where tanks are situated on exposed points or bends in a shoreline where
swift currents in flood waters will be present, the structures shall be
designed to withstand a unit force of not less than 50 pounds per square foot
(2.1 kg m(2)).

(P) The filling of a tank to be protected by water loading shall be started
as soon as flood waters reach a dangerous flood stage.  The rate of filling
shall be at least equal to the rate of rise of the floodwaters (or the
established average potential rate of rise).

(Q) Sufficient fuel to operate the water pumps shall be available at all
times to insure adequate power to fill all tankage with water.

(R) All valves on connecting pipelines shall be closed and locked in closed
position when water loading has been completed.

(S) Where structural guides are provided for the protection of floating
tanks, all rigid connections between tanks and pipelines shall be
disconnected and blanked off or blinded before the floodwaters reach the
bottom of the tank, unless control valves and their connections to the tank
are of a type designed to prevent breakage between the valve and the tank
shell.

(T) All valves attached to tanks other than those used in connection with
water loading operations shall be closed and locked.

(U) If a tank is equipped with a swing line, the swing pipe shall be raised
to and secured at its highest position.

(V) Inspections.  The Assistant Secretary or his designated representative
shall make periodic inspections of all plants where the storage of flammable
or combustible liquids is such as to require compliance with the foregoing
requirements, in order to assure the following:

(1) That all flammable or combustible liquid storage tanks are in compliance
with these requirements and so maintained.

(2) That detailed printed instructions of what to do in flood emergencies
are properly posted.

(3) That station operators and other employees depended upon to carry out
such instructions are thoroughly informed as to the location and operation of
such valves and other equipment necessary to effect these requirements.

(vii) "Earthquake areas." In areas subject to earthquakes, the tank supports
and connections shall be designed to resist damage as a result of such
shocks.

(6) "Sources of ignition." In locations where flammable vapors may be
present, precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition by eliminating or
controlling sources of ignition. Sources of ignition may include open flames,
lightning, smoking, cutting and welding, hot surfaces, frictional heat,
sparks (static, electrical, and mechanical), spontaneous ignition, chemical
and physical-chemical reactions, and radiant heat.

(7) "Testing" - (i) "General." All tanks, whether shop built or field
erected, shall be strength tested before they are placed in service in
accordance with the applicable paragraphs of the code under which they were
built.  The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) code stamp,
American Petroleum Institute (API) monogram, or the label of the
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., on a tank shall be evidence of compliance
with this strength test.  Tanks not marked in accordance with the above codes
shall be strength tested before they are placed in service in accordance with
good engineering principles and reference shall be made to the sections on
testing in the codes listed in paragraphs (i)(1)(iii)(A), (iv)(B), or (v)(B)
of this section.

(ii) "Strength." When the vertical length of the fill and vent pipes is such
that when filled with liquid the static head imposed upon the bottom of the
tank exceeds 10 pounds per square inch (68.94 kPa), the tank and related
piping shall be tested hydrostatically to a pressure equal to the static head
thus imposed.

(iii) "Tightness." In addition to the strength test called for in paragraphs
(i)(7)(i) and (ii) of this section, all tanks and connections shall be tested
for tightness.  Except for underground tanks, this tightness test shall be
made at operating pressure with air, inert gas, or water prior to placing the
tank in service.  In the case of field-erected tanks the strength test may be
considered to be the test for tank tightness.  Underground tanks and piping,
before being covered, enclosed, or placed in use, shall be tested for
tightness hydrostatically, or with air pressure at not less than 3 pounds per
square inch (20.68 kPa) and not more than 5 pounds per square inch (34.47
kPa).

(iv) "Repairs." All leaks or deformations shall be corrected in an
acceptable manner before the tank is placed in service.  Mechanical caulking
is not permitted for correcting leaks in welded tanks except pinhole leaks in
the roof.

(v) "Derated operations." Tanks to be operated at pressures below their
design pressure may be tested by the applicable provisions of paragraphs
(i)(7)(i) or (ii) of this section, based upon the pressure developed under
full emergency venting of the tank.

(j) "Piping, valves, and fittings" - (1) "General" - (i) "Design."

The design (including selection of materials) fabrication, assembly, test,
and inspection of piping systems containing flammable or combustible liquids
shall be suitable for the expected working pressures and structural stresses.
 Conformity with the applicable provisions of Pressure Piping, ANSI B31
series and the provisions of this paragraph, shall be considered prima facie
evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions.

(ii) "Exceptions." This paragraph does not apply to any of the following:

(A) Tubing or casing on any oil or gas wells and any piping connected
directly thereto.

(B) Motor vehicle, aircraft, boat, or portable or stationary engines.

(C) Piping within the scope of any applicable boiler and pressure vessel
code.

(iii) "Definitions." As used in this paragraph, piping systems consist of
pipe, tubing, flanges, bolting, gaskets, valves, fittings, the pressure
containing parts of other components such as expansion joints and strainers,
and devices which serve such purposes as mixing, separating, snubbing,
distributing, metering, or controlling flow.

(2) "Materials for piping, valves, and fittings" - (i) "Required materials."
 Materials for piping, valves, or fittings shall be steel, nodular iron, or
malleable iron, except as provided in paragraphs (j)(2)(ii), (iii) and (iv)
of this section.

(ii) "Exceptions." Materials other than steel, nodular iron, or malleable
iron may be used underground, or if required by the properties of the
flammable or combustible liquid handled.  Material other than steel, nodular
iron, or malleable iron shall be designed to specifications embodying
principles recognized as good engineering practices for the material used.

(iii) "Linings." Piping, valves, and fittings may have combustible or
noncombustible linings.

(iv) "Low-melting materials." When low-melting point materials such as
aluminum and brass or materials that soften on fire exposure such as
plastics, or non-ductile materials such as cast iron, are necessary, special
consideration shall be given to their behavior on fire exposure.  If such
materials are used in above ground piping systems or inside buildings, they
shall be suitably protected against fire exposure or so located that any
spill resulting from the failure of these materials could not unduly expose
persons, important buildings or structures or can be readily controlled by
remote valves.

(3) "Pipe joints." Joints shall be made liquid tight.  Welded or screwed
joints or approved connectors shall be used.  Threaded  joints and
connections shall be made up tight with a suitable lubricant or piping
compound.  Pipe joints dependent upon the friction characteristics of
combustible materials for mechanical continuity of piping shall not be used
inside buildings.  They may be used outside of buildings above or below
ground.  If used above ground, the piping shall either be secured to prevent
disengagement at the fitting or the piping system shall be so designed that
any spill resulting from such disengagement could not unduly expose persons,
important buildings or structures, and could be readily controlled by remote
valves.

(4) "Supports." Piping systems shall be substantially supported and
protected against physical damage and excessive stresses arising from
settlement, vibration, expansion, or contraction.

(5) "Protection against corrosion." All piping for flammable or combustible
liquids, both aboveground and underground, where subject to external
corrosion, shall be painted or otherwise protected.

(6) "Valves." Piping systems shall contain a sufficient number of valves to
operate the system properly and to protect the plant. Piping systems in
connection with pumps shall contain a sufficient number of valves to control
properly the flow of liquid in normal operation and in the event of physical
damage.  Each connection to pipelines, by which equipments such as tankcars
or tank vehicles discharge liquids by means of pumps into storage tanks,
shall be provided with a check valve for automatic protection against
backflow if the piping arrangement is such that backflow from the system is
possible.

(7) "Testing" All piping before being covered, enclosed, or placed in use
shall be hydrostatically tested to 150 percent of the maximum anticipated
pressure of the system, or pneumatically tested to 110 percent of the maximum
anticipated pressure of the system, but not less than 5 pounds per square
inch gage at the highest point of the system.  This test shall be maintained
for a sufficient time to complete visual inspection of all joints and
connections, but for at least 10 minutes.

(k) "Marine service stations" - (1) "Dispensing." (i) The dispensing area
shall be located away from other structures so as to provide room for safe
ingress and egress of craft to be fueled.  Dispensing units shall in all
cases be at least 20 feet (6.08 m) from any activity involving fixed sources
of ignition.

(ii) Dispensing shall be by approved dispensing units with or without
integral pumps and may be located on open piers, wharves, or floating docks
or on shore or on piers of the solid fill type.

(iii) Dispensing nozzles shall be automatic-closing without a hold-open
latch.

(2) "Tanks and pumps." (i) Tanks, and pumps not integral with the dispensing
unit, shall be on shore or on a pier of the solid fill type, except as
provided in paragraphs (k)(2)(ii)and (iii) of this section.

(ii) Where shore location would require excessively long supply lines to
dispensers, tanks may be installed on a pier provided that applicable
portions of paragraph (b) of this section relative to spacing, diking, and
piping are complied with and the quantity so stored does not exceed 1,100
gallons (4,163.5 L) aggregate capacity.

(iii) Shore tanks supplying marine service stations may be located above
ground, where rock ledges or high water table make underground tanks
impractical.

(iv) Where tanks are at an elevation which would produce gravity head on the
dispensing unit, the tank outlet shall be equipped with a pressure control
valve positioned adjacent to and outside the tank block valve specified in
1926.152(c)(8) of this section, so adjusted that liquid cannot flow by
gravity from the tank in case of piping or hose failure.

(3) "Piping." (i) Piping between shore tanks and dispensing units shall be
as described in paragraph (k)(2)(iii) of this section, except that, where
dispensing is from a floating structure, suitable lengths of oil-resistant
flexible hose may be employed between the shore piping and the piping on the
floating structure as made necessary by change in water level or shoreline.
 

TABLE F-19 - ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HAZARDOUS AREAS - SERVICE STATIONS

Footnote(1) Ordinary.

(ii) A readily accessible valve to shut off the supply from shore shall be
provided in each pipeline at or near the approach to the pier and at the
shore end of each pipeline adjacent to the point where flexible hose is
attached.

(iii) Piping shall be located so as to be protected from physical damage.

(iv) Piping handling Class I liquids shall be grounded to control stray
currents.

(4) "Definition; as used in this section:" Marine service station shall mean
that portion of a property where flammable or combustible liquids used as
fuels are stored and dispensed from fixed equipment on shore, piers, wharves,
or floating docks into the fuel tanks or self-propelled craft, and shall
include all facilities used in connection therewith.

20.  In 1926.153, new paragraphs (a)(3) and (m) through (o) are added to
read as follows:

1926.153  Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas).
	(a) Approval of equipment and systems.

* * * * * * *

(3) "Definition." As used in this section, "Containers" - All vessels, such
as tanks, cylinders, or drums, used for transportation or storing liquefied
petroleum gases.

* * * * * *

(m) "Systems utilizing containers other than DOT containers" - (1)
"Application."  This paragraph applies specifically to systems utilizing
storage containers other than those constructed in accordance with DOT
specifications.  Paragraph (b) of this section applies to this paragraph
unless otherwise noted in paragraph (b) of this section.

(2) "Design pressure and classification of storage containers."  Storage
containers shall be designed and classified in accordance with Table F-31.
 

Table F-31

Footnote(1) New storage containers of the 80 type have not been authorized
since Dec. 31, 1947.

Footnote(2) Container type may be increased by increments of 25.  The
minimum design pressure of containers shall per 100 percent of the container
type designation when constructed under 1949 or earlier editions of the ASME
Code (Par. U-68 and U-69).  The minimum design pressure of containers shall
be 125 percent of the container type designation when constructed under: (1)
the 1949 ASME Code (Par. U-200 and U-201), (2) 1950, 1952, 1956, 1959, 1962,
1965, and 1968 (Division 1) editions of the ASME Code, and (3) all editions
of the API-ASME Code.

Footnote(3) Construction of containers under the API-ASME Code is not
authorized after July 1, 1061.

(3) Containers with foundations attached (portable or semiportable b
containers with suitable steel "runners" or "skids" and popularly known in
the industry as "skid tanks") shall be designed, installed, and used in
accordance with these rules subject to the following provisions:

(i) If they are to be used at a given general location for a temporary
period not to exceed 6 months they need not have fire-resisting foundations
or saddles but shall have adequate ferrous metal supports.

(ii) They shall not be located with the outside bottom of the container
shell more than 5 feet (1.52 m) above the surface of the ground unless
fire-resisting supports are provided.

(iii) The bottom of the skids shall not be less than 2 inches (5.08 cm) or
more than 12 inches (30.48 cm) below the outside bottom of the container
shell.

(iv) Flanges, nozzles, valves, fittings, and the like, having communication
with the interior of the container, shall be protected against physical
damage.

(v) When not permanently located on fire-resisting foundations, piping
connections shall be sufficiently flexible to minimize the possibility of
breakage or leakage of connections if the container settles, moves, or is
otherwise displaced.

(vi) Skids, or lugs for attachment of skids, shall be secured to the
container in accordance with the code or rules under which the container is
designed and built (with a minimum factor of safety of four) to withstand
loading in any direction equal to four times the weight of the container and
attachments when filled to the maximum permissible loaded weight.

(4) Field welding where necessary shall be made only on saddle plates or
brackets which were applied by the manufacturer of the tank.

(n) When LP-Gas and one or more other gases are stored or used in the same
area, the containers shall be marked to identify their content. Marking shall
be in compliance with American National Standard Z48.1-1954, "Method of
Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers To Identify the Material
Contained."

(o) "Damage from vehicles." When damage to LP-Gas systems from vehicular
traffic is a possibility, precautions against such damage shall be taken.

21.  A new undesignated center heading and 1926.156 and 1926.157 are added
to read as follows:

1926.156  Fixed extinguishing systems, general.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all fixed
extinguishing systems installed to meet a particular OSHA standard except for
automatic sprinkler systems which are covered by 1910.159.

(2) This section also applies to fixed systems not installed to meet a
particular OSHA standard, but which, by means of their operation, may expose
employees to possible injury, death, or adverse health consequences caused by
the extinguishing agent.  Such systems are only subject to the requirements
of paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(7) and (c) of this section.

(3) Systems otherwise covered in paragraph (a)(2) of this section which are
installed in areas with no employee exposure are exempted from the
requirements of this section.

(b) "General requirements." (1) Fixed extinguishing system components and
agents shall be designed and approved for use on the specific fire hazards
they are expected to control or extinguish.

(2) If for any reason a fixed extinguishing system becomes inoperable, the
employer shall notify employees and take the necessary temporary precautions
to assure their safety until the system is restored to operating order.  Any
defects or impairments shall be properly corrected by trained personnel.

(3) The employer shall provide a distinctive alarm or signaling system which
complies with 1926.159 and is capable of being perceived above ambient noise
or light levels, on all extinguishing systems in those portions of the
workplace covered by the extinguishing system to indicate when the
extinguishing system is discharging.  Discharge alarms are not required on
systems where discharge is immediately recognizable.

(4) The employer shall provide effective safeguards to warn employees
against entry into discharge areas where the atmosphere remains hazardous to
employee safety or health.

(5) The employer shall post hazard warning or caution signs at the entrance
to, and inside of, areas protected by fixed extinguishing systems which use
agents in concentrations known to be hazardous to employee safety and health.

(6) The employer shall assure that fixed systems are inspected annually by a
person knowledgeable in the design and function of the system to assure that
the system is maintained in good operating condition.

(7) The employer shall assure that the weight and pressure of refillable
containers is checked at least semi-annually.  If the container shows a loss
in net content or weight of more than 5 percent, or a loss in pressure of
more than 10 percent, it shall be subjected to maintenance.

(8) The employer shall assure that factory charged nonrefillable containers
which have no means of pressure indication are weighted at least
semi-annually.  If a container shows a loss in net weight or more than 5
percent it shall be replaced.

(9) The employer shall assure that inspection and maintenance dates are
recorded on the container, on a tag attached to the container, or in a
central location.  A record of the last semi-annual check shall be maintained
until the container is checked again or for the life of the container,
whichever is less.

(10) The employer shall train employees designated to inspect, maintain,
operate, or repair fixed extinguishing systems and annually review their
training to keep them up-to-date in the functions they are to perform.

(11) The employer shall not use chlorobromomethane or carbon tetrachloride
as an extinguishing agent where employees may be exposed.

(12) The employer shall assure that systems installed in the presence of
corrosive atmospheres are constructed of non-corrosive material or otherwise
protected against corrosion.

(13) Automatic detection equipment shall be approved, installed and
maintained in accordance with 1926.158.

(14) The employer shall assure that all systems designed for and installed
in areas with climatic extremes shall operate effectively at the expected
extreme temperatures.

(15) The employer shall assure that at least one manual station is provided
for discharge activation of each fixed extinguishing system.

(16) The employer shall assure that manual operating devices are identified
as to the hazard against which they will provide protection.

(17) The employer shall provide and assure the use of the personal
protective equipment needed for immediate rescue of employees trapped in
hazardous atmospheres created by an agent discharge.

(c) "Total flooding systems with potential health and safety hazards to
employees." (1) The employer shall provide an emergency action plan in
accordance with 1926.35 for each area within a workplace that is protected by
a total flooding system which provides agent concentrations exceeding the
maximum safe levels set forth in paragraphs (b)(5) and (b)(6) of 1926.157.

(2) Systems installed in areas where employees cannot enter during or after
the system's operation are exempt from the requirements of paragraph (c) of
this section.

(3) On all total flooding systems the employer shall provide a pre-discharge
employee alarm which complies with 1926.159, and is capable of being
perceived above ambient light or noise levels before the system discharges,
which will give employees time to safely exit from the discharge area prior
to system discharge.

(4) The employer shall provide automatic actuation of total flooding systems
by means of an approved fire detection device installed and interconnected
with a pre-discharge employee alarm system to give employees time to safely
exit from the discharge area prior to system discharge.

1926.157   Fixed extinguishing systems, gaseous agent.

(a) "Scope and application" - (1) "Scope."  This section applies to all
fixed extinguishing systems, using a gas as the extinguishing agent,
installed to meet a particular OSHA standard.  These systems shall also
comply with 1926.156.  In some cases, the gas may be in a liquid state during
storage.

(2) "Application." The requirements of paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(4) through
(b)(6) shall apply only to total flooding systems.

(b) "Specific requirements." (1) Agents used for initial supply and
replenishment shall be of the type approved for the system's application.
Carbon dioxide obtained by dry ice conversion to liquid is not acceptable
unless it is processed to remove excess water and oil.

(2) Except during overhaul, the employer shall assure that the designed
concentration of gaseous agents is maintained until the fire has been
extinguished or is under control.

(3) The employer shall assure that employees are not exposed to toxic levels
of gaseous agent or its decomposition products.

(4) The employer shall assure that the designed extinguishing concentration
is reached within 30 seconds of initial discharge except for Halon systems
which must achieve design concentration within 10 seconds.

(5) The employer shall provide a distinctive pre-discharge employee alarm
capable of being perceived above ambient light or noise levels when agent
design concentrations exceed the maximum safe level for employee exposure.  A
pre-discharge employee alarm for alerting employees before system discharge
shall be provided on Halon 1211 and carbon dioxide systems with a design
concentration of 10 percent or greater.  The pre-discharge employee alarm
shall provide employees time to safely exit the discharge area prior to
system discharge.

(6)(i) Where egress from an area cannot be accomplished within one minute,
the employer shall not use Halon 1301 in concentrations greater than 7
percent.

(ii) Where egress takes greater than 30 seconds but less than one minute,
the employer shall not use Halon 1301 in a concentration greater then 10
percent.

(iii) Halon 1301 concentrations greater than 10 percent are only permitted
in areas not normally occupied by employees provided that any employee in the
area can escape within 30 seconds.  The employer shall assure that no
unprotected employees enter the area during agent discharge.

22. A new undesignated center heading and 1926.158 and 1926.159 are added to
read as follows:

Other Fire Protection Systems

1926.158 Fire detection systems.

(a) "Scope and application." This section applies to all automatic fire
detection systems installed to meet the requirements of a particular OSHA
standard.

(b) "Installation and restoration." (1) The employer shall assure that all
devices and equipment constructed and installed to comply with this standard
are approved for the purpose for which they are intended.

(2) The employer shall restore all fire detection systems and components to
normal operating condition as promptly as possible after each test or alarm.
Spare detection devices and components which are normally destroyed in the
process of detecting fires shall be available on the premises of from a local
supplier in sufficient quantities and locations for prompt restoration of the
system.

(c) "Maintenance and testing." (1) The employer shall maintain all systems
in an operable condition except during repairs or maintenance.

(2) The employer shall assure that fire detectors and fire detection systems
are tested and adjusted as often as needed to maintain proper reliability and
operating condition except that factory calibrated detectors need not be
adjusted after installation.

(3) The employer shall assure that pneumatic and hydraulic operated
detection systems installed after January 1, 1981, are equipped with
supervised systems.

(4) The employer shall assure that the servicing, maintenance and testing of
fire detection systems, including cleaning and necessary sensitivity
adjustments are performed by a trained person knowledgeable in the operation
and functions of the system.

(5) The employer shall also assure that fire detectors that need to be
cleaned of dirt, dust, or other particulates in order to be fully operational
are cleaned at regular periodic intervals.

(d) "Protection of fire detectors." (1) The employer shall assure that fire
detection equipment installed outdoors or in the presence of corrosive
atmospheres be protected from corrosion.  The employer shall provide a
canopy, hood, or other suitable protection for detection equipment requiring
protection from the weather.

(2) The employer shall locate or otherwise protect detection equipment so
that it is protected from mechanical or physical impact which might render it
inoperable.

(3) The employer shall assure that detectors are supported independently of
their attachment to wires or tubing.

(e) "Response time." (1) The employer shall assure that fire detection
systems installed for the purpose of actuating fire extinguishment or
suppression systems shall be designed to operate in time to control or
extinguish a fire.

(2) The employer shall assure that fire detection systems installed for the
purpose of employee alarm and evacuation be designed and installed to provide
a warning for emergency action and safe escape of employees.

(3) The employer shall not delay alarms or devices initiated by fire
detector actuation for more than 30 seconds unless such delay is necessary
for the immediate safety of employees.  When such delay is necessary, it
shall be addressed in an emergency action plan meeting the requirements of
1926.35.

(f) "Number, location and spacing of detecting devices."  The employer shall
assure that the number, spacing and location of fire detectors is based upon
design data obtained from field experience, or tests, engineering surveys,
the manufacturer's recommendations, or a recognized testing laboratory
listing.

1926.159  Employer alarm systems.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all emergency
employee alarms installed to meet a particular OSHA standard.  This section
does not apply to those discharge or supervisory alarms required on various
fixed extinguishing systems or to supervisory alarms on fire suppression,
alarm or detection systems unless they are intended to be employee alarm
systems.

(2) The requirements in this section that pertain to maintenance, testing
and inspection shall apply to all local fire alarm signaling systems used for
alerting employees regardless of the other functions of the system.

(3) All pre-discharge employee alarms installed to meet a particular OSHA
standard shall meet the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) through (4), (c),
and (d)(1) of this section.

(b) "General requirements." (1) The employee alarm system shall provide
warning for necessary emergency action as called for in the emergency action
plan, or for reaction time for safe escape of employees from the workplace or
the immediate work area, or both.

(2) The employee alarm shall be capable of being perceived above ambient
noise or light levels by all employees in the affected portions of the
workplace.  Tactile devices may be used to alert those employees who would
not otherwise be able to recognize the audible or visual alarm.

(3) The employee alarm shall be distinctive and recognizable as a signal to
evacuate the work area or to perform actions designated under the emergency
action plan.

(4) The employer shall explain to each employee the preferred means of
reporting emergencies, such as manual pull box alarms, public address
systems, radio or telephones.  The employer shall post emergency telephone
numbers near telephones, or employee notice boards, and other conspicuous
locations when telephones serve as a means of reporting emergencies.  Where a
communication system also serves as the employee alarm system, all emergency
messages shall have priority over all non-emergency messages.

(5) The employer shall establish procedures for sounding emergency alarms in
the workplace.  For those employers with 10 or fewer employees in a
particular workplace, direct voice communication is an acceptable procedure
for sounding the alarm provided all employees can hear the alarm.  Such
workplaces need not have a back-up system.

(c) "Installation and restoration." (1) The employer shall assure that all
devices, components, combinations of devices or systems constructed and
installed to comply with this standard are approved.  Steam whistles, air
horns, strobe lights or similar lighting devices, or tactile devices meeting
the requirements of this section are considered to meet this requirement for
approval.

(2) The employer shall assure that all employee alarm systems are restored
to normal operating condition as promptly as possible after each test or
alarm.  Spare alarm devices and components subject to wear or destruction
shall be available in sufficient quantities and locations for prompt
restoration of the system.

(d) "Maintenance and testing." (1) The employer shall assure that all
employee alarm systems are maintained in operating condition except when
undergoing repairs or maintenance.

(2) The employer shall assure that a test of the reliability and adequacy of
non-supervised employee alarm systems is made every two months.  A different
actuation device shall be used in each test of a multi-actuation device
system so that no individual device is used for two consecutive tests.

(3) The employer shall maintain or replace power supplies as often as is
necessary to assure a fully operational condition.  Back-up means of alarm,
such as employee runners or telephones, shall be provided when systems are
out of service.

(4) The employer shall assure that employee alarm circuitry installed after
January 1, 1981, which is capable of being supervised is supervised and that
it will provide positive notification to assigned personnel whenever a
deficiency exists in the system.  The employer shall assure that all
supervised employee alarm systems are tested at least annually for
reliability and adequacy.

(5) The employer shall assure that the servicing, maintenance and testing of
employee alarms are done by persons trained in the designed operation and
functions necessary for reliable and safe operation of the system.

(e) "Manual operation." The employer shall assure that manually operated
actuation devices for use in conjunction with employee alarms are
unobstructed, conspicuous and readily accessible.

23. In 1926.200, a new paragraph (c)(3) is added to read as follows:

1926.200  Accident prevention signs and tags.

* * * *  *
	(c) Caution signs.

* * * * * *

(3) Standard color of the background shall be yellow; and the panel, black
with yellow letters.  Any letters used against the yellow background shall be
black.  The colors shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified in
Table 1 of American National Standard Z53.1-1967.

* * * * * *

24.  In 1926.250, new paragraphs (c) and (d) are added to read as follows:

1926.250   General requirements for storage.

* * * * * *

(c) "Housekeeping." Storage areas shall be kept free from accumulation of
materials that constitute hazards from tripping, fire, explosion, or pest
harborage.  Vegetation control will be exercised when necessary.

(d) "Dockboards (bridge plates)." (1) Portable and powered dockboards shall
be strong enough to carry the load imposed on them.

(2) Portable dockboards shall be secured in position, either by being
anchored or equipped with devices which will prevent their slipping.

(3) Handholds, or other effective means, shall be provided on portable
dockboards to permit safe handling.

(4) Positive protection shall be provided to prevent railroad cars from
being moved while dockboards or bridge plates are in position.

25.  In 1926.251, new paragraphs (a)(5) and (6), (b)(6)(i) and (ii), (c)(6)
through (15), (d)(3) through (6), and (e)(3) through (8) are added to read as
follows:

1926.251   Rigging equipment for material handling.

* * * * *
	(a) General.

* * * * *

(5) "Scope."  This section applies to slings used in conjunction with other
material handling equipment for the movement of material by hoisting, in
employments covered by this part.  The types of slings covered are those made
from alloy steel chain, wire rope, metal mesh, natural or synthetic fiber
rope (conventional three strand construction), and synthetic web (nylon,
polyester, and polypropylene).

(6) "Inspections." Each day before being used, the sling and all fastenings
and attachments shall be inspected for damage or defects by a competent
person designated by the employer.  Additional inspections shall be performed
during sling use, where service conditions warrant. Damaged or defective
slings shall be immediately removed from service.
	(b) Alloy steel chains.

* * * * *

(6) "Inspections." (i) In addition to the inspection required by other
paragraphs of this section, a thorough periodic inspection of alloy steel
chain slings in use shall be made on a regular basis, to be determined on the
basis of (A) frequency of sling use; (B) severity of service conditions; (C)
nature of lifts being made; and (D) experience gained on the service life of
slings used in similar circumstances.  Such inspections shall in no event be
at intervals greater than once every 12 months.

(ii) The employer shall make and maintain a record of the most recent month
in which each alloy steel chain sling was thoroughly inspected, and shall
make such record available for examination.
	(c) Wire rope.

* * * * *

(6) Slings shall not be shortened with knots or bolts or other makeshift
devices.

(7) Sling legs shall not be kinked.

(8) Slings used in a basket
hitch shall have the loads balanced to prevent slippage.

(9) Slings shall be padded or protected from the sharp edges of their loads.

(10) Hands or fingers shall not be placed between the sling and its load
while the sling is being tightened around the load.

(11) Shock loading is prohibited.

(12) A sling shall not be pulled
from under a load when the load is resting on the sling.

(13) "Minimum sling lengths." (i) Cable laid and 6 X 19 and 6 X 37 slings
shall have minimum clear length of wire rope 10 times the component rope
diameter between splices, sleeves or end fittings.

(ii) Braided slings shall have a minimum clear length of wire rope 40 times
the component rope diameter between the loops or end fittings.

(iii) Cable laid grommets, strand laid grommets and endless slings shall
have a minimum circumferential length of 96 times their body diameter.

(14) "Safe operating temperatures." Fiber core wire rope slings of all
grades shall be permanently removed from service if they are exposed to
temperatures in excess of 200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C). When nonfiber core wire
rope slings of any grade are used at temperatures above 400 deg. F (204.44
deg. C) or below minus 60 deg. F (15.55 deg. C), recommendations of the sling
manufacturer regarding use at that temperature shall be followed.

(15) "End attachments." (i) Welding of end attachments, except covers to
thimbles, shall be performed prior to the assembly of the sling.

(ii) All welded end attachments shall not be used unless proof tested by the
manufacturer or equivalent entity at twice their rated capacity prior to
initial use.  The employer shall retain a certificate of proof test, and make
it available for examination.
	(d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber-

* * * * * *

(3) "Safe operating temperatures." Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings,
except for wet frozen slings, may be used in a temperature range from minus
20 deg. F (-28.88 deg. C) to plus 180 deg. F (82.2 deg. C) without decreasing
the working load limit.  For operations outside this temperature range and
for wet frozen slings, the sling manufacturer's recommendations shall be
followed.

(4) "Splicing." Spliced fiber rope slings shall not be used unless they have
been spliced in accordance with the following minimum requirements and in
accordance with any additional recommendations of the manufacturer:

(i) In manila rope, eye splices shall consist of at least three full tucks,
and short splices shall consist of at least six full tucks, three on each
side of the splice center line.

(ii) In synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall consist of at least four
full tucks, and short splices shall consist of at least eight full tucks,
four on each side of the center line.

(iii) Strand end tails shall not be trimmed flush with the surface of the
rope immediately adjacent to the full tucks.  This applies to all types of
fiber rope and both eye and short splices.  For fiber rope under 1 inch (2.54
cm) in diameter, the tail shall project at least six rope diameters beyond
the last full tuck.  For fiber rope 1 inch (2.54 cm) in diameter and larger,
the tail shall project at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) beyond the last full
tuck.  Where a projecting tail interferes with the use of the sling, the tail
shall be tapered and spliced into the body of the rope using at lest two
additional tucks (which will require a tail length of approximately six rope
diameters beyond the last full tuck).

(iv) Fiber rope slings shall have a minimum clear length of rope between eye
splices equal to 10 times the rope diameter.

(v) Knots shall not be used in lieu of splices.

(vi) Clamps not
designed specifically for fiber ropes shall not be used for
splicing.

(vii) For all eye splices, the eye shall be of such size to provide an
included angle of not greater than 60 degrees at the splice when the eye is
placed over the load or support.

(5) "End attachments." Fiber rope slings shall not be used if end
attachments in contact with the rope have sharp edges or projections.

(6) "Removal from service." Natural and synthetic fiber rope slings shall be
immediately removed from service if any of the following conditions are
present:
	(i) Abnormal wear. (ii) Powdered fiber between strands. (iii) Broken
or cut fibers. (iv) Variations in the size or roundness of strands. (v)
Discoloration or rotting. (vi) Distortion of hardware in the sling. (e)
Synthetic webbing (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene).

* * * * * *

(3) "Webbing." Synthetic webbing shall be of uniform thickness and width and
selvage edges shall not be split from the webbing's width.

(4) "Fittings." Fittings shall be:

(i) Of a minimum breaking strength equal to that of the sling; and

(ii) Free of all sharp edges that could in any way damage the
webbing.

(5) "Attachment of end fittings to webbing and formation of
eyes."

Stitching shall be the only method used to attach end fittings to webbing
and to form eyes.  The thread shall be in an even pattern and contain a
sufficient number of stitches to develop the full breaking strength of the
sling.

(6) "Environmental conditions." When synthetic web slings are used, the
following precautions shall be taken:

(i) Nylon web slings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, mists or
liquids of acids or phenolics are present.

(ii) Polyester and polypropylene web slings shall not be used where fumes,
vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present.

(iii) Web slings with aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes,
vapors, sprays, mists or liquids of caustics are present.

(7) "Safe operating temperatures."  Synthetic web slings of polyester and
nylon shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 180 deg. F (82.2 deg.
C).  Polypropylene web slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of
200 deg. F (93.33 deg. C).

(8) "Removal from service." Synthetic web slings shall be immediately
removed from service if any of the following conditions are present:
	(i) Acid or caustic burns;
	(ii) Melting or charring of any part of the sling surface;
	(iii) Snags, punctures, tears or cuts;
	(iv) Broken or worn stitches; or (v) Distortion of
fittings.

26.  In 1926.300, new paragraphs (b)(3) through (7) are added to read as
follows:

1926.300  General requirements.

* * * * * * *

(b) Guarding. (1) When power operated tools are designed to accommodate
guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use.

(3) "Types of guarding." One or more methods of machine guarding shall be
provided to protect the operator and other employees in the machine area from
hazards such as those created by point of operation, ingoing nip points,
rotating parts, flying chips and sparks.  Examples of guarding methods are -
barrier guards, two-hand tripping devices, electronic safety devices, etc.

(4) "Point of operation guarding." (i) Point of operation is the area on a
machine where work is actually performed upon the material being processed.

(ii) The point of operation of machines whose operation exposes an employee
to injury, shall be guarded.  The guarding device shall be in conformity with
any appropriate standards therefor, or, in the absence of applicable specific
standards, shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the operator
from having any part of his body in the danger zone during the operating
cycle.

(iii) Special handtools for placing and removing material shall be such as
to permit easy handling of material without the operator placing a hand in
the danger zone.  Such tools shall not be in lieu of other guarding required
by this section, but can only be used to supplement protection provided.

(iv) The following are some of the machines which usually require point of
operation guarding:
	{a} Guillotine cutters. {b} Shears. {c} Alligator shears. {d}
Powered presses. {e} Milling machines. {f} Power saws. {g} Jointers. {h}
Portable power tools. {i} Forming rolls and calenders. (5) "Exposure of
blades." When the periphery of the blades of a fan is less than 7 feet (2.128
m) above the floor or working level, the blades shall be guarded.  The guard
shall have openings no larger than 1/2 inch (1.27 cm).

(6) "Anchoring fixed machinery." Machines designed for a fixed location
shall be securely anchored to prevent walking or moving.

(7) "Guarding of abrasive wheel machinery - exposure adjustment."

Safety guards of the types described in paragraphs (b)(3) and (4) of this
section, where the operator stands in front of the opening, shall be
constructed so that the peripheral protecting member can be adjusted to the
constantly decreasing diameter of the wheel.  The maximum angular exposure
above the horizontal plane of the wheel spindle as specified in paragraphs
(b)(3) and (4) of this section shall never be exceeded, and the distance
between the wheel periphery and the adjustable tongue or the end of the
peripheral member at the top shall never exceed 1/4 inch (0.635 cm).  (See
Figures O-18, O-19, O-20, O-21, O-22, and O-23.)

* * * * * *

27.  In 1926.302, new paragraph (b)(10) is added to read as follows:

1926.302  Power-operated hand tools.

* * * * * *
	(b) Pneumatic power tools.

* * * * * *

(10) "Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles."  The blast cleaning nozzles shall be
equipped with an operating valve which must be held open manually.  A support
shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not in use.

27.  In 1926.302, new paragraph (b)(10) is added to read as follows:

1926.302  Power-operated hand tools.

* * * * * *
	(b) Pneaumatic hand tools.

* * * * * *

(10) Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles.  The blast cleaning nozzles shall be
equipped with an operating valve which must be held open manually.  A support
shall be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not in use.

28.  In paragraph (b) of 1926.303, the existing text is designated as
paragraph (b)(1) and a new paragraph (b)(2) is added; in addition, a new
paragraph (e) is added.  The new paragraphs read as follows:

1926.303  Abrasive wheels and tools.
	(b) Guarding.

* * * * * *

(2) "Guarding design." The safety guard shall cover the spindle end, nut,
and flange projections.  The safety guard shall be mounted so as to maintain
proper alignment with the wheel, and the strength of the fastenings shall
exceed the strength of the guard, except:

(i) Safety guards on all operations where the work provides a suitable
measure of protection to the operator, may be so constructed that the spindle
end, nut, and outer flange are exposed; and where the nature of the work is
such as to entirely cover the side of the wheel, the side covers of the guard
may be omitted; and

(ii) The spindle end, nut, and outer flange may be exposed on machines
designed as portable saws.

* * * * * * *

(e) "Work rests." On offhand grinding machines, work rests shall be used to
support the work.  They shall be of rigid construction and designed to be
adjustable to compensate for wheel wear.  Work rests shall be kept adjusted
closely to the wheel with a maximum opening of 1/8 inch (0.3175 cm) to
prevent the work from being jammed between the wheel and the rest, which may
cause wheel breakage.  The work rest shall be securely clamped after each
adjustment.  The adjustment shall not be made with the wheel in motion.

29. In 1926.304, new paragraphs (g) through (i) are added to read as follows:

1926.304  Woodworking tools *    *    *    *    *    *

(g) "Radial saws." (1) The upper hood shall completely enclose the upper
portion of the blade down to a point that will include the end of the saw
arbor.  The upper hood shall be constructed in such a manner and of such
material that it will protect the operator from flying splinters, broken saw
teeth, etc., and will defect sawdust away from the operator.  The sides of
the lower exposed portion of the blade shall be guarded to the full diameter
of the blade by a device that will automatically adjust itself to the
thickness of the stock and remain in contact with stock being cut to give
maximum protection possible for the operation being performed.

(h) "Hand-fed crosscut table saws." (1) Each circular crosscut table saw
shall be guarded by a hood which shall meet all the requirements of paragraph
(c)(1) of this section for hoods for circular ripsaws.

(i) "Hand-fed ripsaws." (1) Each circular hand-fed ripsaw shall be guarded
by a hood which shall completely enclose the portion of the saw above the
table and that portion of the saw above the material being cut.  The hood and
mounting shall be arranged so that the hood will automatically adjust itself
to the thickness of and remain in contact with the material being cut but it
shall not offer any considerable resistance to insertion of material to saw
or to passage of the material being sawed.  The hood shall be made of
adequate strength to resist blows and strains incidental to reasonable
operation, adjusting, and handling, and shall be so designed as to protect
the operator from flying splinters and broken saw teeth.  It shall be made of
material that is soft enough so that it will be unlikely cause tooth
breakage. the hood shall be so mounted as to insure that its operation will
be positive, reliable, and in true alignment with the saw; and the mounting
shall be adequate in strength to resist any reasonable side thrust or other
force tending to throw it out of line.

30.  New paragraph (d) is added to 1926.305 to read as follows:

1926.305  Jacks - lever and rachet, screw, and hydraulic. *    *    *    *
 *    *

(d)(1) "Operation and maintenance." (i) After the load has been raised, it
shall be cribbed, blocked, or otherwise secured at once.

(ii) Hydraulic jacks exposed to freezing temperatures shall be supplied with
an adequate antifreeze liquid.

(iii) All jacks shall be properly lubricated at regular intervals.

(iv) Each jack shall be thoroughly inspected at times which depend upon the
service conditions.  Inspections shall be not less frequent than the
following:

(a) For constant or intermittent use at one locality, once every 6 months,

(b) For jacks sent out of shop for special work, when sent out and when
returned,

(c) For a jack subjected to abnormal load or shock, immediately
before and immediately thereafter.

(v) Repair or replacement parts shall be examined for possible
defects.

(vi) Jacks which are out of order shall be tagged accordingly, and
shall not be used until repairs are made.

31.  New 1926.306 and 1926.307 are added to read as follows:

1926.306  Air receivers

(a) "General requirements - (1) "Application." This section applies to
compressed air receivers, and other equipment used in providing and utilizing
compressed air for performing operations such as cleaning, drilling,
hoisting, and chipping.  On the other hand, however, this section does not
deal with the special problems created by using compressed air to convey
materials nor the problems created when men work in compressed air as in
tunnels and caissons.  This section is not intended to apply to compressed
air machinery and equipment used on transportation vehicles such as steam
railroad cars, electric railway cars, and automotive equipment.

(2) "New and existing equipment." (i) All new air receivers installed after
the effective date of these regulations shall be constructed in accordance
with the 1968 edition of the A.S.M.E. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Section
VIII.

(ii) All safety valves used shall be constructed, installed and maintained
in accordance with the A.S.M.E. Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII
Edition 1968.

(b) "Installation and equipment requirements" - (1) "Installation."

Air receivers shall be so installed that all drains, handholes, and manholes
therein are easily accessible.  Under no circumstances shall an air receiver
be buried underground or located in an inaccessible place.

(2) "Drains and traps." A drain pipe and valve shall be installed at the
lowest point of every air receiver to provide for the removal of accumulated
oil and water.  Adequate automatic traps may be installed in addition to
drain valves.  The drain valve on the air receiver shall be opened and the
receiver completely drained frequently and at such intervals as to prevent
the accumulation of excessive amounts of liquid in the receiver.

(3) "Gages and valves." (i) Every air receiver shall be equipped with an
indicating pressure gage (so located as to be readily visible) and with one
or more spring-loaded safety valves.  The total relieving capacity of such
safety valves shall be such as to prevent pressure in the receiver from
exceeding the maximum allowable working pressure of the receiver by more than
10 percent.

(ii) No valve of any type shall be placed between the air receiver and its
safety valve or valves.

(iii) Safety appliances, such as safety valves, indicating devices and
controlling devices, shall be constructed, located, and installed so that
they cannot be readily rendered inoperative by any means, including the
elements.

(iv) All safety valves shall be tested frequently and at regular intervals
to determine whether they are in good operating condition.

1926.307  Mechanical power-transmission apparatus.

(a) "General requirements." (1) This section covers all types and shapes of
power-transmission belts, except the following when operating at two hundred
and fifty (250) feet per minute or less: (i) Flat belts 1 inch (2.54 cm) or
less in width, (ii) flat belts 2 inches (5.08 cm) or less in width which are
free from metal lacings or fasteners, (iii) round belts 1/2 inch (1.27 cm) or
less in diameter; and (iv) single strand V-belts, the width of which is
thirteen thirty-seconds (13/32) inches or less.

(2) Vertical and inclined belts (paragraphs (e)(3) and (4) of this section)
if not more than 2 1/2 inches (6.35 cm) wide and running at a speed of less
than one thousand (1,000) feet per minute, and if free from metal lacings or
fastening may be guarded with a nip-point belt and pully guard.

(3) For the Textile Industry, because of the presence of excessive deposits
of lint, which constitute a serious fire hazard, the sides and face sections
only of nip-point belt and pully guards are required, provided the guard
shall extend at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) beyond the rim of the pulley on the
in-running and off-running sides of the belt and at least 2 inches (5.08 cm)
away from the rim and face of the pulley in all other directions.

(4) This section covers the principal features with which power transmission
safeguards shall comply.

(b) "Prime-mover guards" - (1) "Flywheels." Flywheels located so that any
part is 7 feet (2.128 m) or less above floor or platform shall be guarded in
accordance with the requirements of this subparagraph:

(i) With an enclosure of sheet, perforated, or expanded metal, or woven wire;

(ii) With guard rails placed not less than 15 inches (38.1 cm) nor more than
20 inches (50.8 cm) from rim.  When flywheel extends into pit or is within
12 inches (30.48 cm) of floor, a standard toeboard shall also be provided;

(iii) When the upper rim of flywheel protrudes through a working floor, it
shall be entirely enclosed or surrounded by a guardrail and toeboard.

(iv) For flywheels with smooth rims 5 feet (1.52 m) or less in diameter,
where the preceding methods cannot be applied, the following may be used: A
disk attached to the flywheel in such manner as to cover the spokes of the
wheel on the exposed side and present a smooth surface and edge, at the same
time providing means for periodic inspection.  An open space, not exceeding 4
inches (10.16 cm) in width, may be left between the outside edge of the disk
and the rim of the wheel if desired, to facilitate turning the wheel over.
Where a disk is used, the keys or other dangerous projections not covered by
disk shall be cut off or covered.  This subdivision does not apply to
flywheel with solid web centers.

(v) Adjustable guard to be used for starting engine or for running
adjustment may be provided at the flywheel of gas or oil engines.  A slot
opening for jack bar will be permitted.

(vi) Wherever flywheels are above working areas, guards shall be installed
having sufficient strength to hold the weight of the flywheel in the event of
a shaft or wheel mounting failure.

(2) "Cranks and connecting rods." Cranks and connecting rods, when exposed
to contact, shall be guarded in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (n) of
this section, or by a guardrail as described in paragraph (o)(5) of this
section.

(3) "Tail rods or extension piston rods."  Tail rods or extension piston
rods shall be guarded in accordance with paragraphs (m) and (o) of this
section, or by a guardrail on sides and end, with a clearance of not less
than 15 (38.1 cm) nor more than 20 inches (50.8 cm) when rod is fully
extended.

(c) "Shafting" - (1) "Installation." (i) Each continuous line of shafting
shall be secured in position against excessive endwise movement.

(ii) Inclined and vertical shafts, particularly inclined idler shafts, shall
be securely held in position against endwise thrust.

(2) "Guarding horizontal shafting." (i) All exposed parts of horizontal
shafting 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from floor or working platform, excepting
runways used exclusively for oiling, or running adjustments, shall be
protected by a stationary casing enclosing shafting completely or by a trough
enclosing sides and top or sides and bottom of shafting as location requires.

(ii) Shafting under bench machines shall be enclosed by a stationary casing,
or by a trough at sides and top or sides and bottom, as location requires.
The sides of the trough shall come within at least 6 inches (15.24 cm) of the
underside of table, or if shafting is located near floor within 6 inches
(15.24 cm) of floor.  In every case the sides of trough shall extend at least
2 inches (5.08 cm) beyond the shafting or protuberance.

(3) "Guarding vertical and inclined shafting."  Vertical and inclined
shafting 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from floor or working platform, excepting
maintenance runways, shall be enclosed with a stationary casing in accordance
with requirements of paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section.

(4) "Projecting shafts ends." (i) Projecting shaft ends shall present a
smooth edge and end and shall not project more than one-half the diameter of
the shaft unless guarded by nonrotating caps or safety sleeves.

(ii) Unused keyways shall be filled up or covered.

(5)
"Power-transmission apparatus located in basements."  All mechanical power
transmission apparatus located in basements, towers, and rooms used
exclusively for power transmission equipment shall be guarded in accordance
with this section, except that the requirements for safeguarding belts,
pulleys, and shafting need not be complied with when the following
requirements are met:

(i) The basement, tower, or room occupied by transmission equipment is
locked against unauthorized entrance.

(ii) The vertical clearance in passageways between the floor and power
transmission beams, ceiling, or any other objects, is not less than 5 ft. 6
in. (1.672 m).

(iii) The intensity of illumination conforms to the requirements of ANSI
A11.1-1965 (R-1970).

(iv) [Reserved]

(v) The route followed by the oiler is protected in
such manner as to prevent accident.

(d) "Pulleys" - (1) "Guarding."  Pulleys, any parts of which are 7 feet
(2.128 m) or less from the floor or working platform, shall be guarded in
accordance with the standards specified in paragraphs (m) and (o)  of this
section.  Pulleys serving as balance wheels (e.g., punch presses) on which
the point of contact between belt and pulley is more than 6 ft. 6 in. (1.976
m) from the floor or platform may be guarded with a disk covering the spokes.

(2) "Location of pulleys." (i) Unless the distance to the nearest fixed
pulley, clutch, or hanger exceeds the width of the belt used, a guide shall
be provided to prevent the belt from leaving the pulley on the side where
insufficient clearance exists.

(ii) [Reserved]

(3) "Broken pulleys."  Pulleys with cracks, or
pieces broken out of rims, shall not be used.

(4) "Pulley speeds."  Pulleys intended to operate at rim speed in excess of
manufacturers normal recommendations shall be specially designed and
carefully balanced for the speed at which they are to operate.

(e) "Belt, rope, and chain drives" - (1) "Horizontal belts and ropes."

(i) Where both runs of horizontal belts are 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from
the floor level, the guard shall extend to at least 15 inches (38.1 cm) above
the belt or to a standard height (see Table O-12), except that where both
runs of a horizontal belt are 42 inches (106.68 cm) or less from the floor,
the belt shall be fully enclosed.

(ii) In powerplants or power-development rooms, a guardrail may be used in
lieu of the guard required by paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section.

(2) "Overhead horizontal belts." (i) Overhead horizontal belts, with lower
parts 7 feet (2.128 m) or less from the floor or platform, shall be guarded
on sides and bottom in accordance with paragraph (o)(3) of this section.

(ii) Horizontal overhead belts more than 7 feet (2.128 m) above floor or
platform shall be guarded for their entire length under the following
conditions:

(a) If located over passageways or work places and traveling 1,800 feet or
more per minute.

(b) If center to center distance between pulleys is 10 feet (3.04 m) or more.

(c) If belt is 8 inches (20.32 cm) or more in width.

(iii) Where the
upper and lower runs of horizontal belts are so located that passage of
persons between them would be possible, the passage shall be
either:

(a) Completely barred by a guardrail or other barrier in accordance with
paragraphs (m) and (o) of this section; or (b) Where passage is regarded as
necessary, there shall be a platform over the lower run guarded on either
side by a railing completely filled in with wire mesh or other filler, or by
a solid barrier.  The upper run shall be so guarded as to prevent contact
therewith either by the worker or by objects carried by him.  In powerplants
only the lower run of the belt need be guarded.

(iv) Overhead chain and link belt drives are governed by the same rules as
overhead horizontal belts and shall be guarded in the same manner as belts.

(3) "Vertical and inclined belts." (i) Vertical and inclined belts shall be
enclosed by a guard conforming to standards in paragraphs (m) and (o) of this
section.

(ii) All guards for inclined belts shall be arranged in such a manner that a
minimum clearance of 7 feet (2.128 m) is maintained between belt and floor at
any point outside of guard.

(4) "Vertical belts." Vertical belts running over a lower pulley more than 7
feet (2.128 m) above floor or platform shall be guarded at the bottom in the
same manner as horizontal overhead belts, if conditions are as stated in
paragraphs (e)(2)(ii)(a) and (c) of this section.

(5) "Cone-pulley belts." (i) The cone belt and pulley shall be equipped with
a belt shifter so constructed as to adequately guard the nip point of the
belt and pulley.  If the frame of the belt shifter does not adequately guard
the nip point of the belt and pulley, the nip point shall be further
protected by means of a vertical guard placed in front of the pulley and
extending at least to the top of the largest step of the cone.

(ii) If the belt is of the endless type or laced with rawhide laces, and a
belt shifter is not desired, the belt will be considered guarded if the nip
point of the belt and pulley is protected by a nip point guard located in
front of the cone extending at least to the top of the largest step of the
cone, and formed to show the contour of the cone in order to give the nip
point of the belt and pulley the maximum protection.

(iii) If the cone is located less than 3 feet (0.912 m) from the floor or
working platform, the cone pulley and belt shall be guarded to a height of 3
feet (0.912 m) regardless of whether the belt is endless or laced with
rawhide.

(6) "Belt tighteners." (i) Suspended counterbalanced tighteners and all
parts thereof shall be of substantial construction and securely fastened; the
bearings shall be securely capped.  Means must be provided to prevent
tightener from falling, in case the belt breaks.

(ii) When suspended counterweights are used and not guarded by location,
they shall be so encased as to prevent accident.

(f) "Gears, sprockets, and chains" - (1) "Gears." Gears shall be guarded in
accordance with one of the following methods:

(i) By a complete enclosure; or (ii) By a standard guard as
described in paragraph (o) of this section, at least 7 feet (2.128 m) high
extending 6 inches (15.24 cm) above the mesh point of the gears; or (iii) By
a band guard covering the face of gear and having flanges extended inward
beyond the root of the teeth on the exposed side or sides.  Where any portion
of the train of gears guarded by a band guard is less than 6 feet (1.824 m)
from the floor a disk guard or a complete exposure to the height of 6 feet
(1.824 m) shall be required.

(2) "Hand-operated gears." Paragraph (f)(1) of this section does not apply
to hand-operated gears used only to adjust machine parts and which do not
continue to move after hand power is removed.  However, the guarding of these
gears is highly recommended.

(3) "Sprockets and chains." All sprocket wheels and chains shall be enclosed
unless they are more than 7 feet (2.128 m) above the floor or platform.
Where the drive extends over other machine or working areas, protection
against falling shall be provided.  This subparagraph does not apply to
manually operated sprockets.

(4) "Openings for oiling." When frequent oiling must be done, openings with
hinged or sliding self-closing covers shall be provided.  All points not
readily accessible shall have oil feed tubes if lubricant is to be added
while machinery is in motion.

(g) "Guarding friction drives." The driving point of all friction drives
when exposed to contact shall be guarded, all arm or spoke friction drives
and all web friction drives with holes in the web shall be entirely enclosed,
and all projecting belts on friction drives where exposed to contact shall be
guarded.

(h) "Keys, setscrews, and other projections." (1) All projecting keys,
setscrews, and other projections in revolving parts shall be removed or made
flush or guarded by metal cover.  This subparagraph does not apply to keys or
setscrews within gear or sprocket casings or other enclosures, nor to keys,
setscrews, or oilcups in hubs of pulleys less than 20 inches (50.8 cm) in
diameter where they are within the plane of the rim of the pulley.

(2) It is recommended, however, that no projecting setscrews or oilcups be
used in any revolving pulley or part of machinery.

(i) "Collars and couplings" - (1) "Collars." All revolving collars,
including split collars, shall be cylindrical, and screws or bolts used in
collars shall not project beyond the largest periphery of the collar.

(2) "Couplings." Shall couplings shall be so constructed as to present no
hazard from bolts, nuts, setscrews will, however, be permitted where they are
covered with safety sleeves or where they are used parallel with the shafting
and are countersunk or else do not extend beyond the flange of the coupling.

(j) "Bearings and facilities for oiling." All drip cups and pans shall be
securely fastened.

(k) "Guarding of clutches, cutoff couplings, and clutch pulleys" - (1)
"Guards." Clutches, cutoff couplings, or clutch pulleys having projecting
parts, where such clutches are located 7 feet (2.128 m) or less above the
floor or working platform, shall be enclosed by a stationary guard
constructed in accordance with this section.  A "U" type guard is
permissible.

(2) "Engine rooms." In engine rooms a guardrail, preferably with toeboard,
may be used instead of the guard required by paragraph (k)(1) of this
section, provided such a room is occupied only by engine room attendants.
	(l) "Belt shifters, clutches, shippers, poles, perches, and fasteners" -

(1) "Belt shifters." (i) Tight and loose pulleys on all new installations
made on or after August 31, 1971, shall be equipped with a permanent belt
shifter provided with mechanical means to prevent belt from creeping from
loose to tight pulley.  It is recommended that old installations be changed
to conform to this rule.

(ii) Belt shifter and clutch handles shall be rounded and be located as far
as possible from danger of accidental contact, but within easy reach of the
operator.  Where belt shifter are not directly located over a machine or
bench, the handles shall be cut off 6 ft. 6 in. (1.976 m) above floor level.

(2) "Belt shippers and shipper poles." The use of belt poles as substitutes
for mechanical shifter is not recommended.

(3) "Belt perches." Where loose pulleys or idlers are not practicable, belt
perches in form of brackets, rollers, etc., shall be used to keep idle belts
away from the shafts.

(4) "Belt fasteners." Belts which of necessity must be shifted by hand and
belts within 7 feet (2.128 m) of the floor or working platform which are not
guarded in accordance with this section shall not be fastened with metal in
any case, nor with any other fastening which by construction or wear will
constitute an accident hazard.

(m) "Standard guards - general requirements" - (1) Materials. (i) Standard
conditions shall be secured by the use of the following materials. Expanded
metal, perforated or solid sheet metal, wire mesh on a frame of angle iron,
or iron pipe securely fastened to floor or frame of machine.

(ii) All metal should be free from burrs and sharp edges. (2)
"Methods of manufacturer." (i) Expanded metal, sheet or perforated metal, and
wire mesh shall be securely fastened to frame.

(n) [Reserved]

(o) "Approved materials" - (1) Minimum requirements."
 The materials and dimensions specified in this paragraph shall apply to all
guards, except  horizontal overhead belts, rope, cable, or chain guards more
than 7 feet (2.128 m) above floor, or platform.

(i) [Reserved] (a) All guards shall be rigidly braced every 3 feet
(0.912 m) or fractional part of their height to some fixed part of machinery
or building structure.  Where guard is exposed to contact with moving
equipment additional strength may be necessary.

(2) "Wood guards." (i) Wood guards may be used in the woodworking and
chemical industries, in industries where the presence of fumes or where
manufacturing conditions would cause the rapid deterioration of metal guards;
also in construction work and in locations outdoors where extreme cold or
extreme heat make metal guards and railings undesirable.  In all other
industries, wood guards shall not be used.

(3) "Guards for horizontal overhead belts." (i) Guards for horizontal
overhead belts shall run the entire length of the belt and follow the line of
the pulley to the ceiling or be carried  to the nearest wall, thus enclosing
the belt effectively.  Where belts are so located as to make it impracticable
to carry the guard to wall or ceiling, construction of guard shall be such as
to enclose completely the top and bottom runs of belt and the face of
pulleys.

(ii) [Reserved]

(iii) Suitable reinforcement shall be provided for
the ceiling rafters or overhead floor beams, where such is necessary, to
sustain safely the weight and stress likely to be imposed by the guard.  The
interior surface of all guards, by which is meant the surface of the guard
with which a belt will come in contact, shall be smooth and free from all
projections of any character, except where construction demands it;
protruding shallow roundhead rivets may be used.  Overhead belt guards shall
be at least one quarter wider than belt which they protect, except that this
clearance need not in any case exceed 6 inches (15.24 cm) on each side.
Overhead rope drive and block and roller-chain-drive guards shall be not less
than 6 inches (15.24 cm) wider than the drive on each side.  In overhead
silent chain-drive guards where the chain is held from lateral displacement
on the sprockets, the side clearances required on drives of 20 inch (50.8 cm)
centers or under shall be not less than 1/4 inch (0.635 cm) from the nearest
moving chain part, and on drives of over 1/2 inch (1.27 cm) from the nearest
moving chain part.

(4) "Guards for horizontal overhead rope and chain drives."

Overhead-rope and chain-drive guard construction shall conform to the rules
for overhead-belt guard.

(5) "Guardrails and toeboards." (i) Guardrail shall be 42 inches (106.68 cm)
in height, with midrail between top rail and floor.

(ii) Posts shall be not more than 8 feet (2.432 m) apart; they are to be
permanent and substantial, smooth, and free from protruding nails, bolts, and
splinters.  If made of pipe, the post shall be 1 1/4 inches (3.175 cm) inside
diameter, or larger.  If made of metal shapes or bars their section shall be
equal in strength to that of 1 1/2 (3.81 cm) by 1 1/2 (3.81 cm) by 3/16 inch
angle iron.  If made of wood, the posts shall be two by four (2 X 4) inches
or larger. The upper rail shall be two by four (2 X 4) inches, or two one by
four (1 X 4) strips, one at the top and one at the side of posts.  The
midrail may be one by four (1 X 4) inches or more.  Where panels are fitted
with expanded metal or wire mesh as noted in Table O-12 the middle rails may
be omitted.  Where guard is exposed to contact with moving equipment,
additional strength may be necessary.

(iii) Toeboards shall be 4 inches (10.16 cm) or more in height, of wood,
metal, or of metal grill not exceeding 1 inch (2.54 cm) mesh.

(p) "Care of equipment" - (1) "General." All power-transmission equipment
shall be inspected at intervals not exceeding 60 days and be kept in good
working condition at all times.

(2) "Shafting." (i) Shafting shall be kept in alignment, free from rust and
excess oil or grease.

(ii) Where explosives, explosive dusts, flammable vapors or flammable
liquids exist, the hazard of static sparks from shafting shall be carefully
considered.

(3) "Bearings." Bearings shall be kept in alignment and properly adjusted.

(4) "Hangers." Hangers shall be inspected to make certain that all
supporting bolts and screws are tight and that supports of hanger boxes are
adjusted properly.

(5) "Pulleys." (i) Pulleys shall be kept in proper alignment to prevent
belts from running off.

(6) "Care of belts."

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) Inspection shall be made of belts, lacings, and
fasteners and such equipment kept in good repair.

(7) "Lubrication." The regular oilers shall wear tight-fitting clothing.
Machinery shall be oiled when not in motion, wherever possible.

Subpart J -- Welding and Cutting

32.  In 1926.350, new paragraphs (a)(10) through (12) are added to read as
follows:

1926.350  Gas welding and cutting.

(a) "Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. *      *
 *     *     *     *

(10) Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel-gas cylinders
or combustible materials (especially oil or grease), a minimum distance of 20
feet (6.1 m) or by a noncombustible barrier at least 5 feet (1.5 m) high
having a fire-resistance rating of at least one-half hour.

(11) Inside of buildings, cylinders shall be stored in a well-protected,
well-ventilated, dry location, at least 20 feet (6.1 m) from highly
combustible materials such as oil or excelsior.  Cylinders should be stored
in definitely assigned places away from elevators, stairs, or gangways.
Assigned storage places shall be located where cylinders will not be knocked
over or damaged by passing or falling objects, or subject to tampering by
unauthorized persons.  Cylinders shall not be kept in unventilated enclosures
such as lockers and cupboards.

(12) The in-plant handling, storage, and utilization of all compressed gases
in cylinders, portable tanks, rail tankcars, or motor vehicle cargo tanks
shall be in accordance with Compressed Gas Association Pamphlet P-1-1965.

*     *    *    *    *    *

33.  In 1926.353, new paragraph (b)(3) is added to read as follows:

1926.353  Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting, and heating. *
*   *     *    *    *   *
	(b) "Welding, cutting, and heating in confined spaces."

*     *   *     *    *    *   *

(3) "Lifelines." Where a welder must enter a confined space through a
manhole or other small opening, means shall be provided for quickly removing
him in case of emergency.  When safety belts and lifelines are used for this
purpose they shall be so attached to the welder's body that his body cannot
be jammed in a small exit opening.  An attendant with a pre-planned rescue
procedure shall be stationed outside to observe the welder at all times and
be capable of putting rescue operations into effect.

Subpart K - Electrical

Safety-Related Work Practices

34. In 1926.416, new paragraphs (a)(4), (f), and (g) are added to read as
follows:

1926.416  General requirements.
	(a) "Protection of employees - "

*     *    *     *     *    *     *

(4) "Work on energized equipment." Only qualified persons may work on
electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been deenergized under the
procedures of 1926.417(d) of this section.  Such persons shall be capable of
working safely on energized circuits and shall be familiar with the proper
use of special precautionary techniques, personal protective equipment,
insulating and shielding materials, and insulated tools.

*     *    *     *     *    *     *

(f)(1) "Interlocks." Only a qualified person following the requirements of
paragraph (c) of this section may defeat an electrical safety interlock, and
then only temporarily while he or she is working on the equipment.  The
interlock system shall be returned to its operable condition when this work
is completed.

(2) "Portable electric equipment - Handling" - Portable equipment shall be
handled in a manner which will not cause damage.  Flexible electric cords
connected to equipment may not be used for raising or lowering the equipment.
 Flexible cords may not be fastened with staples or otherwise hung in such a
fashion as could damage the outer jacket or insulation.

(3) "Visual inspection." When an attachment plug is to be connected to a
receptacle (including an on a cord set), the relationship of the plug and
receptacle contacts shall first be checked to ensure that they are of proper
mating configurations.

(4) "Connecting attachment plugs." (i) Employees' hands may not be wet when
plugging and unplugging flexible cords and cord and plug connected equipment,
if energized equipment is involved.

(ii) Energized plug and receptacle connections may be handled only with
insulating protective equipment if the condition of the connection could
provide a conducting path to the employee's hand (if, for example, a cord
connector is wet from being immersed in water).

(iii) Locking type connectors shall be properly secured after connection.

(5) "Routine opening and closing of electric power and lighting circuits."
Load rated switches, circuit breakers, or other devices specifically designed
as disconnecting means shall be used for the opening, reversing, or closing
of circuits under load conditions. Cable connectors not of the load break
type, fuses, terminal lugs, and cable splice connections may not be used for
such purposes, except in an emergency.

(6) "Reclosing circuits after protective device operation." After a circuit
is deenergized by a circuit protective device, the circuit protective device,
the circuit may not be manually reenergized until it has been determined that
the equipment and circuit can be safely energized.  The repetitive manual
reclosing of circuit breakers or reenergizing circuits through replaced fuses
is prohibited.

Note: When it can be determined from the design of the circuit and the
overcurrent devices involved that the automatic operation of a device was
caused by an overload rather than a fault condition, no examination of the
circuit or connected equipment is needed before the circuit is reenergized.

(7) "Test instruments and equipment - Use." Only qualified persons may
perform testing work on electric circuits or equipment.

(8) "Visual inspection." Test instruments and equipment and all associated
test leads, cables, power cords, probes, and connectors shall be visually
inspected for external defects and damage before the equipment is used.  If
there is a defect or evidence of damage that might expose an employee to
injury, the defective or damaged item shall be removed from service, and no
employee may use it until repairs and tests necessary to render the equipment
safe have been made.

(9) "Rating of equipment." Test instruments and equipment and their
accessories shall be rated for the circuits and equipment to which they will
be connected and shall be designed for the environment in which they will be
used.

(10) "Occasional use of flammable or ignitable materials."  Where flammable
materials are present only occasionally, electric equipment capable of
igniting them shall not be used, unless measures are taken to prevent
hazardous conditions from developing.  Such materials include, but are not
limited to: flammable gases, vapors, or liquids; combustible dust; and
ignitable fibers or flyings.

(g) "Use of equipment." (1) "Work on energized equipment."  Only qualified
persons may work on electric circuit parts or equipment that have not been
deenergized under the procedures of paragraph (b) of this section.  Such
persons shall be capable of working safely on energized circuits and shall be
familiar with the proper use of special precautionary techniques, personal
protective equipment, insulating and shielding materials, and insulated
tools.

(2) "Overhead lines."  If work is to be performed near overhead lines, the
lines shall be deenergized and grounded, or other protective measures shall
be provided before work is started.  If the lines are to be deenergized,
arrangements shall be made with the person or organization that operates or
controls the electric circuits involved to deenergize and ground them.  If
protective measures, such as guarding, isolating, or insulating, are
provided, these precautions shall prevent employees from contacting such
lines directly with any part of their body or indirectly through conductive
materials, tools or equipment.

(i) "Unqualified persons." (A) When an unqualified person is working in an
elevated position near overhead lines, the location shall be such that the
person and the longest conductive object he or she may contact cannot come
closer to any unguarded, energized overhead line than the following
distances:

(1) For voltages to ground 50kV or below - 10 feet (305 cm);

(2) For voltages to ground over 50kV - 10 feet (305 cm) plus 4 inches (10
cm) for every 10kV over 50kV.

(B) When an unqualified person is working on the ground in the vicinity of
overhead lines, the person may not bring any conductive object closer to
unguarded, energized overhead lines than the distances given in paragraph
(g)(2)(i)(A) of this section.

Note: For voltages normally encountered with overhead power line, objects
which do not have an insulating rating for the voltage involved are
considered to be conductive.

(ii) "Qualified persons." When a qualified person is working in the vicinity
of overhead lines, whether in an elevated position or on the ground, the
person may not approach or take any conductive object without an approved
insulating handle closer to exposed energized parts than shown in Table K-2
unless:

(A) The person is insulated from energized part (gloves, with sleeves if
necessary, rated for the voltage involved are considered to be insulation of
the person from the energized part on which work is performed), or (B) The
energized part is insulated both from all other conductive objects at a
different potential and from the person, or (C) The person is insulated from
all conductive objects at a potential different from that of the energized
part.
 

TABLE K-2 - APPROACH DISTANCES FOR QUALIFIED EMPLOYEES
- ALTERNATING CURRENT

(iii) "Vehicular and mechanical equipment." (A) Any vehicle or mechanical
equipment capable of having parts of its structure elevated near energized
overhead lines shall be operated so that a clearance of 10 ft. (305 cm) is
maintained.  If the voltage is higher than 50kV, the clearance shall be
increased 4 in. (10 cm) for every 10kV over that voltage.  However, under any
of the following conditions, the clearance may be reduced:

{1} If the vehicle is in transit with its structure lowered, the clearance
may be reduced to 4 ft. (1.22 cm).  If the voltage is higher than 50kV, the
clearance shall be increased 4 in. (10 cm) for every 10kV over that voltage.

{2} If insulating barriers are installed to prevent contact with the lines,
and if the barriers are rated for the voltage of the line being guarded and
are not a part of or an attachment to the vehicle or its raised structure,
the clearance may be reduced to a distance within the designed working
dimensions of the insulating barrier.

{3} If the equipment is an aerial lift insulated for the voltage involved,
and if the work is performed by a qualified person, the clearance (between
the uninsulated portion of the aerial lift and the power line) may be reduced
to the distance given in Table K-2.

(B) Employees standing on the ground may not contact the vehicle or
mechanical equipment or any of the structure that provides a conductive path
to employees on the ground can come closer to the line than permitted in
paragraph (g)(2)(iii) of this section.

(C) If any vehicle or mechanical equipment capable of having parts of its
structure elevated near energized overhead lines is intentionally grounded,
employees working on the ground near the point of grounding may not stand at
the grounding location whenever there is a possibility of overhead line
contact.  Additional precautions, such as the use of barricades or
insulation, shall be taken to protect employees from hazardous ground
potentials, depending on earth resistivity and fault currents, which can
develop within the first few feet or more outward from the grounding point.

(3) "Illumination." (i) Employees may not enter spaces containing exposed
energized parts, unless illumination is provided that enables the employees
to perform the work safely.

(ii) Where lack of illumination or an obstruction precludes observation of
the work to be performed, employees may not perform tasks near exposed
energized parts.  Employees may not reach blindly into areas which may
contain energized parts.

(4) "Confined or enclosed work spaces." When an employee works in a confined
or enclosed space (such as a manhole or vault) that contains exposed
energized parts, the employer shall provide, and the employee shall use,
protective shields, protective barriers, or insulating materials as necessary
to avoid inadvertent contact with these parts. Doors, hinged panels, and the
like shall be secured to prevent their swinging into an employee and causing
the employee to contact exposed energized parts.

(5) "Conductive materials and equipment."  Conductive materials and
equipment that are in contact with any part of an employee's body shall be
handled in a manner that will prevent them from contacting exposed energized
conductors or circuit parts. If an employee must handle long dimensional
conductive objects (such as ducts and pipes) in areas with exposed live
parts, the employer shall institute work practices (such as the use of
insulation, guarding, and material handling techniques) which will minimize
the hazard.

(6) "Portable ladders."  Portable ladders shall have nonconductive siderails
if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed
energized parts.

(7) "Conductive apparel." Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such
as watch bands, bracelets, rings, key chains, necklaces, metalized aprons,
cloth with conductive thread, or metal headgear) may not be worn if they
might contact exposed energized parts.  However, such articles may be worn if
they are rendered nonconductive by covering, wrapping, or other insulating
means.

(8) "Housekeeping duties." Where live parts present an electrical contact
hazard, employees may not perform housekeeping duties at such close distances
to the parts that there is a possibility of contact, unless adequate
safeguards (such as insulating equipment or barriers) are provided.
Electrically conductive cleaning materials (including conductive solids such
as steel wool, metalized cloth, and silicon carbide, as well as conductive
liquid solutions) may not be used in proximity to energized parts unless
procedures are followed which will prevent electrical contact.

35. In 1926.417, a new paragraph (d) is added to read as follows:

1926.417  Lockout and tagging of circuits. *     *    *     *     *    *
*

(d) "Lockout and tagging." While any employee is exposed to contact with
parts of fixed electric equipment or circuits which have been deenergized,
the circuits energizing the parts shall be locked out or tagged or both in
accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. The requirements shall be
followed in the order in which they are presented (i.e., paragraph (d)(1)
first, than paragraph (d)(2), etc.).

Note 1: As used in this section, fixed equipment refers to equipment
fastened in place or connected by permanent wiring methods.

Note 2: Lockout and tagging procedures that comply with paragraphs (c)
through (f) of 1910.147 will also be deemed to comply with paragraph (d) of
this section provided that:

{1} The procedures address the electrical safety hazards covered by this
subpart; and

{2} The procedures also incorporate the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(3)(iv) and (d)(4)(ii) of this section.

(1) "Procedures." The employer shall maintain a written copy of the
procedures outlined in paragraph (d) and shall make it available for
inspection by employees and by the Assistant Secretary of Labor and his or
her authorized representatives.

Note: The written procedures may be in the form of a copy of paragraph (b)
of this section.

(2) "Deenergizing equipment." (i) Safe procedures for deenergizing circuits
and equipment shall be determined before circuits or equipment are
deenergized.

(ii) The circuits and equipment to be worked on shall be disconnected from
all electric energy sources.  Control circuit devices, such as push buttons,
selector switches, and interlocks, may not be used as the sole means for
deenergizing circuits or equipment.  Interlocks for electric equipment may
not be used as a substitute for lockout and tagging procedures.

(iii) Stored electric energy which might endanger personnel shall be
released.  Capacitors shall be discharged and high capacitance elements shall
be short-circuited and grounded, if the stored electric energy might endanger
personnel.

Note: If the capacitors or associated equipment are handled in meeting this
requirement, they shall be treated as energized.

(iv) Stored non-electrical energy in devices that could reenergize electric
circuit parts shall be blocked or relieved to the extent that the circuit
parts could not be accidentally energized by the device.

(3) "Application of locks and tags." (i) A lock and a tag shall be placed on
each disconnecting means used to deenergized circuits and equipment on which
work is to be performed, except as provided in paragraphs (d)(3)(iii) and (v)
of this section.  The lock shall be attached so as to prevent persons from
operating the disconnecting means unless they resort to undue force or the
use of tools.

(ii) Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation
of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag.

(iii) If a lock cannot be applied, or if the employer can demonstrate that
tagging procedures will provide a level of safety equivalent to that obtained
by the use of a lock, a tag may be used without a lock.

(iv) A tag used without a lock, as permitted by paragraph (d)(3)(iii) of
this section, shall be supplemented by at least one additional safety measure
that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by use of a lock.
 Examples of additional safety measures include the removal of an isolating
circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra
disconnecting device.

(v) A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions;

(A) Only one circuit or piece of equipment is deenergized, and (B)
The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift, and (C) Employees
exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment
are familiar with this procedure.

(4) "Verification of deenergized condition." The requirements of this
paragraph shall be met before any circuits or equipment can be considered and
worked as deenergized.

(i) A qualified person shall operate the equipment operating controls or
otherwise verify that the equipment cannot be restarted.

(ii) A qualified person shall use test equipment to test the circuit
elements and electrical parts of equipment to which employees will be exposed
and shall verify that the circuit elements and equipment parts are
deenergized.  The test shall also determine if any energized condition exists
as a result of inadvertently induced voltage or unrelated voltage backfeed
even though specific parts of the circuit have been deenergized and presumed
to be safe.  If the circuit to be tested is over 600 volts, nominal, the test
equipment shall be checked for proper operation immediately after this test.

(5) "Reenergizing equipment." These requirements shall be met, in the order
given, before circuits or equipment are reenergized, even temporarily.

(i) A qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections, as
necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, and
other such devices have been removed, so that the circuits and equipment can
be safely energized.

(ii) Employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the
circuit or equipment shall be warned to stay clear of circuits and equipment.

(iii) Each lock and tag shall be removed by the employee who applied it or
under his or her direct supervision.  However, if this employee is absent
from the workplace, then the lock or tag may be removed by a qualified person
designated to perform this task provided that:

(A) The employer ensures that the employee who applied the lock or tag is
not available at the workplace, and (B) The employer ensures that the
employee is aware that the lock or tag has been removed before he or she
resumes work at that workplace.

(iv) There shall be a visual determination that all employees are clear of
the circuits and equipment.

Subpart L - Scaffolding

36. In 1926.451, new paragraphs (a)(22) through (24) are added to read as
follows:

1926.451 Scaffolding.

(a) "General requirements. *     *    *     *     *    *     *

(22) Materials being hoisted onto a scaffold shall have a tag line.
(23) Employees shall not work on scaffolds during storms or high winds. (24)
Tools, materials, and debris shall not be allowed to accumulate in quantities
to cause a hazard.

*     *    *     *     *    *     *

37.  A new 1926.453 is added to read as follows:

1926.453  Manually propelled mobile ladder stands and scaffolds (towers).

(a) "General requirements" - (1) "Application." This section is intended to
prescribe rules and requirements for the design, construction, and use of
mobile work platforms (including ladder stands but not including aerial
ladders) and rolling (mobile) scaffolds (towers).  This standard is
promulgated to aid in providing for the safety of life, limb, and property,
by establishing minimum standards for structural design requirements and for
the use of mobile work platforms and towers.

(2) "Working loads." (i) Work platforms and scaffolds shall be capable of
carrying the design load under varying circumstances depending upon the
conditions of use.  Therefore, all parts and appurtenances necessary for
their safe and efficient utilization must be integral parts of the design.

(ii) Specific design and construction requirements are not apart of this
section because of the wide variety of materials and design possibilities.
However, the design shall be such as to produce a mobile ladder stand or
scaffold that will safely sustain the specified loads.  The material selected
shall be of sufficient strength to meet the test requirements and shall be
protected against corrosion or deterioration.

{a} The design working load of ladder stands shall be calculated on the
basis of one or more 200-pound (90.6 kg) persons together with 50 pounds
(22.65 kg) of equipment each.

{b} The design load of all scaffolds shall be calculated on the basis of:

"Light"  -  Designed and constructed to carry a working load of 25 pounds
per square foot (1.05 kg m(2)).

"Medium" -  Designed and constructed to carry a working load of 50 pounds
per square foot (2.1 kg m(2)).

"Heavy"  -  Designed and constructed to carry a working load of 75 pounds
per square foot (3.15 kg m(2)).

All ladder stands and scaffolds shall be capable of supporting at least four
times the design working load.

(iii) The materials used in mobile ladder stands and scaffolds shall be of
standard manufacture and conform to standard specifications of strength,
dimensions, and weights, and shall be selected to safely support the design
working load.

(iv) Nails, bolts, or other fasteners used in the construction of ladders,
scaffolds, and towers shall be of adequate size and in sufficient numbers at
each connection to develop the designed strength of the unit.  Nails shall be
driven full length.  (All nails should be immediately withdrawn form
dismantled lumber.) (v) All exposed surfaces shall be free from sharp edges,
burrs or other safety hazards.

(3) "Work levels." (i) The maximum work level height shall not exceed four
(4) times the minimum or least base dimensions of any mobile ladder stand or
scaffold.  Where the basic mobile unit does not meet this requirement,
suitable outrigger frames shall be employed to achieve this least base
dimension, or provisions shall be made to guy or brace the unit against
tipping.

(ii) The minimum platform width for any work level shall not be less than 20
inches (50.8 cm) for mobile scaffolds (towers).  Ladder stands shall have a
minimum step width of 16 inches (40.64 cm).

(iii) The supporting structure for the work level shall be rigidly braced,
using adequate cross bracing or diagonal bracing with rigid platforms at each
work level.

(iv) The steps of ladder stands shall be fabricated from slip resistant
treads.

(v) The work level platform of scaffolds (towers) shall be wood, aluminum,
or plywood planking, steel or expanded metal, for the full width of the
scaffold, except for necessary openings.  Work platforms shall be secured in
place. All planking shall be 2-inch (5.08 cm) (nominal) scaffold grade
minimum 1,500 f. (stress grade) construction grade lumber or equivalent.

(vi) All scaffold work levels 10 feet (3.04 m) or higher above the ground or
floor shall have a standard (4-inch (10.16 cm) nominal) toeboard.

(vii) All work levels 10 feet (3.04 m) or higher above the ground or floor
shall have a guardrail of 2- by 4-inch nominal or the equivalent installed no
less than 36 inches (0.912 m) or more than 42 inches (106.68 cm) high, with a
midrail, when required, of 1- by 4-inch nominal lumber or equivalent.

(viii) A climbing ladder or stairway shall be provided for proper access and
egress, and shall be affixed or built into the scaffold and so located that
its use will not have a tendency to tip the scaffold.  A landing platform
shall be provided at intervals not to exceed 30 feet (9.12 m).

(4) "Wheels or casters." (i) Wheels or casters shall be properly designed
for strength and dimensions to support four (4) times the design working
load.

(ii) All scaffold casters shall be provided with a positive wheel and/or
swivel lock to prevent movement.  Ladder stands shall have at least two (2)
of the four (4) casters and shall be of the swivel type.

(iii) Where leveling of the elevated work platform is required, screw jacks
or other suitable means for adjusting the height shall be provided in the
base section of each mobile unit.

(b) "Mobile tubular welded sectional folding scaffolds" - (1) "General."

Units including sectional stairway and sectional ladder scaffolds shall be
designed to comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.

(2) "Stairway." An integral stairway and work platform shall be incorporated
into the structure of each sectional folding stairway scaffold.

(3) "Bracing." An integral set of pivoting and hinged folding diagonal and
horizontal braces and a detachable work platform shall be incorporated into
the structure of each sectional folding ladder scaffold.

(4) "Sectional folding stairway scaffolds." Sectional folding stairway
scaffolds shall be designed as medium duty scaffolds except for high
clearance.  These special base sections shall be designed as light duty
scaffolds.  When upper sectional folding stairway scaffolds are used with a
special high clearance base, the load capacity of the entire scaffold shall
be reduced accordingly.  The width of a sectional folding stairway scaffold
shall not exceed 4 1/2 feet (1.368 m).  The maximum length of a sectional
folding stairway scaffold shall not exceed 6 feet (1.824 m) (5) "Sectional
folding ladder scaffolds." Sectional folding ladder scaffolds shall be
designed as light duty scaffolds including special base (open end) sections
which are designed for high clearance.  For certain special applications the
6'-(1.824 m) folding ladder scaffolds, except for special high clearance base
sections, shall be designed for use as medium duty scaffolds.  The width of a
sectional folding ladder scaffold shall not exceed 4 1/2 feet (1.368 m).  The
maximum length of a sectional folding ladder scaffold shall not exceed 6 feet
6 inches (1.976 m) for a 6'-(1.824 m) long unit, 8 feet 6 inches (2.584 m)
for an 8'-(2.432 m) unit or 10 feet 6 inches (3.192 m) for a 10'-(3.04 m)
long unit.

(6) "End frames." The end frames of sectional ladder and stairway scaffolds
shall be designed so that the horizontal bearers provide supports for
multiple planking levels.

(7) "Erection." Only the manufacturer of the scaffold or his qualified
designated agent shall be permitted to erect or supervise the erection of
scaffolds exceeding 50 feet (15.2 m) in height above the base, unless such
structure is approved in writing by a licensed professional engineer, or
erected in accordance with instructions furnished by the manufacturer.

Subpart N - Cranes, Derricks, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors

38.  In 1926.550, a new paragraph (a)(19) is added to read as follows:

1926.550  Cranes and derricks.
	(a) "General requirements."

*     *     *     *     *     *

(19) All employees shall be kept clear of loads about to be lifted and of
suspended loads.

*     *     *     *     *     *

Subpart O - Motor Vehicles, Merchanized Equipment, and Marine Operations

39.  In 1926.600, new paragraph (a)(7) is added to read as follows:

1926.600  Equipment.
	(a) "General requirements."

*     *     *     *     *     *

(7) "Rolling railroad cars." Derail and/or bumper blocks shall be provided
on spur railroad tracks where a rolling car could contact other cars being
worked, enter a building, work or traffic areas.

*     *     *     *     *     *

40.  In 1926.602, new paragraphs (c)(1)(vii) and (viii) are added to read as
follows:

1926.602  Material handling equipment. *     *     *     *     *     *

(c) "Lifting and hauling (other than equipment covered under subpart N of
this part).(1)*** *     *     *     *     *     *

(vii) Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on powered
industrial trucks.  A safe place to ride shall be provided where riding of
trucks is authorized.

(viii) Whenever a truck is equipped with vertical only, or vertical and
horizontal controls elevatable with the lifting carriage or forks for lifting
personnel, the following additional precautions shall be taken for the
protection of personnel being elevated.

(A) Use of a safety platform firmly secured to the lifting carriage and/or
forks.

(B) Means shall be provided whereby personnel on the platform can shut off
power to the truck.

(C) Such protection from falling objects as indicated necessary by the
operating conditions shall be provided.

Subpart U - Blasting and Use of Explosives

41. In 1926.900, new paragraphs (s) and (t) are added to read as follows:

1926.900  General provisions. *     *     *     *     *     *

(s) Buildings used for the mixing of blasting agents shall conform to the
requirements of this section.

(1) Buildings shall be of noncombustible construction or sheet metal on wood
studs.

(2) Floors in a mixing plant shall be of concrete or of other nonabsorbent
materials.

(3) All fuel oil storage facilities shall be separated from the mixing plant
and located in such a manner that in case of tank rupture, the oil will drain
away from the mixing plant building.

(4) The building shall be well ventilated.

(5) Heating units which
do not depend on combustion processes, when properly designed and located,
may be used in the building.  All direct sources of heat shall be provided
exclusively from units located outside the mixing building.

(6) All internal-combustion engines used for electric power generation shall
be located outside the mixing plant building, or shall be properly ventilated
and isolated by a firewall.  The exhaust systems on all such engines shall be
located so any spark emission cannot be a hazard to any materials in or
adjacent to the plant.

(t) Buildings used for the mixing of water gels shall conform to the
requirements of this subdivision.

(1) Buildings shall be of noncombustible construction or sheet metal on wood
studs.

(2) Floors in a mixing plant shall be of concrete or of other nonabsorbent
materials.

(3) Where fuel oil is used all fuel oil storage facilities shall be
separated from the mixing plant and located in such a manner that in case of
tank rupture, the oil will drain away from the mixing plant building.

(4) The building shall be well ventilated.

(5) Heating units that do
not depend on combustion processes, when properly designed and located, may
be used in the building.  All direct sources of heat shall be provided
exclusively from units located outside of the mixing building.

(6) All internal-combustion engines used for electric power generation shall
be located outside the mixing plant building, or shall be properly ventilated
and isolated by a firewall.  The exhaust systems on all such engines shall be
located so any spark emission cannot be a hazard to any materials in or
adjacent to the plant.

42.  In 1926.905, new paragraph (u) is added to read as follows:

1926.905  Loading of explosives or blasting agents. *     *     *     *     *

(u) When loading blasting agents pneumatically over electric blasting caps,
semiconductive delivery hose shall be used and the equipment shall be bonded
and grounded.

43.  In 1926.914, new paragraph (aa) is added to read as follows:

1926.914  Definitions applicable to this subpart. *     *     *     *     *

(aa) "Semiconductive hose." Semiconductive hose - a hose with an electrical
resistance high enough to limit flow of stray electric currents to safe
levels, yet not so high as to prevent drainage of static electric charges to
ground; hose of not more than 2 megohms resistance over its entire length and
of not less than 5,000 ohms per foot meets the requirement.

Subpart X - Stairways and Ladders

44. In 1926.1050, a new paragraph defining "ladder stands" is added to read
as follows:

1926.1050  Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart. *
    *     *     *     *    *

(b) *     *     *     *     *    *

"Ladder stand." A mobile fixed size self-supporting ladder consisting of a
wide flat tread ladder in the form of stairs.  The assembly may include
handrails.

45.  In part 1926, a new subpart Y - Diving is added to read as follows:

Subpart Y - Diving

General

1926.1071  Scope and application

(a) "Scope." (1) This subpart (standard) applies to every place of
employment within the waters of the United States, or within any State, the
District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands,
American Samoa, Guam, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, Wake
Island, Johnston Island, the Canal Zone, or within the Outer Continental
Shelf lands as defined in the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (67 Stat.
462, 43 U.S.C. 1331), where diving and related support operations are
performed.

(2) This standard applies to diving and related support operations conducted
in connection with all types of work and employments, including general
industry, construction, ship repairing, shipbuilding, shipbreaking and
longshoring.  However, this standard does not apply to any diving operation:

(i) Performed solely for instructional purposes, using open-circuit,
compressed-air SCUBA and conducted within the no-decompression limits;

(ii) Performed solely for search, rescue, or related public safety purposes
by or under the control of a governmental agency; or (iii) Governed by 45 CFR
part 46 (Protection of Human Subjects, U.S.

Department of Health and Human Services) or equivalent rules or regulations
established by another federal agency, which regulate research, development,
or related purposes involving human subjects.

(iv) Defined as scientific diving and which is under the direction and
control of a diving program containing at least the following elements:

(A) Diving safety manual which includes at a minimum: Procedures covering
all diving operations specific to the program; procedures for emergency care,
including recompression and evacuation; and criteria for diver training and
certification.

(B) Diving control (safety) board, with the majority of its members being
active divers, which shall at a minimum have the authority to: Approve and
monitor diving projects; review and revise the diving safety manual; assure
compliance with the manual; certify the depths to which a diver has been
trained; take disciplinary action for unsafe practices; and, assure adherence
to the buddy system (a diver is accompanied by and is in continuous contact
with another diver in the water) for SCUBA diving.

(b) "Application in emergencies." An employer may deviate from the
requirements of this standard to the extent necessary to prevent or minimize
a situation which is likely to cause death, serious physical harm, or major
environmental damage, provided that the employer:

(1) Notifies the Area Director, Occupational Safety and Health
Administration within 48 hours of the onset of the emergency situation
indicating the nature of the emergency and extent of the deviation from the
prescribed regulations; and

(2) Upon request from the Area Director, submits such information in writing.

(c) "Employer obligation." The employer shall be responsible for compliance
with:
	(1) All provisions of this standard of general applicability; and

(2) All requirements pertaining to specific diving modes to the extent
diving operations in such modes are conducted.

1926.1072  Definitions.
	As used in this standard, the listed terms are defined as follows:

"Acfm:" Actual cubic feet per minute. "ASME Code of equivalent:"
ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code, Section VIII, or an equivalent code which the employer can demonstrate
to be equally effective.

"ATA:" Atmosphere absolute. "Bell:" An enclosed compartment,
pressurized (closed bell) or unpressurized (open bell), which allows the
diver to be transported to and from the underwater work area and which may be
used as a temporary refuge during diving operations.

"Bottom time:" The total elasped time measured in minutes from the time when
the diver leaves the surface in descent to the time that the diver begins
ascent.

"Bursting pressure:" The pressure at which a pressure containment device
would fail structurally.

"Cylinder:" A pressure vessel for the storage of gases.
"Decompression chamber:" A pressure vessel for human occupancy such as a
surface decompression chamber, closed bell, or deep diving system used to
decompress divers and to treat decompression sickness.

"Decompression sickness:" A condition with a variety of symptoms which may
result from gas or bubbles in the tissue of divers after pressure reduction.

"Decompression table:" A profile or set of profiles of depth-time
relationships for ascent rates and breathing mixtures to be followed after a
specific depth-time exposure or exposures.

"Dive location:" A surface or vessel from which a diving operation is
conducted.

"Dive-location reserve breathing gas:" A supply system of air or mixed-gas
(as appropriate) at the dive location which is independent of the primary
supply system and sufficient to support divers during the planned
decompression.

"Dive team:" Divers and support employees involved in a diving operation,
including the designated person-in-charge.

"Diver:" An employee working in water using underwater apparatus which
supplies compressed breathing gas at the ambient pressure.

"Diver-carried reserve breathing gas:" A diver-carried supply of air or
mixed gas (as appropriate) sufficient under standard operating conditions to
allow the diver to reach the surface, or another source of breathing gas, or
to be reached by a standby diver.

"Diving mode:" A type of diving requiring specific equipment, procedures and
techniques (SCUBA, surface-supplied air, or mixed gas).

"Fsw:" Feet of seawater (or equivalent static pressure head). "Heavy
gear: Diver-worn deep-sea dress including helmet, breastplate, dry suit, and
weighted shoes.

"Hyperbaric conditions:" Pressure conditions in excess of surface pressure.

"Inwater stage:" A suspended underwater platform which supports a diver in
the water.

"Liveboating:" The practice of supporting a surface-supplied air or mixed
gas diver from a vessel which is underway.

"Mixed-gas diving:" A diving mode in which the diver is supplied in the
water with a breathing gas other than air.

"No-decompression limits:" The depth-time limits of the "no-decompression
air dives", U.S. Navy Diving Manual or equivalent limits which the employer
can demonstrate to be equally effective.

"Psi(g):" Pounds per square inch (gauge). "Scientific diving" means
diving performed solely as a necessary part of a scientific, research, or
educational  activity by employees whose sole purpose for diving is to
perform scientific research tasks. Scientific diving does not include
performing any tasks usually associated with commercial diving such as;
Placing or removing heavy objects underwater; inspection of pipelines and
similar objects; construction; demolition; cutting or welding; or the use of
explosives.

"SCUBA diving:" A dive mode independent of surface supply in which the diver
uses open circuit self-contained underwater breathing apparatus.

"Standby diver:" A diver at the dive location available to assist a diver in
the water.

Surface-supplied air diving:" A diving mode in which the diver in the water
is supplied from the dive location with compressed air for breathing.

"Treatment table:" A depth-time and breathing gas profile designed to treat
decompression sickness.

"Umbilical:" The composite hose bundle between a dive location and a diver
or bell, or between a diver and a bell, which supplies the diver or bell with
breathing gas, communications, power, or heat as appropriate to the diving
mode or conditions, and includes a safety line between the diver and the dive
location.

"Volume tank:" A pressure vessel connected to the outlet of a compressor and
used as an air reservoir.

"Working pressure:" The maximum pressure to which a pressure containment
device may be exposed under standard operating conditions.

Personnel Requirements

1926.1076  Qualifications of dive team.

(a) "General." (1) Each dive team member shall have the experience or
training necessary to perform assigned tasks in a safe and healthful manner.

(2) Each dive team member shall have experience or training in the following:
	(i) The use of tools, equipment and systems relevant to assigned tasks;
	(ii) Techniques of the assigned diving mode; and
	(iii) Diving operations and emergency procedures. (3) All dive team
members shall be trained in cardiopulmonary resuscitation and first aid
(American Red Cross standard course or equivalent).

(4) Dive team members who are exposed to or control the exposure of others
to hyperbaric conditions shall be trained in diving-related physics and
physiology.

(b) "Assignments." (1) Each dive team member shall be assigned tasks in
accordance with the employee's experience or training,. except that limited
additional tasks may be assigned to an employee undergoing training provided
that these tasks are performed under the direct supervision of an experienced
dive team member.

(2) The employer shall not require a dive team member to be exposed to
hyperbaric conditions against the employee's will, except when necessary to
complete decompression or treatment procedures.

(3) The employer shall not permit a dive team member to dive or be otherwise
exposed to hyperbaric conditions for the duration of any temporary physical
impairment or condition which is known to the employer and is likely to
affect adversely the safety or health of a dive team member.

(c) "Designated person-in-charge." (1) The employer or an employee
designated by the employer shall be at the dive location in charge of all
aspects of the diving operation affecting the safety and health of dive team
members.

(2) The designated person-in-charge shall have experience and training in
the conduct of the assigned diving operation.

General Operations Procedures

1926.1080  Safe practices manual.

(a) "General." The employer shall develop and maintain a safe practices
manual which shall be made available at the dive location to each dive team
member.

(b) "Contents." (1) The safe practices manual shall contain a copy of this
standard and the employer's policy for implementing the requirements of this
standard.

(2) For each diving mode engaged in, the safe practices manual shall include:
	(i) Safety procedures and checklists for diving operations:
	(ii) Assignments and responsibilities of the dive team members;
	(iii) Equipment procedures and checklists; and
	(iv) Emergency procedures for fire, equipment failure, adverse environmental
conditions, and medical illness and injury.

(The information collection requirements contained in paragraph (b) were
approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0069)

1926.10810  Pre-dive procedures.

(a) "General." The employer shall comply with the following requirements
prior to each diving operation, unless otherwise specified.

(b) "Emergency aid." A list shall be kept at the dive location of the
telephone or call numbers of the following:
	(1) An operational decompression chamber (if not at the dive location);
	(2) Accessible hospitals;
	(3) Available physicians;
	(4) Available means of transportation; and
	(5) The nearest U.S. Coast Guard Rescue Coordination Center.

(c)
"First aid supplies." (1) A first aid kit appropriate for the diving
operation and approved by a physician shall be available at the dive
location.

(2) When used in a decompression chamber or bell, the first aid kit shall be
suitable for use under hyperbaric conditions.

(3) In addition to any other first aid supplies, an American Red Cross
standard first aid handbook or equivalent, and a bag-type manual resuscitator
with transparent mask and tubing shall be available at the dive location.

(d) "Planning and assessment."  Planning of a diving operation shall include
an assessment of the safety and health aspects of the following:
	(1) Diving mode;
	(2) Surface and underwater conditions and hazards;
	(3) Breathing gas supply (including reserves);
	(4) Thermal protection;
	(5) Diving equipment and systems;
	(6) Dive team assignments and physical fitness of dive team members
(including any impairment known to the employer);
	(7) Repetitive dive designation or residual inert gas status of dive team
members;
	(8) Decompression and treatment procedures (including altitude corrections);
and
	(9) Emergency procedures. (e) "Hazardous activities." To minimize
hazards to the dive team, diving operations shall be coordinated with other
activities in the vicinity which are likely to interfere with the diving
operation.

(f) "Employee briefing." (1) Dive team members shall be briefed on:

(i) The tasks to be undertaken;

(ii) Safety procedures for the diving mode;

(iii) Any unusual hazards or environmental conditions likely to affect the
safety of the diving operation; and

(iv) Any modifications to operating procedures necessitated by the specific
diving operation.

(2) Prior to making individual dive team member assignments, the employer
shall inquire into the dive team member's current state of physical fitness,
and indicate to the dive team member the procedure for reporting physical
problems or adverse physiological effects during and after the dive.

(g) "Equipment inspection." The breathing gas supply system including
reserve breathing gas supplies, masks, helmets, thermal protection, and bell
handling mechanism (when appropriate) shall be inspected prior to each dive.

(h) "Warning signal." When diving from surfaces other than vessels in areas
capable of supporting marine traffic, a rigid replica of the international
code flag "A" at least one meter in height shall be displayed at the dive
location in a manner which allows all-round visibility, and shall be
illuminated during night diving operations.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0069)

1926.1082  Procedures during dive.

(a) "General." The employer shall comply with the following requirements
which are applicable to each diving operation unless otherwise specified.

(b) "Water entry and exit." (1) A means capable of supporting the diver
shall be provided for entering and exiting the water.

(2) The means provided for exiting the water shall extend below the water
surface.

(3) A means shall be provided to assist an injured diver from the water or
into a bell.

(c) "Communications." (1) An operational two-way voice communication system
shall be used between:

(i) Each surface-supplied air or mixed-gas diver and a dive team member at
the dive location or bell (when provided or required); and

(ii) The bell and the dive location.

(2) An operational, two-way
communication system shall be available at the dive location to obtain
emergency assistance.

(d) "Decompression tables." Decompression, repetitive, and no-decompression
tables (as appropriate) shall be at the dive location.

(e) "Dive profiles." A depth-time profile, including when appropriate any
breathing gas changes, shall be maintained for each diver during the dive
including decompression.

(f) "Hand-held power tools and equipment." (1) Hand-held electrical tools
and equipment shall be de-energized before being placed into or retrieved
from the water.

(2) Hand-held power tools shall not be supplied with power from the dive
location until requested by the diver.

(g) "Welding and burning." (1) A current supply switch to interrupt the
current flow to the welding or burning electrode shall be:

(i) Tended by a dive team member in voice communication with the diver
performing the welding or burning; and

(ii) Kept in the open position except when the diver is welding or burning.

(2) The welding machine frame shall be grounded.

(3) Welding and
burning cables, electrode holders, and connections shall be capable of
carrying the maximum current required by the work, and shall be properly
insulated.

(4) Insulated gloves shall be provided to divers performing welding and
burning operations.

(5) Prior to welding or burning on closed compartments, structures or pipes,
which contain a flammable vapor or in which a flammable vapor may be
generated by the work, they shall be vented, flooded, or purged with a
mixture of gases which will not support combustion.

(h) "Explosives." (1) Employers shall transport, store, and use explosives
in accordance with this section and the applicable provisions of CFR 1910.109
and 1926.912.

(2) Electrical continuity of explosive circuits shall not be tested until
the diver is out of the water.

(3) Explosives shall not be detonated while the diver is in the
water. (i) "Termination of dive.  The working interval of a dive shall be
terminated when:

(1) A diver requests termination;

(2) a diver fails to respond correctly to communications or signals from a
dive team member;

(3) Communications are lost and can not be quickly re-established between
the diver and a dive team member at the dive location, and between the
designated person-in-charge and the person controlling the vessel in
liveboating operations; or (4) A diver begins to use diver-carried reserve
breathing gas or the dive-location reserve breathing gas.

1926.1083  Post-dive procedures.

(a) "General." The employer shall comply with the following requirements
which are applicable after each diving operation, unless otherwise specified.

(b) "Precautions." (1) After the completion of any dive, the employer shall:

(i) Check the physical condition of the diver;

(ii) Instruct the diver to report any physical problems or adverse
physiological effects including symptoms of decompression sickness;

(iii) Advise the diver of the location of a decompression chamber which is
ready for use; and

(iv) Alert the diver to the potential hazards of flying after
diving. (2) For any dive outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 100
fsw or using mixed gas as a breathing mixture, the employer shall instruct
the diver to remain awake and in the vicinity of the decompression chamber
which is at the dive location for at least one hour after the dive (including
decompression or treatment as appropriate).

(c) "Recompression capability." (1) A decompression chamber capable of
recompressing the diver at the surface to a minimum of 165 fsw (6 ATA) shall
be available at the dive location for:

(i) Surface-supplied air diving to depths deeper than 100 fsw and shallower
than 220 fsw;

(ii) Mixed gas diving shallower than 300 fsw; or

(iii) Diving
outside the no-decompression limits shallower than 300 fsw.

(2) A
decompression chamber capable of recompressing the diver at the surface to
the maximum depth of the dive shall be available at the dive location for
dives deeper than 300 fsw.

(3) The decompression chamber shall be:
	(i) Dual-lock;
	(ii) Multiplace; and
	(iii) Located within 5 minutes of the dive location.

(4) The
decompression chamber shall be equipped with: (i) A pressure gauge for each
pressurized compartment designed for human occupancy;

(ii) A built-in-breathing-system with a minimum of one mask per occupant;

(iii) A two-way voice communication system between occupants and a dive team
member at the dive location;

(iv) A viewport; and

(v) Illumination capability to light the interior.

(5) Treatment
tables, treatment gas appropriate to the diving mode, and sufficient gas to
conduct treatment shall be available at the dive location.

(6) A dive team member shall be available at the dive location during and
for at least one hour after the dive to operate the decompression chamber
(when required or provided).

(d) "Record of dive." (1) The following information shall be recorded and
maintained for each diving operation:
	(i) Names of dive team members including designated person-in-charge;
	(ii) Date, time, and location;
	(iii) Diving modes used;
	(iv) General nature of work performed;
	(v) Approximate underwater and surface conditions (visibility, water
temperature and current); and
	(vi) Maximum depth and bottom time for each diver.

(2) For each dive
outside the no-decompression limits, deeper than 100 fsw or using mixed gas,
the following additional information shall be recorded and
maintained:
	(i) Depth-time and breathing gas profiles;
	(ii) Decompression table designation (including modification); and
	(iii) Elapsed time since last pressure exposure if less than 24 hours or
repetitive dive designation for each diver.

(3) For each dive in which decompression sickness is suspected or symptoms
are evident, the following additional information shall be recorded and
maintained:

(i) Description of decompression sickness symptoms (including depth and time
of onset); and

(ii) Description and results of treatment.

(e) "Decompression
procedure assessment." The employer shall: (1) Investigate and evaluate each
incident of decompression sickness based on the recorded information,
consideration of the past performance of decompression table used, and
individual susceptibility;

(2) Take appropriate corrective action to reduce the probability of
recurrence of decompression sickness; and

(3) Prepare a written evaluation of the decompression procedure assessment,
including any corrective action taken, within 45 days of the incident of
decompression sickness.

(The information collection requirements contained in paragraphs (d) and (e)
were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0069)

Specific Operations Procedures

1926.1084 SCUBA diving.

(a) "General." Employers engaged in SCUBA diving shall comply with the
following requirements, unless otherwise specified.

(b) "Limits." SCUBA diving shall not be conducted:

(1) At depths deeper than 130 fsw;

(2) At depths deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits
unless a decompression chamber is ready for use;

(3) Against currents exceeding one (1) knot unless line-tended; or

(4) In enclosed or physically confined spaces unless line-tended. (c)
"Procedures." (1) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the
water.

(2) A diver shall be line-tended from the surface, or accompanied by another
diver in the water in continuous visual contact during the diving operations.

(3) A diver shall be stationed at the underwater point of entry when diving
is conducted in enclosed or physically confining spaces.

(4) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided for each
diver consisting of:

(i) A manual reserve (J valve); or

(ii) An independent reserve
cylinder with a separate regulator or connected to the underwater breathing
apparatus.

(5) The valve of the reserve breathing gas supply shall be in the closed
position prior to the dive.

1926.1085  Surface-supplied air diving.

(a) "General." Employers engaged in surface-supplied air diving shall comply
with the following requirements, unless otherwise specified.

(b) "Limits." (1) Surface-supplied air diving shall not be conducted at
depths deeper than 190 fsw, except that dives with bottom times of 30 minutes
or less may be conducted to depths of 220 fsw.

(2) A decompression chamber shall be ready for use at the dive location for
any dive outside the no-decompression limits or deeper than 100 fsw.

(3) A bell shall be used for dives with an inwater decompression time
greater than 120 minutes, except when heavy gear is worn or diving is
conducted in physically confining spaces.

(c) "Procedures." (1) Each diver shall be continuously tended while in the
water.

(2) A diver shall be stationed at the underwater point of entry when diving
is conducted in enclosed or physically confining spaces.

(3) Each diving operation shall have a primary breathing gas supply
sufficient to support divers for the duration of the planned dive including
decompression.

(4) For dives deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits:
	(i) A separate dive team member shall tend each diver in the water;
	(ii) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the water;
	(iii) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided for
each diver except when heavy gear is worn; and
	(iv) A dive-location reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided.

(5) For heavy-gear diving deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression
limits:

(i) An extra breathing gas hose capable of supplying breathing gas to the
diver in the water shall be available to the standby diver.

(ii) An inwater stage shall be provided to divers in the water.

(6)
Except when heavy gear is worn or where physical space does not permit, a
diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided whenever the
diver is prevented by the configuration of the dive area from ascending
directly to the surface.

1926.1086  Mixed-gas diving.

(a) "General." Employers engaged in mixed-gas diving shall comply with the
following requirements, unless otherwise specified.

(b) "Limits." Mixed-gas diving shall be conducted only when:

(1) A decompression chamber is ready for use at the dive location; and

(i) A bell is used at depths greater than 220 fsw or when the dive involves
inwater decompression time or greater than 120 minutes, except when heavy
gear is worn or when diving in physically confining spaces; or (ii) A closed
bell is used at depths greater than 300 fsw, except when diving is conducted
in physically confining spaces.

(c) "Procedures." (1) A separate dive team member shall tend each diver in
the water.

(2) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the
water. 

(3) A diver shall be stationed at the underwater point of entry when
diving is conducted in enclosed or physically confining spaces.

(4) Each diving operation shall have a primary breathing gas supply
sufficient to support divers for the duration of the planned dive including
decompression.

(5) Each diving operation shall have a dive-location reserve breathing gas
supply.

(6) When heavy gear is worn:

(i) An extra breathing gas hose capable of supplying breathing gas to the
diver in the water shall be available to the standby diver; and

(ii) An inwater stage shall be provided for divers in the water.

(7)
An inwater stage shall be provided for divers without access to a bell for
dives deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits.

(8) When a closed bell is used, one dive team member in the bell shall be
available and tend the diver in the water.

(9) Except when heavy gear is worn or where physical space does not permit,
a diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be provided for each
diver:

(i) Diving deeper than 100 fsw or outside the no-decompression limits;

or

(ii) Prevented by the configuration of the dive area from directly ascending
to the surface.

1926.1087  Liveboating.

(a) "General."  Employers engaged in diving operations involving liveboating
shall comply with the following requirements.

(b) "Limits." Diving operations involving liveboating shall not be conducted:

(1) With an inwater decompression time of greater than 120 minutes;

(2) Using surface-supplied air at depths deeper than 190 fsw, except that
dives with bottom times of 30 minutes or less may be conducted to depths of
220 fsw;

(3) Using mixed gas at depths greater than 220 fsw;

(4) In rough seas which significantly impede diver mobility or work
function; or

(5) In other than daylight hours.

(c) "Procedures." (1) The
propeller of the vessel shall be stopped before the diver enters or exits the
water.

(2) A device shall be used which minimizes the possibility of entanglement
of the diver's hose in the propeller of the vessel.

(3) Two-way voice communication between the designated person-in-charge and
the person controlling the vessel shall be available while the diver is in
the water.

(4) A standby diver shall be available while a diver is in the
water.

(5) A diver-carried reserve breathing gas supply shall be carried by
each diver engaged in liveboating operations.

Equipment Procedures and Requirements

1926.1090  Equipment.

(a) "General." (1) All employers shall comply with the following
requirements, unless otherwise specified.

(2) Each equipment modification, repair, test, calibration or maintenance
service shall be recorded by means of a tagging or logging system, and
include the date and nature of work performed, and the name or initials of
the person performing the work.

(b) "Air compressor system." (1) Compressors used to supply air to the diver
shall be equipped with a volume tank with a check valve on the inlet side, a
pressure gauge, a relief valve, and a drain valve.

(2) Air compressor intakes shall be located away from areas containing
exhaust or other contaminants.

(3) Respirable air supplied to a diver shall not contain:
	(i) A level of carbon monoxide (CO) greater than 20 p/m;
	(ii) A level of carbon dioxide (CO(2)) greater than 1,000 p/m;
	(iii) A level of oil mist greater than 5 milligrams per cubic meter;
or 
	(iv) A noxious or pronounce odor. 

(4) The output of air compressor systems
shall be tested for air purity every 6 months by means of samples taken at
the connection to the distribution system, except that non-oil lubricated
compressors need not be tested for oil mist.

(c) "Breathing gas supply hoses." (1) Breathing gas supply hoses shall:

(i) Have a working pressure at least equal to the working pressure of the
total breathing gas system;

(ii) Have a rated bursting pressure at least equal to 4 times the working
pressure;

(iii) Be tested at least annually to 1.5 times their working pressure;

and (iv) Have their open ends taped, capped or plugged when not in use.

(2)
Breathing gas supply hose connectors shall: (i) Be made of
corrosion-resistant materials; (ii) Have a working pressure at least equal to
the working pressure of the hose to which they are attached; and
(iii) Be resistant to accidental disengagement.

(3) Umbilicals
shall: (i) Be marked in 10-ft. increments to 100 feet beginning at the
diver's end, and in 50 ft. increments thereafter;
(ii) Be made of kink-resistant materials; and
(iii) Have a working pressure greater than the pressure equivalent to the
maximum depth of the dive (relative to the supply source) plus 100 psi.

(d) "Buoyancy control. (1) Helmets or masks connected directly to the dry
suit or other buoyancy-changing equipment shall be equipped with an exhaust
valve.

(2) A dry suit or other buoyancy-changing equipment not directly connected
to the helmet or mask shall be equipped with an exhaust valve.

(3) When used for SCUBA diving, a buoyancy compensator shall have an
inflation source separate from the breathing gas supply.

(4) An inflatable flotation device capable of maintaining the diver at the
surface in a face-up position, having a manually activated inflation source
independent of the breathing supply, an oral inflation device, and an exhaust
valve shall be used for SCUBA diving.

(e) "Compressed gas cylinders." Compressed gas cylinders shall:

(1) Be designed, constructed and maintained in accordance with the
applicable provisions of 29 CFR 1910.101 and 1910.169 through 1910.171 and
1926.306;

(2) Be stored in a ventilated area and protected from excessive heat;

(3) Be secured from falling; and

(4) Have shut-off valves recessed into the cylinder or protected by a cap,
except when in use or manifolded, or when used for SCUBA diving.

(f) "Decompression chambers." (1) Each decompression chamber manufactured
after the effective date of this standard, shall be built and maintained in
accordance with the ASME Code or equivalent.

(2) Each decompression chamber manufactured prior to the effective date of
this standard shall be maintained in conformity with the code requirements to
which it was built, or equivalent.

(3) Each decompression chamber shall be equipped with:

(i) Means to maintain the atmosphere below a level of 25 percent oxygen by
volume;

(ii) Mufflers on intake and exhaust lines, which shall be regularly
inspected and maintained;

(iii) Suction guards on exhaust line openings; and

(iv) A means for extinguishing fire, and shall be maintained to minimize
sources of ignition and combustible material.

(g) "Gauges and timekeeping devices." (1) Gauges indicating diver depth
which can be read at the dive location shall be used for all dives except
SCUBA.

(2) Each depth gauge shall be deadweight tested or calibrated against a
master reference gauge every 6 months, and when there is a discrepancy
greater than two percent (2 percent) of full scale between any two equivalent
gauges.

(3) A cylinder pressure gauge capable of being monitored by the diver during
the dive shall be worn by each SCUBA diver.

(4) A timekeeping device shall be available at each dive location.

(h) "Masks and helmets."  (1) Surface-supplied air and mixed-gas masks and
helmets shall have:

(i) A non-return valve at the attachment point between helmet or mask and
hose which shall close readily and positively; and

(ii) An exhaust valve.

(2) Surface-supplied air masks and helmets
shall have a minimum ventilation rate capability of 4.5 acfm at any depth at
which they are operated or the capability of maintaining the diver's inspired
carbon dioxide partial pressure below 0.02 ATA when the diver is producing
carbon dioxide at the rate of 1.6 standard liters per minute.

(i) "Oxygen safety." (1) Equipment used with oxygen or mixtures containing
over forty percent (40 percent) by volume oxygen shall be designed for oxygen
service.

(2) Components (except umbilicals) exposed to oxygen or mixtures containing
over forty percent (40 percent) by volume oxygen shall be cleaned of
flammable materials before use.

(3) Oxygen systems over 125 psig and compressed air systems over 500 psig
shall have slow-opening shut-off valves.

(j) "Weights and harnesses." (1) Except when heavy gear is worn, divers
shall be equipped with a weight belt or assembly capable of quick release.

(2) Except when heavy gear is worn or in SCUBA diving, each diver shall wear
a safety harness with:

(i) A positive buckling device;

(ii) An attachment point for the umbilical to prevent strain on the mask or
helmet; and

(iii) A lifting point to distribute the pull force of the line over the
diver's body.

(The information collection requirements contained in paragraph (a)(2) were
approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0069)

Recordkeeping

1926.1091  Recordkeeping requirements.
	(a)(1) [Reserved] (2) The employer shall record the occurrence of
any diving-related injury or illness which requires any dive team member to
be hospitalized for 24 hours or more, specifying the circumstances of the
incident and the extent of any injuries or illnesses.

(b) "Availability of records." (1) Upon the request of the Assistant
Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, or the Director,
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health
and Human Services of their designees, the employer shall make available for
inspection and copying any record or document required by this standard.

(2) Records and documents required by this standard shall be provided upon
request to employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary
in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i).  Safe practices
manuals (1926.1080), depth-time profiles (1926.1082), recordings of dives
(1926.1083), decompression procedure assessment evaluations (1926.1083), and
records of hospitalizations (1926.1091) shall be provided in the same manner
as employee exposure records or analyses using exposure or medical records.
Equipment inspections and testing records which pertain to employees
(1926.1090) shall also be provided upon request to employees and their
designated representatives.

(3) Records and documents required by this standard shall be retained by the
employer for the following period:

(i) Dive team member medical records (physician's reports) (1926.1076) - 5
years;

(ii) Safe practices manual (1926.1080) - current document only;

(iii) Depth-time profile (1926.1082) - until completion of the recording of
dive, or until completion of decompression procedure assessment where there
has been an incident of decompression sickness;

(iv) Recording of dive (1926.1083) - 1 year, except 5 years where there has
been an incident of decompression sickness;

(v) Decompression procedure assessment evaluations (1926.1083) - 5 years;

(vi) Equipment inspections and testing records (1926.1090) - current entry
or tag, or until equipment is withdrawn from service;

(vii) Records of hospitalizations (1926.1091) - 5 years. (4) After
the expiration of the retention period of any record required to be kept for
five (5) years, the employer shall forward such records to the National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health and Human
Services.  The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements
set forth at 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(5) In the event the employer ceases to do business:

(i) The successor employer shall receive and retain all dive and employee
medical records required by this standard; or (ii) If there is no successor
employer, dive and employee medical records shall be forwarded to the
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Department of Health
and Human Services.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0058)

1926.1092  Effective date.

This standard shall be effective on October 20, 1977, except that for
provisions where decompression chambers or bells are required and such
equipment is not yet available, employers shall comply as soon as possible
thereafter buy in no case later than 6 months after the effective date of the
standard.

Appendix A to Subpart Y - Examples of Conditions Which May Restrict or Limit
Exposure to Hyperbaric Conditions

The following disorders may restrict or limit occupational exposures to
hyperbaric conditions depending on severity, presence of residual effects,
response to therapy, number of occurrences, diving mode, or degree and
duration of isolation.
	History of seizure disorder other than early febrile convulsions.
Malignancies (active) unless treated and without recurrence for 5 yrs.
Chronic inability to equalize sinus and/or middle ear pressure. Cystic or
cavitary disease o;f the lungs. Impaired organ function caused by alcohol or
drug use. Conditions requiring continuous medication for control (e.g.,
antihistamines, steroids, barbiturates, moodaltering drugs, or
insulin).
	Meniere's disease. Hemoglobinopathies. Obstructive or restrictive
lung disease. Vestibular end organ destruction. Pneumothorax. Cardiac
abnormalities (e.g., pathological heart block, valvular disease,
intraventricular condition defects other than isolated right bundle branch
block, angina pectoris, arrhythmia, coronary artery disease).

Appendix B to Subpart Y - Guidelines for Scientific Diving

This appendix contains guidelines that will be used in conjunction with
1926.1071(a)(2)(iv) to determine those scientific diving programs, which are
exempt from the requirements for commercial diving.  The guidelines are as
follows:

1. The diving Control Board consists of a majority of active scientific
divers and has autonomous and absolute authority over the scientific diving
program's operations.

2. The purpose of the project using scientific diving is the advancement of
science; therefore, information and data resulting from the project are
non-proprietary.

3. The tasks of a scientific diver are those of an observer and data
gatherer.  Construction and trouble-shooting tasks traditionally associated
with commercial diving are not included within scientific diving.

4. Scientific divers, based on the nature of their activities, must use
scientific expertise in studying the underwater environment and, therefore,
are scientists or scientists in training.

46. In part 1926, a new subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances is added
to read as follows:

Subpart Z - Toxic and Hazardous Substances

AUTHORITY: Sections 6 and 8, Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C.
655, 657; Secretary of Labor's Orders Nos. 12-71 (36 FR 8754), 8-76 (41 FR
25059), 9-83 (48 FR 35736) or 1-90 (55 FR 9033) as applicable; and 29 CFR
part 1911.
	Section 1926.1102 not issued under 29 U.S.C. 655 or 29 CFR part 1911;
also issued under 5 U.S.C. 653.
	Section 1926.1103 through 1926.1118 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653.
Section 1926.1128 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653. Section 1926.1145 and
1926.1147 also issued under 29 U.S.C. 653. Section 1926.1148 also issued
under 29 U.S.C. 653.

1926.1100 - 1926.1101 [Reserved]

1926.1102  Coal tar pitch volatiles; interpretation of term.

Coal tar pitch volatiles include the fused polycyclic hydrocarbons which
volatilize from the distillation residues of coal, petroleum (excluding
asphalt), wood, and other  organic matter.  Asphalt (CAS 8052-42-4, and CAS
64742-93-4) is not covered under the "coal tar pitch volatiles" standard.

1926.1103  4-Nitrobiphenyl.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
4-Nitrobiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 92933 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of 4-Nitrobiphenyl.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section:

(1) "Absolute filter" is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono
disperse aerosol of 0.3 um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 4-Nitrobiphenyl. The
clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl where
containment prevents the release of 4-Nitrobiphenyl into regulated areas,
non-regulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 4-Nitrobiphenyl or its safe
disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 4-Nitrobiphenyl from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of 4-Nitrobiphenyl which may result in exposure to
or contact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of 4-Nitrobiphenyl, which is impervious to the passage
of 4-Nitrobiphenyl, and which would prevent the entry of 4-Nitrobiphenyl into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should
leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an-average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl within the hood does not require the insertion of
any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl in an
open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor
in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of
4-Nitrobiphenyl into regulated areas, non-regulated areas, or the external
environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to 4-Nitrobiphenyl.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing 4-Nitrobiphenyl." A regulated area
shall be established by an employer where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is manufactured,
processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas
shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following
category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 4-Nitrobiphenyl within an
isolated system such as a "glove box' shall wash their hands and arms upon
completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not
associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 4-Nitrobiphenyl
is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including
piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while
4-Nitrobiphenyl is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before other
activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 4-Nitrobiphenyl is contained
in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged
into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph
shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long- sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in 4-Nitrobiphenyl handling operations shall be
provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit,from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any
operations involving work in an area where direct contact with
4-Nitrobiphenyl could result, each authorized employee entering that area
shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency
has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 4-Nitrobiphenyl such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco, products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment, clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove 4-Nitrobiphenyl from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training." - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 4-
Nitrobiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only
to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained
in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents
identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of 4-Nitrobiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs
(c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are
accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or
employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall
have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have 4-Nitrobiphenyl contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements wanting of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers
required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the
largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any
instance. "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1
inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements."  No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 4-Nitrobiphenyl, including
local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving 4-Nitrobiphenyl which
could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
4-Nitrobiphenyl;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
4-Nitrobiphenyl in each regulated area, (iii) The number of employees in each
regulated area, during normal operations including maintenance activities;
and

(iv) The manner in which 4-Nitrobiphenyl is present in each regulated area;
e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled, (2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the
release of 4-
Nitrobiphenyl into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall
be reported in accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence
of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on
any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to
the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0085)

1926.1104  alpha-Naphthylamine.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
alpha-Naphthylamine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 134327 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of alpha-Naphthylamine.

(3) This section will not apply to operations involving the destructive
distillation of carbonaceous materials, such as occurs in coke ovens.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of alpha-Naphthylamine.
The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine where
containment prevents the release of alpha-Naphthylamine into regulated areas,
nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of alpha-Naphthylamine or its
safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of alpha-Naphthylamine from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of alpha-Naphthylamine which may result in exposure
to or contact with alpha-Naphthylamine.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of alpha-Naphthylamine, which is impervious to the
passage of alpha-Naphthylamine, and which would prevent the entry of
alpha-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained, so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving alpha-Naphthylamine within the hood does not require the insertion
of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine
in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type
hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the
entry of alpha-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the
external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to alpha-Naphthylamine.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing alpha-Naphthylamine." A regulated
area shall be established by an employer where alpha-Naphthylamine is
manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All
such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the
following category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with alpha-Naphthylamine within an
isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon
completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not
associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where
alpha-Naphthylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed
system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed
while alpha-Naphthylamine is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations, involving
"laboratory type hoods" or in locations where alpha-Naphthylamine is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
subparagraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), and shoe covers and gloves prior to entering a regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in alpha-Naphthylamine handling operations shall be
provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection maybe substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exist of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any
operations involving work in an area where direct contact with
alpha-Naphthylamine could result, each authorized employee entering that area
shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be
implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected areas shall be decontaminated prior to the
resumption of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours, for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known, contact with alpha-Naphthylamine such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing ,and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control."  (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove alpha-Naphthylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited. (e) "Signs,
information and training." - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, areas, informing employees of the procedures that must be
followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of
alpha-Naphthylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only
to, and handled only by authorized employees, or by other employees trained
in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents
identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of alpha-Naphthylamine and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(vii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have alpha-Naphthylamine contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08
cm).  Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than
1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8
point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need
be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of alpha-Naphthylamine, including
local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving alpha-Naphthylamine which
could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
alpha-Naphthylamine;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director.  Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
alpha-Naphthylamine in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which alpha-Naphthylamine is present in each regulated
area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of
alpha-Naphthylamine into any area where employees may be potentially exposed
shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at
that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees
shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedures used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance."  At no cost to the employee, a program of
medical surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees
considered for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized
employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause be maintained complete and accurate records of all such
medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the
employee's employment.  Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i).  These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director (iii) Any physician who conducts a
medical examination required by this paragraph shall furnish to the employer
a statement of the employee's suitability for employment in the specific
exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0084)

1926.1105  [Reserved]

1926.1106  Methyl chloromethyl ether.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
methyl chloromethyl ether, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 107302
is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but
shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the
labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of methyl chloromethyl ether.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section. (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of methyl chloromethyl
ether. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a
shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this
section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving methyl chloromethyl ether
where containment prevents the release of methyl chloromethyl ether into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of methyl chloromethyl ether or
its safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of methyl chloromethyl ether from the
work environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting fn the release of methyl chloromethyl ether which may result in
exposure to or contact with methyl chloromethyl ether.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonrogulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of methyl chloromethyl ether, which is impervious to
the passage of methyl chloromethyl ether, and which would prevent the entry
of methyl chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the
external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of
containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving methyl chloromethyl ether within the hood does not require the
insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and
arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employor
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving methyl chloromethyl
ether in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory
type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against
the entry of methyl chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated
areas, or the external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to methyl chloromethyl ether.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing methyl chloromethyl ether."  A
regulated area shall be established by an employer where methyl chloromethyl
ether is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or
stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the
requirements for the following category or categories describing the
operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with methyl chloromethyl ether
within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and
arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other
activities not associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where methyl
chloromethyl ether is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed
system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed
while methyl chloromethyl ether is contained within. Access shall be
restricted to authorized employees only.

(3) "Open-vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where methyl chloromethyl ether is
contained in an otherwise "closed system." but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
subparagraph shall apply.
	(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long- sleeved shirt and
pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in methyl chloromethyl ether handling operations
shall be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air
respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance
with 1926.103.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any
operations involving work in an area where direct contact with methyl
chloromethyl ether could result, each authorized employee entering that area
shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
induding gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be
implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with methyl chloromethyl ether
such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment, clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(iv) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove methyl chloromethyl ether from the surfaces of materials, equipment
and the decontamination facility.

(e) "Signs, information and training." (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to
regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQURIED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification."  (i) Containers of methyl
chloromethyl ether and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only
to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained
in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section may have, contents
identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of methyl chloromethyl ether and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by, employees ether than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have methyl chloromethyl ether contents with corrosive
or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08
cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than
1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8
point type in any instance:  "Provided", That no such required lettering need
be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements."  No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of methyl chloromethyl ether
including local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving methyl chloromethyl ether
which could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of methyl
chloromethyl ether;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations."  Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
methyl chloromethyl ether in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which methyl chloromethyl ether is present in each
regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged,
released, stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of methyl
chloromethyl ether into any area where employees may be potentially exposed
shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at
that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees
shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances be taken, with specific completion
dates, of the incident, and measures taken or to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

1926.1107  3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (and its salts).

(a) "Scope and application."  (1) This section applies to any area in which
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry
Number 91941 is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or
stored, but shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers except for
the labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this
section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1 percent by weight or volume of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts).

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
(or its salts). The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an
entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise
required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or
its salts) where containment prevents the release of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine
(or its salts) into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine or
its safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its
salts) from the work environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) which may
result in exposure to or contact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts).

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment, of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts), which is
impervious to the passage of 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) and which
would prevent the entry of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should
leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving 3,3'- Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) within the hood does not
require the insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his
hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 3,3'-
Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) in an open vessel, which is not in an
isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording
equivalent protection against the entry of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its
salts) into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to 3,3,-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts).

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its
salts)."  A regulated area shall be established by an employer where 3,3'-
Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is manufactured, processed, used,
repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled
in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories
describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or
its salts) within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their
hands and arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in
other activities not associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 3,3'-
Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is stored in sealed containers, or
contained in a closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports
or openings closed while 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is contained
within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its
salts) is contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred,
charged, or discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions
of this subparagraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) handling
operations shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half- face,
filter-type respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with
1926.103. A respirator affording higher levels of protection may be -
substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall-be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountain's are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any
operations involving work in an area where direct contact with
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) could result, each authorized employee
entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be
implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report. in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or
its salts), such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible,
unless contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control."  (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement.  Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established  and implemented to
remove 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) from the surfaces of materials,
equipment and the decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training." (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 3,3'-
Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) and containers required under paragraphs
(c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are
accessible only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other
employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may
have contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or
other proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) and containers
required under paragraphs (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) contents
with corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning
of such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected
portions of the body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08
cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than
1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8
point type in any instance:  "Provided", That no such required lettering need
be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements."  No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination."  (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its
salts), including local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving 3,3'-
Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) which could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and purpose;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific Information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts);

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary, and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which 3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) is present in
each regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used
repackaged, released, stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 3,3'-
Dichlorobenzidine (or its salts) into any area where employees may be
potentially exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph.
(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at
that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees
shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination, and (C) A report of any medical
treatment of affected employees, and any medical surveillance program
implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas. and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids of
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall
also be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0083)

1926.1108  bis-Chloromethyl ether.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
bis-chloromethyl ether, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 542881 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of bis-chloromethyl ether.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of training 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um
particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of bis-chloromethyl ether.
The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving bis-chloromethyl ether
where containment prevents the release of bis-chloromethyl ether into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of bis-chloromethyl ether or
its safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of bis-chloromethyl ether form the
work environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of bis-chloromethyl ether which may result in
exposure to or contact with bis-chloromethyl ether.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment, of bis-chloromethyl ether and which is impervious to
the passage of, bis-chloromethyl ether and which would prevent the entry of
bis-chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the
external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of
containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving bis-chloromethyl ether within the hood does not require the
insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and
arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving bis-chloromethyl
ether in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory
type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against
the entry of bis-chloromethyl ether into regulated areas, nonregulated areas,
or the external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to bis-chloromethyl ether.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing bis-chloromethyl ether." A regulated
area shall be established by an employer where bis-chloromethyl ether is
manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All
such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the
following category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with bis-chloromethyl ether within
an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms
upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities
not associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where bis-chloromethyl
ether is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system,
including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while
bis-chloromethyl ether is contained within. Access shall be restricted to
authorized employees only.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where bis-chloromethyl ether is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
paragraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in bis-chloromethyl ether handling operations shall
be provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air
respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance
with 1926.103.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area. (5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, or any
operations involving work in an area where direct contact with
bis-chloromethyl ether could result, each authorized employee entering that
area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency
has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated ad
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency.  A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with bis-chloromethyl ether such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products, are prohibited in regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.52(f)(4).

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas.  Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement.  Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed form a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove bis-chloromethyl ether form the surfaces of materials, equipment and
the decontamination facility.

(e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to
regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER - SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER - SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identifications." (i) Containers of bis-chloromethyl
ether and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B),
and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled
only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance
with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification
limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of bis-chloromethyl ether and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have bis-chloromethyl ether contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by
subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall be a minimum letter height of 2
inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not
be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not
less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided", That no such required
lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of bis-chloromethyl ether,
including local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving bis-chloromethyl ether
which could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
bis-chloromethyl ether;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and implant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
bis-chloromethyl ether in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which bis-chloromethyl ether is present in each regulated
area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of bis-chloromethyl
ether into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be
reported in accordance with this subparagraph.  (i) A report of the
occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a
report on any medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24
hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations.  Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0087)

1926.1109  beta-Naphthylamine.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
beta-Naphthylamine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 91598 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of beta-Naphthylamine.

(3) This section will not apply to operations involving the destructive
distillation of carbonaceous materials, such as occurs in coke ovens.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of beta-Naphthylamine. The
clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving beta-Naphthylamine where
containment prevents the release of beta-Naphthylamine into regulated areas,
nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of beta-Naphthylamine or its
safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of beta-Naphthylamine from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of beta-Naphthylamine which may result in exposure
to or contact with beta-Naphthylamine.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of beta-Naphthylamine, which is impervious to the
passage of beta-Naphthylamine, and which would prevent the entry of
beta-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving beta-Naphthylamine within the hood does not require the insertion
of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving beta-Naphthylamine in
an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood,
nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of
beta-Naphthylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to beta-Naphthylamine.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing beta-Naphthylamine." A regulated area
shall be established by an employer where beta-Naphthylamine is manufactured,
processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas
shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following
category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with beta-Naphthylamine within an
isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon
completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not
associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where
beta-Naphthylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed
system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed
while beta-Naphthylamine is contained within: (i) Access shall be restricted
to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where beta-Naphthylamine is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
paragraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.

(ii)
Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so
that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation.
Exhaust air shall not be, discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas
or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be
introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the
local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in beta-Naphthylamine handling operations shall be
provided with, and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit, from the, regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with beta-Naphthylamine could result, each authorized employee
entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v)  of this section shall be implemented. (i)
The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency has
been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with beta-Naphthylamine, such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done, so in a manner that does not cause
contamination in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove beta-Naphthylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOODS REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification."  (i) Containers of
beta-Naphthylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only
to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained
in accordance, with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents
identification limited to generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of beta-Naphthylamine and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this  section
which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have beta-Naphthylamine contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm). Labels on
containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of
the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any
instance: "Provided", That no such required lettering need be more than 1
inch (2.54 cm,) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information, or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of beta-Naphthylamine, including
local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving beta-Naphthylamine which
could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination, practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
beta-Naphthylamine;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information, required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s), regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
beta-Naphthylamine in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which beta-Naphthylamine is present in each regulated
area; e.g. whether it manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of beta-Naphthylamine
into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in
accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the
incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any
medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the
nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
with in 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation, of the procedure used in determining the
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination;

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less, often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof shall
be forwarded by registered mail to, the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated, representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination, required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0089)

1926.1110  Benzidine.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
Benzidine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 92875 is manufactured,
processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall not apply to
transshipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling requirements
under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 0.1 percent by weight or volume in Benzidine.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono dispense aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of Benzidine. The clean
change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower room, when
the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving Benzidine where containment
prevents the release of Benzidine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas,
or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of Benzidine or its safe
disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of Benzidine from the work environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of Benzidine which may result in exposure to or
contact with Benzidine.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of Benzidine, which is impervious to the passage of
Benzidine, and which would prevent the entry of Benzidine into regulated
areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should leakage or
spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving Benzidine within the hood does not require the insertion of any
portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open vessel system" means an operation involving Benzidine in an open
vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor in
any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of
Benzidine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to Benzidine.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing Benzidine." A regulated area shall be
established by an employer where Benzidine is manufactured, processed, used,
repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled
in accordance with the requirements for the following category or categories
describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with Benzidine within an isolated
system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon completion
of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not associated
with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where Benzidine is
stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including
piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while Benzidine is
contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where Benzidine is contained in an
otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into
other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall
apply. (i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in Benzidine handling operations shall be provided
with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type respirator for
dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A respirator affording
higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v)  Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required
to remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit
and at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with Benzidine could result, each authorized employee entering
that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious
garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in
accordance with 1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency
has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with Benzidine such employee
shall be required to shower as soon as possible unless contraindicated by
physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove Benzidine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping an dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training"- (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of Benzidine and
containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and
(c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled
only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance
with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification
limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of Benzidine and containers required under paragraphs
(c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are
accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or
employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall
have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have Benzidine contents with corrosive or irritating
properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards, noting, if
appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08
cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than
1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8
point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need
be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of Benzidine, including local and
systemic toxicity;

(B)The specific nature of the operation involving Benzidine which could
result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G)  Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of Benzidine;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports"- (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location
of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area:

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
Benzidine in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which Benzidine is present in each regulated area;
e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of Benzidine into any
area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in
accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the
incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any
medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the
nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0082)

1926.1111  4-Aminodiphenyl.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
4-Aminodiphenyl, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 92671 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 0.1 percent by weight or volume of 4-Aminodiphenyl.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 4-Aminodiphenyl. The
clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl where
containment prevents the release of 4-Arninodiphenyl into regulated areas,
nonregulated area, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 4-Aminodiphenyl or its safe
disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 4-Aminodiphenyl from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of 4-Aminodiphenyl which may result in exposure to
or contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of 4-Aminodiphenyl, which is impervious to the passage
of 4-Aminodiphenyl, and which would prevent the entry of 4-Aminodiphenyl into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should
leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving 4-Aminodiphenyl within the hood does not require the insertion of
any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl in an
open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor
in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of
4-Aminodiphenyl into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to 4-Aminodiphenyl.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing 4-Aminodiphenyl." A regulated area
shall be established by an employer where 4-Aminodiphenyl is manufactured,
processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas
shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following
category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 4-Aminodiphenyl within an
isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon
completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not
associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where 4-Aminodiphenyl
is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including
piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while
4-Aminodiphenyl is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations. "Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 4-Aminodiphenyl is contained
in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged
into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph
shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in 4-Aminodiphenyl handling operations shall be
provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl could result, each authorized employee
entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as, soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 4-Aminodiphenyl such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove 4-Aminodiphenyl from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training" - (1) Signs. (i) Entrances to regulated areas shall
be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of 4-Aminodiphenyl
and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and
(c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled
only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance
with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents identification
limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of 4-Aminodiphenyl and containers required under paragraphs
(c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are
accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized employees or
employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall
have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have 4-Aminodiphenyl contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by
subparagraph (1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm).
Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2
the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point
type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need be
more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive including, but not
necessarily limited to: A training and indoctrination program (A) The nature
of the carcinogenic hazards of 4-Aminodiphenyl, including local and systemic
toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving 4-Aminodiphenyl which
could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
4-Aminodiphenyl;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in this
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location
of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
4-Aminodiphenyl in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which 4-Aminodiphenyl is present in each regulated area;
e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of 4-Aminodiphenyl
into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in
accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the
incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any
medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the
nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management an Budget under control number
(1218-0090)

1926.1112  Ethyleneimine.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
Ethyleneimine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 151564 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under (e)(2), paragraphs (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of Ethyleneimine.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of Ethyleneimine. The
clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving Ethyleneimine where
containment prevents the release of Ethyleneimine into regulated areas,
nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of Ethyleneimine or its safe
disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of Ethyleneimine from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of Ethyleneimine which may result in exposure to or
contact with Ethyleneimine.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of Ethyleneimine, which is impervious to the passage of
Ethyleneimine, and which would prevent the entry of Ethyleneimine into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment, should
leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving Ethyleneimine within the hood does not require the insertion of any
portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving Ethyleneimine in an
open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood, nor
in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of
Ethyleneimine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to Ethyleneimine.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing Ethyleneimine." A regulated area
shall be established by an employer where Ethyleneimine is manufactured,
processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas
shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following
category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with Ethyleneimine within an
isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon
completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not
associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where Ethyleneimine is
stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed system, including
piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed while Ethyleneimine
is contained within: Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where Ethyleneimine is contained in
an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or discharged into
other normally closed containers, the provisions of this subparagraph shall
apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each shall be provided with continuous local exhaust ventilation so
that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the operation.
Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas, nonregulated areas or
the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean makeup air shall be
introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct operation of the
local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long- sleeved shirt and
pants), and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in Ethyleneimine handling operations shall be
provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air
respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure- demand type, in accordance
with 1926.103.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with Ethyleneimine could result, each authorized employee
entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood;

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be
implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with Ethyleneimine, such employee
shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless contraindicated by
physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(vi) Emergency deluge showers and eyewash fountains supplied with running
potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the same level
with locations where a direct exposure of Ethyleneimine would be most likely
as a result of equipment failure, or improper work practice.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking. storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1928.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove Ethyleneimine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(e) "Signs, information and training"- (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to
regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of Ethyleneimine and
containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and
(c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only to, and handled
only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained in accordance
with paragraph (e)(5) of this section may have contents identification
limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of Ethyleneimine and containers required under paragraphs
(c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are
accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized employees or
employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section shall
have contents identification which includes the full chemical name and
Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have Ethyleneimine contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08
cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than
1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8
point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need
be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of Ethyleneimine, including local
and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving, Ethyleneimine which
could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
Ethyleneimine;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports"- (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change. (i) A brief description and in-plant location
of the area(s) regulated and the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of,
Ethyleneimine in each,regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which Ethyleneimine is present in each regulated area;
e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of Ethyleneimine into
any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in
accordance with this paragraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the
incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any
medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the
nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a)-(e) and (g)-(i). These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0080)

1926.1113  beta-Propiolactone.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
beta-Propiolactone, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 57578 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of beta-Propiolactone.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of beta-Propiolactone. The
clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving beta-Propiolactone where
containment prevents the release of beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas,
nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of beta-Propiolactone or its
safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of beta-Propiolactone from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of beta-Propiolactone which may result in exposure
to or contact with beta-Propiolactone.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of beta-Propiolactone, which is impervious to the
passage of beta-Propiolactone, and which would prevent the entry of
beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving beta-Propiolactone within the hood does not require the insertion
of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving beta-Propiolactone in
an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type hood,
nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the entry of
beta-Propiolactone into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external
environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to beta-Propiolactone.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing beta-Propiolactone." A regulated area
shall be established by an employer where beta-Propiolactone is manufactured,
processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All such areas
shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the following
category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with beta-Propiolactone within an
isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms upon
completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities not
associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where
beta-Propiolactone is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a closed
system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings closed
while beta-Propiolactone is contained within. Access shall be restricted to
authorized employees only.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where beta-Propiolactone is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
subparagraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in beta-Propiolactone handling operations shall be
provided with and required to wear and use a full-face, supplied air
respirator, of the continuous flow or pressure-demand type, in accordance
with 1926.103.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with beta-Propiolactone could result, each authorized employee
entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear clean,
impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood
in accordance with 1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency
has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with beta-Propiolactone, such
employee shall be required to shower soon as possible, unless contraindicated
by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(vi) Emergency deluge showers and eyewash fountains supplied with running
potable water shall be located near, within sight of, and on the same level
with locations where a direct exposure to beta-Propiolactone would be most
likely as a result of equipment failure, or improper work practice.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(iii) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(iv) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(v) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove beta-Propiolactone from the surfaces of materials, equipment and the
decontamination facility.

(e) "Signs, information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to
regulated areas shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of
beta-Propiolactone and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only
to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained
in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents
identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other proprietary
identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of beta-Propiolactone and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have beta-Propiolactone contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches. Labels on containers
required under this section shall not be less than 1/2 the size of the
largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point type in any
instance: Provided, That no such required lettering need be more than 1 inch
in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of beta-Propiolactone, including
local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving beta-Propiolactone which
could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
beta-Propiolactone;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
beta-Propiolactone in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which beta-Propiolactone is present in each regulated
area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of beta-Propiolactone
into any area where employees may be potentially exposed shall be reported in
accordance with this subparagraph. (i) A report of the occurrence of the
incident and the facts obtainable at that time including a report on any
medical treatment of affected employees shall be made within 24 hours to the
nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agent, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and (g)-(i).  These records shall also
be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0079)

1926.1114  2-Acetylaminofluorene.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
2-Acetylaminofluorene, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 53963 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of 2-Acetylaminofluorene.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter is
one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3 um
particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of 2-Acetylaminofluorene.
The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene where
containment prevents the release of 2-Acetylaminofluorene into regulated
areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 2-Acetylaminofluorene or its
safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 2-Acetylaminofluorene from the work
environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of 2-Acetylaminofluorene which may result in
exposure to or contact with 2-Acetylaminofluorene.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of 2-Acetylaminofluorene, which is impervious to the
passage of 2-Acetylaminofluorene, and which would prevent the entry of
2-Acetylaminofluorene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the
external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of
containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene within the hood does not require the
insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and
arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene
in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system, a laboratory type
hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent protection against the
entry of 2-Acetylaminofluorene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or
the external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to 2-Acetylaminofluorene.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing 2-Acetylaminofluorene."  A regulated
area shall be established by an employer where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is
manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All
such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the
following category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 2-Acetylaminofluorene within
an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms
upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities
not associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where
2-Acetylaminofluorene is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a
closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings
closed while 2-Acetylaminofluorene is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In  operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 2-Acetylaminofluorene is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
subparagraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in 2-Acetylaminofluorene handling operations shall be
provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with 2-Acetylaminofluorene could result, each authorized
employee entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garments,
including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be
implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 2-Acetylaminofluorene, such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove 2-Acetylaminofluorene from the surfaces of materials, equipment and
the decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of
2-Acetylaminofluorene and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible only
to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees trained
in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have contents
identification, limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other
proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of 2-Acetylaminofluorene and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by, employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.
	(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"

displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have 2-Acetylaminofluorene contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by
subparagraph (1) shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08 cm).
Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than 1/2
the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8 point
type in any instance; Provided, That no such required lettering need be more
than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to: (A) The
nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 2-Acetylaminofluorene, including local
and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving 2-Acetylaminofluorene
which could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
2-Acetylaminofluorene;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees, shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
2-Acetylaminofluorene in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which 2-Acetylaminofluorene is present in each regulated
area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of
2-Acetylaminofluorene into any area where employees may be potentially
exposed shall be reported in accordance with this subparagraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at
that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees
shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall
also be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0088)

1926.1115  4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 60117
is manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but
shall not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the
labeling requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene. The clean change room shall be contiguous to and
have an entry from a shower room, when the shower room facilities are
otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving 4-Dimeth-ylaminoazo-benzene
where containment prevents the release of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene or
its safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene from the
work environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene which may result in
exposure to or contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene, which is impervious to
the passage of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene which would prevent the entry of
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the
external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of
containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene within the hood does not require the
insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and
arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated
system, a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent
protection against the entry of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into regulated
areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene." A
regulated area shall be established by an employer where
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged,
released, handled or stored. All such areas shall be controlled in accordance
with the requirements for the following category or categories describing the
operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
within an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and
arms upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other
activities not associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a
closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings
closed while 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
subparagraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers, and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene handling operations
shall be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exist of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene could result, each authorized
employee entering that area shall: (i) Be provided with and required to wear
clear, impervious garments, including gloves, boots and continuous-air
supplied hood in accordance with 1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs
(d)(2)(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be implemented.
(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the emergency
has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene,
such employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
room shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of such
employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean makeup air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene from the surfaces of materials, equipment
and the decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene and containers required under paragraph (c)(4)(v)
and (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible
only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees
trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have
contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other
proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
 displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

  (iv) Containers which have 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene contents with
corrosive or irritating properties shall have label statements warning of
such hazards, noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected
portions of the body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by
subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall be a minimum letter height of 2
inches (5.08 cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not
be less than 1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not
less than 8 point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required
lettering need be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene,
including local and sytemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene
which could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for the application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose for and application of decontamination practices and
purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices;

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which 4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene is present in each
regulated area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged,
released, stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of
4-Dimethylaminoazobenzene into any area where employees may be potentially
exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at
that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees
shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examination, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examination. Records shall be maintained for the duration of the
employee's employment. Upon termination of the employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall
also be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0044)

1926.1116  N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to any area in which
N-Nitrosodimethylamine, Chemical Abstracts Service Registry Number 62759 is
manufactured, processed, repackaged, released, handled, or stored, but shall
not apply to trans-shipment in sealed containers, except for the labeling
requirements under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(2) This section shall not apply to solid or liquid mixtures containing less
than 1.0 percent by weight or volume of N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

(b) "Definitions." For the purposes of this section: (1) "Absolute filter"
is one capable of retaining 99.97 percent of a mono disperse aerosol of 0.3
um particles.

(2) "Authorized employee" means an employee whose duties require him to be
in the regulated area and who has been specifically assigned by the employer.

(3) "Clean change room" means a room where employees put on clean clothing
and/or protective equipment in an environment free of N-Nitrosodimethylamine.
The clean change room shall be contiguous to and have an entry from a shower
room, when the shower room facilities are otherwise required in this section.

(4) "Closed system" means an operation involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine
where containment prevents the release of N-Nitrosodimethylamine into
regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(5) "Decontamination" means the inactivation of N-Nitrosodimethylamine or
its safe disposal.

(6) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, or any person directed by him or the Secretary of Health
and Human Services to act for the Director.

(7) "Disposal" means the safe removal of N-Nitrosodimethylamine from the
work environment.

(8) "Emergency" means an unforeseen circumstance or set of circumstances
resulting in the release of N-Nitrosodimethylamine which may result in
exposure to or contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

(9) "External environment" means any environment external to regulated and
nonregulated areas.

(10) "Isolated system" means a fully enclosed structure other than the
vessel of containment of N-Nitrosodimethylamine, which is impervious to the
passage of N-Nitrosodimethylamine, and which would prevent the entry of
N-Nitrosodimethylamine into regulated areas, nonregulated areas, or the
external environment, should leakage or spillage from the vessel of
containment occur.

(11) "Laboratory type hood" is a device enclosed on three sides and the top
and bottom, designed and maintained so as to draw air inward at an average
linear face velocity of 150 feet per minute with a minimum of 125 feet per
minute; designed, constructed, and maintained in such a way that an operation
involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine within the hood does not require the
insertion of any portion of any employee's body other than his hands and
arms.

(12) "Nonregulated area" means any area under the control of the employer
where entry and exit is neither restricted nor controlled.

(13) "Open-vessel system" means an operation involving
N-Nitrosodimethylamine in an open vessel, which is not in an isolated system,
a laboratory type hood, nor in any other system affording equivalent
protection against the entry of N-Nitrosodimethylamine into regulated areas,
nonregulated areas, or the external environment.

(14) "Protective clothing" means clothing designed to protect an employee
against contact with or exposure to N-Nitrosodimethylamine.

(15) "Regulated area" means an area where entry and exit is restricted and
controlled.

(c) "Requirements for areas containing N-Nitrosodimethylamine." A regulated
area shall be established by an employer where N-Nitrosodimethylamine is
manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released, handled or stored. All
such areas shall be controlled in accordance with the requirements for the
following category or categories describing the operation involved:

(1) "Isolated systems." Employees working with N-Nitrosodimethylamine within
an isolated system, such as a "glove box" shall wash their hands and arms
upon completion of the assigned task and before engaging in other activities
not associated with the isolated system.

(2) "Closed system operation." Within regulated areas where
N-Nitrosodimethylamine is stored in sealed containers, or contained in a
closed system, including piping systems, with any sample ports or openings
closed while N-Nitrosodimethylamine is contained within:

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck upon
each exit from the regulated areas, close to the point of exit and before
engaging in other activities.

(3) "Open vessel system operations." Open vessel system operations as
defined in paragraph (b)(13) of this section are prohibited.

(4) "Transfer from a closed system, charging or discharging point
operations, or otherwise opening a closed system." In operations involving
"laboratory type hoods," or in locations where N-Nitrosodimethylamine is
contained in an otherwise "closed system," but is transferred, charged, or
discharged into other normally closed containers, the provisions of this
subparagraph shall apply.

(i) Access shall be restricted to authorized employees only;

(ii) Each operation shall be provided with continuous local exhaust
ventilation so that air movement is always from ordinary work areas to the
operation. Exhaust air shall not be discharged to regulated areas,
nonregulated areas or the external environment unless decontaminated. Clean
makeup air shall be introduced in sufficient volume to maintain the correct
operation of the local exhaust system.

(iii) Employees shall be provided with, and required to wear, clean, full
body protective clothing (smocks, coveralls, or long-sleeved shirt and
pants), shoe covers, and gloves prior to entering the regulated area.

(iv) Employees engaged in N-Nitrosodimethylamine handling operations shall
be provided with and required to wear and use a half-face, filter-type
respirator for dusts, mists, and fumes, in accordance with 1926.103. A
respirator affording higher levels of protection may be substituted.

(v) Prior to each exit from a regulated area, employees shall be required to
remove and leave protective clothing and equipment at the point of exit and
at the last exit of the day, to place used clothing and equipment in
impervious containers at the point of exit for purposes of decontamination or
disposal. The contents of such impervious containers shall be identified, as
required under paragraphs (e)(2), (3), and (4) of this section.

(vi) Employees shall be required to wash hands, forearms, face and neck on
each exit from the regulated area, close to the point of exit, and before
engaging in other activities.

(vii) Employees shall be required to shower after the last exit of the day.

(viii) Drinking fountains are prohibited in the regulated area.

(5)
"Maintenance and decontamination activities." In cleanup of leaks or spills,
maintenance or repair operations on contaminated systems or equipment, where
direct contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine could result, each authorized
employee entering that area shall:

(i) Be provided with and required to wear clean, impervious garment,
including gloves, boots and continuous-air supplied hood in accordance with
1926.103.

(ii) Be decontaminated before removing the protective garments and hood;

(iii) Be required to shower upon removing the protective garments and hood.

(d) "General regulated area requirements."

(1) [Reserved] (2) "Emergencies." In an emergency, immediate
measures including, but not limited to, the requirements of paragraphs (d)(2)
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv), and (v) of this section shall be
implemented.

(i) The potentially affected area shall be evacuated as soon as the
emergency has been determined.

(ii) Hazardous conditions created by the emergency shall be eliminated and
the potentially affected area shall be decontaminated prior to the resumption
of normal operations.

(iii) Special medical surveillance by a physician shall be instituted within
24 hours for employees present in the potentially affected area at the time
of the emergency. A report of the medical surveillance and any treatment
shall be included in the incident report, in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)
of this section.

(iv) Where an employee has a known contact with N-Nitrosodimethylamine, such
employee shall be required to shower as soon as possible, unless
contraindicated by physical injuries.

(v) An incident report on the emergency shall be reported as provided in
paragraph (f)(2) of this section.

(3) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (i) Storage or consumption of food,
storage or use of containers of beverages, storage or application of
cosmetics, smoking, storage of smoking materials, tobacco products or other
products for chewing, or the chewing of such products, are prohibited in
regulated areas.

(ii) Where employees are required by this section to wash, washing
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(iii) Where employees are required by this section to shower, shower
facilities shall be provided in accordance with 1926.51(f)(4).

(iv) Where employees wear protective clothing and equipment clean change
rooms shall be provided, in accordance with 1926.51(i), for the number of
such employees required to change clothes.

(v) Where toilets are in regulated areas, such toilets shall be in a
separate room.

(4) "Contamination control." (i) Regulated areas, except for outdoor
systems, shall be maintained under pressure negative with respect to
nonregulated areas. Local exhaust ventilation may be used to satisfy this
requirement. Clean make-up air in equal volume shall replace air removed.

(ii) Any equipment, material, or other item taken into or removed from a
regulated area shall be done so in a manner that does not cause contamination
in nonregulated areas or the external environment.

(iii) Decontamination procedures shall be established and implemented to
remove N-Nitrosodimethylamine from the surfaces of materials, equipment and
the decontamination facility.

(iv) Dry sweeping and dry mopping are prohibited.

(e) "Signs,
information and training" - (1) "Signs." (i) Entrances to regulated areas
shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(ii) Entrances to regulated areas containing operations covered in paragraph
(c)(5) of this section shall be posted with signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT EXPOSED IN THIS AREA

IMPERVIOUS SUIT INCLUDING GLOVES, BOOTS, AND AIR-SUPPLIED HOOD REQUIRED AT
ALL TIMES

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(iii) Appropriate signs and instructions shall be posted at the entrance to,
and exit from, regulated areas, informing employees of the procedures that
must be followed in entering and leaving a regulated area.

(2) "Container contents identification." (i) Containers of
N-Nitrosodimethylamine and containers required under paragraphs (c)(4)(v) and
(c)(6)(vii) (B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section which are accessible
only to, and handled only by, authorized employees, or by other employees
trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this section, may have
contents identification limited to a generic or proprietary name, or other
proprietary identification, of the carcinogen and percent.

(ii) Containers of N-Nitrosodimethylamine and containers required under
paragraphs (c)(4)(v), (c)(6)(vii)(B), and (c)(6)(viii)(B) of this section
which are accessible to, or handled by employees other than authorized
employees or employees trained in accordance with paragraph (e)(5) of this
section shall have contents identification which includes the full chemical
name and Chemical Abstracts Service Registry number as listed in paragraph
(a)(1) of this section.

(iii) Containers shall have the warning words "CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT"
displayed immediately under or adjacent to the contents identification.

(iv) Containers which have N-Nitrosodimethylamine contents with corrosive or
irritating properties shall have label statements warning of such hazards,
noting, if appropriate, particularly sensitive or affected portions of the
body.

(3) "Lettering." Lettering on signs and instructions required by paragraph
(e)(1) of this section shall be a minimum letter height of 2 inches (5.08
cm). Labels on containers required under this section shall not be less than
1/2 the size of the largest lettering on the package, and not less than 8
point type in any instance: "Provided," That no such required lettering need
be more than 1 inch (2.54 cm) in height.

(4) "Prohibited statements." No statement shall appear on or near any
required sign, label, or instruction which contradicts or detracts from the
effect of any required warning, information or instruction.

(5) "Training and indoctrination." (i) Each employee prior to being
authorized to enter a regulated area, shall receive a training and
indoctrination program including, but not necessarily limited to:

(A) The nature of the carcinogenic hazards of N-Nitrosodimethylamine,
including local and systemic toxicity;

(B) The specific nature of the operation involving N-Nitrosodimethylamine
which could result in exposure;

(C) The purpose for and application of the medical surveillance program,
including, as appropriate, methods of self-examination;

(D) The purpose of and application of decontamination practices and purposes;

(E) The purpose for and significance of emergency practices and procedures;

(F) The employee's specific role in emergency procedures;

(G) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition and evaluation
of conditions and situations which may result in the release of
N-Nitrosodimethylamine;

(H) The purpose for and application of specific first aid procedures and
practices.

(I) A review of this section at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program and annually thereafter.

(ii) Specific emergency procedures shall be prescribed, and posted, and
employees shall be familiarized with their terms, and rehearsed in their
application.

(iii) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request
to authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(f) "Reports" - (1) "Operations." Not later than March 1, 1974, the
information required in paragraphs (f)(1)(i), (ii), (iii), and (iv) of this
section shall be reported in writing to the nearest OSHA Area Director. Any
changes in such information shall be similarly reported in writing within 15
calendar days of such change.

(i) A brief description and in-plant location of the area(s) regulated and
the address of each regulated area;

(ii) The name(s) and other identifying information as to the presence of
N-Nitrosodimethylamine in each regulated area;

(iii) The number of employees in each regulated area, during normal
operations including maintenance activities; and

(iv) The manner in which N-Nitrosodimethylamine is present in each regulated
area; e.g. whether it is manufactured, processed, used, repackaged, released,
stored, or otherwise handled.

(2) "Incidents." Incidents which result in the release of
N-Nitrosodimethylamine into any area where employees may be potentially
exposed shall be reported in accordance with this paragraph.

(i) A report of the occurrence of the incident and the facts obtainable at
that time including a report on any medical treatment of affected employees
shall be made within 24 hours to the nearest OSHA Area Director.

(ii) A written report shall be filed with the nearest OSHA Area Director
within 15 calendar days thereafter and shall include:

(A) A specification of the amount of material released, the amount of time
involved, and an explanation of the procedure used in determining this
figure;

(B) A description of the area involved, and the extent of known and possible
employee exposure and area contamination; and

(C) A report of any medical treatment of affected employees, and any medical
surveillance program implemented; and

(D) An analysis of the circumstances of the incident, and measures taken or
to be taken, with specific completion dates, to avoid further similar
releases.

(g) "Medical surveillance." At no cost to the employee, a program of medical
surveillance shall be established and implemented for employees considered
for assignment to enter regulated areas, and for authorized employees.

(1) "Examinations." (i) Before an employee is assigned to enter a regulated
area, a preassignment physical examination by a physician shall be provided.
The examination shall include the personal history of the employee, family
and occupational background, including genetic and environmental factors.

(ii) Authorized employees shall be provided periodic physical examinations,
not less often than annually, following the preassignment examination.

(iii) In all physical examinations, the examining physician shall consider
whether there exist conditions of increased risk, including reduced
immunological competence, those undergoing treatment with steroids or
cytotoxic agents, pregnancy and cigarette smoking.

(2) "Records." (i) Employers of employees examined pursuant to this
paragraph shall cause to be maintained complete and accurate records of all
such medical examinations. Records shall be maintained for the duration of
the employee's employment. Upon termination of an employee's employment,
including retirement or death, or in the event that the employer ceases
business without a successor, records, or notarized true copies thereof,
shall be forwarded by registered mail to the Director.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i). These records shall
also be provided upon request to the Director.

(iii) Any physician who conducts a medical examination required by this
paragraph shall furnish to the employer a statement of the employee's
suitability for employment in the specific exposure.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0081)

1926.1117  Vinyl chloride.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section includes requirements for the
control of employee exposure to vinyl chloride (chloroethene), Chemical
Abstracts Service Registry No. 75014.

(2) This section applies to the manufacture, reaction, packaging,
repackaging, storage, handling or use of vinyl chloride or polyvinyl
chloride, but does not apply to the handling or use of fabricated products
made of polyvinyl chloride.

(3) This section applies to the transportation of vinyl chloride or
polyvinyl chloride except to the extent that the Department of Transportation
may regulate the hazards covered by this section.

(b) "Definitions." (1) Action level means a concentration of vinyl chloride
of 0.5 ppm averaged over an 8-hour work day.

(2) "Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or his designee.

(3) "Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the
employer whose duties require him to enter a regulated area or any person
entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the
purpose of exercising an opportunity to observe monitoring and measuring
procedures.

(4) "Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or his
designee.

(5) "Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure, or operation of a relief device which is likely to, or does, result
in massive release of vinyl chloride.

(6) "Fabricated product" means a product made wholly or partly from
polyvinyl chloride, and which does not require further processing at
temperatures, and for times, sufficient to cause mass melting of the
polyvinyl chloride resulting in the release of vinyl chloride.

(7) "Hazardous operation" means any operation, procedure, or activity where
a release of either vinyl chloride liquid or gas might be expected as a
consequence of the operation or because of an accident in the operation,
which would result in an employee exposure in excess of the permissible
exposure limit.

(8) "OSHA Area Director" means the Director for the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration Area Office having jurisdiction over the geographic
area in which the employer's establishment is located.

(9) "Polyvinyl chloride" means polyvinyl chloride homopolymer or copolymer
before such is converted to a fabricated product.

(10) "Vinyl chloride" means vinyl chloride monomer. (c) "Permissible
exposure limit." (1) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride at
concentrations greater than 1 ppm averaged over any 8-hour period, and (2) No
employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride at concentrations greater than 5
ppm averaged over any period not exceeding 15 minutes.

(3) No employee may be exposed to vinyl chloride by direct contact with
liquid vinyl chloride.

(d) "Monitoring." (1) A program of initial monitoring and measurement shall
be undertaken in each establishment to determine if there is any employee
exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action
level.

(2) Where a determination conducted under paragraph (d)(1) of this section
shows any employee exposures, without regard to the use of respirators, in
excess of the action level, a program for determining exposures for each such
employee shall be established. Such a program:

(i) Shall be repeated at least monthly where any employee is exposed,
without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the permissible
exposure limit.

(ii) Shall be repeated not less than quarterly where any employee is
exposed, without regard to the use of respirators, in excess of the action
level.

(iii) May be discontinued for any employee only when at least two
consecutive monitoring determinations, made not less than 5 working days
apart, show exposures for that employee at or below the action level.

(3) Whenever there has been a production, process or control change which
may result in an increase in the release of vinyl chloride, or the employer
has any other reason to suspect that any employee may be exposed in excess of
the action level, a determination of employee exposure under paragraph (d)(1)
of this section shall be performed.

(4) The method of monitoring and measurement shall have an accuracy (with a
confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 50 percent
from 0.25 through 0.5 ppm, plus or minus 35 percent from over 0.5 ppm through
1.0 ppm, and plus or minus 25 percent over 1.0 ppm. (Methods meeting these
accuracy requirements are available in the "NIOSH Manual of Analytical
Methods").

(5) Employees or their designated representatives shall be afforded
reasonable opportunity to observe the monitoring and measuring required by
this paragraph.

(e) "Regulated area." (1) A regulated area shall be established where:

(i) Vinyl chloride or polyvinyl chloride is manufactured, reacted,
repackaged, stored, handled or used; and

(ii) Vinyl chloride concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure
limit.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized
persons. (f) "Methods of compliance." Employee exposures to vinyl chloride
shall be controlled to at or below the permissible exposure limit provided in
paragraph (c) of this section by engineering, work practice, and personal
protective controls as follows:

(1) Feasible engineering and work practice controls shall immediately be
used to reduce exposures to at or below the permissible exposure limit.

(2) Wherever feasible engineering and work practice controls which can be
instituted immediately are not sufficient to reduce exposures to at or below
the permissible exposure limit, they shall nonetheless be used to reduce
exposures to the lowest practicable level, and shall be supplemented by
respiratory protection in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section. A
program shall be established and implemented to reduce exposures to at or
below the permissible exposure limit, or to the greatest extent feasible,
solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as soon as
feasible.

(3) Written plans for such a program shall be developed and furnished upon
request for examination and copying to authorized representatives of the
Assistant Secretary and the Director. Such plans shall be updated at least
every six months.

(g) "Respiratory protection." Where respiratory protection is required under
this section:

(1) The employer shall provide a respirator which meets the requirements of
this paragraph and shall assure that the employee uses such respirator,
except that until April 1, 1976, wearing of respirators shall be at the
discretion of each employee for exposures not in excess of 25 ppm, measured
over any 15-minute period. Until April 1, 1976, each employee who chooses not
to wear an appropriate respirator shall be informed at least quarterly of the
hazards of vinyl chloride and the purpose, proper use, and limitations of
respiratory devices.

(2) Respirators shall be selected from among those jointly approved by the
Mining Enforcement and Safety Administration, Department of the Interior, and
the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health under the
provisions of 30 CFR part 11.

(3) A respiratory protection program meeting the requirements of 1926.103
shall be established and maintained.

(4) Selection of respirators for vinyl chloride shall be as follows:

(5)(i) Entry into unknown concentrations or concentrations greater than
36,000 ppm (lower explosive limit) may be made only for purposes of life
rescue; and

(ii) Entry into concentrations of less than 36,000 ppm, but greater than
3,600 ppm may be made only for purposes of life rescue, fire fighting, or
securing equipment so as to prevent a greater hazard from release of vinyl
chloride.

(6) Where air-purifying respirators are used:

(i) Air-purifying canisters or cartridges shall be replaced prior to the
expiration of their service life or the end of the shift in which they are
first used, whichever occurs first, and (ii) A continuous monitoring and
alarm system shall be provided where concentrations of vinyl chloride could
reasonably exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use. Such
system shall be used to alert employees when vinyl chloride concentrations
exceed the allowable concentrations for the devices in use.

(7) Apparatus prescribed for higher concentrations may be used for any lower
concentration.

(h) "Hazardous operations." (1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations,
including entry of vessels to clean polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel
walls, shall be provided and required to wear and use;

{i} Respiratory protection in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (g) of this
section; and

{ii} Protective garments to prevent skin contact with liquid vinyl chloride
or with polyvinyl chloride residue from vessel walls. The protective garments
shall be selected for the operation and its possible exposure conditions.

(2) Protective garments shall be provided clean and dry for each
use. (i) "Emergency situations." A written operational plan for emergency
situations shall be developed for each facility storing, handling, or
otherwise using vinyl chloride as a liquid or compressed gas. Appropriate
portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of an emergency. The
plan shall specifically provide that:

(1) Employees engaged in hazardous operations or correcting situations of
existing hazardous releases shall be equipped as required in paragraph (h) of
this section;

(2) Other employees not so equipped shall evacuate the area and not return
until conditions are controlled by the methods required in paragraph (f) of
this section and the emergency is abated.

(j) "Training." Each employee engaged in vinyl chloride or polyvinyl
chloride operations shall be provided training in a program relating to the
hazards of vinyl chloride and precautions for its safe use.

(1) The program shall include:

(i) The nature of the health hazard from chronic exposure to vinyl chloride
including specifically the carcinogenic hazard;

(ii) The specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to
vinyl chloride in excess of the permissible limit and necessary protective
steps;

(iii) The purpose for, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective
devices;

(iv) The fire hazard and acute toxicity of vinyl chloride, and the necessary
protective steps;

(v) The purpose for and a description of the monitoring program;

(vi) The purpose for, and a description of, the medical surveillance program;

(vii) Emergency procedures;

(viii) Specific information to aid the employee in recognition of conditions
which may result in the release of vinyl chloride; and

(ix) A review of this standard at the employee's first training and
indoctrination program, and annually thereafter.

(2) All materials relating to the program shall be provided upon request to
the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(k) "Medical surveillance." A program of medical surveillance shall be
instituted for each employee exposed, without regard to the use of
respirators, to vinyl chloride in excess of the action level. The program
shall provide each such employee with an opportunity for examinations and
tests in accordance with this paragraph. All medical examinations and
procedures shall be performed by or under the supervision of a licensed
physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee.

(1) At the time of initial assignment, or upon institution of medical
surveillance;

(i) A general physical examination shall be performed, with specific
attention to detecting enlargement of liver, spleen or kidneys, or
dysfunction in these organs, and for abnormalities in skin, connective
tissues and the pulmonary system (See Appendix A).

(ii) A medical history shall be taken, including the following topics:
	(A) Alcohol intake;
	(B) Past history of hepatitis;
	(C) Work history and past exposure to potential hepatotoxic agents,
including drugs and chemicals;
	(D) Past history of blood transfusions; and
	(E) Past history of hospitalizations.

(iii) A serum specimen shall
be obtained and determinations made of: (A) Total bilirubin; (B) Alkaline
phosphatase; (C) Serum glutamic oxalacetic transaminase (SGOT); (D) Serum
glutamic pyruvic transaminase (SGPT); and (E) Gamma glustamyl transpeptidase.

(2) Examinations provided in accordance with this paragraph shall be
performed at least:

(i) Every 6 months for each employee who has been employed in vinyl chloride
or polyvinyl chloride manufacturing for 10 years or longer; and

(ii) Annually for all other employees.

(3) Each employee exposed to
an emergency shall be afforded appropriate medical surveillance.

(4) A statement of each employee's suitability for continued exposure to
vinyl chloride including use of protective equipment and respirators, shall
be obtained from the examining physician promptly after any examination. A
copy of the physician's statement shall be provided each employee.

(5) If any employee's health would be materially impaired by continued
exposure, such employee shall be withdrawn from possible contact with vinyl
chloride.

(6) Laboratory analyses for all biological specimens included in medical
examinations shall be performed in laboratories licensed under 42 CFR part
74.

(7) If the examining physician determines that alternative medical
examinations to those required by paragraph (k)(1) of this section will
provide at least equal assurance of detecting medical conditions pertinent to
the exposure to vinyl chloride, the employer may accept such alternative
examinations as meeting the requirements of paragraph (k)(1) of this section,
if the employer obtains a statement from the examining physician setting
forth the alternative examinations and the rationale for substitution. This
statement shall be available upon request for examination and copying to
authorized representatives of the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(l) "Signs and labels." (1) Entrances to regulated areas shall be posted
with legible signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT AREA AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(2) Areas containing hazardous operations or where an emergency currently
exists shall be posted with legible signs bearing the legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT IN THIS AREA PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIRED AUTHORIZED
PERSONNEL ONLY

(3) Containers of polyvinyl chloride resin waste from reactors or other
waste contaminated with vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

CONTAMINATED WITH VINYL CHLORIDE

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

(4) Containers of polyvinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled:

POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (OR TRADE NAME)

CONTAINS

VINYL CHLORIDE

VINYL CHLORIDE IS A CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

(5) Containers of vinyl chloride shall be legibly labeled either:

(i)

VINYL CHLORIDE

EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE GAS UNDER PRESSURE

CANCER SUSPECT AGENT

or (ii) In accordance with 49 CFR parts 170 through 189, with the additional
legend:

CANCER-SUSPECT AGENT

applied near the label or placard.

(6) No statement shall appear on or near any required sign, label or
instruction which contradicts or detracts from the effect of, any required
warning, information or instruction.

(m) "Records." (1) All records maintained in accordance with this section
shall include the name and social security number of each employee where
relevant.

(2) Records of required monitoring and measuring and medical records shall
be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and the
Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) through (e) and (g)
through (i). These records shall be provided upon request to the Director.
Authorized personnel rosters shall also be provided upon request to the
Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(i) Monitoring and measuring records shall:

(A) State the date of such monitoring and measuring and the concentrations
determined and identify the instruments and methods used;

(B) Include any additional information necessary to determine individual
employee exposures where such exposures are determined by means other than
individual monitoring of employees; and

(C) Be maintained for not less than 30 years.

(ii) [Reserved] (iii)
Medical records shall be maintained for the duration of the employment of
each employee plus 20 years, or 30 years, whichever is longer.

(3) In the event that the employer ceases to do business and there is no
successor to receive and retain his records for the prescribed period, these
records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director, and each
employee individually notified in writing of this transfer. The employer
shall also comply with any additional requirements set forth in 29 CFR
1926.33(h).

(n) "Reports." (1) Not later than 1 month after the establishment of a
regulated area, the following information shall be reported to the OSHA Area
Director. Any changes to such information shall be reported within 15 days.

(i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or more
regulated areas; and

(ii) The number of employees in each regulated area during normal
operations, including maintenance.

(2) Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall be reported
within 24 hours to the OSHA Area Director. Upon request of the Area Director,
the employer shall submit additional information in writing relevant to the
nature and extent of employee exposures and measures taken to prevent future
emergencies of similar nature.

(3) Within 10 working days following any monitoring and measuring which
discloses that any employee has been exposed, without regard to the use of
respirators, in excess of the permissible exposure limit, each such employee
shall be notified in writing of the results of the exposure measurement and
the steps being taken to reduce the exposure to within the permissible
exposure limit.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0010)

Appendix A to 1926.1117 - Supplementary Medical Information

When required tests under paragraph (k)(1) of this section show
abnormalities, the tests should be repeated as soon as practicable,
preferably within 3 to 4 weeks. If tests remain abnormal, consideration
should be given to withdrawal of the employee from contact with vinyl
chloride, while a more comprehensive examination is made.
	Additional tests which may be useful:

A. For kidney dysfunction: urine examination for albumin, red blood cells,
and exfoliative abnormal cells.

B. Pulmonary system: Forced vital capacity, Forced expiratory volume at 1
second, and chest roentgenogram (posterior-anterior, 14 X 17 inches (35.56 X
43.18 cm)).

C. Additional serum tests: Lactic acid dehydrogenase, lactic acid
dehydrogenase isoenzyme, protein determination, and protein electrophoresis.

D. For a more comprehensive examination on repeated abnormal serum tests:
Hepatitis B antigen, and liver scanning.

1926.1118 Inorganic arsenic.

(a) "Scope and application." This section applies to all occupational
exposures to inorganic arsenic except that this section does not apply to
employee exposures in agriculture or resulting from pesticide application,
the treatment of wood with preservatives or the utilization of arsenically
preserved wood.

(b) "Definitions." "Action level" means a concentration of inorganic arsenic
of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 um/m(3)) averaged over any eight
(8) hour period.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

"Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer
whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person
entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the
purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring
procedures under paragraph (e) of this section.

"Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services or designee.

"Inorganic arsenic" means copper aceto- arsenite and all inorganic compounds
containing arsenic except arsine, measured as arsenic (As).

(c) "Permissible exposure limit." The employer shall assure that no employee
is exposed to inorganic arsenic at concentrations greater than 10 micrograms
per cubic meter of air (10 ug/m(3)), averaged over any 8-hour period.

(d) "Notification of use." (1) By October 1, 1978 or within 60 days after
the introduction of inorganic arsenic into the workplace, every employer who
is required to establish a regulated area in his workplaces shall report in
writing to the OSHA area office for each such workplace:

(i) The address of each such workplace;

(ii) The approximate number of employees who will be working in regulated
areas; and

(iii) A brief summary of the operations creating the exposure and the
actions which the employer intends to take to reduce exposures.

(2) Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required
by paragraph (d)(1) of this section the employer shall report the changes in
writing within 60 days to the OSHA area office.

(e) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of airborne
exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of
each employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic over an eight (8) hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure
which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(iii) The employer shall collect full shift (for at least 7 continuous
hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each
job classification in each work area.

(2) "Initial monitoring." Each employer who has a workplace or work
operation covered by this standard shall monitor each such workplace and work
operation to accurately determine the airborne concentration of inorganic
arsenic to which employees may be exposed.

(3) "Frequency." (i) If the initial monitoring reveals employee exposure to
be below the action level the measurements need not be repeated except as
otherwise provided in paragraph (e)(4) of this section.

(ii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent
monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the permissible exposure
limit, the employer shall repeat monitoring at least quarterly.

(iii) If the initial monitoring, required by this section, or subsequent
monitoring reveals employee exposure to be above the action level and below
the permissible exposure limit the employer shall repeat monitoring at least
every six months.

(iv) The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until
at least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart,
are below the action level at which time the employer may discontinue
monitoring for that employee until such time as any of the events in
paragraph (e)(4) of this section occur.

(4) "Additional monitoring." Whenever there has been a production, process,
control or personal change which may result in new or additional exposure to
inorganic arsenic, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a
change which may result in new or additional exposures to inorganic arsenic,
additional monitoring which complies with paragraph (e) of this section shall
be conducted.

(5) "Employee notification." (i) Within five (5) working days after the
receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in
writing of the results which represent that employee's exposures.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure
exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the
written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded
and a description of the corrective action taken to reduce exposure to or
below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) "Accuracy of measurement." (i) The employer shall use a method of
monitoring and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence level of
95 percent) of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of
inorganic arsenic greater than or equal to 10 ug/m(3).

(ii) The employer shall use a method of monitoring and measurement which has
an accuracy (with confidence level of 95 percent) of not less than plus or
minus 35 percent for concentrations of inorganic arsenic greater than 5
ug/m(3) but less than 10 ug/m(3).

(f) "Regulated area" - (1) "Establishment." The employer shall establish
regulated areas where worker exposures to inorganic arsenic, without regard
to the use of respirators, are in excess of the permissible limit.

(2) "Demarcation." Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from
the rest of the workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of persons
who will be exposed to inorganic arsenic.

(3) "Access." Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized
persons or to persons otherwise authorized by the Act or regulations issued
pursuant there to enter such areas.

(4) "Provision of respirators." All persons entering a regulated area shall
be supplied with a respirator, selected in accordance with paragraph (h)(2)
of this section.

(5) "Prohibited activities." The employer shall assure that in regulated
areas, food or beverages are not consumed, smoking products, chewing tobacco
and gum are not used and cosmetics are not applied, except that these
activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms, change rooms and showers
required under paragraph (m) of this section. Drinking water may be consumed
in the regulated area.

(g) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Controls." (i) The employer shall
institute at the earliest possible time but not later than December 31, 1979,
engineering and work practice controls to reduce exposures to or below the
permissible exposure limit, except to the extent that the employer can
establish that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Where engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to
reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, they shall
nonetheless be used to reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by
these controls and shall be supplemented by the use of respirators in
accordance with paragraph (h) of this section and other necessary personal
protective equipment. Employee rotation is not required as a control strategy
before respiratory protection is instituted.

(2) "Compliance Program." (i) The employer shall establish and implement a
written program to reduce exposures to or below the permissible exposure
limit by means of engineering and work practice controls.

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the
following:

(A) A description of each operation in which inorganic arsenic is emitted;
e.g. machinery used, material processed, controls in place, crew size,
operating procedures and maintenance practices;

(B) Engineering plans and studies used to determine methods selected for
controlling exposure to inorganic arsenic;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible
exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data;

(E) A detailed schedule for implementation of the engineering controls and
work practices that cannot be implemented immediately and for the adaption
and implementation of any additional engineering and work practices necessary
to meet the permissible exposure limit;

(F) Whenever the employer will not achieve the permissible exposure limit
with engineering controls and work practices by December 31, 1979, the
employer shall include in the compliance plan an analysis of the
effectiveness of the various controls, shall install engineering controls and
institute work practices on the quickest schedule feasible, and shall include
in the compliance plan and implement a program to minimize the discomfort and
maximize the effectiveness of respirator use; and

(G) Other relevant information.

(iii) Written plans for such a
program shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant Secretary and the
Director, and shall be available at the worksite for examination and copying
by the Assistant Secretary, Director, any affected employee or authorized
employee representatives.

(iv) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at
least every 6 months to reflect the current status of the program.

(h) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." The employer shall assure that
respirators are used where required under this section to reduce employee
exposures to below the permissible exposure limit and in emergencies.
Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

{i} During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible
engineering or work practice controls;

{ii} In work operations such as maintenance and repair activities in which
the employer establishes that engineering and work practice controls are not
feasible;

{iii} In work situations in which engineering controls and supplemental work
practice controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposures to or below the
permissible exposure limit; or {iv} In emergencies. (2) "Respirator
selection." {i} Where respirators are required under this section the
employer shall select, provide at no cost to the employee and assure the use
of the appropriate respirator or combination of respirators from Table I
below for inorganic arsenic compounds without significant vapor pressure, or
Table II below for inorganic arsenic compounds which have significant vapor
pressure.

{ii} Where employee exposures exceed the permissible exposure limit for
inorganic arsenic and also exceed the relevant limit for particular gases
such as sulfur dioxide, any air purifying respirator supplied to the employee
as permitted by this standard must have a combination high efficiency filter
with an appropriate gas sorbent. (See footnote in Table 1)
 

TABLE I-RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENIC PARTICULATE EXCEPT FOR THOSE WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE

  Footnote(1) High-efficiency filter - 99.97 pct efficiency against
0.3 micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.


TABLE II-RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR INORGANIC ARSENICALS
(SUCH AS ARSENIC TRICHLORIDE(2) AND ARSENIC PHOSPHIDE)
WITH SIGNIFICANT VAPOR PRESSURE

Footnote(1) High efficiency filter - 99.97 pct efficiency against 0.3
micrometer monodisperse diethyl-hexyl phthalate (DOP) particles.

Footnote(2) Half-mask respirators shall not be used for protection against
arsenic trichloride, as it is rapidly absorbed through the skin.

(iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for
protection against dust, fume, and mist by the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part
11.

(3) "Respirator usage." (i) The employer shall assure that the respirator
issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and that the
respirator is fitted properly.

(ii) The employer shall perform qualitative fit tests at the time of initial
fitting and at least semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing
respirators, where quantitative fit tests are not required.

(iii) Employers with more than 20 employees wearing respirators shall
perform a quantitative face fit test at the time of initial fitting and least
semi-annually thereafter for each employee wearing negative pressure
respirators. The test shall be used to select facepieces that provide the
required protection as prescribed in Table I or II.

(iv) If an employee has demonstrated difficulty in breathing during the
fitting test or during use, he or she shall be examined by a physician
trained in pulmonary medicine to determine whether the employee can wear a
respirator while performing the required duty.

(4) "Respirator program." (i) The employer shall institute a respiratory
protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103(e), (g), (h) and (i).

(ii) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter respirator to
change the filter elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is
detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this
purpose.

(iii) Employees who wear respirators shall be permitted to leave work areas
to wash their face and respirator facepiece to prevent skin irritation
associated with respirator use.

(5) "Commencement of respirator use." (i) The employer's obligation to
provide respirators commences on August 1, 1978 for employees exposed over
500 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic, as soon as possible but not later than
October 1, 1978 for employees exposed to over 50 ug/m(3) of inorganic
arsenic, and as soon as possible but not later than December 1, 1978 for
employees exposed between 10 and 50 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic.

(ii) Employees with exposures below 50 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic may
choose not to wear respirators until December 31, 1979.

(iii) After December 1, 1978 any employee required to wear air-purifying
respirators may choose, and if so chosen the employer must provide, if it
will give proper protection, a powered air purifying respirator and in
addition if necessary a combination dust and acid gas respirator for times
where exposures to gases are over the relevant exposure limits.

(i) [Reserved] (j) "Protective work clothing and equipment" - (1)
"Provision and use."

Where the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic arsenic
exists, and for all workers working in regulated areas, the employer shall
provide at no cost to the employee and assure that employees use appropriate
and clean protective work clothing and equipment such as, but not limited to:

(i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;

(ii) Gloves, and shoes or coverlets;

(iii) Face shields or vented goggles when necessary to prevent eye
irritation, which comply with the requirements of 1926.102; and

(iv) Impervious clothing for employees subject to exposure to arsenic
trichloride.

(2) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall provide the
protective clothing required in paragraph (j)(1) of this section in a freshly
laundered and dry condition at least weekly, and daily if the employee works
in areas where exposures are over 100 ug/m(3) of inorganic arsenic or in
areas where more frequent washing is needed to prevent skin irritation.

(ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing
required by paragraph (j)(1) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and
equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at
the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed in paragraph
(m)(1) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is
to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed container in
the change-room which prevents dispersion of inorganic arsenic outside the
container.

(vi) The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or launders
clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful effects
including the carcinogenic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic.

(vii) The employer shall assure that the containers of contaminated
protective clothing and equipment in the workplace or which are to be removed
from the workplace are labelled as follows:

Caution: Clothing contaminated with inorganic arsenic; do not remove dust by
blowing or shaking. Dispose of inorganic arsenic contaminated wash water in
accordance with applicable local, State or Federal regulations.

(viii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of inorganic arsenic from
protective clothing or equipment by blowing or shaking.

(k) "Housekeeping" - (1) "Surfaces." All surfaces shall be maintained as
free as practicable of accumulations of inorganic arsenic.

(2) "Cleaning floors." Floors and other accessible surfaces contaminated
with inorganic arsenic may not be cleaned by the use of compressed air, and
shoveling and brushing may be used only where vacuuming or other relevant
methods have been tried and found not to be effective.

(3) "Vacuuming." Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be
used and emptied in a manner to minimize the reentry of inorganic arsenic
into the workplace.

(4) "Housekeeping plan." A written housekeeping and maintenance plan shall
be kept which shall list appropriate frequencies for carrying out
housekeeping operations, and for cleaning and maintaining dust collection
equipment. The plan shall be available for inspection by the Assistant
Secretary.

(5) "Maintenance of equipment." Periodic cleaning of dust collection and
ventilation equipment and checks of their effectiveness shall be carried out
to maintain the effectiveness of the system and a notation kept of the last
check of effectiveness and cleaning or maintenance.

(l) [Reserved] (m) "Hygiene facilities and practices" - (1) "Change
rooms." The employer shall provide for employees working in regulated areas
or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from inorganic
arsenic, clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street
clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment
in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.51(i).

(2) "Showers." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in
regulated areas or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from
inorganic arsenic shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with
1926.51(f)(4).

(3) "Lunchrooms." (i) The employer shall provide for employees working in
regulated areas, lunchroom facilities which have a temperature controlled,
positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which are readily accessible to
employees working in regulated areas.

(ii) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area
or subject to the possibility of skin or eye irritation from exposure to
inorganic arsenic wash their hands and face prior to eating.

(4) "Lavatories." The employer shall provide lavatory facilities which
comply with 1926.51(f)(2) and (3).

(5) "Vacuuming clothes." The employer shall provide facilities for employees
working in areas where exposure, without regard to the use of respirators,
exceeds 100 ug/m(3) to vacuum their protective clothing and clean or change
shoes worn in such areas before entering change rooms, lunchrooms or shower
rooms required by paragraph (j) of this section and shall assure that such
employees use such facilities.

(6) "Avoidance of skin irritation." The employer shall assure that no
employee is exposed to skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride, or to
skin or eye contact with liquid or particulate inorganic arsenic which is
likely to cause skin or eye irritation.

(n) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General" - (i) "Employees covered."

The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for the
following employees:

(A) All employees who are or will be exposed above the action level, without
regard to the use of respirators, at least 30 days per year; and

(B) All employees who have been exposed above the action level, without
regard to respirator use, for 30 days or more per year for a total of 10
years or more of combined employment with the employer or predecessor
employers prior to or after the effective date of this standard. The
determination of exposures prior to the effective date of this standard shall
be based upon prior exposure records, comparison with the first measurements
taken after the effective date of this standard, or comparison with records
of exposures in areas with similar processes, extent of engineering controls
utilized and materials used by that employer.

(ii) "Examination by physician." The employer shall assure that all medical
examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision of a
licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost to the employee,
without loss of pay and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) "Initial examinations." By December 1, 1978, for employees initially
covered by the medical provisions of this section, or thereafter at the time
of initial assignment to an area where the employee is likely to be exposed
over the action level at least 30 days per year, the employer shall provide
each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, including at
least the following elements:

(i) A work history and a medical history which shall include a smoking
history and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms such as
breathlessness, cough, sputum production and wheezing.

(ii) A medical examination which shall include at least the following:

(A) A 14" by 17" (35.56 X 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest X-ray and
International Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(B) A nasal and skin examination;

(C) A sputum cytology examination; and

(D) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of
the employees exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of required respirator
use.

(3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide the examinations
specified in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii)(A), (B), and (D) at least
annually for covered employees who are under 45 years of age with fewer than
10 years of exposure over the action level without regard to respirator use.

(ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs
(n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section at least semi-annually for other
covered employees.

(iii) Whenever a covered employee has not taken the examinations specified
in paragraphs (n)(2)(i) and (n)(2)(ii) of this section within six (6) months
preceding the termination of employment, the employer shall provide such
examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.

(4) "Additional examinations." If the employee for any reason develops signs
or symptoms commonly associated with exposure to inorganic arsenic the
employer shall provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical
treatment.

(5) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the
employee's exposure;

(iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated exposure
level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;
and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee
which is not readily available to the examining physician.

(6) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written
opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

(A) The results of the medical examination and tests performed;

(B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected
medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of
material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to inorganic
arsenic;

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to inorganic
arsenic or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as
respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the
results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require
further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written
opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the
affected employee.

(o) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) The
employer shall institute a training program for all employees who are subject
to exposure to inorganic arsenic above the action level without regard to
respirator use, or for whom there is the possibility of skin or eye
irritation from inorganic arsenic. The employer shall assure that those
employees participate in the training program.

(ii) The training program shall be provided by October 1, 1978, for
employees covered by this provision, at the time of initial assignment for
those subsequently covered by this provision, and shall be repeated at least
quarterly for employees who have optional use of respirators and at least
annually for other covered employees thereafter; and the employer shall
assure that each employee is informed of the following:

(A) The information contained in Appendix A;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, storage, sources of exposure, and
the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to inorganic
arsenic as well as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitation of respirators;

(D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program as
required by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The engineering controls and work practices associated with the
employee's job assignment; and

(F) A review of this standard. (2) "Access to training materials."
(i) The employer shall make readily available to all affected employees a
copy of this standard and its appendices.

(ii) The employer shall provide; upon request, all materials relating to the
employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the
Director.

(p) "Signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or
signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in addition to,
or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign
or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the
meaning of the required sign or label.

(2) "Signs." (i) The employer shall post signs demarcating regulated areas
bearing the legend;

           DANGER

     INORGANIC ARSENIC

       CANCER HAZARD

  AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

   NO SMOKING OR EATING

    RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are
illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(3) "Labels." The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all shipping
and storage containers of inorganic arsenic, and to all products containing
inorganic arsenic except when the inorganic arsenic in the product is bound
in such a manner so as to make unlikely the possibility of airborne exposure
to inorganic arsenic. (Possible examples of products not requiring labels are
semiconductors, light emitting diodes and glass). The label shall bear the
following legend:

             DANGER

    CONTAINS INORGANIC ARSENIC
         CANCER HAZARD 
 HARMFUL IF INHALED OR SWALLOWED 
USE ONLY WITH ADEQUATE VENTILATION 
   OR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

(q) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure monitoring." (i) The employer shall
establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by
paragraph (e) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The date(s), number, duration location, and results of each of the
samples taken, including a description of the sampling procedure used to
determine representative employee exposure where applicable;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence
of their accuracy;

(C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees
monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is
intended to represent; and

(E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of the
employee's exposure.

(iii) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least 40
years or for the duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever, is longer.

(2) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required
by paragraph (n) of this section.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the
employee;

(B) A copy of the physician's written opinions;

(C) Results of any exposure monitoring done for that employee and the
representative exposure levels supplied to the physician; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to inorganic arsenic.

(iii) The employer shall in addition keep, or assure that the examining
physician keeps, the following medical records;

(A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work
history required under paragraph (n) of this section;

(B) A description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards
or guidelines used to interpret the test results or references to that
information;

(C) The initial X-ray;

(D) The X-rays for the most recent 5 years;

(E) Any X-rays with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent X-rays;

(F) The initial cytologic examination slide and written description;

(G) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the most
recent 5 years; and

(H) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if such
atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written
descriptions.

(iv) The employer shall maintain or assure that the physician maintains
those medical records for at least 40 years, or for the duration of
employment plus 20 years whichever is longer.

(3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall make available upon request all
records required to be maintained by paragraph (q) of this section to the
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Records required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to
employees, designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(4) "Transfer of records." (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business,
the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be
maintained by this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and retain the records required to be maintained by this
section for the prescribed period, these records shall be transmitted to the
Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to
be maintained by this section, the employer shall notify the Director at
least 3 months prior to the disposal of such records and shall transmit those
records to the Director if he requests them within that period.

(iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements
involving the transfer of records set in 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(r) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer
shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an
opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to inorganic
arsenic conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of
employee exposure to inorganic arsenic requires entry into an area where the
use of respirators, protective clothing, or equipment is required, the
employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such
respirators, clothing, and such equipment, and shall require the observer to
comply with all other applicable safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled to;

(A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the monitoring of inorganic arsenic
performed at the place of exposure; and

(C) Record the results obtained or receive copies of the results when
returned by the laboratory.

(s) "Effective date." This standard shall become effective August 1, 1978.

(t) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendices to this
section is not intended by itself, to create any additional obligations not
otherwise imposed by this standard nor detract from any existing obligation.

(u) "Startup dates" - (1) "General." The startup dates of requirements of
this standard shall be the effective date of this standard unless another
startup date is provided for either in other paragraphs of this section or in
this paragraph.

(2) "Monitoring." Initial monitoring shall be commenced on August 1, 1978,
and shall be completed by September 15, 1978.

(3) "Regulated areas." Regulated areas required to be established as a
result of initial monitoring shall be set up as soon as possible after the
results of that monitoring is known and no later than October 1, 1978.

(4) "Compliance program." The written program required by paragraph (g)(2)
as a result of initial monitoring shall be made available for inspection and
copying as soon as possible and no later than December 1, 1978.

(5) "Hygiene and lunchroom facilities." Construction plans for change-
rooms, showers, lavatories, and lunchroom facilities shall be completed no
later than December 1, 1978, and these facilities shall be constructed and in
use no later than July 1, 1979. However, if as part of the compliance plan it
is predicted by an independent engineering firm that engineering controls and
work practices will reduce exposures below the permissible exposure limit by
December 31, 1979, for affected employees, then such facilities need not be
completed until 1 year after the engineering controls are completed or
December 31, 1980, whichever is earlier, if such controls have not in fact
succeeded in reducing exposure to below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) "Summary of startup dates set forth elsewhere in this standard."

"Startup Dates"

August 1, 1978 - Respirator use over 500 ug/m(3).

"as soon as possible but no later than"

September 15, 1978 - Completion of initial monitoring.

October 1, 1978 - Complete establishment of regulated areas. Respirator
use for employees exposed above 50 ug/m(3). Completion of initial
training. Notification of use.

December 1, 1978 - Respirator use over 10 ug/m(3). Completion of initial
medical. Completion of compliance plan. Optional use of powered
air-purifying respirators.

July 1, 1979 - Completion of lunch rooms and hygiene facilities.

December 31, 1979 - Completion of engineering controls.

All other requirements of the standard have as their startup date August 1,
1978.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0104)

Appendix A to 1926.1118  - Inorganic Arsenic Substance Information Sheet

I. "Substance Identification"

A. "Substance." Inorganic Arsenic.

B. "Definition." Copper
acetoarsenite, arsenic and all inorganic compounds containing arsenic except
arsine, measured as arsenic (As).

C. "Permissible Exposure Limit." 10 micrograms per cubic meter of air as
determined as an average over an 8-hour period. No employee may be exposed to
any skin or eye contact with arsenic trichloride or to skin or eye contact
likely to cause skin or eye irritation.

D. "Regulated Areas." Only employees authorized by your employer should
enter a regulated area.

II. "Health Hazard Data"
	A. "Comments." The health hazard of inorganic arsenic is high. B.
"Ways in which the chemical affects your body." Exposure to airborne
concentrations of inorganic arsenic may cause lung cancer, and can be a skin
irritant. Inorganic arsenic may also affect your body if swallowed. One
compound in particular, arsenic trichloride, is especially dangerous because
it can be absorbed readily through the skin. Because inorganic arsenic is a
poison, you should wash your hands thoroughly prior to eating or
smoking.

III. "Protective Clothing and Equipment"

A. "Respirators." Respirators will be provided by your employer at no cost
to you for routine use if your employer is in the process of implementing
engineering and work practice controls or where engineering and work practice
controls are not feasible or insufficient. You must wear respirators for
non-routine activities or in emergency situations where you are likely to be
exposed to levels of inorganic arsenic in excess of the permissible exposure
limit. Since how well your respirator fits your face is very important, your
employer is required to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals
properly when you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be
explained to you during training sessions.

B. "Protective clothing." If you work in a regulated area, your employer is
required to provide at no cost to you, and you must wear, appropriate, clean,
protective clothing and equipment. The purpose of this equipment is to
prevent you from bringing to your home arsenic-contaminated dust and to
protect your body from repeated skin contact with inorganic arsenic likely to
cause skin irritation. This clothing should include such items as coveralls
or similar full-body clothing, gloves, shoes or coverlets, and aprons.
Protective equipment should include face shields or vented goggles, where eye
irritation may occur.

IV. "Hygiene Facilities and Practices"

You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in
the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. If you work in a
regulated area your employer is required to provide lunchrooms and other
areas for these purposes.

If you work in a regulated area, your employer is required to provide
showers, washing facilities, and change rooms. You must wash your face, and
hands before eating and must shower at the end of the work shift. Do not take
used protective clothing out of change rooms without your employer's
permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning
of your protective clothing.

V. "Signs and Labels"

Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your
protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn that
a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may enter the
area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed, and that respirators must be
worn.

VI. "Medical Examinations"

If your exposure to arsenic is over the Action Level (5 ug/m(3)) -
(including all persons working in regulated areas) at least 30 days per
year, or you have been exposed to arsenic for more than 10 years over the
Action Level, your employer is required to provide you with a medical
examination. The examination shall be every 6 months for employees over 45
years old or with more than 10 years exposure over the Action Level and
annually for other covered employees. The medical examination must include a
medical history; a chest x-ray; skin examination; nasal examination and
sputum cytology exam for the early detection of lung cancer. The cytology
exams are only included in the initial exam and examinations given after you
are either 45 years or older or have 10 or more years employment over the
Action Level. The examining physician will provide a written opinion to your
employer containing the results of the medical exams. You should also receive
a copy of this opinion. The physician must not tell your employer any
conditions he detects unrelated to occupational exposure to arsenic but must
tell you those conditions.

VII. "Observation of Monitoring"

Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to arsenic and you or
your representatives are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You
are entitled to receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, and to
record the results obtained. When the monitoring procedure is taking place in
an area where respirators or personal protective clothing and equipment are
required to be worn, you must also be provided with and must wear the
protective clothing and equipment.

VIII. "Access to Records"

You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure to
inorganic arsenic and your medical examination records if you request your
employer to provide them.

IX. TRAINING AND NOTIFICATION

Additional information on all of these items plus training as to hazards of
exposure to inorganic arsenic and the engineering and work practice controls
associated with your job will also be provided by your employer. If you are
exposed over the permissible exposure limit, your employer must inform you of
that fact and the actions he is taking to reduce your exposures.

Appendix B to 1926.1118 - Substance Technical Guidelines

ARSENIC, ARSENIC TRIOXIDE, ARSENIC TRICHLORIDE (THREE EXAMPLES)

I. "Physical and chemical properties"

A. Arsenic (metal). 1. Formula: As. 2. Appearance: Gray metal. 3.
Melting point: Sublimes without melting at 613 deg. C. 4. Specific Gravity:
(H(2)0=1):5.73. 5. Solubility in water: Insoluble.

B. Arsenic Trioxide. 1.
Formula: As203, (As406). 2. Appearance: White powder. 3. Melting point: 315
deg. C. 4. Specific Gravity (H(2)0=1):3.74. 5. Solubility in water: 3.7 grams
in 100cc of water at 20 deg. C.

C. Arsenic Trichloride (liquid). 1. Formula:
AsC  13. 2. Appearance: Colorless or pale yellow liquid. 3. Melting point:
-8.5 deg. C. 4. Boiling point: 130.2 deg. C. 5. Specific Gravity
(H(2)0=1):2.16 at 20 deg. C. 6. Vapor Pressure: 10mm Hg at 23.5 deg. C. 7.
Solubility in Water: Decomposes in water.

II. "Fire, explosion and reactivity data."

A. Fire: Arsenic, arsenic Trioxide and Arsenic Trichloride are nonflammable.
	B. Reactivity:
	1. Conditions Contributing to instability: Heat. 2. Incompatibility:
Hydrogen gas can react with inorganic arsenic to form the highly toxic gas
arsine.

III. "Monitoring and Measurement Procedures"

Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples. Sampling
should be done using a personal sampling pump at a flow rate of 2 liters per
minute. Samples should be collected on 0.8 micrometer pore size membrane
filter (37mm diameter). Volatile arsenicals such as arsenic trichloride can
be most easily collected in a midget bubbler filled with 15 ml. of 0.1 N
NaOH.

The method of sampling and analysis should have an accuracy of not less than
plus or minus 25 percent (with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for 10
micrograms per cubic meter of air (10 ug/m(3)) and plus or minus 35 percent
(with a confidence limit of 95 percent) for concentrations of inorganic
arsenic between 5 and 10 ug/m(3).

Appendix C to 1926.1118 -  Medical Surveillance Guidelines

I. GENERAL

Medical examinations are to be provided for all employees exposed to levels
of inorganic arsenic above the action level (5 ug/m(3)) for at least 30 days
per year (which would include among others, all employees, who work in
regulated areas). Examinations are also to be provided to all employees who
have had 10 years or more exposure above the action level for more than 30
days per year while working for the present or predecessor employer though
they may no longer be exposed above the level.

An initial medical examination is to be provided to all such employees by
December 1, 1978. In addition, an initial medical examination is to be
provided to all employees who are first assigned to areas in which worker
exposure will probably exceed 5 ug/m(3) (after the effective date of this
standard) at the time of initial assignment. In addition to its immediate
diagnostic usefulness, the initial examination will provide a baseline for
comparing future test results. The initial examination must include as a
minimum the following elements:

(1) A work and medical history, including a smoking history, and presence
and degree of respiratory symptoms such as breathlessness, cough, sputum
production, and wheezing;

(2) A 14" by 17" (35.56 X 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest X-ray and an
International Labor Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(3) A nasal and skin examination;

(4) A Sputum Cytology examination; and

(5) Other examinations which the physician believes appropriate because of
the employee's exposure to inorganic arsenic or because of required
respirator use.

Periodic examinations are also to be provided to the employees listed above.
The periodic examinations shall be given annually for those covered employees
45 years of age or less with fewer than 10 years employment in areas where
employee exposure exceeds the action level (5 ug/m(3)). Periodic examinations
need not include sputum cytology and only an updated medical history is
required.

Periodic examinations for other covered employees, shall be provided every
six (6) months. These examinations shall include all tests required in the
initial examination, except that the medical history need only be updated.

The examination contents are minimum requirements. Additional tests such as
lateral and oblique X-rays or pulmonary function tests may be useful. For
workers exposed to three arsenicals which are associated with lymphatic
cancer, copper acetoarsenite, potassium arsenite, or sodium arsenite the
examination should also include palpation of superficial lymph nodes and
complete blood count.

II. "Noncarcinogenic Effects"

The OSHA standard is based on minimizing risk of exposed workers dying of
lung cancer from exposure to inorganic arsenic. It will also minimize skin
cancer from such exposures.

The following three sections quoted from "Occupational Diseases: A Guide to
Their Recognition", Revised Edition, June 1977, National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health is included to provide information on the
nonneoplastic effects of exposure to inorganic arsenic. Such effects should
not occur if the OSHA standards are followed.

A. "Local" - Trivalent arsenic compounds are corrosive to the skin. Brief
contact has no effect but prolonged contact results in a local hyperemia and
later vesicular or pustular eruption. The moist mucous membranes are most
sensitive to the irritant action. Conjunctiva, moist and macerated areas of
skin, the eyelids, the angles of the ears, nose, mouth, and respiratory
mucosa are also vulnerable to the irritant effects. The wrists are common
sites of dermatitis, as are the genitalia if personal hygiene is poor.
Perforations of the nasal septum may occur. Arsenic trioxide and pentoxide
are capable of producing skin sensitization and contact dermatitis. Arsenic
is also capable of producing keratoses, especially of the palms and soles.

B. "Systemic" - The acute toxic effects of arsenic are generally seen
following ingestion of inorganic arsenical compounds. This rarely occurs in
an industrial setting. Symptoms develop within 1/2 to 4 hours following
ingestion and are usually characterized by constriction of the throat
followed by dysphagia, epigastric pain, vomiting, and watery diarrhea. Blood
may appear in vomitus and stools. If the amount ingested is sufficiently
high, shock may develop due to severe fluid loss, and death may ensue in 24
hours. If the acute effects are survived, exfoliative dermatitis and
peripheral neuritis may develop.

Cases of acute arsenical poisoning due to inhalation are exceedingly rare in
industry. When it does occur, respiratory tract symptoms-cough, chest pain,
dyspnea-giddiness, headache, and extreme general weakness precede
gastrointestinal symptoms. The acute toxic symptoms of trivalent arsenical
poisoning are due to severe inflammation of the mucous membranes and greatly
increased permeability of the blood capillaries.

Chronic arsenical poisoning due to ingestion is rare and generally confined
to patients taking prescribed medications. However, it can be a concomitant
of inhaled inorganic arsenic from swallowed sputum and improper eating
habits. Symptoms are weight loss, nausea and diarrhea alternating with
constipation, pigmentation and eruption of the skin, loss of hair, and
peripheral neuritis. Chronic hepatitis and cirrhosis have been described.
Polyneuritis may be the salient feature, but more frequently there are
numbness and parasthenias of "glove and stocking" distribution. The skin
lesions are usually melanotic and keratotic and may occasionally take the
form of an intradermal cancer of the squamous cell type, but without
infiltrative properties. Horizontal white lines (striations) on the
fingernails and toenails are commonly seen in chronic arsenical poisoning and
are considered to be a diagnostic accompaniment of arsenical polyneuritis.

Inhalation of inorganic arsenic compounds is the most common cause of
chronic poisoning in the industrial situation. This condition is divided into
three phases based on signs and symptoms.

First Phase: The worker complains of weakness, loss of appetite, some
nausea, occasional vomiting, a sense of heaviness in the stomach, and some
diarrhea.

Second Phase: The worker complains of conjunctivitis, a catarrhal state of
the mucous membranes of the nose, larynx, and respiratory passage. Coryza,
hoarseness, and mild tracheobronchitis may occur. Perforation of the nasal
septum is common, and is probably the most typical lesion of the upper
respiratory tract in occupational exposure to arsenical dust. Skin lesions,
eczematoid and allergic in type, are common.

Third Phase: The worker complains of symptoms of peripheral neuritis,
initially of hands and feet, which is essentially sensory. In more severe
cases, motor paralyses occur; the first muscles affected are usually the toe
extensors and the peronei. In only the most severe cases will paralysis of
flexor muscles of the feet or of the extensor muscles of hands occur.

Liver damage from chronic arsenical poisoning is still debated, and as yet
the question is unanswered. In cases of chronic and acute arsenical
poisoning, toxic effects to the myocardium have been reported based on EKG
changes. These findings, however, are now largely discounted and the EKG
changes are ascribed to electrolyte disturbances concomitant with
arsenicalism. Inhalation of arsenic trioxide and other inorganic arsenical
dusts does not give rise to radiological evidence or pneumoconiosis. Arsenic
does have a depressant effect upon the bone marrow, with disturbances of both
erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis.

Bibliography

Dinman, B. D. 1960. Arsenic; chronic human intoxication. J. Occup. Med.
2:137.

Elkins, H. B. 1959. The Chemistry of Industrial Toxicology, 2nd ed. John
Wiley and Sons, New York.

Holmquist, L. 1951. Occupational arsenical dermatitis; a study among
employees at a copper-ore smelting works including investigations of skin
reactions to contact with arsenic compounds. Acta. Derm. Venereol. (Supp. 26)
31:1.

Pinto, S. S., and C. M. McGill. 1953. Arsenic trioxide exposure in industry.
Ind. Med. Surg. 22:281.

Pinto, S. S., and K. W. Nelson. 1976. Arsenic toxicology and industrial
exposure. Annu. Rev. Pharmacol. Toxicol. 16:95.

Vallee, B. L., D. D. Ulmer, and W. E. C. Wacker. 1960. Arsenic toxicology
and biochemistry. AMA Arch. Indust. Health 21:132.

III. "Sputum Cytology"

Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhalation during the medical exam or by
spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum is induced by transoral
inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight per cent (8 percent) sodium
chloride in water. After inhaling as few as three to five breaths the subject
usually yields an adequate sputum. All sputum should be collected directly
into sixty percent (60 percent) alcohol.

Scientific evidence suggests that chest X-rays and sputum cytology should be
used together as screening tests for lung tests for lung cancer in high risk
populations such as workers exposed to inorganic arsenic. The tests are to be
performed every six months on workers who are 45 years of age or older or
have worked in the regulated area for 10 or more years. Since the tests seem
to be complementary, it may be advantageous to alternate the test procedures.
For instance, chest X-rays could be obtained in June and December and sputum
cytologies could be obtained in March and September. Facilities for providing
necessary diagnostic investigation should be readily available as well as
chest physicians, surgeons, radiologists, pathologists and immunotherapists
to provide any necessary treatment services.

1926.1128  Benzene.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all occupational
exposures to benzene. Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No. 71-43-2, except
as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to:

(i) The storage, transportation, distribution, dispensing, sale or use of
gasoline, motor fuels, or other fuels containing benzene subsequent to its
final discharge from bulk wholesale storage facilities, except that
operations where gasoline or motor fuels are dispensed for more than 4 hours
per day in an indoor location are covered by this section.

(ii) Loading and unloading operations at bulk wholesale storage facilities
which use vapor control systems for all loading and unloading operations,
except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.59 as incorporated into this section
and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4) of this section.

(iii) The storage, transportation, distribution or sale of benzene or liquid
mixtures containing more than 0.1 percent benzene in intact containers or in
transportation pipelines while sealed in such a manner as to contain benzene
vapors or liquid, except for the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.59 as incorporated
into this section and the emergency provisions of paragraphs (g) and (i)(4)
of this section.

(iv) Containers and pipelines carrying mixtures with less than 0.1 percent
benzene and natural gas processing plants processing gas with less than 0.1
percent benzene.

(v) Work operations where the only exposure to benzene is from liquid
mixtures containing 0.5 percent or less of benzene by volume, or the vapors
released from such liquids until September 12, 1988; work operations where
the only exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.3 percent
or less of benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids from
September 12, 1988, to September 12, 1989; and work operations where the only
exposure to benzene is from liquid mixtures containing 0.1 percent or less of
benzene by volume or the vapors released from such liquids after September
12, 1989; except that tire building machine operators using solvents with
more than 0.1 percent benzene are covered by paragraph (i) of this section.

(vi) Oil and gas drilling, production and servicing operations.

(vii) Coke oven batteries. (3) The cleaning and repair of barges and tankers
which have contained benzene are excluded from paragraph (f) methods of
compliance, paragraph (e)(1) exposure monitoring-general, and paragraph
(e)(6) accuracy of monitoring. Engineering and work practice controls shall
be used to keep exposures below 10 ppm unless it is proven to be not
feasible.
	(b) "Definitions."

"Action level" means an airborne concentration of benzene of 0.5 ppm
calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

"Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer
whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person
entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the
purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring
procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person
authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.

"Benzene" (C(6)H(6)) (CAS Registry No. 71-43-2) means liquefied or gaseous
benzene. It includes benzene contained in liquid mixtures and the benzene
vapors released by these liquids. It does not include trace amounts of
unreacted benzene contained in solid materials.

"Bulk wholesale storage facility" means a bulk terminal or bulk plant where
fuel is stored prior to its delivery to wholesale customers.

"Container" means any barrel, bottle, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel,
storage tank, or the like, but does not include piping systems.

"Day" means any part of a calendar day. "Director" means the
Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

"Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may or
does result in an unexpected significant release of benzene.

"Employee exposure" means exposure to airborne benzene which would occur if
the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

"Regulated area" means any area where airborne concentrations of benzene
exceed or can reasonably be expected to exceed, the permissible exposure
limits, either the 8-hour time weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the
short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm for 15 minutes.

"Vapor control system" means any equipment used for containing the total
vapors displaced during the loading of gasoline, motor fuel or other fuel
tank trucks and the displacing of these vapors through a vapor processing
system or balancing the vapor with the storage tank. This equipment also
includes systems containing the vapors displaced from the storage tank during
the unloading of the tank truck which balance the vapors back to the tank
truck.

(c) "Permissible exposure limits (PELs)" - (1) "Time-weighted average limit
(TWA)." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne
concentration of benzene in excess of one part of benzene per million parts
of air (1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average.

(2) "Short-term exposure limit (STEL)." The employer shall assure that no
employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of benzene in excess of five
(5) ppm as averaged over any 15 minute period.

(d) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish a regulated area
wherever the airborne concentration of benzene exceeds or can reasonably be
expected to exceed the permissible exposure limits, either the 8-hour time
weighted average exposure of 1 ppm or the short-term exposure limit of 5 ppm
for 15 minutes.

(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized
persons.

(3) Regulated areas shall be determined from the rest of the
workplace in any manner that minimizes the number of employees exposed to
benzene within the regulated area.

(e) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of employee
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are
representative of each employee's average exposure to airborne benzene.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposures shall be determined on the
basis of one sample or samples representing the full shift exposure for each
job classification in each work area.

(iii) Determinations of compliance with the STEL shall be made from 15
minute employee breathing zone samples measured at operations where there is
reason to believe exposures are high, such as where tanks are opened, filled,
unloaded or gauged; where containers or process equipment are opened and
where benzene is used for cleaning or as a solvent in an uncontrolled
situation. The employer may use objective data, such as measurements from
brief period measuring devices, to determine where STEL monitoring is needed.

(iv) Except for initial monitoring as required under paragraph (e)(2) of
this section, where the employer can document that one shift will
consistently have higher employee exposures for an operation, the employer
shall only be required to determine representative employee exposure for that
operation during the shift on which the highest exposure is expected.

(2) "Initial monitoring." (i) Each employer who has a place of employment
covered under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall monitor each of these
workplaces and work operations to determine accurately the airborne
concentrations of benzene to which employees may be exposed.

(ii) The initial monitoring required under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this
section shall be completed by 60 days after the effective date of this
standard or within 30 days of the introduction of benzene into the workplace.
Where the employer has monitored within one year prior to the effective date
of this standard and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this
section, the employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy
the requirements of paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section.

(3) "Periodic monitoring and monitoring frequency." (i) If the monitoring
required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure at
or above the action level but at or below the TWA, the employer shall repeat
such monitoring for each such employee at least every year.

(ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section
reveals employee exposure above the TWA, the employer shall repeat such
monitoring for each such employee at least every six (6) months.

(iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from every six months
to annually for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements taken at
least 7 days apart indicate that the employee exposure has decreased to the
TWA or below, but is at or above the action level.

(iv) Monitoring for the STEL shall be repeated as necessary to evaluate
exposures of employees subject to short term exposures.

(4) "Termination of monitoring." (i) If the initial monitoring required by
paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the
action level the employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee,
except as otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5) of this section.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (e)(3) of this section
reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two consecutive
measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level the
employer may discontinue the monitoring for that employee, except as
otherwise required by paragraph (e)(5).

(5) "Additional monitoring." (i) The employer shall institute the exposure
monitoring required under paragraphs (e)(2) and (e)(3) of this section when
there has been a change in the production, process, control equipment,
personnel or work practices which may result in new or additional exposures
to benzene, or when the employer has any reason to suspect a change which may
result in new or additional exposures.

(ii) Whenever spills, leaks, ruptures or other breakdowns occur that may
lead to employee exposure, the employer shall monitor (using area or personal
sampling) after the cleanup of the spill or repair of the leak, rupture or
other breakdown to ensure that exposures have returned to the level that
existed prior to the incident.

(6) "Accuracy of monitoring." Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence
level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne
concentrations of benzene.

(7) "Employee notification of monitoring results." (i) The employer shall,
within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring
performed under this standard, notify each employee of these results in
writing either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate
location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) Whenever the PELs are exceeded, the written notification required by
paragraph (e)(7)(i) of this section shall contain the corrective action being
taken by the employer to reduce the employee exposure to or below the PEL, or
shall refer to a document available to the employee which states the
corrective actions to be taken.

(f) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering controls and work practices."
(i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to
reduce and maintain employee exposure to benzene at or below the permissible
exposure limits, except to the extent that the employer can establish that
these controls are not feasible or where the provisions of paragraph
(f)(1)(iii) or (g)(1) of this section apply.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices which can
be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the
PELs, the employer shall use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest
levels achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of
respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)
of this section.

(iii) Where the employer can document that benzene is used in a workplace
less than a total of 30 days per year, the employer shall use engineering
controls, work practice controls or respiratory protection or any combination
of these controls to reduce employee exposure to benzene to or below the
PELs, except that employers shall use engineering and work practice controls,
if feasible, to reduce exposure to or below 10 ppm as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) "Compliance program." (i) When any exposures are over the PEL, the
employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce employee
exposure to or below the PEL primarily by means of engineering and work
practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include a schedule for development and
implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These plans
shall be reviewed and revised as appropriate based on the most recent
exposure monitoring data, to reflect the current status of the program.

(iii) Written compliance programs shall be furnished upon request for
examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected
employees and designated employee representatives.

(g) "Respiratory protection." (1) "General." The employer shall provide
respirators, and assure that they are used, where required by this section.
Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

(i) During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible
engineering and work practice controls;

(ii) In work operations for which the employer establishes that compliance
with either the TWA or STEL through the use of engineering and work practice
controls is not feasible, such as some maintenance and repair activities,
vessel cleaning, or other operations where engineering and work practice
controls are infeasible because exposures are intermittent in nature and
limited in duration;

(iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice
controls are not yet sufficient or are not required under paragraph
(f)(1)(iii) of this section to reduce exposure to or below the PELs; and

(iv) In emergencies.

(2) "Respirator selection." (i) Where
respirators are required or allowed under this section, the employer shall
select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator as
specified in Table 1, and shall assure that the employee uses the respirator
provided.

(ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved
by the Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute for
Occupational Safety and Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11.
Negative pressure respirators shall have filter elements approved by
MSHA/NIOSH for organic vapors or benzene.

(iii) Any employee who cannot wear a negative pressure respirator shall be
given the option of wearing a respirator with less breathing resistance such
as a powered air-purifying respirator or supplied air respirator.

(3) "Respirator program." The employer shall institute a respiratory
protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (e), (g), (h) and (i).

(4) "Respirator use." (i) Where air-purifying respirators are used, the
employer shall replace the air purifying element at the expiration of service
life or at the beginning of each shift in which they will be used, whichever
comes first.

(ii) If an air purifying element becomes available with an end of useful
life indicator for benzene approved by MSHA/NIOSH, the element may be used
until such time as the indicator shows no further useful life.

(iii) The employer shall permit employees who wear respirators to leave the
regulated area to wash their faces and respirator facepieces as necessary in
order to prevent skin irritation associated with respirator use or to change
the filter elements of air-purifying respirators whenever they detect a
change in breathing resistance or chemical vapor breakthrough.

(5) "Respirator fit testing." (i) The employer shall perform, and certify
the results of, either quantitative or qualitative fit tests at the time of
initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for each employee wearing a
negative pressure respirator. The test shall be used to select a respirator
facepiece which exhibits minimum leakage and provides the required protection
as prescribed in Table 1. The employer shall provide and assure that the
employee wears a respirator demonstrated by the fit test to provide the
required protection.

(ii) The employer shall follow the test protocols outlined in Appendix E of
this standard for whichever type of fit testing the employer chooses.
 

TABLE 1 - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR BENZENE

Footnote(1) Canisters must have a minimum service life of four (4) hours
when tested at 150 ppm benzene, at a flow rate of 64 LPM, 25 deg. C, and 85
percent relative humidity for non-powered air purifying respirators. The flow
rate shall be 115 LPM and 170 LPM respectively for tight fitting and loose
fitting powered air-purifying respirators.

(h) "Protective clothing and equipment." Personal protective clothing and
equipment shall be worn where appropriate to prevent eye contact and limit
dermal exposure to liquid benzene. Protective clothing and equipment shall be
provided by the employer at no cost to the employee and the employer shall
assure its use where appropriate. Eye and face protection shall meet the
requirements of 29 CFR 1926.102.

(i) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." (i) The employer shall make
available a medical surveillance program for employees who are or may be
exposed to benzene at or above the action level 30 or more days per year; for
employees who are or may be exposed to benzene at or above the PELs 10 or
more days per year; for employees who have been exposed to more than 10 ppm
of benzene for 30 or more days in a year prior to the effective date of the
standard when employed by their current employer; and for employees involved
in the tire building operations called tire building machine operators, who
use solvents containing greater than 0.1 percent benzene.

(ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures
are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician and that
all laboratory tests are conducted by an accredited laboratory.

(iii) The employer shall assure that persons other than licensed physicians
who administer the pulmonary function testing required by this section shall
complete a training course in spirometry sponsored by an appropriate
governmental, academic or professional institution.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all examinations and procedures are
provided without cost to the employee and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) "Initial examination." (i) Within 60 days of the effective date of this
standard, or before the time of initial assignment, the employer shall
provide each employee covered by paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section with a
medical examination including the following elements:
	(A) A detailed occupational history which includes:

{1} Past work exposure to benzene or any other hematological toxins,

{2} A family history of blood dyscrasias including hematological
neoplasms;

{3} A history of blood dyscrasias including genetic hemoglobin
abnormalities, bleeding abnormalities, abnormal function of formed blood
elements;

(4} A history of renal or liver dysfunction;

{5} A history of medicinal drugs routinely taken;

{6} A history of previous exposure to ionizing radiation and

{7}
Exposure to marrow toxins outside of the current work situation.

(B) A
complete physical examination.

(C) "Laboratory tests." A complete blood count
including a leukocyte count with differential, a quantitative thrombocyte
count, hematocrit, hemoglobin, erythrocyte count and erythrocyte indices
(MCV, MCH, MCHC). The results of these tests shall be reviewed by the
examining physician.

(D) Additional tests as necessary in the opinion of the examining physician,
based on alterations to the components of the blood or other signs which may
be related to benzene exposure; and

(E) For all workers required to wear respirators for at least 30 days a
year, the physical examination shall pay special attention to the
cardiopulmonary system and shall include a pulmonary function test.

(ii) No initial medical examination is required to satisfy the requirements
of paragraph (i)(2)(i) of this section if adequate records show that the
employee has been examined in accordance with the procedures of paragraph
(i)(2)(i) of this section within the twelve months prior to the effective
date of this standard.

(3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide each employee
covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section with a medical examination
annually following the previous examination. These periodic examinations
shall include at least the following elements:

(A) A brief history regarding any new exposure to potential marrow toxins,
changes in medicinal drug use, and the appearance of physical signs relating
to blood disorders:

(B) A complete blood count including a leukocyte count with differential,
quantitative thrombocyte count, hemoglobin, hematocrit, erythrocyte count and
erythrocyte indices (MCV, MCH, MCHC); and

(C) Appropriate additional tests as necessary, in the opinion of the
examining physician, in consequence of alterations in the components of the
blood or other signs which may be related to benzene exposure.

(ii) Where the employee develops signs and symptoms commonly associated with
toxic exposure to benzene, the employer shall provide the employee with an
additional medical examination which shall include those elements considered
appropriate by the examining physician.

(iii) For persons required to use respirators for at least 30 days a year, a
pulmonary function test shall be performed every three (3) years. A specific
evaluation of the cardiopulmonary system shall be made at the time of the
pulmonary function test.

(4) "Emergency examinations." (i) In addition to the surveillance required
by (i)(1)(i), if an employee is exposed to benzene in an emergency situation,
the employer shall have the employee provide a urine sample at the end of the
employee's shift and have a urinary phenol test performed on the sample
within 72 hours. The urine specific gravity shall be corrected to 1.024.

(ii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is below 75 mg phenol/L of
urine, no further testing is required.

(iii) If the result of the urinary phenol test is equal to or greater than
75 mg phenol/L of urine, the employer shall provide the employee with a
complete blood count including an erythrocyte count, leukocyte count with
differential and thrombocyte count at monthly intervals for a duration of
three (3) months following the emergency exposure.

(iv) If any of the conditions specified in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this
section exists, then the further requirements of paragraph (i)(5) of this
section shall be met and the employer shall, in addition, provide the
employees with periodic examinations if directed by the physician.

(5) "Additional examinations and referrals." (i) Where the results of the
complete blood count required for the initial and periodic examinations
indicate any of the following abnormal conditions exist, then the blood count
shall be repeated within 2 weeks.

(A) The hemoglobin level or the hematocrit falls below the normal limit
[outside the 95 percent confidence interval (C.I.)] as determined by the
laboratory for the particular geographic area and/or these indices show a
persistent downward trend from the individual's pre-exposure norms; provided
these findings cannot be explained by other medical reasons.

(B) The thrombocyte (platelet) count varies more than 20 percent below the
employee's most recent values or falls outside the normal limit (95 percent
C.I.) as determined by the laboratory.

(C) The leukocyte count is below 4,000 per mm(3) or there is an abnormal
differential count.

(ii) If the abnormality persists, the examining physician shall refer the
employee to a hematologist or an internist for further evaluation unless the
physician has good reason to believe such referral is unnecessary. (See
Appendix C for examples of conditions where a referral may be unnecessary.)
(iii) The employer shall provide the hematologist or internist with the
information required to be provided to the physician under paragraph (i)(6)
of this section and the medical record required to be maintained by paragraph
(k)(2)(ii) of this section.

(iv) The hematologist's or internist's evaluation shall include a
determination as to the need for additional tests, and the employer shall
assure that these tests are provided.

(6) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the
employee's exposure;

(iii) The employee's actual or representative exposure level:

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;
and

(v) Information from previous employment-related medical examinations of the
affected employee which is not otherwise available to the examining
physician.

(7) "Physician's written opinions." (i) For each examination under this
section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a copy of
the examining physician's written opinion within 15 days of the examination.
The written opinion shall be limited to the following information:

(A) The occupationally pertinent results of the medical examination and
tests;

(B) The physician's opinion concerning whether the employee has any detected
medical conditions which would place the employee's health at greater than
normal risk of material impairment from exposure to benzene;

(C) The physician's recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to
benzene or upon the employee's use of protective clothing or equipment and
respirators.

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the
results of the medical examination and any medical conditions resulting from
benzene exposure which require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The written opinion obtained by the employer shall not reveal specific
records, findings and diagnoses that have no bearing on the employee's
ability to work in a benzene-exposed workplace.

(8) "Medical removal plan." (i) When a physician makes a referral to a
hematologist/internist as required under paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this
section, the employee shall be removed from areas where exposures may exceed
the action level until such time as the physician makes a determination under
paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of this section.

(ii) Following the examination and evaluation by the hematologist/internist,
a decision to remove an employee from areas where benzene exposure is above
the action level or to allow the employee to return to areas where benzene
exposure is above the action level shall be made by the physician in
consultation with the hematologist/internist. This decision shall be
communicated in writing to the employer and employee. In the case of removal,
the physician shall state the required probable duration of removal from
occupational exposure to benzene above the action level and the requirements
for future medical examinations to review the decision.

(iii) For any employee who is removed pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(ii) of
this section, the employer shall provide a follow-up examination. The
physician, in consultation with the hematologist/internist, shall make a
decision within 6 months of the date the employee was removed as to whether
the employee shall be returned to the usual job or whether the employee
should be removed permanently.

(iv) Whenever an employee is temporarily removed from benzene exposure
pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(i) or (i)(8)(ii) of this section, the employer
shall transfer the employee to a comparable job for which the employee is
qualified (or can be trained for in a short period) and where benzene
exposures are as low as possible, but in no event higher than the action
level. The employer shall maintain the employee's current wage rate,
seniority and other benefits. If there is no such job available, the employer
shall provide medical removal protection benefits until such a job becomes
available or for 6 months, whichever comes first.

(v) Whenever an employee is removed permanently from benzene exposure based
on a physician's recommendation pursuant to paragraph (i)(8)(iii) of this
section, the employee shall be given the opportunity to transfer to another
position which is available or later becomes available for which the employee
is qualified (or can be trained for in a short period) and where benzene
exposures are as low as possible but in no event higher than the action
level. The employer shall assure that such employee suffers no reduction in
current wage rate, seniority or other benefits as a result of the transfer.

(9) "Medical removal protection benefits." (i) The employer shall provide to
an employee 6 months of medical removal protection benefits immediately
following each occasion an employee is removed from exposure to benzene
because of hematological findings pursuant to paragraphs (i)(8) (i) and (ii)
of this section, unless the employee has been transferred to a comparable job
where benzene exposures are below the action level.

(ii) For the purposes of this section, the requirement that an employer
provide medical removal protection benefits means that the employer shall
maintain the current wage rate, seniority and other benefits of an employee
as though the employee had not been removed.

(iii) The employer's obligation to provide medical removal protection
benefits to a removed employee shall be reduced to the extent that the
employee receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal
either from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program, or from
employment with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee's
removal.

(j) "Communication of benzene hazards to employees" - (1) "Signs and
labels." (i) The employer shall post signs at entrances to regulated areas.
The signs shall bear the following legend:

                            DANGER
                          BENZENE
                       CANCER HAZARD
                  FLAMMABLE - NO SMOKING
                AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
                    RESPIRATOR REQUIRED


(ii) The employer shall ensure that labels or other appropriate forms of
warning are provided for containers of benzene within the workplace. There is
no requirement to label pipes. The labels shall comply with the requirements
of 29 CFR 1926.59(f) and in addition shall include the following legend:
 
                           DANGER
                      CONTAINS BENZENE
                        CANCER HAZARD

(2) "Material safety data sheets." (i) Employers shall obtain or develop,
and shall provide access to their employees, to a material safety data sheet
(MSDS) which addresses benzene and complies with 29 CFR 1926.59.

(ii) Employers who are manufacturers or importers shall:

(A) Comply with paragraph (a) of this section, and (B) Comply with
the requirement in OSHA's Hazard Communication Standard, 29 CFR 1926.59, that
they deliver to downstream employers an MSDS which addresses
benzene.

(3) "Information and training." (i) The employer shall provide employees
with information and training at the time of their initial assignment to a
work area where benzene is present. If exposures are above the action level,
employees shall be provided with information and training at least annually
thereafter.

(ii) The training program shall be in accordance with the requirements of 29
CFR 1926.59(h) (1) and (2), and shall include specific information on benzene
for each category of information included in that section.

(iii) In addition to the information required under 29 CFR 1926.59, the
employer shall:

(A) Provide employees with an explanation of the contents of this section,
including Appendices A and B, and indicate to them where the standard is
available; and

(B) Describe the medical surveillance program required under paragraph (i)
of this section, and explain the information contained in Appendix C.

(k) "Recordkeeping " - (1) "Exposure measurements." (i) The employer shall
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements required by
paragraph (e) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken,
including a description of the procedure used to determine representative
employee exposures;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;

(C) A description of the type of respiratory protective devices worn, if
any; and

(D) The name, social security number, job classification and exposure levels
of the employee monitored and all other employees whose exposure the
measurement is intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 30 years, in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.

(2) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required by
paragraph (i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.

(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The name and social security number of the employee;

(B) The employer's copy of the physician's written opinion on the initial,
periodic and special examinations, including results of medical examinations
and all tests, opinions and recommendations;

(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to benzene;

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by
paragraphs (i)(6) (ii) through (v) of this section; and

(E) A copy of the employee's medical and work history related to exposure to
benzene or any other hematologic toxins.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least the duration of
employment plus 30 years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.

(3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall assure that all records required
to be maintained by this section shall be made available upon request to the
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring records required by this paragraph shall
be provided upon request for examination and copying to employees, employee
representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.33 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(iii) Employee medical records required by this paragraph shall be provided
upon request for examination and copying, to the subject employee, to anyone
having the specific written consent of the subject employee, and to the
Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.

(4) "Transfer of records." (i) The employer shall comply with the
requirements involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the
employer shall notify the Director, at least three (3) months prior to
disposal, and transmit them to the Director if required by the Director
within that period.

(l) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer
shall provide affected employees, or their designated representatives, an
opportunity to observe the measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to
benzene conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) "Observation procedures." When observation of the measuring or
monitoring of employee exposure to benzene requires entry into areas where
the use of protective clothing and equipment or respirators is required, the
employer shall provide the observer with personal protective clothing and
equipment or respirators required to be worn by employees working in the
area, assure the use of such clothing and equipment or respirators, and
require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and health
procedures.

(m) "Dates" - (1) "Effective date." The standard shall become effective
December 10, 1987.

(2) "Start-up dates." (i) The requirements of paragraph (a) through (m) of
this section, except the engineering control requirements of paragraph (f)(1)
of this section shall be completed within sixty (60) days after the effective
date of the standard.

(ii) Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (f)(1) of
this section shall be implemented no later than 2 years after the effective
date of the standard.

(iii) Coke and coal chemical operations may comply with paragraph (m)(2)(ii)
of this section or alternately include within the compliance program required
by paragraph (f)(2) of this section, a requirement to phase in engineering
controls as equipment is repaired and replaced. For coke and coal chemical
operations choosing the latter alternative, compliance with the engineering
controls requirements of paragraph (f)(1) of this section shall be achieved
no later than 5 years after the effective date of this standard and
substantial compliance with the engineering control requirements shall be
achieved within 3 years of the effective date of this standard.

(n) "Appendices." The information contained in Appendices A, B, C, and D is
not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not otherwise
imposed or to detract from any existing obligations. The protocols on
respiratory fit testing in Appendix E are mandatory.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0129)

Appendix A to 1926.1128 - Substance Safety Data Sheet, Benzene

I. "Substance Identification"
	A. Substance: Benzene. B. Permissible Exposure: Except as to the use
of gasoline, motor fuels and other fuels subsequent to discharge from bulk
terminals and other exemptions specified in 1926.1128(a)(2):

1. Airborne: The maximum time-weighted average (TWA) exposure limit is 1
part of benzene vapor per million parts of air (1 ppm) for an 8-hour workday
and the maximum short-term exposure limit (STEL) is 5 ppm for any 15-minute
period.

2. Dermal: Eye contact shall be prevented and skin contact with liquid
benzene shall be limited.

C. Appearance and odor: Benzene is a clear, colorless liquid with a
pleasant, sweet odor. The odor of benzene does not provide adequate warning
of its hazard.

II. "Health Hazard Data"

A. "Ways in which benzene affects your health." Benzene can affect your
health if you inhale it, or if it comes in contact with your skin or eyes.
Benzene is also harmful if you happen to swallow it.

B. "Effects of overexposure." 1. Short-term (acute) overexposure: If you are
overexposed to high concentrations of benzene, well above the levels where
its odor is first recognizable, you may feel breathless, irritable, euphoric,
or giddy; you may experience irritation in eyes, nose, and respiratory tract.
You may develop a headache, feel dizzy, nauseated, or intoxicated. Severe
exposures may lead to convulsions and loss of consciousness.

2. Long-term (chronic) exposure. Repeated or prolonged exposure to benzene,
even at relatively low concentrations, may result in various blood disorders,
ranging from anemia to leukemia, an irreversible, fatal disease. Many blood
disorders associated with benzene exposure may occur without symptoms.

III. "Protective Clothing and Equipment"

A. "Respirators." Respirators are required for those operations in which
engineering controls or work practice controls are not feasible to reduce
exposure to the permissible level. However, where employers can document that
benzene is present in the workplace less than 30 days a year, respirators may
be used in lieu of engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must
have joint Mine Safety and Health Administration and the National Institute
for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) seal of approval, and cartridge or
canisters must be replaced before the end of their service life, or the end
of the shift, whichever occurs first. If you experience difficulty breathing
while wearing a respirator, you may request a positive pressure respirator
from your employer. You must be thoroughly trained to use the assigned
respirator, and the training will be provided by your employer.

B. "Protective Clothing." You must wear appropriate protective clothing
(such as boots, gloves, sleeves, aprons, etc.) over any parts of your body
that could be exposed to liquid benzene.

C. "Eye and Face Protection." You must wear splash-proof safety goggles if
it is possible that benzene may get into your eyes. In addition, you must
wear a face shield if your face could be splashed with benzene liquid.

IV. "Emergency and First Aid Procedures"

A. "Eye and face exposure." If benzene is splashed in your eyes, wash it out
immediately with large amounts of water. If irritation persists or vision
appears to be affected see a doctor as soon as possible.

B. "Skin exposure." If benzene is spilled on your clothing or skin, remove
the contaminated clothing and wash the exposed skin with large amounts of
water and soap immediately. Wash contaminated clothing before you wear it
again.

C. "Breathing." If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of
benzene, get the exposed person to fresh air at once. Apply artificial
respiration if breathing has stopped. Call for medical assistance or a doctor
as soon as possible. Never enter any vessel or confined space where the
benzene concentration might be high without proper safety equipment and at
least one other person present who will stay outside. A life line should be
used.

D. "Swallowing." If benzene has been swallowed and the patient is conscious,
do not induce vomiting. Call for medical assistance or a doctor immediately.

V. "Medical Requirements"

If you are exposed to benzene at a concentration at or above 0.5 ppm as an
8-hour time-weighted average, or have been exposed at or above 10 ppm in the
past while employed by your current employer, your employer is required to
provide a medical examination and history and laboratory tests within 60 days
of the effective date of this standard and annually thereafter. These tests
shall be provided without cost to you. In addition, if you are accidentally
exposed to benzene (either by ingestion, inhalation, or skin/eye contact)
under emergency conditions known or suspected to constitute toxic exposure to
benzene, your employer is required to make special laboratory tests available
to you.

VI. "Observation of Monitoring"

Your employer is required to perform measurements that are representative of
your exposure to benzene and you or your designated representative are
entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to observe the
steps taken in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained.
When the monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or
personal protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you or
your representative must also be provided with, and must wear the protective
clothing and equipment.

VII. "Access to Records"

You or your representative are entitled to see the records of measurements
of your exposure to benzene upon written request to your employer. Your
medical examination records can be furnished to yourself, your physician or
designated representative upon request by you to your employer.

VIII. "Precautions for Safe Use, Handling and Storage"

Benzene liquid is highly flammable. It should be stored in tightly closed
containers in a cool, well ventilated area. Benzene vapor may form explosive
mixtures in air. All sources of ignition must be controlled. Use nonsparking
tools when opening or closing benzene containers. Fire extinguishers, where
provided, must be readily available. Know where they are located and how to
operate them. Smoking is prohibited in areas where benzene is used or stored.
Ask your supervisor where benzene is used in your area and for additional
plant safety rules.

Appendix B to 1926.1128 - Substance Technical Guidelines, Benzene

I. "Physical and Chemical Data"
A. Substance identification.
1. "Synonyms:" Benzol, benzole, coal
naphtha, cyclohexatriene, phene, phenyl hydride, pyrobenzol. (Benzin,
petroleum benzin and Benzine do not contain benzene).
2. "Formula:" C(6)H(6) (CAS Registry Number: 71-43-2)

B. Physical
data. 1. Boiling Point (760 mm Hg); 80.1 deg. C (176 deg. F) 2. Specific
Gravity (water=1): 0.879 3. Vapor Density (air=1): 2.7 4. Melting Point: 5.5
deg. C (42 deg. F) 5. Vapor Pressure at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 75 mm Hg 6.
Solubility in Water: .06 percent 7. Evaporation Rate (ether=1): 2.8 8.
Appearance and Odor: Clear, colorless liquid with a distinctive sweet
odor.

II. "Fire, Explosion, and Reactivity Hazard Data"

A. Fire. 1. Flash Point (closed cup): -11 deg. C (12 deg. F) 2.
Autoignition Temperature: 580 deg. C (1076 deg. F) 3. Flammable limits in
Air. Percent by Volume: Lower: 1.3 percent, Upper: 7.5 percent.
4. Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical, or foam. 5.
Special Fire-Fighting procedures: Do not use solid stream of water, since
stream will scatter and spread fire. Fine water spray can be used to keep
fire-exposed containers cool.
6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Benzene is a flammable liquid. Its
vapors can form explosive mixtures. All ignition sources must be controlled
when benzene is used, handled, or stored. Where liquid or vapor may be
released, such areas shall be considered as hazardous locations. Benzene
vapors are heavier than air; thus the vapors may travel along the ground and
be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at
which benzene is handled.
7. Benzene is classified as a 1 B flammable liquid for the purpose of
conforming to the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.152. A concentration exceeding
3,250 ppm is considered a potential fire explosion hazard.

B. Reactivity. 1. Conditions contributing to instability: Heat. 2.
Incompatibility: Heat and oxidizing materials. 3. Hazardous decomposition
products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as carbon monoxide).

III. "Spill and Leak Procedures"

A. Steps to be taken if the material is released or spilled. As much benzene
as possible should be absorbed with suitable materials, such as dry sand or
earth. That remaining must be flushed with large amounts of water. Do not
flush benzene into a confined space, such as a sewer, because of explosion
danger. Remove all ignition sources. Ventilate enclosed places.

B. Waste disposal method. Disposal methods must conform to other
jurisdictional regulations. If allowed, benzene may be disposed of: (a) By
absorbing it in dry sand or earth and disposing in a sanitary landfill; (b)
if small quantities, by removing it to a safe location from buildings or
other combustible sources, pouring it in dry sand or earth and cautiously
igniting it; and (c) if large quantities, by atomizing it in a suitable
combustion chamber.

IV. "Miscellaneous Precautions"

A. High exposure to benzene can occur when transferring the liquid from one
container to another. Such operations should be well ventilated and good work
practices must be established to avoid spills.

B. Use non-sparking tools to open benzene containers which are effectively
grounded and bonded prior to opening and pouring.

C. Employers must advise employees of all plant areas and operations where
exposure to benzene could occur. Common operations in which high exposures to
benzene may be encountered are: the primary production and utilization of
benzene, and transfer of benzene.

Appendix C to 1926.1128 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Benzene

I. "Route of Entry"
	Inhalation; skin absorption.

II. "Toxicology"

Benzene is primarily an inhalation hazard. Systemic absorption may cause
depression of the hematopoietic system, pancytopenia, aplastic anemia, and
leukemia. Inhalation of high concentrations can affect central nervous system
function. Aspiration of small amounts of liquid benzene immediately causes
pulmonary edema and hemorrhage of pulmonary tissue. There is some absorption
through the skin. Absorption may be more rapid in the case of abraded skin,
and benzene may be more readily absorbed if it is present in a mixture or as
a contaminant in solvents which are readily absorbed. The defatting action of
benzene may produce primary irritation due to repeated or prolonged contact
with the skin. High concentration are irritating to the eyes and the mucous
membranes of the nose, and respiratory tract.

III. "Signs and Symptoms"

Direct skin contact with benzene may cause erythema. Repeated or prolonged
contact may result in drying, scaling dermatitis, or development of secondary
skin infections. In addition, there is benzene absorption through the skin.
Local effects of benzene vapor or liquid on the eye are slight. Only at very
high concentrations is there any smarting sensation in the eye. Inhalation of
high concentrations of benzene may have an initial stimulatory effect on the
central nervous system characterized by exhilaration, nervous excitation,
and/or giddiness, followed by a period of depression, drowsiness, or fatigue.
A sensation of tightness in the chest accompanied by breathlessness may occur
and ultimately the victim may lose consciousness. Tremors, convulsions and
death may follow from respiratory paralysis or circulatory collapse in a few
minutes to several hours following severe exposures.

The detrimental effect on the blood-forming system of prolonged exposure to
small quantities of benzene vapor is of extreme importance. The hematopoietic
system is the chief target for benzene's toxic effects which are manifested
by alterations in the levels of formed elements in the peripheral blood.
These effects have occurred at concentrations of benzene which may not cause
irritation of mucous membranes, or any unpleasant sensory effects. Early
signs and symptoms of benzene morbidity are varied, often not readily noticed
and non-specific. Subjective complaints of headache, dizziness, and loss of
appetite may precede or follow clinical signs. Rapid pulse and low blood
pressure, in addition to a physical appearance of anemia, may accompany a
subjective complaint of shortness of breath and excessive tiredness. Bleeding
from the nose, gums, or mucous membranes, and the development of purpuric
spots (small bruises) may occur as the condition progresses. Clinical
evidence of leukopenia, anemia, and thrombocytopenia, singly or in
combination, has been frequently reported among the first signs.

Bone marrow may appear normal, aplastic, or hyperplastic, and may not, in
all situations, correlate with peripheral blood forming tissues. Because of
variations in the susceptibility to benzene morbidity, there is no "typical"
blood picture. The onset of effects of prolonged benzene exposure may be
delayed for many months or years after the actual exposure has ceased and
identification or correlation with benzene exposure must be sought out in the
occupational history.

IV. "Treatment of Acute Toxic Effects"

Remove from exposure immediately. Make sure you are adequately protected and
do not risk being overcome by fumes. Give oxygen or artificial resuscitation
if indicated. Flush eyes, wash skin if contaminated and remove all
contaminated clothing. Symptoms of intoxication may persist following severe
exposures. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and complete.

V. "Surveillance and Preventive Considerations"

A. General

The principal effects of benzene exposure which form the basis for this
regulation are pathological changes in the hematopoietic system, reflected by
changes in the peripheral blood and manifesting clinically as pancytopenia,
aplastic anemia, and leukemia. Consequently, the medical surveillance program
is designed to observe, on a regular basis, blood indices for early signs of
these effects, and although early signs of leukemia are not usually
available, emerging diagnostic technology and innovative regimes make
consistent surveillance for leukemia, as well as other hematopoietic effects,
essential.

Initial examinations are to be provided within 60 days of the effective date
of this standard, or at the time of initial assignment, and periodic
examinations annually thereafter. There are special provisions for medical
tests in the event of hematologic abnormalities or for emergency situations.

The blood values which require referral to a hematologist or internist are
noted in the standard in paragraph (i)(5). The standard specifies that blood
abnormalities that persist must be referred "unless the physician has good
reason to believe such referral is unnecessary" (paragraph (i)(5)). Examples
of conditions that could make a referral unnecessary despite abnormal blood
limits are iron or folate deficiency, menorrhagia, or blood loss due to some
unrelated medical abnormality.

Symptoms and signs of benzene toxicity can be non-specific. Only a detailed
history and appropriate investigative procedures will enable a physician to
rule out or confirm conditions that place the employee at increased risk. To
assist the examining physician with regard to which laboratory tests are
necessary and when to refer an employee to the specialist, OSHA has
established the following guidelines.

B. Hematology Guidelines

A minimum battery of tests is to be performed by strictly standardized
methods.

1. Red cell, white cell, platelet counts, white blood cell differential,
hematacrit and red cell indices must be performed by an accredited
laboratory. The normal ranges for the red cell and white cell counts are
influenced by altitude, race, and sex, and therefore should be determined by
the accredited laboratory in the specific area where the tests are performed.

Either a decline from an absolute normal or an individual's base line to a
subnormal value or a rise to a supra-normal value, are indicative of
potential toxicity, particularly if all blood parameters decline. The normal
total white blood count is approximately 7,200/mm(3) plus or minus 3,000. For
cigarette smokers the white count may be higher and the upper range may be
2,000 cells higher than normal for the laboratory. In addition, infection,
allergies and some drugs may raise the white cell count. The normal platelet
count is approximately 250,000 with a range of 140,000 to 400,000. Counts
outside this range should be regarded as possible evidence of benzene
toxicity.

Certain abnormalities found through routine screening are of greater
significance in the benzene-exposed worker and require prompt consultation
with a specialist, namely:

a. Thrombocytopenia.

b. A trend of decreasing white cell, red cell,
or platelet indices in an individual over time is more worrisome than an
isolated abnormal finding at one test time. The importance of trend
highlights the need to compare an individual's test results to baseline
and/or previous periodic tests.

c. A constellation or pattern of abnormalities in the different blood
indices is of more significance than a single abnormality. A low white count
not associated with any abnormalities in other cell indices may be a normal
statistical variation, whereas if the low white count is accompanied by
decreases in the platelet and/or red cell indices, such a pattern is more
likely to be associated with benzene toxicity and merits thorough
investigation.

Anemia, leukopenia, macrocytosis or an abnormal differential white blood
cell count should alert the physician to further investigate and/or refer the
patient if repeat tests confirm the abnormalities. If routine screening
detects an abnormality, follow-up tests which may be helpful in establishing
the etiology of the abnormality are the peripheral blood smear and the
reticulocyte count.

The extreme range of normal for reticulocytes is 0.4 to 2.5 percent of the
red cells, the usual range being 0.5 to 1.2 percent of the red cells, but the
typical value is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 percent. A decline in
reticulocytes to levels of less than 0.4 percent is to be regarded as
possible evidence (unless another specific cause is found) of benzene
toxicity requiring accelerated surveillance. An increase in reticulocyte
levels to about 2.5 percent may also be consistent with (but is not as
characteristic of) benzene toxicity.

2. An important diagnostic test is a careful examination of the peripheral
blood smear. As with reticulocyte count the smear should be with fresh
uncoagulated blood obtained from a needle tip following venipuncture or from
a drop of earlobe blood (capillary blood). If necessary, the smear may, under
certain limited conditions, be made from a blood sample anticoagulated with
EDTA (but never with oxalate or heparin). When the smear is to be prepared
from a specimen of venous blood which has been collected by a commercial
Vacutainer(R) type tube containing neutral EDTA, the smear should be made as
soon as possible after the venesection. A delay of up to 12 hours is
permissible between the drawing of the blood specimen into EDTA and the
preparation of the smear if the blood is stored at refrigerator (not
freezing) temperature.

3. The minimum mandatory observations to be made from the smear are:

a. The differential white blood cell count. b. Description of
abnormalities in the appearance of red cells. c. Description of any
abnormalities in the platelets. d. A careful search must be made throughout
of every blood smear for immature white cells such as band forms (in more
than normal proportion, i.e., over 10 percent of the total differential
count), any number of metamyelocytes, myelocytes or myeloblasts. Any nucleate
or multinucleated red blood cells should be reported. Large "gian" platelets
or fragments of megakaryocytes must be recognized.

An increase in the proportion of band forms among the neutrophilic
granulocytes is an abnormality deserving special mention, for it may
represent a change which should be considered as an early warning of benzene
toxicity in the absence of other causative factors (most commonly infection).
Likewise, the appearance of metamyelocytes, in the absence of another
probable cause, is to be considered a possible indication of benzene-induced
toxicity.

An upward trend in the number of basophils, which normally do not exceed
about 2.0 percent of the total white cells, is to be regarded as possible
evidence of benzene toxicity. A rise in the eosinophil count is less specific
but also may be suspicious of toxicity if it rises above 6.0 percent of the
total white count.

The normal range of monocytes is from 2.0 to 8.0 percent of the total white
count with an average of about 5.0 percent. About 20 percent of individuals
reported to have mild but persisting abnormalities caused by exposure to
benzene show a persistent monocytosis. The findings of a monocyte count which
persists at more than 10 to 12 percent of the normal white cell count (when
the total count is normal) or persistence of an absolute monocyte count in
excess of 800/mm(3) should be regarded as a possible sign of benzene-induced
toxicity.

A less frequent but more serious indication of benzene toxicity is the
finding in the peripheral blood of the so-called "pseudo" (or acquired)
Pelger-Huet anomaly. In this anomaly many, or sometimes the majority, of the
neutrophilic granulocytes possess two round nuclear segments - less often one
or three round segments - rather than three normally elongated segments. When
this anomaly is not hereditary, it is often but not invariably predictive of
subsequent leukemia. However, only about two percent of patients who
ultimately develop acute myelogenous leukemia show the acquired Pelger-Huet
anomaly. Other tests that can be administered to investigate blood
abnormalities are discussed below; however, such procedures should be
undertaken by the hematologist.

An uncommon sign, which cannot be detected from the smear, but can be
elicited by a "sucrose water test" of peripheral blood, is transient
paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), which may first occur insidiously
during a period of established aplastic anemia, and may be followed within
one to a few years by the appearance of rapidly fatal acute myelogenous
leukemia. Clinical detection of PNH, which occurs in only one or two percent
of those destined to have acute myelogenous leukemia, may be difficult; if
the "sucrose water test" is positive, the somewhat more definitive Ham test,
also known as the acid-serum hemolysis test, may provide confirmation.

e. Individuals documented to have developed acute myelogenous leukemia years
after initial exposure to benzene may have progressed through a preliminary
phase of hematologic abnormality. In some instances pancytopenia (i.e., a
lowering in the counts of all circulating blood cells of bone marrow origin,
but not to the extent implied by the term "aplastic anemia") preceded
leukemia for many years. Depression of a single blood cell type or platelets
may represent a harbinger of aplasia or leukemia. The finding of two or more
cytopenias, or pancytopenia in a benzene-exposed individual, must be regarded
as highly suspicious of more advanced although still reversible, toxicity.
"Pancytopenia" coupled with the appearance of immature cells (myelocytes,
myeloblasts, erythroblasts, etc.), with abnormal cells (pseudo Pelger-Huet
anomaly, atypical nuclear heterochromatin, etc.), or unexplained elevations
of white blood cells must be regarded as evidence of benzene overexposure
unless proved otherwise. Many severely aplastic patients manifested the
ominous finding of 5-10 percent myeloblasts in the marrow, occasional
myeloblasts and myelocytes in the blood and 20-30 percent monocytes. It is
evident that isolated cytopenias, pancytopenias, and even aplastic anemias
induced by benzene may be reversible and complete recovery has been reported
on cessation of exposure. However, since any of these abnormalities is
serious, the employee must immediately be removed from any possible exposure
to benzene vapor. Certain tests may substantiate the employee's prospects for
progression or regression. One such test would be an examination of the bone
marrow, but the decision to perform a bone marrow aspiration or needle biopsy
is made by the hematologist.

The findings of basophilic stippling in circulating red blood cells (usually
found in 1 to 5 percent of red cells following marrow injury), and detection
in the bone marrow of what are termed "ringed sideroblasts" must be taken
seriously, as they have been noted in recent years to be premonitory signs of
subsequent leukemia.

Recently peroxidase-staining of circulating or marrow neutrophil
granulocytes, employing benzidine dihydrochloride, have revealed the
disappearance of, or diminution in, peroxidase in a sizable proportion of the
granulocytes, and this has been reported as an early sign of leukemia.
However, relatively few patients have been studied to date. Granulocyte
granules are normally strongly peroxidase positive. A steady decline in
leukocyte alkaline phosphatase has also been reported as suggestive of early
acute leukemia. Exposure to benzene may cause an early rise in serum iron,
often but not always associated with a fall in the reticulocyte count. Thus,
serial measurements of serum iron levels may provide a means of determining
whether or not there is a trend representing sustained suppression of
erythropoiesis.

Measurement of serum iron, determination of peroxidase and of alkaline
phosphatase activity in peripheral granulocytes can be performed in most
pathology laboratories. Peroxidase and alkaline phosphatase staining are
usually undertaken when the index of suspicion for leukemia is high.

Appendix D to 1926.1128 - Sampling and Analytical Methods for Benzene
Monitoring and Measurement Procedures

Measurements taken for the purpose of determining employee exposure to
benzene are best taken so that the representative average 8-hour exposure may
be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2) 4-hour samples.
Short-time interval samples (or grab samples) may also be used to determine
average exposure level if a minimum of five measurements are taken in a
random manner over the 8-hour work shift. Random sampling means that any
portion of the work shift has the same change of being sampled as any other.
The arithmetic average of all such random samples taken on one work shift is
an estimate of an employee's average level of exposure for that work shift.
Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing zone (air that would
most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee). Sampling and analysis
must be performed with procedures meeting the requirements of the standard.

There are a number of methods available for monitoring employee exposures to
benzene. The sampling and analysis may be performed by collection of the
benzene vapor or charcoal absorption tubes, with subsequent chemical analysis
by gas chromatography. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by
portable direct reading instruments, real-time continuous monitoring systems,
passive dosimeters or other suitable methods. The employer has the obligation
of selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision
requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard
requires that the method of monitoring must have an accuracy, to a 95 percent
confidence level, of not less than plus or minus 25 percent for
concentrations of benzene greater than or equal to 0.5 ppm.

The OSHA Laboratory modified NIOSH Method S311 and evaluated it at a benzene
air concentration of 1 ppm. A procedure for determining the benzene
concentration in bulk material samples was also evaluated. This work,
reported in OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12, includes the following two
analytical procedures:

I. "OSHA Method 12 for Air Samples"

Analyte: Benzene Matrix: Air Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal, desorption
with carbon disulfide, analysis by GC.

Detection limit: 0.04 ppm Recommended air volume and sampling rate: 10L to
0.2 L/min.

1. Principle of the Method.

1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the
organic vapors present.

1.2. The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered vial, and
the anlyte is desorbed with carbon disulfide.

1.3. An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas
obtained from standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

2.1 The sampling device is small, portable, and involved no liquids.
Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated
by altering chromatographic conditions. The samples are analyzed by means of
a quick, instrumental method.

2.2 The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number of
milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value
obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of
that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

3. Apparatus.

3.1 A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within
plus or minus 5 percent at the recommended flow rate.

3.2. Charcoal tubes: Glass with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with a
6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated
charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal
is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 deg. C prior to packing.
The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg.
A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube
and the back-up section. A plug of silanized glass wool is placed in front of
the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than
one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.

3.3. Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.

3.4. Column (10-ft X 1/8-in stainless steel) packed with 80/100 Supelcoport
coated with 20 percent SP 2100, 0.1 percent CW 1500.

3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring
peak area.

3.6. Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps.

3.7.
Microliter syringes: 10-microliter (10-uL syringe, and other convenient sizes
for making standards, 1-uL syringe for sample injections.

3.8. Pipets: 1.0 mL delivery pipets

3.9. Volumetric flasks:
convenient sizes for making standard solutions.

4. Reagents.

4.1. Chromatographic quality carbon disulfide (CS(2)). Most commercially
available carbon disulfide contains a trace of benzene which must be removed.
It can be removed with the following procedure:

Heat under reflux for 2 to 3 hours, 500 mL of carbon disulfide, 10 mL
concentrated sulfuric acid, and 5 drops of concentrated nitric acid. The
benzene is converted to nitrobenzene. The carbon disulfide layer is removed,
dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, and distilled. The recovered carbon
disulfide should be benzene free. (It has recently been determined that
benzene can also be removed by passing the carbon disulfide through 13x
molecular sieve).

4.2. Benzene, reagent grade.

4.3. p-Cymene, reagent grade, (internal
standard).

4.4. Desorbing reagent. The desorbing reagent is prepared by
adding 0.05 mL of p-cymene per milliliter of carbon disulfide. (The internal
standard offers a convenient means correcting analytical response for slight
inconsistencies in the size of sample injections. If the external standard
technique is preferred, the internal standard can be eliminated).

4.5. Purified GC grade helium, hydrogen and air.

5. Procedure.

5.1. Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis
should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the
analysis.

5.2. Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated with a
representative charcoal tube in the line.

5.3. Collection and shipping of samples.

5.3.1. Immediately before
sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half
the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm).

5.3.2. The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should
be placed nearest the sampling pump.

5.3.3. The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical position during
sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.

5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing
before entering the charcoal tube.

5.3.5. A sample size of 10 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of
approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an
accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent.

5.3.6. The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps
immediately after sampling.

5.3.7. Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same
handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set
of samples.

5.3.8. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize breakage
of samples.

5.4. Analysis of samples.

5.4.1. Preparation of samples. In
preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front
of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed
and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a
2-ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the
second section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are
analyzed separately.

5.4.2. Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 mL of desorbing
solution is pipetted into each sample container. The desorbing solution
consists of 0.05 uL internal standard per mL of carbon disulfide. The sample
vials are capped as soon as the solvent is added. Desorption should be done
for 30 minutes with occasional shaking.

5.4.3. GC conditions. Typical operating conditions for the gas chromatograph
are:
	1.30 mL/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow. 2.30 mL/min (40 psig)
hydrogen gas flow to detector. 3.240 mL/min (40 psig) air flow to detector.
4.150 deg. C injector temperature. 5.250 deg. C detector temperature. 6.100
deg. C column temperature.

5.4.4. Injection size. 1 uL.

5.4.5. Measurement of
area. The peak areas are measured by an electronic integrator or some other
suitable form of area measurement.

5.4.6. An internal standard procedure is used. The integrator is calibrated
to report results in ppm for a 10 liter air sample after correction for
desorption efficiency.

5.5. Determination of desorption efficiency. 5.5.1. Importance of
determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary
from one laboratory to another and from one lot of chemical to another. Thus,
it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of the specific
compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the same batch
of charcoal is used.

5.5.2. Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The reference
portion of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts
representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X and (X represents target concentration) based
on a 10 L air sample are injected into several tubes at each level. Dilutions
of benzene with carbon disulfide are made to allow injection of measurable
quantities. These tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight.
Following equilibration they are analyzed following the same procedure as the
samples. Desorption efficiency is determined by dividing the amount of
benzene found by amount spiked on the tube.

6. Calibration and standards. A series of standards varying in concentration
over the range of interest is prepared and analyzed under the same GC
conditions that will be used on the samples. A calibration curve is prepared
by plotting concentration (ug/mL) versus peak area.

7. Calculations. Benzene air concentration can be calculated from the
following equation:

mg/m(3)=(A)(B)/(C)(D) Where: A=ug/mL benzene, obtained from the calibration
curve B=desorption volume (1 mL) C=Liters of air sampled D=desorption
efficiency

The concentration in mg/m(3) can be converted to ppm (at 25 deg. and 760 mm)
with following equation:

ppm=(mg/m(3))(24.46)/(78.11) Where: 24.46=molar volume of an ideal gas 25
deg. C and 760 mm 78.11=molecular weight of benzene

8. Backup Data.

8.1 Detection limit - Air Samples. The detection limit for the
analytical procedure is 1.28 ng with a coefficient of variation of 0.023 at
this level. This would be equivalent to an air concentration of 0.04 ppm for
a 10 L air sample. This amount provided a chromatographic peak that could be
identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The detection limit
data were obtained by making 1 uL injections of a 1.283 ug/mL
standard.

8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation - Air Samples. The pooled
coefficient of variation for the analytical procedure was determined by 1
uL replicate injections of analytical standards. The standards were 16.04,
32.08, and 64.16 ug/mL, which are equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for
a 10 L air sample respectively.

8.3. Storage data - Air Samples

Samples were generated at 1.03 ppm benzene at 80 percent relative humidity,
22 deg. C, and 643 mm. All samples were taken for 50 minutes at 0.2 L/min.
Six samples were analyzed immediately and the rest of the samples were
divided into two groups by fifteen samples each. One group was stored at
refrigerated temperature of -25 deg. C, and the other group was stored at
ambient temperature (approximately 23 deg. C). These samples were analyzed
over a period of fifteen days. The results are tabulated below.
 

PERCENT RECOVERY

8.4. Desorption data. Samples were prepared by injecting liquid
benzene onto the A section of charcoal tubes. Samples were prepared that
would be equivalent to 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 ppm for a 10 L air sample.

PERCENT RECOVERY

8.5. Carbon disulfide. Carbon disulfide from a number of sources was
analyzed for benzene contamination. The results are given in the following
table. The benzene contaminate can be removed with the procedures given in
section 4.1.

II. "OSHA Laboratory Method No. 12 for Bulk Samples"
	Analyte: Benzene. Matrix: Bulk Samples. Procedure: Bulk Samples are
analyzed directly by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC).
Detection limits: 0.01 percent by volume.

1. Principle of the
method.

1.1. An aliquot of the bulk sample to be analyzed is injected into a
liquid chromatograph.

1.2. The peak area for benzene is determined and compared to areas obtained
from standards.

2. Advantages and disadvantages of the method.

2.1. The analytical
procedure is quick, sensitive, and reproducible.

2.2. Reanalysis of samples
is possible.

2.3. Interferences can be circumvented by proper selection of
HPLC parameters.

2.4. Samples must be free of any particulates that may clog the capillary
tubing in the liquid chromatograph. This may require distilling the sample or
clarifying with a clarification kit.

3. Apparatus.

3.1. Liquid chromatograph equipped with a UV detector.

3.2. HPLC Column that will separate benzene from other components in the bulk
sample being analyzed. The column used for validation studies was a Waters
uBondapack C18, 30 cm x 3.9 mm.

3.3. A clarification kit to remove any particulates in the bulk if necessary.

3.4. A micro-distillation apparatus to distill any samples if
necessary.

3.5. An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of
measuring peak areas.

3.6. Microliter syringes - 10 uL syringe and other convenient sizes for
making standards. 10 uL syringe for sample injections.

3.7. Volumetric flasks, 5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing
standards and making dilutions.

4. Reagents.

4.1. Benzene, reagent grade.

4.2. HPLC grade water,
methyl alcohol, and isopropyl alcohol.

5. Collection and shipment of samples.

5.1. Samples should be transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined
caps.

5.2. Samples should not be put in the same container used for air samples.

6. Analysis of samples.

6.1. Sample preparation. If necessary, the
samples are distilled or clarified. Samples are analyzed undiluted. If the
benzene concentration is out of the working range, suitable dilutions are
made with isopropyl alcohol.

6.2. HPLC conditions.
The typical operating conditions for the high
performance liquid chromatograph are:

1. Mobile phase - Methyl alcohol/water, 50/50 1. Analytical
wavelength - 254 nm 3. Injection size - 10 uL

6.3. Measurement of peak area
and calibration. Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable
means. The integrator is calibrated to report results percent in benzene by
volume.

7. Calculations.

Since the integrator is programmed to report results in percent benzene by
volume in an undiluted sample, the following equation is used:

Percent Benzene by Volume=A x B Where: A=percent by volume on report
B=Dilution Factor (B=1 for undiluted sample)

8. Backup Data.

8.1. Detection limit - Bulk Samples. The detection limit for the
analytical procedure for bulk samples is 0.88 ug, with a coefficient of
variation of 0.019 at this level. This amount provided a chromatographic peak
that could be identifiable in the presence of possible interferences. The
detection limit date were obtained by making 10 uL injections of a 0.10
percent by volume standard.

  8.2. Pooled coefficient of variation - Bulk Samples.
  The pooled coefficient of variation for analytical procedure was
determined by 50 uL replicate injections of analytical standards. The
standards were 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.10, 1.0, and 2.0 percent benzene by
volume.
 

AREA COUNT (PERCENT)

Appendix E to 1926.1128 - Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing Procedures

I. "Fit Test Protocols"

A. The employer shall include the following provisions in the fit test
procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit testing (QLFT) and
quantitative fit testing (QNFT).

1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable respirator
from a selection including respirators of various sizes from different
manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three sizes of
elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be tested, i.e.,
three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full facepiece; and units from at
least two manufacturers.

2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to
put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set
strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror shall be
available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning the
respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal training
on respirator use, as it is only a review.

3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to select
the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each respirator
represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used properly, will
provide adequate protection.

4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to the
face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit.

5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable mask is
donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in
assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in item 6 below. If
the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test
subject shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the
straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps.

6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following points with
the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the
comfort of the respirator:
	(a) Position of the mask on the nose. (b) Room for eye protection.
(c) Room to talk. (d) Position of mask on face and cheeks. 7. The following
criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator
fit:
	(a) Chin properly placed:
	(b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
	(c) Fit across nose bridge;
	(d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
	(e) Tendency of respirator to slip;
	(f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator
position.

8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive
pressure fit checks as described below or ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting
the negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to seat the
mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly
while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece shall be selected
and retested if the test subject fails the fit check tests.

(a) "Positive pressure test." Close off the exhalation value and exhale
gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered satisfactory if a
slight positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without any
evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. For most respirators this
method of leak testing requires the wearer to first remove the exhalation
value cover before closing off the exhalation value and then carefully
replacing it after the test.

(b) "Negative pressure test." Close off the inlet opening of the canister or
cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by replacing the
filter seal(s), inhale gently so that the facepiece collapses slightly, and
hold the breath for ten seconds. If the facepiece remains in its slightly
collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected, the tightness
of the respirator is considered satisfactory.

9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the
skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard,
or long sideburns which cross the respirator sealing surface. Any type of
apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.

10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, she
or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory disease or
pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can wear a
respirator while performing her or his duties.

11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the successfully
fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time during this
period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test subject shall be given
the opportunity to select a different facepiece and to be retested.

12. The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been
administered to the employee. The certification shall include the following
information:
	(a) Name of employee;
	(b) Type, brand and size of respirator; and
	(c) Date of test. Where QNFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart,
or other recording of the results of the test, shall be retained with the
certification. The certification shall be maintained until the next fit test
is administered.

13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the test
subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test subject's
responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of the process
shall include a description of the test exercises that the subject will be
performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn for at least 5 minutes
before the start of the fit test.

14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the test
environment, in the manner described below:

(a) Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without talking, the
subject shall breathe normally.

(b) Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall breathe
slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate.

(c) Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly
turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each
side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the subject can
inhale at each side.

(d) Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly
move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to inhale in
the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).

(e) Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as to
be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read from a prepared
text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 100, or recite a
memorized poem or song.

(f) Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning.

(g) Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/she were
to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted for this
exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT units which
prohibit bending at the waist.

(h) Normal breathing. Same as exercise 1. Each test exercise shall
be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall be
performed for 15 seconds.

The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding the
comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has become
uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.

B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols.
	1. "General."

(a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume full
responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit test program.

(b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to
prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests properly,
recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in proper working
order.

(c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and well
maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.
	2. "Isoamyl Acetate Protocol."
	(a) Odor threshold screening. The odor threshold screening test,
performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine if the
individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate.

(1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required.

(2) Odor
free water (e.g. distilled or spring water) at approximately 25 deg. C shall
be used for the solutions.

(3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known as isopentyl acetate) stock
solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free water
in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution shall be prepared
at least weekly.

(4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the room
used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated but shall
not be connected to the same recirculating ventilation system.

(5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 cc of
the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clean dropper or
pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for
two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach
equilibrium. This solution shall be used for only one day.

(6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor
free water.

(7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for jar
identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be
periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of the
test.

(8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on the
table in front of the two test jars (i.e., 1 and 2): "The purpose of this
test is to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration. The
two bottles in front of you contain water. One of these bottles also contains
a small amount of banana oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake
each bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time,
and sniff at the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which
bottle contains banana oil."

(9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be prepared in an
area separate from where the test is performed, in order to prevent olfactory
fatigue in the subject.

(10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing
the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall not be performed.

(11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor
test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection and fit
testing.
	(b) Isoamyl acetate fit test. (1) The fit test chamber shall be
similar to a clear 55-gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot
diameter frame so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches (15.24 cm)
above the test subject's head. The inside top center of the chamber shall
have a small hook attached.

(2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be equipped
with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against organic vapors. The
cartridges or masks shall be changed at least weekly.

(3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, the test
subject shall wear it to the fit testing room. This room shall be separate
from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection, and
shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent
general room contamination.

(4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which the
subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.

(5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 6-inch
by 5-inch (15.24 X 12.7 cm) piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent,
single-ply material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. The
test subject shall hand the wet towel on the hook at the top of the chamber.

(6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize before
starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate time to talk
with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the importance of his/her
cooperation, and the purpose for the head exercises; or to demonstrate some
of the exercises.

(7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana like odor
of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit from the test
chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue.

(8) If the test has failed, the subject shall return to the selection room
and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and put
on another respirator, return to the test chamber and again begin the
procedure described in (1) through (7) above. The process continues until a
respirator that fits well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be
failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes before retesting. Odor
sensitivity will usually have returned by this time.

(9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency shall be
demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the face seal and
take a breath before existing the chamber.

(10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall remove the
saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the test. To keep the
test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall be kept in a self
sealing bag so there is no significant IAA concentration build-up in the test
chamber during subsequent tests.
	3. "Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol."

The saccharin solution aerosol QLFT protocol is the only currently
available, validated test protocol for use with particulate disposable dust
respirators not equipped with high-efficiency filters. The entire screening
and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the
conduct of the screening test.
	(a) Taste threshold screening. The saccharin taste threshold
screening, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine
whether the individual being tested can detect the taste of
saccharin.

(1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subjects shall wear an
enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches (30.48
cm) in diameter by 14 inches (35.56 cm) tall with at least the front portion
clear and that allows free movements of the head when a respirator is worn.
An enclosure substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts number FT
14 and number FT 15 combined, is adequate.

(2) The test enclosure shall have a 3/4-inch (1.905 cm) hole in front of the
test subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.

(3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold
screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her wide open
mouth with tongue extended.

(4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the test
conductor shall spray the threshold check solution into the enclosure. This
nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test
solution nebulizer.

(5) The threshold check solution consists of 0.83 grams of sodium saccharin
USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of the fit test
solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled water.

(6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that it
collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand.

(7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked
whether the saccharin can be tasted.

(8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated
rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted.

(9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated
rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted.

(10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to
solicit a taste response.

(11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the test
subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.

(12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to
take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.

(13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of liquid is
used at a time in the nebulizer body.

(14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and
refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four hours.

(b) Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure.

(1) The test
subject may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew gum for 15 minutes
before the test.

(2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above.

(3)
The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator
selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be properly adjusted and
equipped with a particulate filter(s).

(4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is used to
spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be
clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer.

(5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin
to 100 cc of warm water.

(6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth with
tongue extended.

(7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure
and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number
of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening test.

(8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be instructed to
perform the exercises in section I. A. 14 above.

(9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using
one half the number of squeezes as initially.

(10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if at any time
during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.

(11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed unsatisfactory
and a different respirator shall be tried.
	4. "Irritant Fume Protocol."

(a) The respirator to be tested shall be equipped with high-efficiency
particulate air (HEPA) filters.

(b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the
irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar with its
characteristic odor.

(c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic
oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one end of
the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per
minute.

(d) Advise the test subject that the smoke can be irritating to the eyes and
instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes closed while the test is performed.

(e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the
smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/She shall begin
at least 12 inches (30.48 cm) from the facepiece and gradually move to within
one inch (2.54 cm), moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.

(f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be performed by
the test subject while the respirator seal is being challenged by the smoke.

(g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a response
shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same tube once the
respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she reacts to the smoke.
Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test.

(h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust ventilation
sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing area by the test
agent.

C. Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocol.
	1. "General."

(a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall assume full
responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit test program.

(b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are able to
calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests,
calculate fit factors properly and assure that test equipment is in proper
working order.

(c) The employer shall assure that QNFT equipment is kept clean and well
maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.
	2. "Definitions."

(a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in a test chamber. The
normal air-purifying element of the respirator is replaced by a
high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case of particulate QNFT
aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration protection equivalent
to high-efficiency filters where the QNFT test agent is a gas or vapor.

(b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into a test
chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the respirator may be
measured.

(c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for quantitative
fit testing.

(d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with arms
down along the sides and looking straight ahead.

(e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining test
agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart recordings
of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given exercise is taken to be
representative of average penetration into the respirator for that exercise.

(f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining test
agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart recorder,
integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined by an average of
the peak heights on the graph or by computer integration, for each exercise
except the grimace exercise. Integrators or computers which calculate the
actual test agent penetration into the respirator for each exercise will also
be considered to meet the requirements of the average peak penetration
method.

(g) "Fit Factor" means the ratio of challenge agent concentration outside
with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering (facepiece or
enclosure).
	3. "Apparatus."

(a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and measurement systems
using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols shall be used for
quantitatives fit testing.

(b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit all test
subjects to perform freely all required exercises without disturbing the
challenge agent concentration or the measurement apparatus. The test chamber
shall be equipped and constructed so that the challenge agent is effectively
isolated from the ambient air, yet uniform in concentration throughout the
chamber.

(c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or cartridge
element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate filter supplied
by the same manufacturer.

(d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart record
may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the challenge agent
concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors of at least
2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate the amount of test agent
penetration leakage into the respirator for each exercise may be used
provided a record of the readings is made.

(e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge agent
and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be such that the
test subject is not exposed in excess of an established exposure limit for
the challenge agent at any time during the testing process.

(f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be placed and
constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g. where the
respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at
all times and so that there is no interference with the fit or performance of
the respirator.

(g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person administering
the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber during the test.

(h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain the
concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to within a
10 percent variation for the duration of the test.

(i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the event
on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a minimum.
There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an event inside
the test chamber and its being recorded.

(j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the
respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same material.
The length of the two lines shall be equal.

(k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a
high-efficiency filter before release.

(l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity inside the
test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.

(m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into account when
determining the fit factor.

(n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and
inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, etc.
	4. "Procedural Requirements."

(a) When performing the initial positive or negative pressure test the
sampling line shall be crimped closed in order to avoid air pressure leakage
during either of these tests.

(b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume test may
be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting respirators which
passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and thus reduce the amount
of QNFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl acetate test, combination
high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be used.

(c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be measured in
the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower curtain type of test
units the determination of the challenge agent stability may be established
after the test subject has entered the test environment.

(d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the challenge
agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to ensure that
the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half mask or 1 percent
for a full facepiece respirator.

(e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the actual
start of testing.

(f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for testing.
The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance from other
persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of normal use.

(g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak penetration
exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full facepiece
respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. If two of the
three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed inadequate.

(h) In order to successfully complete a QNFT, three successful fit tests are
required. The results of each of the three independent fit tests must exceed
the minimum fit factor needed for the class of respirator (e.g. half mask
respirator, full facepiece respirator).

(i) Calculation of fit factors. (1) The fit factor shall be
determined for the quantitative fit test by taking the ratio of the average
chamber concentration to the concentration inside the respirator.

(2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average of the
test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the test.

(3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator shall be
determined by one of the following methods:

(i) Average peak concentration.

(ii) Maximum peak concentration.

(iii) Integration by calculation of the area under the individual peak for
each exercise. This includes computerized integration.

(j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by the
quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor values
calculated from the three required fit tests.

(k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or full
facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at least 10
times the hazardous exposure level is obtained.

(l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at least
weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, or when
the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. Organic vapor
cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) or sooner if there
is any indication of breakthrough by a test agent.

1926.1129  Coke oven emissions.

(a) "Scope and application." This section applies to the control of employee
exposure to coke oven emissions, except that this section shall not apply to
working conditions with regard to which other Federal agencies exercise
statutory authority to prescribe or enforce standards affecting occupational
safety and health.

(b) "Definitions." For the purpose of this section:

"Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer
whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person
entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the
purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe monitoring and measuring
procedures under paragraph (n) of this section.

"Beehive oven" means a coke oven in which the products of carbonization
other than coke are not recovered, but are released into the ambient air.

"Coke oven" means a retort in which coke is produced by the destructive
distillation or carbonization of coal.

"Coke oven battery" means a structure containing a number of slot-type coke
ovens.

"Coke oven emissions" means the benzene-soluble fraction of total
particulate matter present during the destructive distillation or
carbonization of coal for the production of coke.

"Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or his or her
designee.

"Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure which is likely to, or does, result in any massive release of coke
oven emissions.

"Existing coke oven battery" means a battery in operation or under
construction on January 20, 1977, and which is not a rehabilitated coke oven
battery.

"Rehabilitated coke oven battery" means a battery which is rebuilt,
overhauled, renovated, or restored such as from the pad up, after January 20,
1977.

"Secretary" means the Secretary of Labor, U.S. Department of Labor, or his
or her designee.

"Stage charging" means a procedure by which a predetermined volume of coal
in each larry car hopper is introduced into an oven such that no more than
two hoppers are discharging simultaneously.

"Sequential charging" means a procedure, usually automatically timed, by
which a predetermined volume of coal in each larry car hopper is introduced
into an oven such that no more than two hoppers commence or finish
discharging simultaneously although, at some point, all hoppers are
discharging simultaneously.

"Pipeline charging" means any apparatus used to introduce coal into an oven
which uses a pipe or duct permanently mounted onto an oven and through which
coal is charged.

"Green plush" means coke which when removed from the oven results in
emissions due to the presence of unvolatilized coal.

(c) "Permissible exposure limit." The employer shall assure that no employee
in the regulated area is exposed to coke oven emissions at concentrations
greater than 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air (150 ug/m(3)), averaged
over any 8-hour period.

(d) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas and
shall limit access to them to authorized persons.

(2) The employer shall establish the following as regulated areas:

(i) The coke oven battery including topside and its machinery, pushside and
its machinery, coke side and its machinery, and the battery ends; the wharf;
and the screening station;

(ii) The beehive oven and its machinery.

(e) "Exposure monitoring
and measurement" - (1) "Monitoring program." (i) Each employer who has a
place of employment where coke oven emissions are present shall monitor
employees employed in the regulated area to measure their exposure to coke
oven emissions.

(ii) The employer shall obtain measurements which are representative of each
employee's exposure to coke oven emissions over an eight-hour period. All
measurements shall determine exposure without regard to the use of
respiratory protection.

(iii) The employer shall collect fullshift (for at least seven continuous
hours) personal samples, including at least one sample during each shift for
each battery and each job classification within the regulated areas including
at least the following job classifications:
	(A) Lidman;
	(B) Tar chaser;
	(C) Larry car operator;
	(D) Luterman;
	(E) Machine operator, coke side;
	(F) Benchman, coke side;
	(G) Benchman, pusher side;
	(H) Heater;
	(I) Quenching car operator;
	(J) Pusher machine operator;
	(K) Screening station operator;
	(L) Wharfman;
	(M) Oven patchure;
	(N) Oven repairman;
	(O) Spellman; and
	(P) Maintenance personnel.

(iv) The employer shall repeat the
monitoring and measurements required by this paragraph (e)(1) at least every
three months.

(2) "Redetermination." Whenever there has been a production, process, or
control change which may result in new or additional exposure to coke oven
emissions, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect an
increase in employee exposure, the employer shall repeat the monitoring and
measurements required by paragraph (e)(1) of this section for those employees
affected by such change or increase.

(3) "Employee notification." (i) The employer shall notify each employee in
writing of the exposure measurements which represent that employee's exposure
within five working days after the receipt of the results of measurements
required by paragraphs (e)(1) and (e)(2) of this section.

(ii) Whenever such results indicate that the representative employee
exposure exceeds the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall, in such
notification, inform each employee of that fact and of the corrective action
being taken to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit.

(4) "Accuracy of measurement." The employer shall use a method of monitoring
and measurement which has an accuracy (with a confidence level of 95 percent)
of not less than plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of coke oven
emissions greater than or equal to 150 ug/m(3).

(f) "Methods of compliance." The employer shall control employee exposure to
coke oven emissions by the use of engineering controls, work practices and
respiratory protection as follows:

(1) "Priority of compliance methods" - (i) Existing coke oven batteries. (A)
The employer shall institute the engineering and work practice controls
listed in paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section in existing
coke oven batteries at the earliest possible time, but not later than January
20, 1980, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such
controls are not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for
institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement,
effective August 27, 1971, to implement feasible administrative or
engineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall
be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can
be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the
permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce
exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall
supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the
requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(B) The engineering and work practice controls required under paragraphs
(f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section are minimum requirements generally
applicable to all existing coke oven batteries. If, after implementing all
controls required by paragraphs (f)(2), (f)(3) and (f)(4) of this section, or
after January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner, employee exposures still exceed
the permissible exposure limit, employers shall implement any other
engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposure to or
below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the employer
can establish that such controls are not feasible. Whenever the engineering
and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to
reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the
employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level
achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of
respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)
of this section.

(ii) "New or rehabilitated coke oven batteries." (A) The employer shall
institute the best available engineering and work practice controls on all
new or rehabilitated coke oven batteries to reduce and maintain employee
exposures at or below the permissible exposure limit, except to the extent
that the employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Wherever
the engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not
sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure
limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the
lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the
use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of
paragraph (g) of this section.

(B) If, after implementing all the engineering and work practice controls
required by paragraph (f)(1)(ii)(A) of this section, employee exposures still
exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall implement any other
engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposure to or
below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the employer
can establish that such controls are not feasible. Wherever the engineering
and work practice controls which can be instituted are not sufficient to
reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure limit, the
employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the lowest level
achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the use of
respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of paragraph (g)
of this section.

(iii) "Beehive ovens." (A) The employer shall institute engineering and work
practice controls on all beehive ovens at the earliest possible time to
reduce and maintain employee exposures at or below the permissible exposure
limit, except to the extent that the employer can establish that such
controls are not feasible. In determining the earliest possible time for
institution of engineering and work practice controls, the requirement,
effective August 27, 1971, to implement feasible administrative or
engineering controls to reduce exposures to coal tar pitch volatiles, shall
be considered. Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can
be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the
permissible exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce
exposures to the lowest level achievable by these controls and shall
supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the
requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(B) If, after implementing all engineering and work practice controls
required by paragraph (f)(1)(iii)(A) of this section, employee exposures
still exceed the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall implement any
other engineering and work practice controls necessary to reduce exposures to
or below the permissible exposure limit except to the extent that the
employer can establish that such controls are not feasible. Whenever the
engineering and work practice controls which can be instituted are not
sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible exposure
limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures to the
lowest level achievable by these controls and shall supplement them by the
use of respiratory protection which complies with the requirements of
paragraph (g) of this section.

(2) "Engineering controls" - (i) "Charging." The employer shall equip and
operate existing coke oven batteries with all of the following engineering
controls to control coke oven emissions during charging operations:
	(A) One of the following methods of charging:

{1} Stage charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B) of this section;
or {2} Sequential charging as described in paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B) of this
section except that paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B)(3)(iv) of this section does not
apply to sequential charging; or {3} Pipeline charging or other forms of
enclosed charging in accordance with paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section,
except that paragraphs (f)(2)(i)(B), (D), (E), (F) and (H) of this section do
not apply;

(B) Drafting from two or more points in the oven being charged, through the
use of double collector mains, or a fixed or moveable jumper pipe system to
another oven, to effectively remove the gases from the oven to the collector
mains;

(C) Aspiration systems designed and operated to provide sufficient negative
pressure and flow volume to effectively move the gases evolved during
charging into the collector mains, including sufficient steam pressure, and
steam jets of sufficient diameter;

(D) Mechanical volumetric controls on each larry car hopper to provide the
proper amount of coal to be charged through each charging hole so that the
tunnel head will be sufficient to permit the gases to move from the oven into
the collector mains;

(E) Devices to facilitate the rapid and continuous flow of coal into the
oven being charged, such as stainless steel liners, coal vibrators or
pneumatic shells;

(F) Individually operated larry car drop sleeves and slide gates designed
and maintained so that the gases are effectively removed from the oven into
the collector mains;

(G) Mechanized gooseneck and standpipe cleaners;

(H) Air seals on the pusher machine leveler bars to control air infiltration
during charging; and

(I) Roof carbon cutters or a compressed air system or both on the pusher
machine rams to remove roof carbon.

(ii) "Coking." The employer shall equip and operate existing coke oven
batteries with all of the following engineering controls to control coke oven
emissions during coking operations;

(A) A pressure control system on each battery to obtain uniform collector
main pressure;

(B) Ready access to door repair facilities capable of prompt and efficient
repair of doors, door sealing edges and all door parts;

(C) An adequate number of spare doors available for replacement purposes;

(D) Chuck door gaskets to control chuck door emissions until such door is
repaired, or replaced; and

(E) Heat shields on door machines.

(3) "Work practice controls" -
(i) "Charging." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries with
all of the following work practices to control coke oven emissions during the
charging operation:

(A) Establishment and implementation of a detailed, written inspection and
cleaning procedure for each battery consisting of at least the following
elements:

{1} Prompt and effective repair or replacement of all engineering controls;

{2} Inspection and cleaning of goosenecks and standpipes prior to each
charge to a specified minimum diameter sufficient to effectively move the
evolved gases from the oven to the collector mains;

{3} Inspection for roof carbon build-up prior to each charge and removal of
roof carbon as necessary to provide an adequate gas channel so that the gases
are effectively moved from the oven into the collector mains;

{4} Inspection of the steam aspiration system prior to each charge so that
sufficient pressure and volume is maintained to effectively move the gases
from the oven to the collector mains;

{5} Inspection of steam nozzles and liquor sprays prior to each charge and
cleaning as necessary so that the steam nozzles and liquor sprays are clean;

{6} Inspection of standpipe caps prior to each charge and cleaning and
luting or both as necessary so that the gases are effectively moved from the
oven to the collector mains; and

{7} Inspection of charging holes and lids for cracks, warpage and other
defects prior to each charge and removal of carbon to prevent emissions, and
application of luting material to standpipe and charging hole lids where
necessary to obtain a proper seal.

(B) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging
procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging for
each battery, consisting of at least the following elements:

{1} Larry car hoppers filled with coal to a predetermined level in
accordance with the mechanical volumetric controls required under paragraph
(f)(2)(i)(D) of this section so as to maintain a sufficient gas passage in
the oven to be charged;

{2} The larry car aligned over the oven to be charged, so that the drop
sleeves fit tightly over the charging holes; and

{3} The oven charged in accordance with the following sequence of
requirements:

[i] The aspiration system turned on;

[ii] Coal charged through the outermost hoppers, either individually or
together depending on the capacity of the aspiration system to collect the
gases involved;

[iii] The charging holes used under paragraph (f)(3)(i)(B)(3)(ii) of this
section relidded or otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven
emissions;

[iv] If four hoppers are used, the third hopper discharged and relidded or
otherwise sealed off to prevent leakage of coke oven emissions;

[v] The final hopper discharged until the gas channel at the top of the oven
is blocked and then the chuck door opened and the coal leveled;

[vi] When the coal from the final hopper is discharged and the leveling
operation complete, the charging hole relidded or otherwise sealed off to
prevent leakage of coke oven emissions; and

[vii] The aspiration system turned off only after the charging holes have
been closed.

(C) Establishment and implementation of a detailed written charging
procedure, designed and operated to eliminate emissions during charging of
each pipeline or enclosed charged battery.

(ii) "Coking." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries
pursuant to a detailed written procedure established and implemented for the
control of coke oven emissions during coking, consisting of at least the
following elements:

(A) Checking oven back pressure controls to maintain uniform pressure
conditions in the collecting main;

(B) Repair, replacement and adjustment of oven doors and chuck doors and
replacement of door jambs so as to provide a continuous metal-to-metal fit;

(C) Cleaning of oven doors, chuck doors and door jambs each coking cycle so
as to provide an effective seal;

(D) An inspection system and corrective action program to control door
emissions to the maximum extent possible; and

(E) Luting of doors that are sealed by luting each coking cycle and
reluting, replacing or adjusting as necessary to control leakage.

(iii) "Pushing." The employer shall operate existing coke oven batteries
with the following work practices to control coke oven emissions during
pushing operations:

(A) Coke and coal spillage quenched as soon as practicable and not shoveled
into a heated oven; and

(B) A detailed written procedure for each battery established and
implemented for the control of emissions during pushing consisting of the
following elements:

{1} Dampering off the ovens and removal of charging hole lids to effectively
control coke oven emissions during the push;

{2} Heating of the coal charge uniformly for a sufficient period so as to
obtain proper coking including preventing green pushes;

{3} Prevention of green pushes to the maximum extent possible;

{4} Inspection, adjustment and correction of heating flue temperatures and
defective flues at least weekly and after any green push, so as to prevent
green pushes;

{5} Cleaning of heating flues and related equipment to prevent green pushes,
at least weekly and after any green push.

(iv) "Maintenance and repair." The employer shall operate existing coke oven
batteries pursuant to a detailed written procedure of maintenance and repair
established and implemented for the effective control of coke oven emissions
consisting of the following elements:

(A) Regular inspection of all controls, including goosenecks, standpipes,
standpipe caps, charging hold lids and castings, jumper pipes and air seals
for cracks, misalignment or other defects and prompt implementation of the
necessary repairs as soon as possible;

(B) Maintaining the regulated area in a neat, orderly condition free of coal
and coke spillage and debris;

(C) Regular inspection of the damper system, aspiration system and collector
main for cracks or leakage, and prompt implementation of the necessary
repairs;

(D) Regular inspection of the heating system and prompt implementation of
the necessary repairs;

(E) Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions;

(F) Regular inspection and patching of oven brickwork;

(G) Maintenance of battery equipment and controls in good working order;

(H) Maintenance and repair of coke oven doors, chuck doors, door jambs and
seals; and

(I) Repairs instituted and completed as soon as possible, including
temporary repair measures instituted and completed where necessary, including
but not limited to:

{1} Prevention of miscellaneous fugitive topside emissions; and

{2} Chuck door gaskets, which shall be installed prior to the start of the
next coking cycle.

(4) "Filtered air." (i) The employer shall provided positive-pressure,
temperature controlled filtered air for larry car, pusher machine, door
machine, and quench car cabs.

(ii) The employer shall provide standby pulpits on the battery topside, at
the wharf, and at their screening station, equipped with positive-pressure,
temperature controlled filtered air.

(5) "Emergencies." Whenever an emergency occurs, the next coking cycle may
not begin until the cause of the emergency is determined and corrected,
unless the employer can establish that it is necessary to initiate the next
coking cycle in order to determine the cause of the emergency.

(6) "Compliance program." (i) Each employer shall establish and implement a
written program to reduce exposures solely by means of the engineering and
work practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include at least the following:

(A) A description of each coke oven operation by battery, including work
force and operating crew, coking time, operating procedures and maintenance
practices;

(B) Engineering plans and other studies used to determine the controls for
the coke battery;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible
exposure limit;

(D) Monitoring data obtained in accordance with paragraph (e) of this
section;

(E) A detailed schedule for the implementation of the engineering and work
practice controls required in paragraph (f) of this section; and

(F) Other relevant information. (iii) If, after implementing all
controls required by paragraph (f)(2) -
(f)(4) of this section, or after January 20, 1980, whichever is sooner, or
after completion of a new or rehabilitated battery the permissible exposure
limit is still exceeded, the employer shall develop a detailed written
program and schedule for the implementation of any additional engineering
controls and work practices necessary to reduce exposure to or below the
permissible exposure limit.

(iv) Written plans for such programs shall be submitted, upon request, to
the Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for
examination and copying by the Secretary, the Director, and the authorized
employee representative. The plans required under paragraph (f)(6) of this
section shall be revised and updated at least every six months to reflect the
current status of the program.

(7) "Training in compliance procedures." The employer shall incorporate all
written procedures and schedules required under this paragraph (f) in the
information and training program required under paragraph (k) of this section
and, where appropriate, post in the regulated area.

(g) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." (i) Where respiratory
protection is required under this section, the employer shall provide and
assure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements of this
paragraph (g). Compliance with the permissible exposure limit may not be
achieved by the use of respirators except:

(A) During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible
engineering and work practice controls; or (B) In work operations such as
maintenance and repair activity in which engineering and work practice
controls are technologically not feasible; or (C) In work situations where
feasible engineering and work practice controls are not yet sufficient to
reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit; or (D) In
emergencies. (ii) Notwithstanding any other requirement of this section,
until January 20, 1978, the wearing of respirators shall be at the discretion
of each employee where the employee is not in the vicinity of visible
emissions.

(2) "Selection." (i) Where respirators are required under this section, the
employer shall select, provide and assure the use of the appropriate
respirator or combination of respirators from Table I below.
 
TABLE I. - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR COKE OVEN EMISSIONS

(ii) Not later than January 20, 1978, whenever respirators are required by
this section for concentrations not greater than 1500 ug/m(3), the employer
shall provide, at the option of each affected employee, either a particulate
filter respirator as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(B) of this section, or a
powered air-purifying respirator as provided in paragraph (g)(2)(i)(A) of
this section.

(iii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for
protection against dust and mist by the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11, except that
not later than January 20, 1979, the employer shall select respirators from
among those approved by NIOSH for protection against coke oven emissions.

(3) "Respirator program." The employer shall institute a respiratory
protection program in accordance with 1926.103 of this part.

(4) "Respirator usage." (i) The employer shall assure that the respirator
issued to the employee exhibits minimum facepiece leakage and that the
respirator is fitted properly.

(ii) The employer shall allow each employee who uses a filter respirator to
change the filter elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is
detected and shall maintain an adequate supply of filter elements for this
purpose.

(iii) The employer shall allow employees who wear respirators to wash their
face and respirator facepiece to prevent skin irritation associated with
respirator use.

(h) "Protective clothing and equipment" - (1) "Provision and use." The
employer shall provide and assure the use of appropriate protective clothing
and equipment, such as but not limited to:
	{i} Flame resistant jacket and pants;
	{ii} Flame resistant gloves;
	{iii} Face shields or vented goggles which comply with 1926.102(a)(6) of
this part;
	{iv} Footwear providing insulation from hot surfaces for footwear;
	{v} Safety shoes which comply with 1926.96 of this title; and
	{vi} Protective helmets which comply with 1926.100 of this part.

(2)
"Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall provide the protective
clothing required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section in a
clean and dry condition at least weekly.

(ii) The employer shall clean, launder, or dispose of protective clothing
required by paragraphs (h)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall repair or replace the protective clothing and
equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at
the completion of a work shift only in change rooms prescribed in paragraph
(i)(1) of this section.

(v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing which is
to be cleaned, laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closable container
in the change room.

(vi) The employer shall inform any person who cleans or launders protective
clothing required by this section, of the potentially harmful effects of
exposure to coke oven emissions.

(i) "Hygiene facilities and practices" - (1) "Change rooms." The employer
shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street
clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment
whenever employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in
accordance with paragraph (h)(1) of this section.

(2) "Showers." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the
regulated area shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with
1926.51(f)(4) of this part.

(3) "Lunchrooms." The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities which have
a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which
are readily accessible to employees working in the regulated area.

(4) "Lavatories." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in
the regulated area wash their hands and face prior to eating.

(ii) The employer shall provide lavatory facilities in accordance with
1926.51(f) (2) and (3) of this part.

(5) "Prohibition of activities in the regulated area." (i) The employer
shall assure that in the regulated area, food or beverages are not present or
consumed, smoking products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not
applied, except that these activities may be conducted in the lunchrooms,
change rooms and showers required under paragraphs (i)(1) - (i)(3) of this
section.
	(ii) Drinking water may be consumed in the regulated area. (j)
"Medical surveillance" - (1) "General requirements." (i) Each employer shall
institute a medical surveillance program for all employees who are employed
in a regulated area at least 30 days per year.

(ii) This program shall provide each employee covered under paragraph
(j)(1)(i) of this section with an opportunity for medical examinations in
accordance with this paragraph (j).

(iii) The employer shall inform any employee who refuses any required
medical examination of the possible health consequences of such refusal and
shall obtain a signed statement from the employee indicating that the
employee understands the risk involved in the refusal to be examined.

(iv) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures
are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and are
provided without cost to the employee.

(2) "Initial examinations." At the time of initial assignment to a regulated
area or upon the institution of the medical surveillance program, the
employer shall provide a medical examination for employees covered under
paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section including at least the following
elements:

(i) A work history and medical history which shall include smoking history
and the presence and degree of respiratory symptoms, such as breathlessness,
cough, sputum production, and wheezing;

(ii) A 14" x 17" (35.56 - 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest x-ray and
International Labour Office UICC/Cincinnati (ILO U/C) rating;

(iii) Pulmonary function tests including forced vital capacity (FVC) and
forced expiratory volume at one second (FEV 1.0) with recording of type of
equipment used;

(iv) Weight;

(v) A skin examination;

(vi) Urinalysis for sugar, albumin, and hematuria;

(vii) A sputum cytology examination; and

(viii) A urinary cytology examination.

(3) "Periodic examinations."
(i) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs
(j)(2) (i) - (vi) of this section at least annually for employees covered
under paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall provide the examinations specified in paragraphs
(j)(2) (i) - (viii) of this section at least semi-annually for employees 45
years of age or older or with five (5) or more years employment in the
regulated area.

(iii) Whenever an employee who is 45 years of age or older or with five (5)
or more years employment in the regulated area transfers or is transferred
from employment in a regulated area, the employer shall continue to provide
the examinations specified in paragraphs (j)(2) (i) - (viii) of this section
semi-annually, as long as that employee is employed by the same employer or a
successor employer.

(iv) Whenever an employee has not taken the examinations specified in
paragraphs (j)(3) (i) - (iii) of this section with the six (6) months
preceding the termination of employment the employer shall provide such
examinations to the employee upon termination of employment.

(4) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this regulation and its Appendixes;

(ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the
employee's exposure;

(iii) The employee's exposure level or estimated exposure level;

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;
and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee
which is not readily available to the examining physician.

(5) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written
opinion from the examining physician which shall include:

(A) The results of the medical examinations;

(B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected
medical conditions which would place the employee at increased risk of
material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to coke oven
emissions;

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to coke oven
emissions or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as
respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the
results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require
further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written
opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the
affected employee.

(k) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) The
employer shall institute a training program for employees who are employed in
the regulated area and shall assure their participation.

(ii) The training program shall be provided as of January 27, 1977 for
employees who are employed in the regulated area at that time or at the time
of initial assignment to a regulated area.

(iii) The training program shall be provided at least annually for all
employees who are employed in the regulated area, except that training
regarding the occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure
to coke oven emissions and the purpose, proper use, and limitations of
respiratory protective devices shall be provided at least quarterly until
January 20, 1978.
	(iv) The training program shall include informing each employee of:

(A) The information contained in the substance information sheet for coke
oven emissions (Appendix A);

(B) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respiratory protective
devices required in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section;

(C) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance program
required by paragraph (j) of this section including information on the
occupational safety and health hazards associated with exposure to coke oven
emissions;

(D) A review of all written procedures and schedules required under
paragraph (f) of this section; and
	(E) A review of this standard. (2) "Access to training materials."
(i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendixes
readily available to all employees who are employed in the regulated
area.

(ii) The employer shall provide upon request all materials relating to the
employee information and training program to the Secretary and the Director.

(l) "Precautionary signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may
use labels or signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in
addition to, or in combination with, signs and labels required by this
paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign
required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the effects of
the required sign.

(iii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are
illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(2) "Signs."(i) The employer shall post signs in the regulated area bearing
the legends:

DANGER

CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

NO SMOKING OR EATING

(ii) In addition, not later than January 20, 1978, the employer shall post
signs in the areas where the permissible exposure limit is exceeded bearing
the legend:

DANGER

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(3) "Labels." The employer shall apply precautionary labels to all
containers of protective clothing contaminated with coke oven emissions
bearing the legend:

CAUTION

CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH COKE EMISSIONS

DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING

(m) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure measurements." The employer shall
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to
monitor employee exposure to coke oven emissions required in paragraph (e) of
this section.
	(i) This record shall include:

(A) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employees
monitored;

(B) The date(s), number, duration and results of each of the samples taken,
including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine
representative employee exposure where applicable;
	(C) The type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any;

(D) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and evidence
of their accuracy; and

(E) The environmental variables that could affect the measurement of
employee exposure.

(ii) The employer shall maintain this record for at lest 40 years or for the
duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(2) "Medical surveillance." The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required
by paragraph (j) of this section.
	(i) The record shall include:

(A) The name, social security number, and description of duties of the
employee;
	(B) A copy of the physician's written opinion;

(C) The signed statement of any refusal to take a medical examination under
paragraph (j)(1)(ii) of this section; and

(D) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to coke oven
emissions.

(ii) The employer shall keep, or assure that the examining physician keeps,
the following medical records:

(A) A copy of the medical examination results including medical and work
history required under paragraph (j)(2) of this section;

(B) A description of the laboratory procedures used and a copy of any
standards or guidelines used to interpret the test results;
	(C) The initial x-ray;
	(D) The x-rays for the most recent five (5) years;
	(E) Any x-ray with a demonstrated abnormality and all subsequent x-rays;
	(F) The initial cytologic examination slide and written description;

(G) The cytologic examination slide and written description for the most
recent 10 years; and

(H) Any cytologic examination slides with demonstrated atypia, if such
atypia persists for 3 years, and all subsequent slides and written
descriptions.

(iii) The employer shall maintain medical records required under paragraph
(m)(2) of this section for at least 40 years, or for the duration of
employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall make available upon request all
records required to be maintained by paragraph (m) of this section to the
Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure measurement records and employee medical records
required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees,
designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29
CFR 1926.34 (a) - (e) and (g) - (i).

(4) "Transfer of records." (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business,
the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be
maintained by paragraph (m) of this section.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, these
records shall be transmitted by registered mail to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to
be maintained under paragraphs (m)(1) and (m)(2) of this section, the
employer shall transmit these records by registered mail to the Director or
shall continue to retain such records.

(iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.34(h).

(n) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer
shall provide affected employees or their representatives an opportunity to
observe any measuring or monitoring of employee exposure to coke oven
emissions conducted pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or
monitoring of employee exposure to coke oven emissions requires entry into an
area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the
employer shall provide the observer with and assure the use of such equipment
and shall require the observer to comply with all other applicable safety and
health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the measurement, observers shall be entitled
to:
	(A) An Explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the measurement of coke oven emissions
performed at the place of exposure; and
	(C) Record the results obtained. (o) "Effective date." This standard
shall become effective January 20, 1977.

(p) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendixes to this
section is not intended, by itself, to create any additional obligations not
otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing obligation.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0128)

Appendix A to 1926.1129 - Coke Oven Emissions Substance Information Sheet

I. "Substance Identification"
	A. "Substance:" Coke Oven Emissions B. "Definition:" The
benzene-soluble fraction of total particulate matter present during the
destructive distillation or carbonization of coal for the production of
coke.

C. "Permissible Exposure Limit:" 150 micrograms per cubic meter of air
determined as an average over an 8-hour period.

D. "Regulated areas:" Only employees authorized by your employer should
enter a regulated area. The employer is required to designate the following
areas as regulated areas: the coke oven battery, including topside and its
machinery, pushside and its machinery, cokeside and its machinery, and the
battery ends; the screening station; and the wharf; and the beehive ovens and
their machinery.

II. "Health hazard data"

Exposure to coke oven emissions is a cause of lung cancer, and kidney
cancer, in humans. Although there have not been an excess number of skin
cancer cases in humans, repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions should
be avoided.

III. "Protective clothing and equipment"

A. "Respirators:" Respirators will be provided by your employer for routine
use if your employer is in the process of implementing engineering and work
practice controls or where engineering and work practice controls are not
feasible or insufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PEL. You must
wear respirators for non-routine activities or in emergency situations where
you are likely to be exposed to levels of coke oven emissions in excess of
the permissible exposure limit. Until January 20, 1978, the routine wearing
of respirators is voluntary. Until that date, if you choose not to wear a
respirator you do not have to do so. You must still have your respirator with
you and you must still wear it if you are near visible emissions. Since how
well your respirator fits your face is very important, your employer is
required to conduct fit tests to make sure the respirator seals properly when
you wear it. These tests are simple and rapid and will be explained to you
during your training sessions.

B. "Protective clothing:" Your employer is required to provide, and you must
wear, appropriate, clean, protective clothing and equipment to protect your
body from repeated skin contact with coke oven emissions and from the heat
generated during the coking process. This clothing should include such items
as jacket and pants and flame resistant gloves. Protective equipment should
include face shield or vented goggles, protective helmets and safety shoes,
insulated from hot surfaces where appropriate.

IV. "Hygiene facilities and practices"

You must not eat, drink, smoke, chew gum or tobacco, or apply cosmetics in
the regulated area, except that drinking water is permitted. Your employer is
required to provide lunchrooms and other areas for these purposes.

Your employer is required to provide showers, washing facilities, and change
rooms. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your face, and hands
before eating. You must shower at the end of the work shift. Do not take used
protective clothing out of the change rooms without your employer's
permission. Your employer is required to provide for laundering or cleaning
of your protective clothing.

V. "Signs and labels"

Your employer is required to post warning signs and labels for your
protection. Signs must be posted in regulated areas. The signs must warn that
a cancer hazard is present, that only authorized employees may enter the
area, and that no smoking or eating is allowed. In regulated areas where coke
oven emissions are above the permissible exposure limit, the signs should
also warn that respirators must be worn.

VI. "Medical examinations"

If you work in a regulated area at least 30 days per year, your employer is
required to provide you with a medical examination every year. The medical
examination must include a medical history, a chest x-ray; pulmonary function
test; weight comparison; skin examination; a urinalysis and a urine and
sputum cytology exam for the early detection of urinary or lung cancer. The
cytology exams are only included in the initial exam until you are either 45
years or older or have 5 or more years employment in the regulated areas when
the medical exams including these tests are to be given every sixth months.
The examining physician will provide a written opinion to your employer
containing the results of the medical exams. You should also receive a copy
of this opinion.

VII. "Observation of monitoring"

Your employer is required to monitor your exposure to coke oven emissions
and you are entitled to observe the monitoring procedure. You are entitled to
receive an explanation of the measurement procedure, observe the steps taken
in the measurement procedure, and to record the results obtained. When the
monitoring procedure is taking place in an area where respirators or personal
protective clothing and equipment are required to be worn, you must also be
provided with and must wear the protective clothing and equipment.

VIII. "Access to records"

You or your representative are entitled to records of your exposure to coke
oven emissions upon request to your employer. Your medical examination
records can be furnished to your physician upon request to your employer.

IX. "Training and education"

Additional information on all of these items plus training as to hazards of
coke oven emissions and the engineering and work practice controls associated
with your job will also be provided by your employer.

Appendix B to 1926.1129 - Industrial Hygiene and Medical Surveillance
Guidelines

I. "Industrial Hygiene guidelines"
	A. "Sampling" (Benzene-Soluble Fraction Total Particulate Matter).
Samples collected should be full shift (at least 7-hour) samples.

Sampling should be done using a personal sampling pump with pulsation damper
at a flow rate of 2 liters per minute. Samples should be collected on 0.8
micrometer pore size silver membrane filters (37 mm diameter) preceded by
Gelman glass fiber type A-E filters encased in three-piece plastic
(polystyrene) field monitor cassettes. The cassette face cap should be on and
the plug removed. The rotameter should be checked every hour to ensure that
proper flow rates are maintained.

A minimum of three full-shift samples should be collected for each job
classification on each battery, at least one from each shift. If disparate
results are obtained for particular job classification, sampling should be
repeated. It is advisable to sample each shift on more than one day to
account for environmental variables (wind, precipitation, etc.) which may
affect sampling. Differences in exposures among different work shifts may
indicate a need to improve work practices on a particular shift. Sampling
results from different shifts for each job classification should not be
averaged. Multiple samples from same shift on each battery may be used to
calculate an average exposure for a particular job classification.
	B. "Analysis."

1. All extraction glassware is cleaned with dichromic acid cleaning
solution, rinsed with tap water, then dionized water, acetone, and allowed to
dry completely. The glassware is rinsed with nanograde benzene before use.
The Teflon cups are cleaned with benzene then with acetone.

2. Pre-weigh the 2 ml Teflon cups to one hundredth of a milligram (0.01 mg)
on a autobalance AD 2 Tare weight of the cups is about 50 mg.

3. Place the silver membrane filter and glass fiber filter into a 15 ml test
tube.

4. Extract with 5 ml of benzene for five minutes in an ultrasonic cleaner.
	5. Filter the extract in 15 ml medium glass fritted funnels. 6.
Rinse test tube and filters with two 1.5 ml aliquots of benzene and filter
through the fritted glass funnel.

7. Collect the extract and two rinses in a 10 ml Kontes graduated
evaporative concentrator.
	8. Evaporate down to 1 ml while rinsing the sides with benzene. 9.
Pipet 0.5 ml into the Teflon cup and evaporate to dryness in a vacuum oven at
40 deg. C for 3 hours.

10. Weigh the Teflon cup and the weight gain is due to the benzene soluble
residue in half the Sample.

II. "Medical surveillance guidelines"
	A. "General."

The minimum requirements for the medical examination for coke oven workers
are given in paragraph (j) of the standard.

The initial examination is to be provided to all coke oven workers who work
at least 30 days in the regulated area. The examination includes at 14" X 17"
(35.56 - 43.18 cm) posterior-anterior chest x-ray and a ILO/UC rating to
assure some standardization of x-ray reading, pulmonary function tests (FVC
and FEV 1.0), weight, urinalysis, skin examination and a sputum and urinary
cytologic examination. These tests need serve as the baseline for comparing
the employee's future test results. Periodic exams include all the elements
of the initial exams except that the cytologic tests are to be performed only
on those employees who are 45 years of age or older or who have worked for 5
or more years in the regulated area; periodic exams are to be performed
semiannually for this group instead of annually. The examination contents are
minimum requirements, additional tests such as lateral and oblique x-rays or
additional pulmonary function tests may be performed if deemed necessary.
	B. "Pulmonary function tests."

Pulmonary function tests should be performed in a manner which minimizes
subject and operator bias. There has been shown to be learning effects with
regard to the results obtained from certain tests, such as FEV 1.0. Best
results can be obtained by multiple trials for each subject. The best of
three trials or the average of the last three of five trials may be used in
obtaining reliable results. The type of equipment used (manufacturer, model,
etc.) should be recorded with the results as reliability and accuracy varies
and such information may be important in the evaluation of test results. Care
should be exercised to obtain the best possible testing equipment.
	C. "Sputum cytology."

Sputum can be collected by aerosol inhalation during the medical exam or by
spontaneous early morning cough at home. Sputum is induced by transoral
inhalation of an aerosolized solution of eight percent (8 percent) sodium
chloride in water. After inhaling as few as three to five breaths the subject
usually yields an adequate sputum specimen. A minimum of three samples should
be collected by the subject at home. All sputum should be collected directly
into sixty percent (60 percent) alcohol.

Scientific evidence suggests that chest x-rays and sputum cytology should be
used together as screening tests for lung cancer in high risk populations,
such as coke oven workers. The tests are to be performed every six months on
workers who are 45 years of age or older or have worked in the regulated area
for 5 or more years. Since the tests seem to be complementary, it may be
advantageous to alternate the test procedures. For instance, chest x-rays
could be obtained in June and December and sputum cytologys could be obtained
in March and September. Facilities for providing necessary diagnostic
investigation should be readily available as well as chest physicians,
surgeons, radiologists, pathologists and immunotherapists to provide any
necessary treatment services.

1926.1144 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to occupational
exposure to 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane (DBCP).
	(2) This section does not apply to:

(i) Exposure to DBCP which results solely from the application and use of
DBCP as a pesticide; or (ii) The storage, transportation, distribution or
sale of DBCP in intact containers sealed in such a manner as to prevent
exposure to DBCP vapors or liquid, except for the requirements of paragraphs
(i), (n) and (o) of this section.

(b) "Definitions." "Authorized person" means any person required by his
duties to be present in regulated areas and authorized to do so by his
employer, by this section, or by the Act. Authorized person also includes any
person entering such areas as a designated representative of employees
exercising an opportunity to observe employee exposure monitoring.

"DBCP" means 1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane, Chemical Abstracts Service
Registry Number 96-12-8, and includes all forms of DBCP.

"Director" means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

"Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to equipment
failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which may, or
does, result in an unexpected release of DBCP.

"OSHA Area Office" means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where the
affected workplace is located.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

(c) "Permissible exposure limit" - (1) "Inhalation." The employer shall
assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of DBCP in
excess of 1 part DBCP per billion parts of air (ppb) as an 8-hour
time-weighted average.

(2) "Dermal and eye exposure." The employer shall assure that no employee is
exposed to eye or skin contact with DBCP.

(d) "Notification of use." Within ten (10) days following the introduction
of DBCP into the workplace, every employer who has a workplace where DBCP is
present, shall report the following information to the nearest OSHA Area
Office for each such workplace;
	(1) The address and location of the workplace:

(2) A brief description of each process or operation which may result in
employee exposure to DBCP;

(3) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation who may be
exposed to DBCP and an estimate of the frequency and degree of exposure that
occurs; and

(4) A brief description of the employer's safety and health program as it
relates to limitation of employee exposure to DBCP.

(e) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish, within each place
of employment, regulated areas wherever DBCP concentrations are in excess of
the permissible exposure limit.

(2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons.

(f) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of airborne
exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of
each employee's exposure to DBCP over an 8-hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this paragraph, employee exposure is that exposure
which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(2) "Initial." Each employer who has a place of employment in which DBCP is
present, shall monitor each workplace and work operation to accurately
determine the airborne concentrations of DBCP to which employees may be
exposed.

(3) "Frequency." (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals
employee exposures to be below the permissible exposure limit, the employer
shall repeat these measurements at least quarterly.

(ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposures
to be in excess of the permissible exposure limit, the employer shall repeat
these measurements for each such employee at least monthly. The employer
shall continue monthly monitoring until at least two consecutive
measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the permissible
exposure limit. Thereafter the employer shall monitor at least quarterly.

(4) "Additional." Whenever there has been a production, process, control, or
personnel change which may result in any new or additional exposure to DBCP,
or whenever the employer has any reason to suspect new or additional
exposures to DBCP, the employer shall monitor the employees potentially
affected by such change for the purpose of redetermining their exposure.

(5) "Employee notification." (i) Within five (5) working days after the
receipt of monitoring results, the employer shall notify each employee in
writing of the measurements which represent the employee's exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate that employee exposure exceeds the
permissible exposure limit, the employer shall include in the written notice
a statement that the permissible exposure limit was exceeded and a
description of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to or
below the permissible exposure limit.

(6) "Accuracy of measurement." The employer shall use a method of
measurement which has an accuracy, to a confidence level of 95 percent, of
not less than plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of DBCP at or above
the permissible exposure limit.

(g) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Priority of compliance methods." The
employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce and
maintain employee exposures to DBCP at or below the permissible exposure
limit, except to the extent that the employer establishes that such controls
are not feasible. Where feasible engineering and work practice controls are
not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to within the permissible
exposure limit, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce exposures
to the lowest level achievable by these controls, and shall supplement them
by use of respiratory protection.

(2) "Compliance program." (i) The employer shall establish and implement a
written program to reduce employee exposures to DBCP to or below the
permissible exposure limit solely by means of engineering and work practice
controls as required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(ii) The written program shall include a detailed schedule for development
and implementation of the engineering and work practice controls. These plans
shall be revised at least every six months to reflect the current status of
the program.

(iii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall be submitted upon
request to the Assistant Secretary and the Director, and shall be available
at the worksite for examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the
Director, and any affected employee or designated representative of
employees.

(iv) The employer shall institute and maintain at least the controls
described in his most recent written compliance program.

(h) "Respirators" - (1) "General." Where respiratory protection is required
under this section, the employer shall select, provide and assure the proper
use of respirators. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

{i} During the period necessary to install or implement feasible engineering
and work practice controls; or {ii} During maintenance and repair activities
in which engineering and work practice controls are not feasible; or {iii} In
work situations where feasible engineering and work practice controls are not
yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit;
or {iv} In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." {i} Where respirators are
required under this section, the employer shall select and provide, at no
cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator from Table 1 below and shall
assure that the employee uses the respirator provided.

{ii} The employer shall select respirators from among those approved by the
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the
provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.

TABLE 1 - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR DBCP

(3) "Respirator program." {i} The employer shall institute a respiratory
protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (e), (g), (h), and (i).

{ii} Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to wash their faces and
respirator facepieces as needed to prevent potential skin irritation
associated with respirator use.

(i) "Emergency situations" - (1) "Written plans." (i) A written plan for
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace in which DBCP is
present.

(ii) Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event of
an emergency.

(2) Employees engaged in correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped
as required in paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section until the emergency is
abated.

(3) "Evacuation." Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be
removed and restricted from the area and normal operations in the affected
area shall not be resumed until the emergency is abated.

(4) "Alerting employees." Where there is a possibility of employee exposure
to DBCP due to the occurrence of an emergency, a general alarm shall be
installed and maintained to promptly alert employees of such occurrences.

(5) "Medical surveillance." For any employee exposed to DBCP in an emergency
situation, the employer shall provide medical surveillance in accordance with
paragraph (m)(6) of this section.

(6) "Exposure monitoring." (i) Following an emergency, the employer shall
conduct monitoring which complies with paragraph (f) of this section.

(ii) In workplaces not normally subject to periodic monitoring, the employer
may terminate monitoring when two consecutive measurements indicate exposures
below the permissible exposure limit.
	(j) "Protective clothing and equipments" - (1) "Provision and use."

Where there is any possibility of eye or dermal contact with liquid or solid
DBCP, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, and assure that
the employee wears impermeable protective clothing and equipment to protect
the area of the body which may come in contact with DBCP. Eye and face
protection shall meet the requirements of 1926.102 of this part.

(2) "Removal and storage." (i) The employer shall assure that employees
remove DBCP contaminated work clothing only in change rooms provided in
accordance with paragraph (l) (1) of this section.

(ii) The employer shall assure that employees promptly remove any protective
clothing and equipment which becomes contaminated with DBCP-containing
liquids and solids. This clothing shall not be reworn until the DBCP has been
removed from the clothing or equipment.

(iii) The employer shall assure that no employee takes DBCP contaminated
protective devices and work clothing out of the change room, except those
employees authorized to do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, of
disposal.

(iv) DBCP-contaminated protective devices and work clothing shall be placed
and stored in closed containers which prevent dispersion of the DBCP outside
the container.

(v) Containers of DBCP contaminated protective devices or work clothing
which are to be taken out of change rooms or the workplace for cleaning,
maintenance or disposal, shall bear labels in accordance with paragraph
(o)(3) of this section.

(3) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall clean, launder,
repair, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this
paragraph to maintain their effectiveness. The employer shall provide clean
protective clothing and equipment at least daily to each affected employee.

(ii) The employer shall inform any person who launders or clean
DBCP-contaminated protective clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful
effects of exposure to DBCP.

(iii) The employer shall prohibit the removal of DBCP from protective
clothing and equipment by blowing or shaking.

(k) "Housekeeping" - (1) "Surfaces." (i) All workplace surfaces shall be
maintained free of visible accumulations of DBCP.

(ii) Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air for the cleaning of floors
and other surfaces is prohibited where DBCP dusts or liquids are present.

(iii) Where vacuuming methods are selected to clean floors and other
surfaces, either portable units or a permanent system may be used.

(A) If a portable unit is selected, the exhaust shall be attached to the
general workplace exhaust ventilation system or collected within the vacuum
unit, equipped with high efficiency filters or other appropriate means of
contaminant removal, so that DBCP is not reintroduced into the workplace air;
and

(B) Portable vacuum units used to collect DBCP may not be used for other
cleaning purposes and shall be labeled as prescribed by paragraph (o)(3) of
this section.

(iv) Cleaning of floors and other surfaces contaminated with DBCP-containing
dusts shall not be performed by washing down with a hose, unless a fine spray
has first been laid down.

(2) "Liquids." Where DBCP is present in a liquid form, or as a resultant
vapor, all containers or vessels containing DBCP shall be enclosed to the
maximum extent feasible and tightly covered when not in use.

(3) "Waste disposal." DBCP waste scrap, debris, containers or equipment,
shall be disposed of in sealed bags or other closed containers which prevent
dispersion of DBCP outside the container.

(l) "Hygiene facilities and practices "- (1) "Change rooms." The employer
shall provide clean change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street
clothes and separate storage facilities for protective clothing and equipment
whenever employees are required to wear protective clothing and equipment in
accordance with paragraphs (h) and (j) of this section.

(2) "Showers." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in the
regulated area shower at the end of the work shift.

(ii) The employer shall assure that employees whose skin becomes
contaminated with DBCP-containing liquids or solids immediately wash or
shower to remove any DBCP from the skin.

(iii) The employer shall provide shower facilities in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.51(f)(4).

(3) "Lunchrooms." The employer shall provide lunchroom facilities which have
a temperature controlled, positive pressure, filtered air supply, and which
are readily accessible to employees working in regulated areas.

(4) "Lavatories." (i) The employer shall assure that employees working in
the regulated area remove protective clothing and wash their hands and face
prior to eating.

(ii) The employer shall provide a sufficient number of lavatory facilities
which comply with 29 CFR 1926.51(f) (2) and (3).

(5) "Prohibition of activities in regulated areas." The employer shall
assure that, in regulated areas, food or beverages are not present or
consumed, smoking products and implements are not present or used, and
cosmetics are not present or applied.

(m) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." (i) The employer shall make
available a medical surveillance program for employees who work in regulated
areas and employees who are subjected to DBCP exposures in an emergency
situation.

(ii) All medical examinations and procedures shall be performed by or under
the supervision of a licensed physician, and shall be provided without cost
to the employee.

(2) "Frequency and content." At the time of initial assignment, and annually
thereafter, the employer shall provide a medical examination for employees
who work in regulated areas, which includes at least the following:
	(i) A medical and occupational history including reproductive
history. (ii) A physical examination, including examination of the
genito-urinary tract, testicle size and body habitus, including a
determination of sperm count.

(iii) A serum specimen shall be obtained and the following determinations
made by radioimmunoassay techniques utilizing National Institutes of Health
(NIH) specific antigen or one of equivalent sensitivity:
	(A) Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);
	(B) Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and
	(C) Serum total estrogen (females). (iv) Any other tests deemed
appropriate by the examining physician. (3) "Additional examinations." If the
employee for any reason develops signs or symptoms commonly associated with
exposure to DBCP, the employer shall provide the employee with a medical
examination which shall include those elements considered appropriate by the
examining physician.

(4) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:
	(i) A copy of this regulation and its appendices;

(ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the
employee's exposure;
	(iii) The level of DBCP to which the employee is exposed; and

(iv) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used.

(5) "Physician's written opinion." (i) For each examination under this
section, the employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a written
opinion from the examining physician which shall include:
	(A) The results of the medical tests performed;

(B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected
medical condition which would place the employee at an increased risk of
material impairment of health from exposure to DBCP; and

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to DBCP or upon
the use of protective clothing and equipment such as respirators.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written
opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure.

(6) "Emergency situations." If the employee is exposed to DBCP in an
emergency situation, the employer shall provide the employee with a sperm
count test as soon as practicable, or, if the employee has been vasectionized
or is unable to produce a semen specimen, the hormone tests contained in
paragraph (m)(2)(iii) of this section. The employer shall provide these same
tests three months later.

(n) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) The
employer shall institute a training program for all employees who may be
exposed to DBCP and shall assure their participation in such training
program.

(ii) The employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the
following:
	(A) The information contained in Appendix A;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release or storage of DBCP and
the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to DBCP as
well as any necessary protective steps;
	(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators;

(D) The purpose and description of the medical surveillance program required
by paragraph (m) of this section; and
	(E) A review of this standard, including appendices. (2) "Access to
training materials." (i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and
its appendices readily available to all affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the
employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the
Director.

(o) "Signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or
signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in addition to
or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign
or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the
required sign or label.

(2) "Signs." (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all
regulated areas. These signs shall bear the legend:

DANGER

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

(Insert appropriate trade or common names) CANCER HAZARD

AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

RESPIRATOR REQUIRED

(3) "Labels." (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are
affixed to all containers of DBCP and of products containing DBCP in the
workplace, and that the labels remain affixed when the DBCP or products
containing DBCP are sold, distributed, or otherwise leave the employer's
workplace. Where DBCP or products containing DBCP are sold, distributed or
otherwise leave the employer's workplace bearing appropriate labels required
by EPA under the regulations in 40 CFR Part 162, the labels required by this
paragraph need not be affixed.

(ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels required by
this paragraph are readily visible and legible. The labels shall bear the
following legend:

DANGER

1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane

CANCER HAZARD

(p) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure monitoring." (i) The employer shall
establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required by
paragraph (f) of this section.
	(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The dates, number, duration and results of each of the samples taken,
including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine
representative employee exposure;
	(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used;
	(C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee
monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is
intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or the
duration of employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(2) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance required by
paragraph (m) of this section.
	(ii) This record shall include:
	(A) The name and social security number of the employee;
	(B) A copy of the physician's written opinion;
	(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to DBCP;

(D) A copy of the information provided the physician as required by
paragraphs (m)(4)(ii) through (m)(4)(iv) of this section; and
	(E) A copy of the employee's medical and work history. (iii) The
employer shall maintain this record for at least 40 years or the duration of
employment plus 20 years, whichever is longer.

(3) "Availability." (i) The employer shall assure that all records required
to be maintained by this section be made available upon request to the
Assistant Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Employee exposure monitoring records and employee medical records
required by this paragraph shall be provided upon request to employees,
designated representatives, and the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29
CFR 1926.33 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(4) "Transfer of records." (i) If the employer ceases to do business, the
successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be
maintained by paragraph (p) of this section for the prescribed period.

(ii) If the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the
employer shall transmit these records by mail to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to
be maintained under paragraph (p) of this section, the employer shall
transmit these records by mail to the Director.

(iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(q) "Observation of monitoring - (1) "Employee observation." The employer
shall provide affected employees, or their designated representatives, with
an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP
required by this section.

(2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the measuring or
monitoring of employee exposure to DBCP requires entry into an area where the
use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall
provide the observer with personal protective clothing or equipment required
to be worn by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing
and equipment, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable
safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the monitoring or measurement, observers shall
be entitled to:
	(A) Receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) Observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne concentrations
of DBCP performed at the place of exposure; and
	(C) Record the results obtained. (r) "Appendices." The information
contained in the appendices is not intended, by itself, to create any
additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to detract from any existing
obligation.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0101)

Appendix A to 1926.1144 - Substance Safety Data Sheet For DBCP

I. "Substance identification"

A. Synonyms and trades names: DBCP; Dibromochloropropane; Fumazone (Dow
Chemical Company TM); Nemafume; Nemagon (Shell Chemical Co. TM); Nemaset; BBC
12; and OS 1879.
	B. Permissible exposure:
	1. "Airborne." 1 part DBCP vapor per billion parts of air (1 ppb);

time-weighted average (TWA) for an 8-hour workday.
	2. "Dermal." Eye contact and skin contact with DBCP are prohibited.
C. Appearance and odor: Technical grade DBCP is a dense yellow or amber
liquid with a pungent odor. It may also appear in granular form, or blended
in varying concentrations with other liquids.

D. Uses: DBCP is used to control nematodes, very small worm-like plant
parasites, on crops including cotton, soybeans, fruits, nuts, vegetables and
ornamentals.

II. "Health hazard data"
	A. Routes of entry: Employees may be exposed:
	1. Through inhalation (breathing);
	2. Through ingestion (swallowing);
	3. Skin contact; and
	4. Eye contact. B. Effects of exposure: 1. "Acute exposure." DBCP
may cause drowsiness, irritation of the eyes, nose, throat and skin, nausea
and vomiting. In addition, overexposure may cause damage to the lungs, liver
or kidneys.

2. "Chronic exposure." Prolonged or repeated exposure to DBCP has been shown
to cause sterility in humans. It also has been shown to produce cancer and
sterility in laboratory animals and has been determined to constitute an
increased risk of cancer in man.

3. "Reporting Signs and Symptoms." If you develop any of the above signs or
symptoms that you think are caused by exposure to DBCP, you should inform
your employer.

III. "Emergency first aid procedures"

A. "Eye exposure." If DBCP liquid or dust containing DBCP gets into your
eyes, wash your eyes immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the
lower and upper lids occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact
lenses should not be worn when working with DBCP.

B. "Skin exposure." If DBCP liquids or dusts containing DBCP get on your
skin, immediately wash using soap or mild detergent and water. If DBCP
liquids or dusts containing DBCP penetrate through your clothing, remove the
clothing immediately and wash. If irritation is present after washing get
medical attention.

C. "Breathing." If you or any person breathe in large amounts of DBCP, move
the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform
artificial respiration. Do not use mouth-to-mouth. Keep the affected person
warm and at rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

D. "Swallowing." When DBCP has been swallowed and the person is conscious,
give the person large amounts of water immediately. After the water has been
swallowed, try to get the person to vomit by having him touch the back of his
throat with his finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical
attention immediately.

E. "Rescue." Notify someone. Put into effect the established emergency
rescue procedures. Know the locations of the emergency rescue equipment
before the need arises.

IV. "Respirators and protective clothing"

A. "Respirators." You may be required to wear a respirator in emergencies
and while your employer is in the process of reducing DBCP exposures through
engineering controls. If respirators are worn, they must have a National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) approval label (Older
respirators may have a Bureau of Mines Approval label). For effective
protection, a respirator must fit your face and head snugly. The respirator
should not be loosened or removed in work situations where its use is
required. DBCP does not have a detectable odor except at 1,000 times or more
above the permissible exposure limit. If you can smell DBCP while wearing a
respirator, the respirator is not working correctly; go immediately to fresh
air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell
your employer.

B. "Protective clothing." When working with DBCP you must wear for your
protection impermeable work clothing provided by your employer. (Standard
rubber and neoprene protective clothing do not offer adequate protection).

DBCP must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes must
not be allowed to become contaminated with DBCP, and if they do, they must be
promptly removed and not worn again until completely free of DBCP. Turn in
impermeable clothing that has developed leaks for repair or replacement.

C. "Eye protection." You must wear splash-proof safety goggles where there
is any possibility of DBCP liquid or dust contacting your eyes.

V. "Precautions for safe use, handling, and storage"

A. DBCP must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool,
well-ventilated area.

B. If your work clothing may have become contaminated with DBCP, or liquids
or dusts containing DBCP, you must change into uncontaminated clothing before
leaving the work premises.

C. You must promptly remove any protective clothing that becomes
contaminated with DBCP. This clothing must not be reworn until the DBCP is
removed from the clothing.

D. If your skin becomes contaminated with DBCP, you must immediately and
thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent and water to remove any
DBCP from your skin.

E. You must not keep food, beverages, cosmetics, or smoking materials, nor
eat or smoke, in regulated areas.

F. If you work in a regulated area, you must wash your hands thoroughly with
soap or mild detergent and water, before eating, smoking or using toilet
facilities.

G. If you work in a regulated area, you must remove any protective equipment
or clothing before leaving the regulated area.

H. Ask your supervisor where DBCP is used in your work area and for any
additional safety and health rules.

VI. "Access to information"

A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information
contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for DBCP. In addition, your
employer must instruct you in the safe use of DBCP, emergency procedures, and
the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to
DBCP. You or your representative have the right to observe employee exposure
measurements and to record the result obtained. Your employer is required to
inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being
overexposed, he is required to inform you of the actions which are being
taken to reduce your exposure.

C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposure and medical
examinations. Your employer is required to keep exposure and medical data for
at least 40 years or the duration of your employment plus 20 years, whichever
is longer.

D. Your employer is required to release exposure and medical records to you,
your physician, or other individual designated by you upon your written
request.

Appendix B to 1926.1144 - Substance Technical Guidelines for DBCP

I. "Physical and chemical data"
	A. Substance Identification 1. Synonyms:
1,2-dibromo-3-chloropropane; DBCP, Fumazone; Nemafume;

Nemagon; Nemaset; BBC 12; OS 1879. DBCP is also included in agricultural
pesticides and fumigants which include the phrase "Nema___" in their name.
	2. Formula: C(3)H(5)Br(2) C1. 3. Molecular Weight: 236. B. Physical
Data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm HG): 195 deg. C (383 deg. F) 2. Specific
gravity (water=1): 2.093. 3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of DBCP):
Data not available. 4. Melting point: 6 deg. C (43 deg. F). 5. Vapor pressure
at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F): 0.8 mm Hg. 6. Solubility in water: 1000 ppm. 7.
Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): very much less than 1. 8. Appearance and
odor: Dense yellow or amber liquid with a pungent odor at high
concentrations. Any detectable odor of DBCP indicates overexposure.

II. "Fire explosion and reactivity hazard data"
	A. Fire 1. Flash point: 170 deg. F (77 deg. C) 2. Autoignition
temperature: Data not available. 3. Flammable limits in air, percent by
volume: Data not available. 4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, dry
chemical. 5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not use a solid stream of
water since a stream will scatter and spread the fire. Use water spray to
cool containers exposed to a fire.
	6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: None known. 7. For purposes
of complying with the requirements of 1910.106, liquid DBCP is classified as
a Class III A combustible liquid.

8. For the purpose of complying with 1910.309, the classification of
hazardous locations as described in article 500 of the National Electrical
Code for DBCP shall be Class I, Group D.

9. For the purpose of compliance with 1910.157, DBCP is classified as a
Class B fire hazard.

10. For the purpose of compliance with 1910.178, locations classified as
hazardous locations due to the presence of DBCP shall be Class I, Group D.

11. Sources of ignition are prohibited where DBCP presents a fire or
explosion hazard.
	B. Reactivity 1. Conditions contributing to instability: None known.
2. Incompatibilities: Reacts with chemically active metals, such as aluminum,
magnesium and tin alloys.

3. Hazardous decomposition products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as HBr,
HCl and carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire involving DBCP.

4. Special precautions: DBCP will attack some rubber materials and coatings.

III. "Spill, leak and disposal procedures"
	A. If DBCP is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:

1. The area should be evacuated at once and re-entered only after thorough
ventilation.
	2. Ventilate area of spill or leak. 3. If in liquid form, collect
for reclamation or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth or similar
material.

4. If in solid form, collect spilled material in the most convenient and
safe manner for reclamation or for disposal.

B. Persons not wearing protective equipment must be restricted from areas of
spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed.
	C. Waste Disposal Methods:

1. For small quantities of liquid DBCP, absorb on paper towels, remove to a
safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn the paper. Large quantities can be
reclaimed or collected and atomized in a suitable combustion chamber equipped
with an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. If liquid DBCP is absorbed
in vermiculite, dry sand, earth or similar material and placed in sealed
containers it may be disposed of in a State-approved sanitary landfill.

2. If in solid form, for small quantities, place on paper towels, remove to
a safe place (such as a fume hood) and burn. Large quantities may be
reclaimed. However, if this is not practical, dissolve in a flammable solvent
(such as alcohol) and atomize in a suitable combustion chamber equipped with
an appropriate effluent gas cleaning device. DBCP in solid form may also be
disposed in a state-approved sanitary landfill.

IV. "Monitoring and measurement procedures"
	A. Exposure above the permissible exposure limit. 1. "Eight Hour
Exposure Evaluation:" Measurements taken for the purpose of determining
employee exposure under this section are best taken so that the average
8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two (2)
4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing zone
(air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the
employee).

2. "Monitoring Techniques:" The sampling and analysis under this section may
be performed by collecting the DBCP vapor on petroleum based charcoal
absorption tubes with subsequent chemical analyses. The method of measurement
chosen should determine the concentration of airborne DBCP at the permissible
exposure limit to an accuracy of plus or minus 25 percent. If charcoal tubes
are used, a total volume of 10 liters should be collected at a flow rate of
50 cc. per minute for each tube. Analyze the resultant samples as you would
samples of halogenated solvent.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee protection are dependent on
the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers should assure
that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a competent
industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person.

V. "Protective clothing"

Employees should be required to wear appropriate protective clothing to
prevent any possibility of skin contact with DBCP. Because DBCP is absorbed
through the skin, it is important to prevent skin contact with both liquid
and solid forms of DBCP. Protective clothing should include impermeable
coveralls or similar fullbody work clothing, gloves, headcoverings, and
workshoes or shoe coverings. Standard rubber and neoprene gloves do not offer
adequate protection and should not be relied upon to keep DBCP off the skin.
DBCP should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes should
not be allowed to become contaminated with the material, and if they do, they
should be promptly removed and not worn again until completely free of the
material. Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise
found to be defective should be repaired or replaced. Employees should also
be required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any
possibility of DBCP contacting the eyes.

VI. "Housekeeping and hygiene facilities"

1. The workplace must be kept clean, orderly and in a sanitary condition;

2. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the cleaning of
floors and other surfaces where DBCP dust or liquids are found. To minimize
the contamination of air with dust, vacuuming with either portable or
permanent systems must be used. If a portable unit is selected, the exhaust
must be attached to the general workplace exhaust ventilation system, or
collected within the vacuum unit equipped with high efficiency filters or
other appropriate means of contamination removal and not used for other
purposes. Units used to collect DBCP must be labeled.

3. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water must be provided, and
maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents should also be
provided to assure the effective removal of DBCP from the skin.

4. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must
be provided to prevent the contamination of street clothes with DBCP. Because
of the hazardous nature of DBCP, contaminated protective clothing must be
stored in closed containers for cleaning or disposal.

VII. "Miscellaneous precautions"

A. Store DBCP in tightly closed containers in a cool, well ventilated area.

B. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious clothing (such as acid
suits) may be necessary to prevent skin contact with DBCP. Supplied-air suits
should be selected, used, and maintained under the supervision of persons
knowlegeable in the limitations and potential life-endangering
characteristics of supplied-air suits.
	C. The use of air-conditioned suits may be necessary in warmer
climates. D. Advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure to
DBCP could occur.

VIII. "Common operations"
	Common operations in which exposure to DBCP is likely to occur are:

during its production; and during its formulation into pesticides and
fumigants.

Appendix C to 1926.1144 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines For DBCP

I. "Route of entry"
	Inhalation; skin absorption

II. "Toxicology"

Recent data collected on workers involved in the manufacture and formulation
of DBCP has shown that DBCP can cause sterility at very low levels of
exposure. This finding is supported by studies showing that DBCP causes
sterility in animals. Chronic exposure to DBCP resulted in pronounced
necrotic action on the parenchymatous organs (i.e., liver, kidney, spleen)
and on the testicles of rats at concentrations as low as 5 ppm. Rats that
were chronically exposed to DBCP also showed changes in the composition of
the blood, showing low RBC, hemoglobin, and WBC, and high reticulocyte levels
as well as functional hepatic disturbance, manifesting itself in a long
prothrombin time. Reznik et al. noted a single dose of 100 mg produced
profound depression of the nervous system of rats. Their condition gradually
improved. Acute exposure also resulted in the destruction of the sex gland
activity of male rats as well as causing changes in the estrous cycle in
female rats. Animal studies have also associated DBCP with an increased
incidence of carcinoma. Olson, et al. orally administered DBCP to rats and
mice 5 times per week at experimentally predetermined maximally tolerated
doses and at half those doses. As early as ten weeks after initiation of
treatment, DBCP induced a high incidence of squamous cell carcinomas of the
stomach with metastases in both species. DBCP also induced mammary
adenocarcinomas in the female rats at both dose levels.

III. "Signs and symptoms"

A. Inhalation: Nausea, eye irritation, conjunctivitis, respiratory
irritation, pulmonary congestion or edema, CNS depression with apathy,
sluggishness, and ataxia.
	B. Dermal: Erythema or inflammation and dermatitis on repeated exposure.

IV. "Special tests"

A. "Semen analysis:" The following information excerpted from the document
"Evaluation of Testicular Function", submitted by the Corporate Medical
Department of the Shell Oil Company (exhibit 39-3), may be useful to
physicians conducting the medical surveillance program;

In performing semen analyses certain minimal but specific criteria should be
met:

1. It is recommended that a minimum of three valid semen analyses be
obtained in order to make a determination of an individual's average sperm
count.

2. A period of sexual abstinence is necessary prior to the collection of
each masturbatory sample. It is recommended that intercourse or masturbation
be performed 48 hours before the actual specimen collection. A period of 48
hours of abstinence would follow; then the masturbatory sample would be
collected.

3. Each semen specimen should be collected in a clean, widemouthed, glass
jar (not necessarily pre-sterilized) in a manner designated by the examining
physician. Any part of the seminal fluid exam should be initialed "only after
liquifaction" is complete, i.e., 30 to 45 minutes after collection.

4. Semen volume should be measured to the nearest 1/10 of a cubic centimeter.

5. Sperm density should be determined using routine techniques involving the
use of a white cell pipette and a hemocytometer chamber. The immobilizing
fluid most effective and most easily obtained for this process is distilled
water.

6. Thin, dry smears of the semen should be made for a morphologic
classification of the sperm forms and should be stained with either
hematoxalin or the more difficult, yet more precise, Papanicolaou technique.
Also of importance to record is obvious sperm agglutination, pyospermia,
delayed liquifaction (greater than 30 minutes), and hyperviscosity. In
addition, pH, using nitrazine paper, should be determined.

7. A total morphology evaluation should include percentages of the following:
	a. Normal (oval) forms, b. Tapered forms, c. Amorphous forms
(include large and small sperm shapes), d. Duplicated (either heads or tails)
forms, and e. Immature forms. 8. Each sample should be evaluated for sperm
viability (percent viable sperm moving at the time of examination) as well as
sperm motility (subjective characterization of "purposeful forward sperm
progression" of the majority of those viable sperm analyzed) within two hours
after collection, ideally by the same or equally qualified
examiner.

B. "Serum determinations:" The following serum determinations should be
performed by radioimmuno-assay techniques using National Institutes of Health
(NIH) specific antigen or antigen preparations of equivalent sensitivity:
	1. Serum follicle stimulating hormone (FSH);
	2. Serum luteinizing hormone (LH); and
	3. Serum total estrogen (females only).

V. "Treatment"

Remove from exposure immediately, give oxygen or artificial resuscitation if
indicated. Contaminated clothing and shoes should be removed immediately.
Flush eyes and wash contaminated skin. If swallowed and the person is
conscious, induce vomiting. Recovery from mild exposures is usually rapid and
complete.

VI. "Surveillance and preventive considerations"

A. "Other considerations." DBCP can cause both acute and chronic effects. It
is important that the physician become familiar with the operating conditions
in which exposure to DBCP occurs. Those with respiratory disorders may not
tolerate the wearing of negative pressure respirators.

B. "Surveillance and screening." Medical histories and laboratory
examinations are required for each employee subject to exposure to DBCP. The
employer should screen employees for history of certain medical conditions
(listed below) which might place the employee at increased risk from
exposure.

1. "Liver disease." The primary site of biotransformation and detoxification
of DBCP is the liver. Liver dysfunctions likely to inhibit the conjugation
reactions will tend to promote the toxic actions of DBCP. These precautions
should be considered before exposing persons with impaired liver function to
DBCP.

2. "Renal disease." Because DBCP has been associated with injury to the
kidney it is important that special consideration be given to those with
possible impairment of renal function.

3. "Skin disease." DBCP can penetrate the skin and can cause erythema on
prolonged exposure. Persons with pre-existing skin disorders may be more
susceptible to the effects of DBCP.

4. "Blood dyscrasias." DBCP has been shown to decrease the content of
erythrocytes, hemoglobin, and leukocytes in the blood, as well as increase
the prothrombin time. Persons with existing blood disorders may be more
susceptible to the effects of DBCP.

5. "Reproductive disorders." Animal studies have associated DBCP with
various effects on the reproductive organs. Among these effects are atrophy
of the testicles and changes in the estrous cycle. Persons with pre-existing
reproductive disorders may be at increased risk to these effects of DBCP.

References

1. Reznik, Ya. B. and Sprinchan, G. K.: Experimental Data on the Gonadotoxic
effect of Nemagon, Gig. Sanit., (6), 1975, pp. 101-102, (translated from
Russian).

2. Faydysh, E. V., Rakhmatullaev, N. N. and Varshavskii, V. A.: The
Cytotoxic Action of Nemagon in a Subacute Experiment, Med. Zh. Uzbekistana,
(No. 1), 1970, pp. 64-65, (translated from Russian).

3. Rakhmatullaev, N. N.: Hygienic Characteristics of the Nematocide Nemagon
in Relation to Water Pollution Control, Hyg. Sanit., 36(3), 1971, pp.
344-348, (translated from Russian).

4. Olson, W. A. et al.: Induction of Stomach Cancer in Rats and Mice by
Halogenated Aliphatic Fumigants, Journal of the National Cancer Institute,
(51), 1973, pp. 1993-1995.

5. Torkelson, T. R. et al.: Toxicologic Investigations of
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology, 3, 1961 pp.
545-559.

1926.1145 Acrylonitrile.

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all occupational
exposures to acrylonitrile (AN), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No.
000107131, except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3) of this
section.

(2) This section does not apply to exposures which result solely from the
processing, use, and handling of the following materials:

(i) ABS resins, SAN resins, nitrile barrier resins, solid nitrile
elastomers, and acrylic and modacrylic fibers, when these listed materials
are in the form of finished polymers, and products fabricated from such
finished polymers;

(ii) Materials made from and/or containing AN for which objective data is
reasonably relied upon to demonstrate that the material is not capable of
releasing AN in airborne concentrations in excess of 1 ppm as an eight
(8)-hour time-weighted average, under the expected conditions of processing,
use, and handling which will cause the greatest possible release; and

(iii) Solid materials made from and/or containing AN which will not be
heated above 170 deg. F (77 deg. C) during handling, use, or processing.

(3) An employer relying upon exemption under paragraph (a)(2)(ii) shall
maintain records of the objective data supporting that exemption, and of the
basis of the employer's reliance on the data, as provided in paragraph (q) of
this section.

(b) "Definitions." "Acrylonitrile" or "AN" means acrylonitrile monomer,
chemical formula CH(2)=CHCN.

"Action level" means a concentration of AN of 1 ppm as an eight (8)-hour
time-weighted average.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

"Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer
whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person
entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the
purpose of exercising the opportunity to observe monitoring procedures under
paragraph (r) of this section.

"Decontamination" means treatment of materials and surfaces by water
washdown, ventilation, or other means, to assure that the materials will not
expose employees to airborne concentrations of AN above 1 means the Director,
National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of
Health and Human Services, or designee.

"Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment, which
results in an unexpected massive release of AN.

"Liquid AN" means AN monomer in liquid form, and liquid or semiliquid
polymer intermediates, including slurries, suspensions, emulsions, and
solutions, produced during the polymerization of AN.

"OSHA Area Office" means the Area Office of the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration having jurisdiction over the geographic area where the
affected workplace is located.

(c) "Permissible exposure limits" - (1) "Inhalation" - (i) "Time weighted
average limit (TWA)." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed
to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of two (2) parts
acrylonitrile per million parts of air (2 ppm) as an eight (8)-hour
time-weighted average.

(ii) "Ceiling limit." The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed
to an airborne concentration of acrylonitrile in excess of ten (10) ppm as
averaged over any fifteen (15)-minute period during the work day.

(2) "Dermal and eye exposure." The employer shall assure that no employee is
exposed to skin contact or eye contact with liquid AN.

(d) "Notification of regulated areas and emergencies" - (1) "Regulated
areas." Within thirty (30) days following the establishment of a regulated
area pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section, the employer shall report the
following information to the OSHA Area Office:

(i) The address and location of each establishment which has one or more
regulated areas;
	(ii) The locations, within the establishment, of each regulated area;

(iii) A brief description of each process or operation which results in
employee exposure to AN in regulated areas; and

(iv) The number of employees engaged in each process or operation within
each regulated area which results in exposure to AN, and an estimate of the
frequency and degree of exposure that occurs.

Whenever there has been a significant change in the information required to
be reported by this paragraph, the employer shall promptly provide the new
information to the OSHA Area Office.

(2) "Emergencies." Emergencies, and the facts obtainable at that time, shall
be reported within seventy-two (72) hours of the initial occurrence to the
OSHA Area Office. Upon request of the OSHA Area Office; the employer shall
submit additional information in writing relevant to the nature and extent of
employee exposures and measures taken to prevent future emergencies of a
similar nature.

(e) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of airborne
exposure levels shall be made from air samples that are representative of
each employee's exposure to AN over an eight (8)-hour period.

(ii) For the purposes of this section, employee exposure is that exposure
which would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.

(2) "Initial monitoring." Each employer who has a place of employment in
which AN is present shall monitor each such workplace and work operation to
accurately determine the airborne concentrations of AN to which employees may
be exposed.

(3) "Frequency." (i) If the monitoring required by this section reveals
employee exposure to be below the action level, the employer may discontinue
monitoring for that employee.

(ii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure to
be at or above the action level but below the permissible exposure limits,
the employer shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least
quarterly. The employer shall continue these quarterly measurements until at
least two consecutive measurements taken at least seven (7) days apart, are
below the action level, and thereafter the employer may discontinue
monitoring for that employee.

(iii) If the monitoring required by this section reveals employee exposure
to be in excess of the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall repeat
these determinations for each such employee at least monthly. The employer
shall continue these monthly measurements until at least two consecutive
measurements, taken at least seven (7) days apart, are below the permissible
exposure limits, and thereafter the employer shall monitor at least
quarterly.

(4) "Additional monitoring." Whenever there has been a production, process,
control, or personnel change which may result in new or additional exposures
to AN, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a change
which may result in new or additional exposures to AN, additional monitoring
which complies with this paragraph shall be conducted.

(5) "Employee notification." (i) Within five (5) working days after the
receipt of the results of monitoring required by this paragraph, the employer
shall notify each employee in writing of the results which represent that
employee's exposure.

(ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure
exceeds the permissible exposure limits, the employer shall include in the
written notice a statement that the permissible exposure limits were exceeded
and a description of the corrective action being taken to reduce exposure to
or below the permissible exposure limits.

(6) "Accuracy of measurement." The method of measurement of employee
exposures shall be accurate to a confidence level of 95 percent, to within
plus or minus 35 percent for concentrations of AN at or above the permissible
exposure limits, and plus or minus 50 percent for concentrations of AN below
the permissible exposure limits.

(f) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas
where AN concentrations are in excess of the permissible exposure limits.

(2) Regulated areas shall be demarcated and segregated from the rest of the
workplace, in any manner that minimizes the number of persons who will be
exposed to AN.

(3) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized persons or to
persons otherwise authorized by the act or regulations issued pursuant
thereto.

(4) The employer shall assure that food or beverages are not present or
consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not
applied in the regulated area.

(g) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering and work practice controls."
(i) By November 2, 1980, the employer shall institute engineering and work
practice controls to reduce and maintain employee exposures to AN, to or
below the permissible exposure limits, except to the extent that the employer
establishes that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the engineering and work practice controls which can be
instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the
permissible exposure limits, the employer shall nonetheless use them to
reduce exposures to the lowest levels achievable by these controls, and shall
supplement them by the use of respiratory protection which complies with the
requirements of paragraph (h) of this section.

(2) "Compliance program." (i) The employer shall establish and implement a
written program to reduce employee exposures to or below the permissible
exposure limits solely by means of engineering and work practice controls, as
required by paragraph (g)(1) of this section.

(ii) Written plans for these compliance programs shall include at least the
following:

(A) A description of each operation or process resulting in employee
exposure to AN above the permissible exposure limits;

(B) An outline of the nature of the engineering controls and work practices
to be applied to the operation or process in question;

(C) A report of the technology considered in meeting the permissible
exposure limits;

(D) A schedule for implementation of engineering and work practice controls
for the operation or process, which shall project completion no later than
November 2, 1980; and
	(E) Other relevant information. (iii) The employer shall complete
the steps set forth in the compliance program by the dates in the
schedule.

(iv) Written plans shall be submitted upon request to the Assistant
Secretary and the Director, and shall be available at the worksite for
examination and copying by the Assistant Secretary, the Director, or any
affected employee or representative.

(v) The plans required by this paragraph shall be revised and updated at
least every six (6) months to reflect the current status of the program.

(h) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." The employer shall assure that
respirators are used where required by this section to reduce employee
exposure to within the permissible exposure limits. Respirators shall be used
in the following circumstances:

{i} During the time period necessary to install or implement feasible
engineering and work practice controls;

{ii} In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or
reactor cleaning, in which the employer establishes that engineering and work
practice controls are not feasible;

{iii} In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice
controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the
permissible exposure limits; and
	{iv} In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) Where
respiratory protection is required under this section, the employer shall
select and provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate type of
respirator from table I below, and shall assure that the employee wears the
respirator provided.
 

TABLE I - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FOR ACRYLONITRILE (AN)

(ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for use
with organic vapors by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health under the provisions of 30 CFR part 11.

(3) "Respirator program." (i) The employer shall institute a respiratory
protection program in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103(e), (g), (h), and (i).

(ii) Where air/purifying respirators (chemical cartridge- or canister-type)
are used, the air-purifying canister or cartridge(s) shall be replaced prior
to the expiration of their service life or at the completion of each shift,
whichever occurs first. A label shall be attached to the cartridge or
canister to indicate the date and time at which it is first installed on the
respirator.

(iii) "Testing." Fit testing of respirators shall be performed to assure
that the respirator selected provides the protection required by table I.

(A) "Qualitative fit." The employer shall perform qualitative fit tests at
the time of initial fitting and at least semiannually thereafter for each
employee wearing respirators.

(B) "Quantitative fit." Each employer with more than 10 employees wearing
negative pressure respirators shall perform quantitative fit testing at the
time of initial fitting and at least semiannually thereafter for each such
employee.

(iv) Employees who wear respirators shall be allowed to wash their faces and
to wipe clean the face-to-facepiece seals on their respirators to minimize
potential skin irritation associated with respirator use.

(i) "Emergency situations" - (1) "Written plans." (i) A written plan for
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where liquid AN is
present. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be implemented in the event
of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in
correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped as required in paragraph
(h) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(iii) Employees not engaged in correcting the emergency shall be evacuated
from the area and shall not be permitted to return until the emergency is
abated.

(2) "Alerting employees." Where there is the possibility of employee
exposure to AN in excess of the ceiling limit, a general alarm shall be
installed and used to promptly alert employees of such occurrences.

(j) "Protective clothing and equipment" - (1) "Provision and use." Where eye
or skin contact with liquid AN may occur, the employer shall provide at no
cost to the employee, and assure that employees wear, impermeable protective
clothing or other equipment to protect any area of the body which may come in
contact with liquid AN. The provision of 1926.95 and 1926.102 shall be
complied with.

(2) "Cleaning and replacement." (i) The employer shall clean, launder,
maintain, or replace protective clothing and equipment required by this
section as needed to maintain their effectiveness.

(ii) The employer shall assure that impermeable protective clothing which
contacts or is likely to have contacted liquid AN shall be decontaminated
before being removed by the employee.

(iii) The employer shall assure that an employee whose nonimpermeable
clothing becomes wetted with liquid AN shall immediately remove that clothing
and proceed to shower. The clothing shall be decontaminated before it is
removed from the regulated area.

(iv) The employer shall assure that no employee removes protective clothing
or equipment from the change room, except for those employees authorized to
do so for the purpose of laundering, maintenance, or disposal.

(v) The employer shall inform any person who launders or cleans protective
clothing or equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to AN.

(k) "Housekeeping." (1) All surfaces shall be maintained free of visible
accumulations of liquid AN.

(2) For operations involving liquid AN, the employer shall institute a
program for detecting leaks and spills of liquid AN, including regular visual
inspections.

(3) Where spills of liquid AN are detected, the employer shall assure that
surfaces contacted by the liquid AN are decontaminated. Employees not engaged
in decontamination activities shall leave the area of the spill, and shall
not be permitted in the area until decontamination is completed.

(l) "Waste disposal." AN waste, scrap, debris, bags, containers, or
equipment shall be decontaminated before being incorporated in the general
waste disposal system.

(m) "Hygiene facilities and practices." (1) Where employees are exposed to
airborne concentrations of AN above the permissible exposure limits, or where
employees are required to wear protective clothing or equipment pursuant to
paragraph (j) of this section, the facilities required by 29 CFR 1926.51,
including clean change rooms and shower facilities, shall be provided by the
employer for the use of those employees, and the employer shall assure that
the employees use the facilities provided.

(2) The employer shall assure that employees wearing protective clothing or
equipment for protection from skin contact with liquid AN shall shower at the
end of the work shift.

(3) The employer shall assure that, in the event of skin or eye exposure to
liquid AN, the affected employee shall shower immediately to minimize the
danger of skin absorption.

(4) The employer shall assure that employees working in the regulated area
wash their hands and faces prior to eating.

(n) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General." (i) The employer shall institute
a program of medical surveillance for each employee who is or will be exposed
to AN at or above the action level, without regard to the use of respirators.
The employer shall provide each such employee with an opportunity for medical
examinations and tests in accordance with this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that all medical examinations and procedures
are performed by or under the supervision of a licensed physician, and that
they shall be provided without cost to the employee.

(2) "Initial examinations." At the time of initial assignment, or upon
institution of the medical surveillance program, the employer shall provide
each affected employee an opportunity for a medical examination, including at
least the following elements:

(i) A work history and medical history with special attention to skin,
respiratory, and gastrointestinal systems, and those nonspecific symptoms,
such as headache, nausea, vomiting, dizziness, weakness, or other central
nervous system dysfunctions that may be associated with acute or with chronic
exposure to AN;

(ii) A complete physical examination giving particular attention to the
peripheral and central nervous system, gastrointestinal system, respiratory
system, skin, and thyroid;
	(iii) A 14- by 17-inch (35.56 X 43.18 cm) posteroanterior chest X-ray;

and (iv) Further tests of the intestinal tract, including fecal occult blood
screening, for all workers 40 years of age or older, and for any other
affected employees for whom, in the opinion of the physician, such testing is
appropriate.

(3) "Periodic examinations." (i) The employer shall provide the examinations
specified in paragraph (n)(2) of this section at least annually for all
employees specified in paragraph (n)(1) of this section.

(ii) If an employee has not had the examination specified in paragraph
(n)(2) of this section within 6 months preceding termination of employment,
the employer shall make such examination available to the employee prior to
such termination.

(4) "Additional examinations." If the employee for any reason develops signs
or symptoms which may be associated with exposure to AN, the employer shall
provide an appropriate examination and emergency medical treatment.

(5) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:
	(i) A copy of this standard and its appendixes;

(ii) A description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the
employee's exposure;
	(iii) The employee's representative exposure level;

(iv) The employee's anticipated or estimated exposure level (for
preplacement examinations or in cases of exposure due to an emergency);

(v) A description of any personal protective equipment used or to be used;
and

(vi) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected
employee, which is not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(6) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written
opinion from the examining physician which shall include:
	(A) The results of the medical examination and test performed;

(B) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected
medical condition(s) which would place the employee at an increased risk of
material impairment of the employee's health from exposure to AN;

(C) Any recommended limitations upon the employee's exposure to AN or upon
the use of protective clothing and equipment such as respirators; and

(D) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the
results of the medical examination and any medical conditions which require
further examination or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written
opinion specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to
AN.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the written opinion to the
affected employee.

(o) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Training program." (i) By
January 2, 1979, the employer shall institute a training program for and
assure the participation of all employees exposed to AN above the action
level, all employees whose exposures are maintained below the action level by
engineering and work practice controls, and all employees subject to
potential skin or eye contact with liquid AN.

(ii) Training shall be provided at the time of initial assignment, or upon
institution of the training program, and at least annually thereafter, and
the employer shall assure that each employee is informed of the following:
	(A) The information contained in appendixes A and B;

(B) The quantity, location, manner of use, release, or storage of AN, and
the specific nature of operations which could result in exposure to AN, as
well as any necessary protective steps;

(C) The purpose, proper use, and limitations of respirators and protective
clothing;

(D) The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program
required by paragraph (n) of this section;

(E) The emergency procedures developed, as required by paragraph (i) of this
section;

(F) Engineering and work practice controls, their function, and the
employee's relationship to these controls; and
	(G) A review of this standard. (2) "Access to training materials."
(i) The employer shall make a copy of this standard and its appendixes
readily available to all affected employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the
employee information and training program to the Assistant Secretary and the
Director.

(p) "Signs and labels" - (1) "General." (i) The employer may use labels or
signs required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances in addition to,
or in combination with, signs and labels required by this paragraph.

(ii) The employer shall assure that no statement appears on or near any sign
or label required by this paragraph which contradicts or detracts from the
required sign or label.

(2) "Signs." (i) The employer shall post signs to clearly indicate all
workplaces where AN concentrations exceed the permissible exposure limits.
The signs shall bear the following legend:
 
                            DANGER
                      ACRYLONITRILE (AN)
                        CANCER HAZARD
                   AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
                      RESPIRATORS MAY BE
                            REQUIRED

(ii) The employer shall assure that signs required by this paragraph are
illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.

(3) "Labels." (i) The employer shall assure that precautionary labels are
affixed to all containers of liquid AN and AN-based materials not exempted
under paragraph (a)(2) of this standard. The employer shall assure that the
labels remain affixed when the materials are sold, distributed, or otherwise
leave the employer's workplace.

(ii) The employer shall assure that the precautionary labels required by
this paragraph are readily visible and legible. The labels shall bear the
following legend:
 
                               DANGER
                     CONTAINS ACRYLONITRILE (AN)
                          CANCER HAZARD

(q) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Objective data for exempted operations." (i)
Where the processing, use, and handling of materials made from or containing
AN are exempted pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section, the
employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data
reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.
	(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
	(A) The material qualifying for exemption;
	(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the
material for the release of AN;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data supports the
exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, and processing covered
by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of the
employer's reliance upon such objective data.

(2) "Exposure monitoring." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record of all monitoring required by paragraph (e) of this section.
	(ii) This record shall include:

(A) The dates, number, duration, and results of each of the samples taken,
including a description of the sampling procedure used to determine
representative employee exposure;

(B) A description of the sampling and analytical methods used and the data
relied upon to establish that the methods used meet the accuracy and
precision requirements of paragraph (e)(6) of this section;
	(C) Type of respiratory protective devices worn, if any; and

(D) Name, social security number, and job classification of the employee
monitored and of all other employees whose exposure the measurement is
intended to represent.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least forty (40) years,
or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is
longer.

(3) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance as required
by paragraph (n) of this section.
	(ii) This record shall include:
	(A) A copy of the physician's written opinions;
	(B) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to AN;

(C) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by
paragraph (n)(5) of this section; and
	(D) A copy of the employee's medical and work history. (iii) The
employer shall assure that this record be maintained for at least forty (40)
years, or for the duration of employment plus twenty (20) years, whichever is
longer.

(4) "Availability."(i) The employer shall make all records required to be
maintained by this section available, upon request, to the Assistant
Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) Records required by paragraphs (q)(1) through (q)(3) of this section
shall be provided upon request to employees, designated representatives, and
the Assistant Secretary in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33(a) through (e) and
(q) through (i). Records required by paragraph (g)(1) shall be provided in
the same manner as exposure monitoring records.

(5) "Transfer of records." (i) Whenever the employer ceases to do business,
the successor employer shall receive and retain all records required to be
maintained by this section for the prescribed period.

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, these
records shall be transmitted to the Director.

(iii) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to
be maintained pursuant to this section, the employer shall notify the
Director at least 3 months prior to the disposal of the records, and shall
transmit them to the Director upon request.

(iv) The employer shall also comply with any additional requirements
involving transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(r) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer
shall provide affected employees, or their designated representatives, an
opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to AN conducted
pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section.

(2) "Observation procedures." (i) Whenever observation of the monitoring of
employee exposure to AN requires entry into an area where the use of
protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the
observer with personal protective clothing and equipment required to be worn
by employees working in the area, assure the use of such clothing and
equipment, and require the observer to comply with all other applicable
safety and health procedures.

(ii) Without interfering with the monitoring, observers shall be entitled:
	(A) To receive an explanation of the measurement procedures;

(B) To observe all steps related to the measurement of airborne
concentrations of AN performed at the place of exposure; and
	(C) To record the results obtained. (s) "Effective date:" (1) This
section shall become effective November 2, 1978.

(2) Monitoring and medical surveillance conducted since January 17, 1978,
under the provisions of the emergency temporary standard may be relied upon
by the employer to meet the initial monitoring and initial medical
surveillance requirements of this section.
	(3) Training programs must be implemented by January 2, 1979. (4)
Engineering and work practice controls required by paragraph (g) of this
section shall be implemented no later than November 2, 1980.

(t) "Appendixes." The information contained in the appendixes is not
intended, by itself, to create any additional obligation not otherwise
imposed, or to detract from any obligation.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0126)

Appendix A to 1926.1145 - Substance Safety Data Sheet for Acrylonitrile

I. "Substance identification"
	A. Substance: Acrylonitrile (CH-(2) CHCN). B. Synonyms:
Propenenitrile; vinyl cyanide; cyanoethylene; AN; VCN;

acylon; carbacryl; fumigrian; ventox.

C. Acrylonitrile can be found as a liquid or vapor, and can also be found in
polymer resins, rubbers, plastics, polyols, and other polymers having
acrylonitrile as a raw or intermediate material.

D. AN is used in the manufacture of acrylic and modiacrylic fibers, acrylic
plastics and resins, speciality polymers, nitrile rubbers, and other organic
chemicals. It has also been used as a fumigant.

E. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a pungent odor
which can only be detected at concentrations above the permissible exposure
level, in a range of 13-19 parts AN per million parts of air (13-19 ppm).
	F. Permissible exposure: Exposure may not exceed either:

1. Two parts AN per million parts of air (2 ppm) averaged over the 8-hour
workday; or 2. Ten parts AN per million parts of air (10 ppm) averaged over
any 15-minute period in the workday.
	3. In addition, skin and eye contact with liquid AN is prohibited.

II. "Health hazard data"

A. Acrylonitrile can affect your body if you inhale the vapor (breathing),
if it comes in contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it. It may
enter your body through your skin.

B. Effects of overexposure: 1. Short-term exposure: Acrylonitrile can cause
eye irritation, nausea, vomiting, headache, sneezing, weakness, and
light-headedness. At high concentrations, the effects of exposure may go on
to loss of consciousness and death. When acrylonitrile is held in contact
with the skin after being absorbed into shoe leather or clothing, it may
produce blisters following several hours of no apparent effect. Unless the
shoes or clothing are removed immediately and the area washed, blistering
will occur. Usually there is no pain or inflammation associated with blister
formation.

2. Long-term exposure: Acrylonitrile has been shown to cause cancer in
laboratory animals and has been associated with higher incidences of cancer
in humans. Repeated or prolonged exposure of the skin to acrylonitrile may
produce irritation and dermatitis.

3. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you
develop any signs or symptoms and suspect they are caused by exposure to
acrylonitrile.

III. "Emergency first aid procedures"

A. Eye exposure: If acrylonitrile gets into your eyes, wash your eyes
immediately with large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper lids
occasionally. Get medical attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be
worn when working with this chemical.

B. Skin exposure: If acrylonitrile gets on your skin, immediately wash the
contaminated skin with water. If acrylonitrile soaks through your clothing,
especially your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with
water. If symptoms occur after washing, get medical attention immediately.
Thoroughly wash the clothing before reusing. Contaminated leather shoes or
other leather articles should be discarded.

C. Inhalation: If you or any other person breathes in large amounts of
acrylonitrile, move the exposed person to fresh air at once. If breathing has
stopped, perform artificial respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at
rest. Get medical attention as soon as possible.

D. Swallowing: When acrylonitrile has been swallowed, give the person large
quantities of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to
get the person to vomit by having him touch the back of his throat with his
finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention
immediately.

E. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If the
exposed person has been overcome, notify someone else and put into effect the
established emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty yourself.
Understand your emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the
emergency equipment before the need arises.

F. Special first aid procedures: First aid kits containing an adequate
supply (at least two dozen) of amyl nitrite pearls, each containing 0.3 ml,
should be maintained at each site where acrylonitrile is used. When a person
is suspected of receiving an overexposure to acrylonitrile, immediately
remove that person from the contaminated area using established rescue
procedures. Contaminated clothing must be removed and the acrylonitrile
washed from the skin immediately. Artificial respiration should be started at
once if breathing has stopped. If the person is unconscious, amyl nitrite may
be used as an antidote by a properly trained individual in accordance with
established emergency procedures. Medical aid should be obtained immediately.

IV. "Respirators and protective clothing"

A. Respirators. You may be required to wear a respirator for nonroutine
activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the process of reducing
acrylonitrile exposures through engineering controls, and in areas where
engineering controls are not feasible. If respirators are worn, they must
have a Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA or MESA) or National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval for
use with organic vapors. (Older respirators may have a Bureau of Mines
approval label.) For effective protection, respirators must fit your face and
head snugly. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work situations
where their use is required.

Acrylonitrile does not have a detectable odor except at levels above the
permissible exposure limits. Do not depend on odor to warn you when a
respirator cartridge or canister is exhausted. Cartridges or canisters must
be changed daily or before the end-of-service-life, whichever comes first.
Reuse of these may allow acrylonitrile to gradually filter through the
cartridge and cause exposures which you cannot detect by odor. If you can
smell acrylonitrile while wearing a respirator, proceed immediately to fresh
air. If you experience difficulty breathing while wearing a respirator, tell
your employer.

B. Supplied-air suits: In some work situations, the wearing of supplied-air
suits may be necessary. Your employer must instruct you in their proper use
and operation.

C. Protective clothing: You must wear impervious clothing, gloves, face
shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent skin contact with
liquid acrylonitrile. Where protective clothing is required, your employer is
required to provide clean garments to you as necessary to assume that the
clothing protects you adequately.
	Replace or repair impervious clothing that has developed leaks.
Acrylonitrile should never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and
shoes which are not impervious to acrylonitrile should not be allowed to
become contaminated with acrylonitrile, and if they do the clothing and shoes
should be promptly removed and decontaminated. The clothing should be
laundered or discarded after the AN is removed. Once acrylonitrile penetrates
shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again.

D. Eye protection: You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas where
liquid acrylonitrile may contact your eyes. In addition, contact lenses
should not be worn in areas where eye contact with acrylonitrile can occur.

V. "Precautions for safe use, handling, and storage"

A. Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form
explosive mixtures in air.

B. Acrylonitrile must be stored in tightly closed containers in a cool,
well-ventilated area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers
(especially bromine), strong bases, copper, copper alloys, ammonia, and
amines.

C. Sources of ignition such as smoking and open flames are prohibited
wherever acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a manner that could
create a potential fire or explosion hazard.

D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal
containers of acrylonitrile, and containers must be bonded and grounded when
pouring or transferring liquid acrylonitrile.

E. You must immediately remove any non-impervious clothing that becomes
wetted with acrylonitrile, and this clothing must not be reworn until the
acrylonitrile is removed from the clothing.

F. Impervious clothing wet with liquid acrylonitrile can be easily ignited.
This clothing must be washed down with water before you remove it.

G. If your skin becomes wet with liquid acrylonitrile, you must promptly and
thoroughly wash or shower with soap or mild detergent to remove any
acrylonitrile from your skin.

H. You must not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials, nor are you
permitted to eat or smoke in regulated areas where acrylonitrile
concentrations are above the permissible exposure limits.

I. If you contact liquid acrylonitrile, you must wash your hands thoroughly
with soap or mild detergent and water before eating, smoking, or using toilet
facilities.

J. Fire extinguishers and quick drenching facilities must be readily
available, and you should know where they are and how to operate them.

K. Ask your supervisor where acrylonitrile is used in your work area and for
any additional plant safety and health rules.

VI. "Access to information"

A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information
contained in this Substance Safety Data Sheet for acrylonitrile. In addition,
you employer must instruct you in the proper work practices for using
acrylonitrile, emergency procedures, and the correct use of protective
equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to
acrylonitrile. You or your representative has the right to observe employee
measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer is required to
inform you of your exposure. If your employer determines that you are being
overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which are
being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and medical
examinations. These records must be kept by the employer for at least forty
(40) years or for the period of your employment plus twenty (20) years,
whichever is longer.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to
you or your representative upon your request.

Appendix B to 1926.1145 - Substance Technical Guidelines for Acrylonitrile

I. "Physical and chemical data"
	A. Substance identification: 1. Synonyms: AN; VCN; vinyl cyanide;

propenenitrile; cyanoethylene; Acrylon; Carbacryl; Fumigrain; Ventox.
	2. Formula: CH2=CHCN. 3. Molecular weight: 53.1. B. Physical data:
1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg):  77.3 deg. C (171 deg. F);
	2. Specific gravity (water=1): 0.81 (at 20 deg. C or 68 deg. F);
	3. Vapor density (air=1 at boiling point of acrylonitrile): 1.83;
	4. Melting point: -83 deg. C (-117 deg. F);
	5. Vapor pressure (at 20 deg. F): 83 mm Hg;
	6. Solubility in water, percent by weight at 20 deg. C (68 deg. F):

7.35;
	7. Evaporation rate (Butyl Acetate=1): 4.54; and

8. Appearance and odor: Colorless to pale yellow liquid with a pungent odor
at concentrations above the permissible exposure level. Any detectable odor
of acrylonitrile may indicate overexposure.

II. "Fire, explosion, and reactivity hazard data"
	A. Fire: 1. Flash point: -1 deg. C (30 deg. F) (closed cup). 2.
Autoignition temperature: 481 deg. C (898 deg. F). 3. Flammable limits air,
percent by volume: Lower: 3, Upper: 17. 4. Extinguishing media: Alcohol foam,
carbon dioxide, and dry chemical. 5. Special fire-fighting procedures: Do not
use a solid stream of water, since the stream will scatter and spread the
fire. Use water to cool containers exposed to a fire.

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Acrylonitrile is a flammable liquid.
Its vapors can easily form explosive mixtures with air. All ignition sources
must be controlled where acrylonitrile is handled, used, or stored in a
manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard. Acrylonitrile
vapors are heavier than air and may travel along the ground and be ignited by
open flames or sparks at locations remote from the site at which
acrylonitrile is being handled.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.106,
acrylonitrile is classified as a class IB flammable liquid. For example,
7,500 ppm, approximately one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be
considered to pose a potential fire and explosion hazard.

8. For purposes of compliance with 29 CFR 1910.157, acrylonitrile is
classified as a Class B fire hazard.

9. For purpose of compliance with 29 CFR 1919.309, locations classified as
hazardous due to the presence of acrylonitrile shall be Class I, Group D.
	B. Reactivity:

1. Conditions contributing to instability: Acrylonitrile will polymerize
when hot, and the additional heat liberated by the polymerization may cause
containers to explode. Pure AN may self-polymerize, with a rapid build-up of
pressure, resulting in an explosion hazard. Inhibitors are added to the
commercial product to prevent self-polymerization.

2. Incompatibilities: Contact with strong oxidizers (especially bromine) and
strong bases may cause fires and explosions. Contact with copper, copper
alloys, ammonia, and amines may start serious decomposition.

3. Hazardous decompostion products: Toxic gases and vapors (such as hydrogen
cyanide, oxides of nitrogen, and carbon monoxide) may be released in a fire
involving acrylonitrile and certain polymers made from acrylonitrile.

4. Special precautions: Liquid acrylonitrile will attack some forms of
plastics, rubbers, and coatings.

III. "Spill, leak, and disposal procedures"

A. If acrylonitrile is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be
taken:
	1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. The area should be evacuated at
once and re-entered only after the area has been thoroughly ventilated and
washed down with water.

3. If liquid acrylonitrile or polymer intermediate, collect for reclamation
or absorb in paper, vermiculite, dry sand, earth, or similar material, or
wash down with water into process sewer system.

B. Persons not wearing protective equipment should be restricted from areas
of spills or leaks until clean-up has been completed.

C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material shall be disposed of in a manner
that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. Spills of
acrylonitrile and flushing of such spills shall be channeled for appropriate
treatment or collection for disposal. They shall not be channeled directly
into the sanitary sewer system. In selecting the method of waste disposal,
applicable local, State, and Federal regulations should be consulted.

IV. "Monitoring and measurement procedures"
	A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of
determining employee exposure under this section are best taken so that the
average 8-hour exposure may be determined from a single 8-hour sample or two
(2) 4-hour samples. Air samples should be taken in the employee's breathing
zone (air that would most nearly represent that inhaled by the employee.) 2.
Ceiling evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of determining
employee exposure under this section must be taken during periods of maximum
expected airborne concentrations of acrylonitrile in the employee's breathing
zone. A minimum of three (3) measurements should be taken on one work shift.
The average of all measurements taken is an estimate of the employee's
ceiling exposure.

3. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis under this section may
be performed by collecting the acrylonitrile vapor on charcoal adsorption
tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with subsequent chemical
analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by instruments such as
real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable direct-reading instruments,
or passive dosimeters. Analysis of resultant samples should be by gas
chromatograph.

Appendix D lists methods of sampling and analysis which have been tested by
NIOSH and OSHA for use with acrylonitrile. NIOSH and OSHA have validated
modifications of NIOSH Method S-156 (See Appendix D) under laboratory
conditions for concentrations below 1 ppm. The employer has the obligation of
selecting a monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision
requirements of the standard under his unique field conditions. The standard
requires that methods of monitoring must be accurate, to a 95-percent
confidence level, to plus or minus 35-percent for concentrations of AN at or
above 2 ppm, and to plus or minus -50-percent for concentrations below 2 ppm.
In addition to the methods described in Appendix D, there are numerous other
methods available for monitoring for AN in the workplace. Details on these
other methods have been submitted by various companies to the rulemaking
record, and are available at the OSHA Docket Office.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on
the results of monitoring and measuring procedures, employers shall assure
that the evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a competent
industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person.

V. "Protective clothing"

Employees shall be provided with and required to wear appropriate protective
clothing to prevent any possibility of skin contact with liquid AN. Because
acrylonitrile is absorbed through the skin, it is important to prevent skin
contact with liquid AN. Protective clothing shall include impermeable
coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, head-coverings, as
appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in contact with
liquid AN.

Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are impermeable to
acrylonitrile. Non-impermeable clothing and shoes should not be allowed to
become contaminated with liquid AN. If permeable clothing does become
contaminated, it should be promptly removed, placed in a regulated area for
removal of the AN, and not worn again until the AN is removed. If leather
footwear or other leather garments become wet from acrylonitrile, they should
be replaced and not worn again, due to the ability of leather to absorb
acrylonitrile and hold it against the skin. Since there is no pain associated
with the blistering which may result from skin contact with liquid AN, it is
essential that the employee be informed of this hazard so that he or she can
be protected.

Any protective clothing which has developed leaks or is otherwise found to
be defective shall be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing shall
be provided to the employee as necessary to assure its protectiveness.
Whenever impervious clothing becomes wet with liquid AN, it shall be washed
down with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also
required to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility
of acrylonitrile contacting the eyes.

VI. "Housekeeping and hygiene facilities"

For purposes of complying with 29 CFR 1926.51, the following items should be
emphasized:

A. The workplace should be kept clean, orderly, and in a sanitary condition.
The employer is required to institute a leak and spill detection program for
operations involving liquid AN in order to detect sources of fugitive AN
emissions.

B. Dry sweeping and the use of compressed air is unsafe for the cleaning of
floors and other surfaces where liquid AN may be found.

C. Adequate washing facilities with hot and cold water are to be provided,
and maintained in a sanitary condition. Suitable cleansing agents are also to
be provided to assure the effective removal of acrylonitrile from the skin.

D. Change or dressing rooms with individual clothes storage facilities must
be provided to prevent the contamination of street clothes with
acrylonitrile. Because of the hazardous nature of acrylonitrile, contaminated
protective clothing should be placed in a regulated area designated by the
employer for removal of the AN before the clothing is laundered or disposed
of.

VII. "Miscellaneous precautions"

A. Store acrylonitrile in tightly-closed containers in a cool,
well-ventilated area and take necessary precautions to avoid any explosion
hazard.

B. High exposures to acrylonitrile can occur when transferring the liquid
from one container to another.

C. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal acrylonitrile
containers. These containers must be effectively grounded and bonded prior to
pouring.
	D. Never store uninhibited acrylonitrile. E. Acrylonitrile vapors
are not inhibited. They may form polymers and clog vents of storage
tanks.

F. Use of supplied-air suits or other impervious coverings may be necessary
to prevent skin contact with and provide respiratory protection from
acrylonitrile where the concentration of acrylonitrile is unknown or is above
the ceiling limit. Supplied-air suits should be selected, used, and
maintained under the immediate supervision of persons knowledgeable in the
limitations and potential life-endangering characteristics of supplied-air
suits.

G. Employers shall advise employees of all areas and operations where
exposure to acrylonitrile could occur.

VIII. "Common operations"

Common operations in which exposure to acrylonitrile is likely to occur
include the following: Manufacture of the acrylonitrile monomer; synthesis of
acrylic fibers, ABS, SAN, and nitrile barrier plastics and resins, nitrile
rubber, surface coatings, specialty chemicals, use as a chemical
intermediate, use as a fumigant and in the cyanoethylation of cotton.

Appendix C to 1926.1145 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Acrylonitrile

I. "Route of entry"
	Inhalation; skin absorption; ingestion.

II. "Toxicology"

Acrylonitrile vapor is an asphyxiant due to inhibitory action on metabolic
enzyme systems. Animals exposed to 75 or 100 ppm for 7 hours have shown signs
of anoxia; in some animals which died at the higher level, cyanomethemoglobin
was found in the blood. Two human fatalities from accidental poisoning have
been reported; one was caused by inhalation of an unknown concentration of
the vapor, and the other was thought to be caused by skin absorption or
inhalation. Most cases of intoxication from industrial exposure have been
mild, with rapid onset of eye irritation, headache, sneezing, and nausea.
Weakness, lightheadedness, and vomiting may also occur. Exposure to high
concentrations may produce profound weakness, asphyxia, and death. The vapor
is a severe eye irritant. Prolonged skin contract with the liquid may result
in absorption with systemic effects, and in the formation of large blisters
after a latent period of several hours. Although there is usually little or
no pain or inflammation, the affected skin resembles a second-degree thermal
burn. Solutions spilled on exposed skin, or on areas covered only by a light
layer of clothing, evaporate rapidly, leaving no irritation, or, at the most,
mild transient redness. Repeated spills on exposed skin may result in
dermatitis due to solvent effects.

Results after 1 year of a planned 2-year animal study on the effects of
exposure to acrylonitrile have indicated that rats ingesting as little as 35
ppm in their drinking water develop tumors of the central nervous system. The
interim results of this study have been supported by a similar study being
conducted by the same laboratory, involving exposure of rats by inhalation of
acrylonitrile vapor, which has shown similar types of tumors in animals
exposed to 80 ppm.

In addition, the preliminary results of an epidemiological study being
performed by duPont on a cohort of workers in their Camden, S.C. acrylic
fiber plant indicate a statistically significant increase in the incidence of
colon and lung cancers among employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

III. "Signs and symptoms of acute overexposure"

Asphyxia and death can occur from exposure to high concentrations of
acrylonitrile. Symptoms of overexposure include eye irritation, headache,
sneezing, nausea and vomiting, weakness, and light-headedness. Prolonged skin
contact can cause blisters on the skin with appearance of a second-degree
burn, but with little or no pain. Repeated skin contact may produce scaling
dermatitis.

IV. "Treatment of acute overexposure"

Remove employee from exposure. Immediately flush eyes with water and wash
skin with soap or mild detergent and water. If AN has been swallowed, and
person is conscious, induce vomiting. Give artificial resuscitation if
indicated. More severe cases, such as those associated with loss of
consciousness, may be treated by the intravenous administration of sodium
nitrite, followed by sodium thiosulfate, although this is not as effective
for acrylonitrile poisoning as for inorganic cyanide poisoning.

V. "Surveillance and preventive considerations"

A. As noted above, exposure to acrylonitrile has been linked to increased
incidence of cancers of the colon and lung in employees of the duPont acrylic
fiber plant in Camden, S.C. In addition, the animal testing of acrylonitrile
has resulted in the development of cancers of the central nervous system in
rats exposed by either inhalation or ingestion. The physician should be aware
of the findings of these studies in evaluating the health of employees
exposed to acrylonitrile.

Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to acrylonitrile are
due to its ability to cause tissue anoxia and asphyxia. The effects are
similar to those caused by hydrogen cyanide. Liquid acrylonitrile can be
absorbed through the skin upon prolonged contact. The liquid readily
penetrates leather, and will produce burns of the feet if footwear
contaminated with acrylonitrile is not removed.

It is important for the physician to become familiar with the operating
conditions in which exposure to acrylonitrile may occur. Those employees with
skin diseases may not tolerate the wearing of whatever protective clothing
may be necessary to protect them from exposure. In addition, those with
chronic respiratory disease may not tolerate the wearing of negative-pressure
respirators.

B. Surveillance and screening. Medical histories and laboratory examinations
are required for each employee subject to exposure to acrylonitrile above the
action level. The employer must screen employees for history of certain
medical conditions which might place the employee at increased risk from
exposure.

1. "Central nervous system dysfunction." Acute effects of exposure to
acrylonitrile generally involve the central nervous system. Symptoms of
acrylonitrile exposure include headache, nausea, dizziness, and general
weakness. The animal studies cited above suggest possible carcinogenic
effects of acrylonitrile on the central nervous system, since rats exposed by
either inhalation or ingestion have developed similar CNS tumors.

2. "Respiratory disease." The du Pont data indicate an increased risk of
lung cancer among employees exposed to acrylonitrile.

3. "Gastrointestinal disease." The du Pont data indicate an increased risk
of cancer of the colon among employees exposed to acrylonitrile. In addition,
the animal studies show possible tumor production in the stomachs of the rats
in the ingestion study.

4. "Skin disease." Acrylonitrile can cause skin burns when prolonged skin
contact with the liquid occurs. In addition, repeated skin contact with the
liquid can cause dermatitis.

5. "General." The purpose of the medical procedures outlined in the standard
is to establish a baseline for future health monitoring. Persons unusually
susceptible to the effects of anoxia or those with anemia would be expected
to be at increased risk. In addition to emphasis on the CNS, respiratory and
gastro-intestinal systems, the cardiovascular system, liver, and kidney
function should also be stressed.

Appendix D to 1926.1145 - Sampling and Analytical Methods for Acrylonitrile

There are many methods available for monitoring employee exposures to
acrylonitrile. Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling
pumps, with analysis by gas chromatograph. The essential differences between
the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use of different
desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use of
different equipment for analysis of the samples.

Besides charcoal, considerable work has been performed on methods using
porous polymer sampling tubes and passive dosimeters. In addition, there are
several portable gas analyzers and monitoring units available on the open
market.

This appendix contains details for the methods which have been tested at
OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City, and NIOSH in Cincinnati. Each
is a variation on NIOSH Method S-156, which is also included for reference.
This does not indicate that these methods are the only ones which will be
satisfactory. There also may be workplace situations in which these methods
are not adequate, due to such factors as high humidity. Copies of the other
methods available to OSHA are available in the rulemaking record, and may be
obtained from the OSHA Docket Office. These include, the Union Carbide,
Monsanto, Dow Chemical and Dow Badische methods, as well as NIOSH Method P &
CAM 127.

Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough should try larger
charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity are available, and are often used
for sampling vinyl chloride. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter
sampling times should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems.

Whatever method the employer chooses, he must assure himself of the method's
accuracy and precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace.

"NIOSH Method S-156 (Unmodified)"

Analyte: Acrylonitrile. Matrix: Air. Procedure: Absorption on charcoal,
desorption with methanol, GC.

1. "Principle of the method" (Reference 11.1).

1.1 A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the
organic vapors present.

1.2 The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered sample
container, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol.

1.3 An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4 The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas
obtained for standards.

2. "Range and sensitivity."

2.1 This method was validated over the range of 17.5-70.0 mg/cu m at an
atmospheric temperature and pressure of 22 deg. C and 760 MM Hg, using a
20-liter sample. Under the conditions of sample size (20-liters) the probable
useful range of this method is 4.5-135 mg-cu m. The method is capable of
measuring much smaller amounts if the desorption efficiency is adequate.
Desorption efficiency must be determined over the range used.

2.2 The upper limit of the range of the method is dependent on the
adsorptive capacity of the charcoal tube. This capacity varies with the
concentrations of acrylonitrile and other substances in the air. The first
section of the charcoal tube was found to hold at least 3.97 mg of
acrylonitrile when a test atmosphere containing 92.0 mg/cu m of acrylonitrile
in air was sampled 0.18 liter per minute for 240 minutes; at that time the
concentration of acrylonitrile in the effluent was less than 5 percent of
that in the influent. (The charcoal tube consists of two sections of
activated charcoal separated by a section of urethane foam. See section 6.2.)
If a particular atmosphere is suspected of containing a large amount of
contaminant, a smaller sampling volume should be taken.

3. "Interference."

3.1  When the amount of water in the air is so great that condensation
actually occurs in the tube, organic vapors will not be trapped efficiently.
Preliminary experiments using toluene indicate that high humidity severely
decreases the breakthrough volume.

3.2  When interfering compounds are known or suspected to be present in the
air, such information, including their suspected identities, should be
transmitted with the sample.

3.3  It must be emphasized that any compound which has the same retention
time as the analyte at the operating conditions described in this method is
an interference. Retention time data on a single column cannot be considered
proof of chemical identity.

3.4  If the possibility of interference exists, separation conditions
(column packing, temperature, etc.) must be changed to circumvent the
problem.

4. "Precision and accuracy."

4.1  The Coefficient of Variation (CV(T)) for the total analytical and
sampling method in the range of 17.5-70.0 mg/cu m was 0.073. This value
corresponds to a 3.3 mg/cu m standard deviation at the (previous) OSHA
standard level (20 ppm). Statistical information and details of the
validation and experimental test procedures can be found in Reference 11.2.

4.2  On the average the concentrations obtained at the 20 ppm level using
the overall sampling and analytical method were 6.0 percent lower than the
"true" concentrations for a limited number of laboratory experiments. Any
difference between the "found" and "true" concentrations may not represent a
bias in the sampling and analytical method, but rather a random variation
from the experimentally determined "true" concentration. Therefore, no
recovery correction should be applied to the final result in section 10.5.

5. "Advantages and disadvantages of the method."

5.1  The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids.
Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated
by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are analyzed by means of a
quick, instrumental method.

The method can also be used for the simultaneous analysis of two or more
substances suspected to be present in the same sample by simply changing gas
chromatographic conditions.

5.2  One disadvantage of the method is that the amount of sample which can
be taken is limited by the number of milligrams that the tube will hold
before overloading. When the sample value obtained for the backup section of
the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of that found on the front section, the
possibility of sample loss exists.

5.3  Furthermore, the precision of the method is limited by the
reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will affect
the flow rate and cause the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is
usually calibrated for one tube only.

6. "Apparatus."

6.1  A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within
plus or minus 5 percent at the recommended flow rate. (Reference 11.3).

6.2  Charcoal tubes: Glass tubes with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with
a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated
charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated
charcoals prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 deg. C prior to
packing. The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup
section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet
end of the tube and the backup section. A plug of silicated glass wool is
placed in front of the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube
must be less than 1 inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.
	6.3  Gas chromatograph equipped with a flame ionization detector.
6.4  Column (4-ft X 1/4-in stainless steel) packed with 50/80 mesh Poropak,
type Q.

6.5  An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring
peak areas.

6.6  Two-milliliter sample containers with glass stoppers or Teflon-lined
caps. If an automatic sample injector is used, the associated vials may be
used.

6.7  Microliter syringes: 10-microliter and other convenient sizes for
making standards.
	6.8  Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets. 6.9  Volumetric flask: 10-ml or
convenient sizes for making standard solutions.

7. "Reagents."
	7.1  Chromatographic quality methanol. 7.2  Acrylonitrile, reagent
grade. 7.3  Hexane, reagent grade. 7.4  Purified nitrogen. 7.5  Prepurified
hydrogen. 7.6  Filtered compressed air.

8. "Procedure."

8.1  Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis
should be detergent washed and thoroughly rinsed with tap water and distilled
water.

8.2  Calibration of personal pumps. Each personal pump must be calibrated
with a representative charcoal tube in the line. This will minimize errors
associated with uncertainties in the sample volume collected.
	8.3  Collection and shipping of samples. 8.3.1  Immediately before
sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half
the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm).

8.3.2  The smaller section of charcoal is used as a backup and should be
positioned nearest the sampling pump.

8.3.3  The charcoal tube should be placed in a vertical direction during
sampling to minimize channeling through the charcoal.

8.3.4  Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing
before entering the charcoal tube.

8.3.5  A maximum sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow
of 0.20 liter per minute or less. The flow rate should be known with an
accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent.

8.3.6  The temperature and pressure of the atmosphere being sampled should
be recorded. If pressure reading is not available, record the elevation.

8.3.7  The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps
immediately after sampling. Under no circumstances should rubber caps be
used.

8.3.8  With each batch of 10 samples submit one tube from the same lot of
tubes which was used for sample collection and which is subjected to exactly
the same handling as the samples except that no air is drawn through it.
Label this as a blank.

8.3.9  Capped tubes should be packed tightly and padded before they are
shipped to minimize tube breakage during shipping.

8.3.10  A sample of the bulk material should be submitted to the laboratory
in a glass container with a Teflon-lined cap. This sample should not be
transported in the same container as the charcoal tubes.
	8.4  Analysis of samples. 8.4.1  Preparation of samples. In
preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front
of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed
and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a
2-ml stoppered sample container. The separating section of foam is removed
and discarded; the second section is transferred to another stoppered
container. These two sections are analyzed separately.

8.4.2  Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is
pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30
minutes. Tests indicate that this is adequate if the sample is agitated
occasionally during this period. If an automatic sample injector is used, the
sample vials should be capped as soon as the solvent is added to minimize
volatilization.

8.4.3  GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas
chromatograph are:
	1. 50 ml/min (60 psig) nitrogen carrier gas flow. 2. 65 ml/min (24
psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector. 3. 500 ml/min (50 psig) air flow to
detector. 4. 235 deg. C injector temperature. 5. 255 deg. C manifold
temperature (detector). 6. 155 deg. C column temperature. 8.4.4  Injection.
The first step in the analysis is the injection of the sample into the gas
chromatograph. To eliminate difficulties arising from blowback or
distillation within the syringe needle, one should employ the solvent flush
injection technique. The 10-microliter syringe is first flushed with solvent
several times to wet the barrel and plunger. Three microliters of solvent are
drawn into the syringe to increase the accuracy and reproducibility of the
injected sample volume. The needle is removed from the solvent, and the
plunger is pulled back about 0.2 microliter to separate the solvent flush
from the sample with a pocket of air to be used as a marker. The needle is
then immersed in the sample, and a 5-microliter aliquot is withdrawn, taking
into consideration the volume of the needle, since the sample in the needle
will be completely injected. After the needle is removed from the sample and
prior to injection, the plunger is pulled back 1.2 microliters to minimize
evaporation of the sample from the tip of the needle. Observe that the sample
occupies 4.9-5.0 microliters in the barrel of the syringe. Duplicate
injections of each sample and standard should be made. No more than a 3
percent difference in area is to be expected. An automatic sample injector
can be used if it is shown to give reproducibility at least as good as the
solvent flush method.

8.4.5  Measurement of area. The area of the sample peak is measured by an
electronic integrator or some other suitable form of area measurement, and
preliminary results are read from a standard curve prepared as discussed
below.
	8.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. 8.5.1 Importance of
determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary
from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to
another. Thus, it is necessary to determine at least once the percentage of
the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the
same batch of charcoal is used.

8.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. Activated charcoal
equivalent to the amount in the first section of the sampling tube (100 mg)
is measured into a 2.5 in, 4-mm I.D. glass tube, flame sealed at one end.
This charcoal must be from the same batch as that used in obtaining the
samples and can be obtained from unused charcoal tubes. The open end is
capped with Parafilm. A known amount of hexane solution of acrylonitrile
containing 0.239 g/ml is injected directly into the activated charcoal with a
microliter syringe, and tube is capped with more Parafilm. When using an
automatic sample injector, the sample injector vials, capped with
Teflon-faced septa, may be used in place of the glass tube.

The amount injected is equivalent to that present in a 20-liter air sample
at the selected level.

Six tubes at each of three levels (0.5X, 1X, and 2X of the standard) are
prepared in this manner and allowed to stand for at least overnight to assure
complete adsorption of the analyte onto the charcoal. These tubes are
referred to as the sample. A parallel blank tube should be treated in the
same manner except that no sample is added to it. The sample and blank tubes
are desorbed and analyzed in exactly the same manner as the sampling tube
described in section 8.4.

Two or three standards are prepared by injecting the same volume of compound
into 1.0 ml of methanol with the same syringe used in the preparation of the
samples. These are analyzed with the samples.

The desorption efficiency (D.E.) equals the average weight in mg recovered
from the tube divided by the weight in mg added to the tube, or
 
          average weight recovered (mg)

D.E.  ----------------------------------------

            weight added (mg)

The desorption efficiency is dependent on the amount of analyte collected on
the charcoal. Plot the desorption efficiency versus weight of analyte found.
This curve is used in section 10.4 to correct for adsorption losses.

9. "Calibration and standards."

It is convenient to express concentration of standards in terms of mg/1.0 ml
methanol, because samples are desorbed in this amount of methanol. The
density of the analyte is used to convert mg into microliters for easy
measurement with a microliter syringe. A series of standards, varying in
concentration over the range of interest, is prepared and analyzed under the
same GC conditions and during the same time period as the unknown samples.
Curves are established by plotting concentration in mg/1.0 ml versus peak
area.

Note: Since no internal standard is used in the method, standard solutions
must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will
minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and variations during the
same day of the FID response.

10. "Calculations."

10.1 Read the weight, in mg, corresponding to each peak area from the
standard curve. No volume corrections are needed, because the standard curve
is based on mg/1.0 ml methanol and the volume of sample injected is identical
to the volume of the standards injected.
	10.2 Corrections for the bank must be made for each sample.

mg = mg sample-mg blank Where:
	mg sample = mg found in front section of sample tube. mg sample = mg
found in front section of blank tube.
	A similar procedure is followed for the backup sections. 10.3 Add
the weights found in the front and backup sections to get the total weight in
the sample.

10.4 Read the desorption efficiency from the curve (see sec. 8.5.2) for the
amount found in the front section. Divide the total weight by this desorption
efficiency to obtain the corrected mg/sample.
 
                                        Total weight
Corrected mg/sample   =    -------------------------
                                        D.E.

10.5 The concentration of the analyte in the air sampled can be expressed in
mg/cu m.
 
                                               1,000 (liter/cu m)
  mg/cu m=Corrected mg (section 10.4)  ---------------------------------------------
                                               air volume sampled (liter)
  10.6 Another method of expressing concentration is ppm.


ppm = m mg/cu X 24.45/M.W. X 760/PX T.

+ 273/298

Where:
            P = Pressure (mm Hg) of air sampled.
            T = Temperature (deg. C) of air sampled.
            24.45 = Molar volume (liter/mole) at 25 deg.C and 760 mm Hg.
            M.W. = Molecular weight (g/mole) of analyte.
            760 = Standard pressure (mm Hg).
            298 = Standard temperature (deg. K).

11. "References."

11.1 White, L. D. et al., "A Convenient Optimized Method for the Analysis of
Selected Solvent Vapors in the Industrial Atmosphere," "Amer. Ind. Hyg.
Assoc. J.," 31:225 (1970).

11.2 Documentation of NIOSH Validation Tests, NIOSH Contract No.
CDC-99-74-45.

11.3 Final Report, NIOSH Contract HSM-99-71-31, "Personal Sampler Pump for
Charcoal Tubes," September 15, 1972.

NIOSH Modification of NIOSH Method S-156

The NIOSH recommended method for low levels for acrylonitrile is a
modification of method S-156. It differs in the following respects:

(1) Samples are desorbed using 1 ml of 1 percent acetone in CS(2) rather
than methanol.
	(2) The analytical column and conditions are:

Column: 20 percent SP-1000 on 80/100 Supelcoport 10 feet x 1/8 inch S.S.
Conditions: Injector temperature: 200 deg. C. Detector temperature: 100 deg.
C. Column temperature: 85 deg. C. Helium flow: 25 ml/min. Air flow: 450
ml/min. Hydrogen flow: 55 ml/min.

            (3) A 2 ul injection of the desorbed analyte is used.
            (4) A sampling rate of 100 ml/min is recommended.


OSHA Laboratory Modification of NIOSH Method S-156

Analyte: Acrylonitrile. Matrix: Air. Procedure: Adsorption on charcoal,
desorption with methanol, GC.

1. "Principle of the Method" (Reference 1).

1.1  A known volume of air is drawn through a charcoal tube to trap the
organic vapors present.

1.2  The charcoal in the tube is transferred to a small, stoppered sample
vial, and the analyte is desorbed with methanol.

1.3  An aliquot of the desorbed sample is injected into a gas chromatograph.

1.4  The area of the resulting peak is determined and compared with areas
obtained for standards.

2. "Advantages and disadvantages of the method."

2.1  The sampling device is small, portable, and involves no liquids.
Interferences are minimal, and most of those which do occur can be eliminated
by altering chromatographic conditions. The tubes are analyzed by means of a
quick, instrumental method.

2.2  This method may not be adequate for the simultaneous analysis of two or
more substances.

2.3  The amount of sample which can be taken is limited by the number of
milligrams that the tube will hold before overloading. When the sample value
obtained for the backup section of the charcoal tube exceeds 25 percent of
that found on the front section, the possibility of sample loss exists.

2.4  The precision of the method is limited by the reproducibility of the
pressure drop across the tubes. This drop will affect the flow rate and cause
the volume to be imprecise, because the pump is usually calibrated for one
tube only.

3. "Apparatus."

3.1  A calibrated personal sampling pump whose flow can be determined within
plus or minus 5 percent at the recommended flow rate.

3.2  Charcoal tubes: Glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7 cm long with
a 6-mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of 20/40 mesh activated
charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The activated charcoal
is prepared from coconut shells and is fired at 600 deg. C prior to packing.
The adsorbing section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the back-up section 50 mg.
A 3-mm portion of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube
and the back-up section. A plug of sililated glass wool is placed in front of
the adsorbing section. The pressure drop across the tube must be less than
one inch of mercury at a flow rate of 1 liter per minute.
	3.3  Gas chromatograph equipped with a nitrogen phosphorus detector.
3.4  Column (10-ft x 1/8"-in stainless steel) packed with 100/120 Supelcoport
coated with 10 percent SP 1000.

3.5 An electronic integrator or some other suitable method for measuring
peak area.
	3.6 Two-milliliter sample vials with Teflon-lined caps 3.7
Microliter syringes: 10-microliter, and other convenient sizes for making
standards.
	3.8 Pipets: 1.0-ml delivery pipets. 3.9 Volumetric flasks:
convenient sizes for making standard solutions.

4. "Reagents."
	4.1 Chromatographic quality methanol. 4.2 Acrylonitrile, reagent
grade. 4.3 Filtered compressed air. 4.4 Purified hydrogen. 4.5 Purified
helium.

5. "Procedure."

5.1 Cleaning of equipment. All glassware used for the laboratory analysis
should be properly cleaned and free of organics which could interfere in the
analysis.

5.2 Calibration of personal pumps. Each pump must be calibrated with a
representative charcoal tube in the line.
	5.3 Collection and shipping of samples. 5.3.1 Immediately before
sampling, break the ends of the tube to provide an opening at least one-half
the internal diameter of the tube (2 mm).

5.3.2 The smaller section of the charcoal is used as the backup and should
be placed nearest the sampling pump.

5.3.3 The charcoal should be placed in a vertical position during sampling
to minimize channeling through the charcoal.

5.3.4 Air being sampled should not be passed through any hose or tubing
before entering the charcoal tube.

5.3.5 A sample size of 20 liters is recommended. Sample at a flow rate of
approximately 0.2 liters per minute. The flow rate should be known with an
accuracy of at least plus or minus 5 percent.

5.3.6 The temperature and pressure of the atmosphere being sampled should be
recorded.

5.3.7 The charcoal tubes should be capped with the supplied plastic caps
immediately after sampling. Rubber caps should not be used.

5.3.8 Submit at least one blank tube (a charcoal tube subjected to the same
handling procedures, without having any air drawn through it) with each set
of samples.

5.3.9. Take necessary shipping and packing precautions to minimize breakage
of samples.
	5.4 Analysis of samples. 5.4.1 Preparation of samples. In
preparation for analysis, each charcoal tube is scored with a file in front
of the first section of charcoal and broken open. The glass wool is removed
and discarded. The charcoal in the first (larger) section is transferred to a
2-ml vial. The separating section of foam is removed and discarded; the
section is transferred to another capped vial. These two sections are
analyzed separately.

5.4.2 Desorption of samples. Prior to analysis, 1.0 ml of methanol is
pipetted into each sample container. Desorption should be done for 30 minutes
in an ultrasonic bath. The sample vials are recapped as soon as the solvent
is added.

5.4.3 GC conditions. The typical operating conditions for the gas
chromatograph are:
	1. 30 ml/min (60 psig) helium carrier gas flow. 2. 3.0 ml/min (30
psig) hydrogen gas flow to detector. 3. 50 ml/min (60 psig) air flow to
detector. 4. 200 deg. C injector temperature. 5. 200 deg. C dejector
temperature. 6. 100 deg. C column temperature. 5.4.4 Injection. Solvent flush
technique or equivalent. 5.4.5 Measurement of area. The area of the sample
peak is measured by an electronic integator or some other suitable form of
area measurement, and preliminary results are read from a standard curve
prepared as discussed below.
	5.5 Determination of desorption efficiency. 5.5.1 Importance of
determination. The desorption efficiency of a particular compound can vary
from one laboratory to another and also from one batch of charcoal to
another. Thus, it is necessary to determine, at least once, the percentage of
the specific compound that is removed in the desorption process, provided the
same batch of charcoal is used.

5.5.2 Procedure for determining desorption efficiency. The reference portion
of the charcoal tube is removed. To the remaining portion, amounts
representing 0.5X, 1X, and 2X (X represents TLV) based on a 20 l air sample
are injected onto several tubes at each level. Dilutions of acrylonitrile
with methanol are made to allow injection of measurable quantities. These
tubes are then allowed to equilibrate at least overnight. Following
equilibration they are analyzed following the same procedure as the samples A
curve of the desorption efficiency

amt recovered/amt added

is plotted versus amount of analyte found. This curve is used to correct for
adsorption losses.

6. "Calibration and standards."

A series of standards, varying in concentration over the range of interest,
is prepared and analyzed under the same GC conditions and during the same
time period as the unknown samples. Curves are prepared by plotting
concentration versus peak area.

Note: Since no internal standard is used in the method, standard solutions
must be analyzed at the same time that the sample analysis is done. This will
minimize the effect of known day-to-day variations and variations during the
same day of the NPD response. Multiple injections are necessary.

7. "Calculations."

Read the weight, corresponding to each peak area from the standard curve,
correct for the blank, correct for the desorption efficiency, and make
necessary air volume corrections.

8. "Reference." NIOSH Method S-156.

1926.1147 Ethylene oxide

(a) "Scope and application." (1) This section applies to all occupational
exposures to ethylene oxide (EtO), Chemical Abstracts Service Registry No.
75-21-8, except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.

(2) This section does not apply to the processing, use, or handling of
products containing EtO where objective data are reasonably relied upon that
demonstrate that the product is not capable of releasing EtO in airborne
concentrations at or above the action level, and may not reasonably be
foreseen to release EtO in excess of the excursion limit, under the expected
conditions of processing, use, or handling that will cause the greatest
possible release.

(3) Where products containing EtO are exempted under paragraph (a)(2) of
this section, the employer shall maintain records of the objective data
supporting that exemption and the basis for the employer's reliance on the
data, as provided in paragraph (k)(1) of this section.

(b) "Definitions:" For the purpose of this section, the following
definitions shall apply:

"Action level" means a concentration of airborne EtO of 0.5 ppm calculated
as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for
Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee.

"Authorized person" means any person specifically authorized by the employer
whose duties require the person to enter a regulated area, or any person
entering such an area as a designated representative of employees for the
purpose of exercising the right to observe monitoring and measuring
procedures under paragraph (l) of this section, or any other person
authorized by the Act or regulations issued under the Act.

"Director" means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

"Emergency" means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment
failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that is
likely to or does result in an unexpected significant release of EtO.

"Employee exposure" means exposure to airborne EtO which would occur if the
employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.

"Ethylene oxide" or "EtO" means the three-membered ring organic compound
with chemical formula C(2)H(4)O.

(c) "Permissible exposure limits" - (1) "8-hour time weighted average
(TWA)." The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne
concentration of EtO in excess of one (1) part EtO per million parts of air
(1 ppm) as an 8-hour time-weighted average (8-hour TWA).

(2) "Excursion limit." The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed
to an airborne concentration of EtO in excess of 5 parts of EtO per million
parts of air (5 ppm) as averaged over a sampling period of fifteen (15)
minutes.

(d) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Determinations of employee
exposure shall be made from breathing zone air samples that are
representative of the 8-hour TWA and 15-minute short-term exposures of each
employee.

(ii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure shall be determined on the
basis of one or more samples representing full-shift exposure for each shift
for each job classification in each work area. Representative 15-minute
short-term employee exposures shall be determined on the basis of one or more
samples representing 15-minute exposures associated with operations that are
most likely to produce exposures above the excursion limit for each shift for
each job classification in each work area.

(iii) Where the employer can document that exposure levels are equivalent
for similar operations in different work shifts, the employer need only
determine representative employee exposure for that operation during one
shift.

(2) "Initial monitoring." (i) Each employer who has a workplace or work
operation covered by this standard, except as provided for in paragraph
(a)(2) or (d)(2)(ii) of this section, shall perform initial monitoring to
determine accurately the airborne concentrations of EtO to which employees
may be exposed.

(ii) Where the employer has monitored after June 15, 1983 and the monitoring
satisfies all other requirements of this section, the employer may rely on
such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the requirements of paragraph
(d)(2)(i) of this section.

(iii) Where the employer has previously monitored for the excursion limit
and the monitoring satisfies all other requirements of this sections, the
employer may rely on such earlier monitoring results to satisfy the
requirements of paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section.

(3) "Monitoring frequency (periodic monitoring)." (i) If the monitoring
required by paragraph (d)(2) of this section reveals employee exposure at or
above the action level but at or below the 8-hour TWA, the employer shall
repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 6 months.

(ii) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
reveals employee exposure above the 8-hour TWA, the employer shall repeat
such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months.

(iii) The employer may alter the monitoring schedule from quarterly to
semiannually for any employee for whom two consecutive measurements taken at
least 7 days apart indicate that the employee's exposure has decreased to or
below the 8-hour TWA.

(iv) If the monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section
reveals employee exposure above the 15 minute excursion limit, the employer
shall repeat such monitoring for each such employee at least every 3 months,
and more often as necessary to evaluate exposure the employee's short-term
exposures.

(4) "Termination of monitoring." (i) If the initial monitoring required by
paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section reveals employee exposure to be below the
action level, the employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those employees
whose exposures are represented by the initial monitoring.

(ii) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section
reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two consecutive
measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are below the action level, the
employer may discontinue TWA monitoring for those employees whose exposures
are represented by such monitoring.

(iii) If the initial monitoring required by paragraph (d)(2)(1) of this
section reveals employee exposure to be at or below the excursion limit, the
employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those employees whose
exposures are represented by the initial monitoring.

(iv) If the periodic monitoring required by paragraph (d)(3) of this section
reveals that employee exposures, as indicated by at least two consecutive
measurements taken at least 7 days apart, are at or below the excursion
limit, the employer may discontinue excursion limit monitoring for those
employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring.

(5) "Additional monitoring." Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph
(d)(4) of this section, the employer shall institute the exposure monitoring
required under paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(3) of this section whenever there
has been a change in the production, process, control equipment, personnel or
work practices that may result in new or additional exposures to EtO or when
the employer has any reason to suspect that a change may result in new or
additional exposures.

(6) "Accuracy of monitoring." (i) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a
confidence level of 95 percent, to within plus or minus 25 percent for
airborne concentrations of EtO at the 1 ppm TWA and to within plus or minus
35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the action level of 0.5 ppm.

(ii) Monitoring shall be accurate, to a confidence level of 95 percent, to
within plus or minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of EtO at the
excursion limit.

(7) "Employee notification of monitoring results." (i) The employer shall,
within 15 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring
performed under this standard, notify the affected employee of these results
in writing either individually or by posting of results in an appropriate
location that is accessible to affected employees.

(ii) The written notification required by paragraph (d)(7)(i) of this
section shall contain the corrective action being taken by the employer to
reduce employee exposure to or below the TWA and/or excursion limit, wherever
monitoring results indicated that the TWA and/or excursion limit has been
exceeded.

(e) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish a regulated area
wherever occupational exposure to airborne concentrations of EtO may exceed
the TWA or wherever the EtO concentration exceeds or can reasonably be
expected to exceed the excursion limit.
	(2) Access to regulated areas shall be limited to authorized
persons. (3) Regulated areas shall be demarcated in any manner that minimizes
the number of employees within the regulated area.

(f) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering controls and work practices."
(i) The employer shall institute engineering controls and work practices to
reduce and maintain employee exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the
excursion limit, except to the extent that such controls are not feasible.

(ii) Wherever the feasible engineering controls and work practices that can
be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the
TWA and to or below the excursion limit, the employer shall use them to
reduce employee exposure to the lowest levels achievable by these controls
and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies
with the requirements of paragraph (g) of this section.

(iii) Engineering controls are generally infeasible for the following
operations: collection of quality assurance sampling from sterilized
materials removal of biological indicators from sterilized materials: loading
and unloading of tank cars; changing of ethylene oxide tanks on sterilizers;
and vessel cleaning. For these operations, engineering controls are required
only where the Assistant Secretary demonstrates that such controls are
feasible.

(2) "Compliance program." (i) Where the TWA or excursion limit is exceeded,
the employer shall establish and implement a written program to reduce
exposure to or below the TWA and to or below the excursion limit by means of
engineering and work practice controls, as required by paragraph (f)(1) of
this section, and by the use of respiratory protection where required or
permitted under this section.

(ii) The compliance program shall include a schedule for periodic leak
detection surveys and a written plan for emergency situations, as specified
in paragraph (h)(i) of this section.

(iii) Written plans for a program required in paragraph (f)(2) shall be
developed and furnished upon request for examination and copying to the
Assistant Secretary, the Director, affected employees and designated employee
representatives. Such plans shall be reviewed at least every 12 months, and
shall be updated as necessary to reflect significant changes in the status of
the employer's compliance program.

(iv) The employer shall not implement a schedule of employee rotation as a
means of compliance with the TWA or excursion limit.

(g) "Respiratory protection and personal protective equipment" - (1)
"General." The employer shall provide respirators, and ensure that they are
used, where required by this section. Respirators shall be used in the
following circumstances.

(i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible
engineering and work practice controls;

(ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities, vessel
cleaning, or other activities for which engineering and work practice
controls are not feasible;

(iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice
controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the TWA or
excursion limit; and
	(iv) In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) Where
respirators are required under this section, the employer shall select and
provide, at no cost to the employee, the appropriate respirator as specified
in Table 1, and shall ensure that the employee uses the respirator
provided.

(ii) The employer shall select respirators from among those jointly approved
as being acceptable for protection against EtO by the Mine Safety and Health
Administration (MSHA) and by the National Institute for Occupational Safety
and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of 30 CFR Part 11.

(3) "Respirator program." Where respiratory protection is required by this
section, the employer shall institute a respirator program in accordance with
29 CFR 1926.103(e), (g), (h), and (i).

(4) "Protective clothing and equipment." Where eye or skin contact with
liquid EtO or EtO solutions may occur, the employer shall select and provide,
at no cost to the employee, appropriate protective clothing or other
equipment in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.95 and 1926.102 to protect any area
of the body that may come in contact with liquid EtO or EtO in solution, and
shall ensure that the employee wears the protective clothing and equipment
provided.

(h) "Emergency situations" - (1) "Written plan." (i) A written plan for
emergency situations shall be developed for each workplace where there is a
possibility of an emergency. Appropriate portions of the plan shall be
implemented in the event of an emergency.

(ii) The plan shall specifically provide that employees engaged in
correcting emergency conditions shall be equipped with respiratory protection
as required by paragraph (g) of this section until the emergency is abated.

(iii) The plan shall include the elements prescribed in 29 CFR 1926.35,
"Employee emergency plans and fire prevention plans."

(2) "Alerting employees." Where there is the possibility of employee
exposure to EtO due to an emergency, means shall be developed to alert
potentially affected employees of such occurrences promptly. Affected
employees shall be immediately evacuated from the area in the event that an
emergency occurs.
 

TABLE 1 - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION FOR AIRBORNE ETO

Note. - Respirators approved for use in higher concentrations are permitted
to be used in lower concentrations.
	(i) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "General" - (i) "Employees covered."

(A) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance program for all
employees who are or may be exposed to EtO at or above the action level,
without regard to the use of respirators, for at least 30 days a year.

(B) The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations
to all employees who have been exposed to EtO in an emergency situation.

(ii) "Examination by a physician." The employer shall ensure that all
medical examinations and procedures are performed by or under the supervision
of a licensed physician, and are provided without cost to the employee,
without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and place.

(2) "Medical examinations and consultations." (i) "Frequency." The employer
shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee
covered under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section on the following schedules:

(A) Prior to assignment of the employee to an area where exposure may be at
or above the action level for at least 30 days a year.

(B) At least annually each employee exposed at or above the action level for
at least 30 days in the past year.

(C) At termination of employment or reassignment to an area where exposure
to EtO is not at or above the action level for at least 30 days a year.

(D) As medically appropriate for any employee exposed during an emergency.

(E) As soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either (1) that
the employee has developed signs or symptoms indicating possible overexposure
to EtO, or (2) that the employee desires medical advice concerning the
effects of current or past exposure to EtO on the employee's ability to
produce a healthy child.

(F) If the examining physician determines that any of the examinations
should be provided more frequently than specified, the employer shall provide
such examinations to affected employees at the frequencies recommended by the
physician.

(ii) "Content." (A) Medical examinations made available pursuant to
paragraphs (i)(2)(i)(A)-(D) of this section shall include:

{1} A medical and work history with special emphasis directed to symptoms
related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems
and to the eyes and skin.

{2} A physical examination with particular emphasis given to the pulmonary,
hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.

{3} A complete blood count to include at least a white cell count (including
differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin.

{4} Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems
necessary by sound medical practice.

(B) The content of medical examinations or consultation made available
pursuant to paragraph (i)(2)(i)(E) of this section shall be determined by the
examining physician, and shall include pregnancy testing or laboratory
evaluation of fertility, if requested by the employee and deemed appropriate
by the physician.

(3) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:
	(i) A copy of this standard and Appendices A, B, and C. (ii) A
description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to the
employee's exposure.

(iii) The employee's representative exposure level or anticipated exposure
level.

(iv) A description of any personal protective and respiratory equipment used
or to be used.

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee
that is not otherwise available to the examining physician.

(4) "Physician's written opinion." (i) The employer shall obtain a written
opinion from the examining physician. This written opinion shall contain the
results of the medical examination and shall include:

(A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any detected
medical conditions that would place the employee at an increased risk of
material health impairment from exposure to EtO;

(B) Any recommended limitations on the employee or upon the use of personal
protective equipment such as clothing or respirators; and

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of the
results of the medical examination and of any medical conditions resulting
from EtO exposure that require further explanation or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall instruct the physician not to reveal in the written
opinion given to the employer specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to
occupational exposure to EtO.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written opinion
to the affected employee within 15 days from its receipt.

(j) "Communication of EtO hazards to employees" - (1) "Signs and labels."
(i) The employer shall post and maintain legible signs demarcating regulated
areas and entrances or accessways to regulated areas that bear the following
legend:
 
                            DANGER
                        ETHYLENE OXIDE
           CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD
                 AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
            RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
                       MAY BE REQUIRED
                  TO BE WORN IN THIS AREA

(ii) The employer shall ensure that precautionary labels are affixed to all
containers of EtO whose contents are capable of causing employee exposure at
or above the action level or whose contents may reasonably be foreseen to
cause employee exposure above the excursion limit, and that the labels remain
affixed when the containers of EtO leave the workplace. For the purpose of
this paragraph, reaction vessels, storage tanks, and pipes or piping systems
are not considered to be containers. The labels shall comply with the
requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(f) of OSHA's Hazard Communication standard,
and shall include the following legend:
 
  (A)                        DANGER
                   CONTAINS ETHYLENE OXIDE
             CANCER HAZARD AND REPRODUCTIVE HAZARD

and (B) A warning statement against breathing airborne concentrations of EtO.

(iii) The labeling requirements under this section do not apply where EtO is
used as a pesticide, as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide.
Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when it is labeled
pursuant to that Act and regulations issued under that Act by the
Environmental Protection Agency.

(2) "Material safety data sheets." Employers who are manufacturers or
importers of EtO shall comply with the requirements regarding development of
material safety data sheets as specified in 29 CFR 1926.59(g) of OSHA's
Hazard Communication standard.

(3) "Information and training." (i) The employer shall provide employees who
are potentially exposed to EtO at or above the action level or above the
excursion limit with information and training on EtO at the time of initial
assignment and at least annually thereafter.
	(ii) Employees shall be informed of the following:

(A) The requirements of this section with an explanation of its contents,
including Appendices A and B;
	(B) Any operations in their work area where EtO is present;
	(C) The location and availability of the written EtO final rule; and

(D) The medical surveillance program required by paragraph (i) of this
section with an explanation of the information in Appendix C.
	(iii) Employee training shall include at least:

(A) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or
release of EtO in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the
employer, continuous monitoring devices, etc.);
	(B) The physical and health hazards of EtO;

(C) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from hazards
associated with EtO exposure, including specific procedures the employer has
implemented to protect employees from exposure to EtO, such as work
practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be
used; and

(D) The details of the hazard communication program developed by the
employer, including an explanation of the labeling system and how employees
can obtain and use the appropriate hazard information.

(k) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Objective data for exempted operations." (i)
Where the processing, use, or handling of products made from or containing
EtO are exempted from other requirements of this section under paragraph
(a)(2) of this section, or where objective data have been relied on in lieu
of initial monitoring under paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section, the
employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of objective data
reasonably relied upon in support of the exemption.
	(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
	(A) The product qualifying for exemption;
	(B) The source of the objective data;

(C) The testing protocol, results of testing, and/or analysis of the
material for the release of EtO;

(D) A description of the operation exempted and how the data support the
exemption; and

(E) Other data relevant to the operations, materials, processing, or
employee exposures covered by the exemption.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for the duration of the
employer's reliance upon such objective data.

(2) "Exposure measurements." (i) The employer shall keep an accurate record
of all measurements taken to monitor employee exposure to EtO as prescribed
in paragraph (d) of this section.
	(ii) This record shall include at least the following information:
	(A) The date of measurement;
	(B) The operation involving exposure to EtO which is being monitored;
	(C) Sampling and analytical methods used and evidence of their accuracy;
	(D) Number, duration, and results of samples taken;
	(E) Type of protective devices worn, if any; and

(F) Name, social security number and exposure of the employees whose
exposures are represented.

(iii) The employer shall maintain this record for at least thirty (30)
years, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.

(3) "Medical surveillance." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance by
paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33.
	(ii) The record shall include at least the following information:
	(A) The name and social security number of the employee;
	(B) Physicians' written opinions;
	(C) Any employee medical complaints related to exposure to EtO; and

(D) A copy of the information provided to the physician as required by
paragraph (i)(3) of this section.

(iii) The employer shall ensure that this record is maintained for the
duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.33.

(4) "Availability." (i) The employer, upon written request, shall make all
records required to be maintained by this section available to the Assistant
Secretary and the Director for examination and copying.

(ii) The employer, upon request, shall make any exemption and exposure
records required by paragraphs (k) (1) and (2) of this section available for
examination and copying to affected employees, former employees, designated
representatives and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.33 (a) through (e) and (g) through (i).

(iii) The employer, upon request, shall make employee medical records
required by paragraph (k)(3) of this section available for examination and
copying to the subject employee, anyone having the specific written consent
of the subject employee, and the Assistant Secretary, in accordance with 29
CFR 1926.33.

(5) "Transfer of records." (i) The employer shall comply with the
requirements concerning transfer of records set forth in 29 CFR 1926.33(h).

(ii) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor
employer to receive and retain the records for the prescribed period, the
employer shall notify the Director at least 90 days prior to disposal and
transmit them to the Director.

(l) "Observation of monitoring" - (1) "Employee observation." The employer
shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an
opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to EtO conducted
in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.

(2) "Observation procedures." When observation of the monitoring of employee
exposure to EtO requires entry into an area where the use of protective
clothing or equipment is required, the observer shall be provided with and be
required to use such clothing and equipment and shall comply with all other
applicable safety and health procedures.

(m) "Dates" - (1) - (i) "Effective date." The paragraphs contained in this
section shall become effective August 21, 1984, except for paragraphs (a)(2),
(d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) which shall become effective on
March 12, 1985.

(ii) The requirements in this section which pertain only to or are triggered
by the excursion limit shall become effective June 6, 1988, except for the
excursion limit provisions in paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (f)(2), (g)(3) and (j)
of this section which shall become effective August 25, 1988.

(2) "Start-up dates." (i) The start-up date for the requirements in those
paragraphs that were effective on August 21, 1984, including institution of
work practice controls specified in paragraph (f)(1), shall be February 19,
1985, except as provided for in paragraph (m)(2)(ii), and the start-up date
for paragraphs (a)(2), (d), (e), (f)(2), (g)(3), (h), (i), and (j) of this
section shall be September 9, 1985.

(ii) Engineering controls specified by paragraph (f)(1) of this section
shall be implemented by August 21, 1985.

(iii) Compliance with the requirements in this section which pertain only to
or are triggered by the excursion limit shall be by September 6, 1988, except
for compliance with the excursion limit provisions of paragraphs (a)(2), (d),
(f)(2), (g)(3), and (j) of this section, which shall be by October 6, 1988,
and implementation of engineering controls specified for compliance with the
excursion limit, which shall be by December 6, 1988.

(3) "Labeling." (i) Paragraph (j)(1)(ii)(A) of this section as amended is
effective January 9, 1986.
	(ii) Paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this is effective October 11, 1985.
(n) "Appendices." The information contained in the appendices is not intended
by itself to create any additional obligations not otherwise imposed or to
detract from any existing obligation.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0108)

Appendix A to 1926.1147 - Substance Safety Data Sheet for Ethylene Oxide
(Non-Mandatory)

I. "Substance identification"
	A. Substance: Ethylene oxide (C(2)H(4)O). B. Synonyms:
dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO, ETO,
oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/beta-oxidoethane, oxiran,
oxirane.
	C. Ethylene oxide can be found as a liquid or vapor. D. EtO is used
in the manufacture of ethylene glycol, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol
ethers, and other organic chemicals. EtO is also used as a sterilant and
fumigant.

E. Appearance and odor: Colorless liquid below 10.7 deg. C (51.3 deg. F) or
colorless gas with ether-like odor detected at approximately 700 parts EtO
per million parts of air (700 ppm).

F. Permissible Exposure: Exposure may not exceed 1 part EtO per million
parts of air averaged over the 8-hour workday.

II. "Health hazard data"

A. Ethylene oxide can cause bodily harm if you inhale the vapor, if it comes
into contact with your eyes or skin, or if you swallow it.
	B. Effects of overexposure:

1. Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause eye irritation and injury to the
cornea, frostbite, and severe irritation and blistering of the skin upon
prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation
and liver injury. Acute effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include
respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea,
shortness of breath, and cyaonosis (blue or purple coloring of skin).
Exposure has also been associated with the occurrence of cancer, reproductive
effects, mutagenic changes, neurotoxicity, and sensitization.

2. EtO has been shown to cause cancer in laboratory animals and has been
associated with higher incidences of cancer in humans. Adverse reproductive
effects and chromosome damage may also occur from EtO exposure.

a. Reporting signs and symptoms: You should inform your employer if you
develop any signs or symptoms and suspect that they are caused by exposure to
EtO.

III. "Emergency first aid procedures"

A. Eye exposure: If EtO gets into your eyes, wash your eyes immediately with
large amounts of water, lifting the lower and upper eyelids. Get medical
attention immediately. Contact lenses should not be worn when working with
this chemical.

B. Skin exposure: If EtO gets on your skin, immediately wash the
contaminated skin with water. If EtO soaks through your clothing, especially
your shoes, remove the clothing immediately and wash the skin with water
using an emergency deluge shower. Get medical attention immediately.
Thoroughly wash contaminated clothing before reusing. Contaminated leather
shoes or other leather articles should not be reused and should be discarded.

C. Inhalation: If large amounts of EtO are inhaled, the exposed person must
be moved to fresh air at once. If breathing has stopped, perform
cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Get
medical attention immediately.

D. Swallowing: When EtO has been swallowed, give the person large quantities
of water immediately. After the water has been swallowed, try to get the
person to vomit by having him or her touch the back of the throat with his or
her finger. Do not make an unconscious person vomit. Get medical attention
immediately.

E. Rescue: Move the affected person from the hazardous exposure. If the
exposed person has been overcome, attempt rescue only after notifying at
least one other person of the emergency and putting into effect established
emergency procedures. Do not become a casualty yourself. Understand your
emergency rescue procedures and know the location of the emergency equipment
before the need arises.

IV. "Respirators and protective clothing"

A. Respirators: You may be required to wear a respirator for nonroutine
activities, in emergencies, while your employer is in the process of reducing
EtO exposures through engineering controls, and where engineering controls
are not feasible. As of the effective date of the standard, only air supplied
positive-pressure, full-facepiece respirators are approved for protection
against EtO. If air-purifying respirators are worn in the future, they must
have a joint Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) label of approval for
use with ethylene oxide. For effective protection, respirators must fit your
face and head snugly. Respirators should not be loosened or removed in work
situations where their use is required.

EtO does not have a detectable odor except at levels well above the
permissible exposure limits. If you can smell EtO while wearing a respirator,
proceed immediately to fresh air. If you experience difficulty breathing
while wearing a respirator, tell your employer.

B. Protective clothing: You may be required to wear impermeable clothing,
gloves, a face shield, or other appropriate protective clothing to prevent
skin contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Where protective
clothing is required, your employer must provide clean garments to you as
necessary to assure that the clothing protects you adequately.

Replace or repair protective clothing that has become torn or otherwise
damaged.

EtO must never be allowed to remain on the skin. Clothing and shoes which
are not impermeable to EtO should not be allowed to become contaminated with
EtO, and if they do, the clothing should be promptly removed and
decontaminated. Contaminated leather shoes should be discarded. Once EtO
penetrates shoes or other leather articles, they should not be worn again.

C. Eye protection: You must wear splashproof safety goggles in areas where
liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may contact your eyes. In addition,
contact lenses should not be worn in areas where eye contact with EtO can
occur.

V. "Precautions for safe use, handling, and storage"

A. EtO is a flammable liquid, and its vapors can easily form explosive
mixtures in air.

B. EtO must be stored in tighly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated
area, away from heat, sparks, flames, strong oxidizers, alkalines, and acids,
strong bases, acetylide-forming metals such as cooper, silver, mercury and
their alloys.

C. Sources of ignition such as smoking material, open flames and some
electrical devices are prohibited wherever EtO is handled, used, or stored in
a manner that could create a potential fire or explosion hazard.

D. You should use non-sparking tools when opening or closing metal
containers of EtO, and containers must be bonded and grounded in the rare
instances in which liquid EtO is poured or transferred.

E. Impermeable clothing wet with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions may
be easily ignited. If your are wearing impermeable clothing and are splashed
with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solution, you should immediately remove the
clothing while under an emergency deluge shower.

F. If your skin comes into contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing
solutions, you should immediately remove the EtO using an emergency deluge
shower.

G. You should not keep food, beverages, or smoking materials in regulated
areas where employee exposures are above the permissible exposure limits.

H. Fire extinguishers and emergency deluge showers for quick drenching
should be readily available, and you should know where they are and how to
operate them.

I. Ask your supervisor where EtO is used in your work area and for any
additional plant safety and health rules.

VI. "Access to information"

A. Each year, your employer is required to inform you of the information
contained in this standard and appendices for EtO. In addition, your employer
must instruct you in the proper work practices for using EtO emergency
procedures, and the correct use of protective equipment.

B. Your employer is required to determine whether you are being exposed to
EtO. You or your representative has the right to observe employee
measurements and to record the results obtained. Your employer is required to
inform you of your exposure. If your employer determine that you are being
overexposed, he or she is required to inform you of the actions which are
being taken to reduce your exposure to within permissible exposure limits.

C. Your employer is required to keep records of your exposures and medical
examinations. These exposure records must be kept by the employer for at
least thirty (30) years. Medical records must be kept for the period of your
employment plus thirty (30) years.

D. Your employer is required to release your exposure and medical records to
your physician or designated representative upon your written request.

VII. "Sterilant use of eto in hospitals and health care facilities"

This section of Appendix A, for informational purposes, sets forth EPA's
recommendations for modifications in workplace design and practice in
hospitals and health care facilities for which the Environmental Protection
Agency has registered EtO for uses as a sterilant or fumigant under the
Federal Insecticide, Funigicide, and Rodenticide Act, 7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.
These new recommendations, published in the "Federal Register" by EPA at 49
FR 15268, as modified in today's "Register", are intended to help reduce the
exposure of hospital and health care workers to EtO to 1 ppm. EPA's
recommended workplace design and workplace practice are as follows:

1. "Workplace Design"

a. "Installation of gas line hand valves." Hand valves must be installed on
the gas supply line at the connection to the supply cylinders to minimize
leakage during cylinder change.

b. "Installation of capture boxes." Sterilizer operations result in a
gas/water discharge at the completion of the process. This discharge is
routinely piped to a floor drain which is generally located in an equipment
or an adjacent room. When the floor drain is not in the same room as the
sterilizer and workers are not normally present, all that is necessary is
that the room be well ventilated.

The installation of a "capture box" will be required for those work place
layouts where the floor drain is located in the same room as the sterilizer
or in a room where workers are normally present. A "capture box" is a piece
of equipment that totally encloses the floor drain where the discharge from
the sterilizer is pumped. The "capture box" is to be vented directly to a
non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system. Sufficient air intake
should be allowed at the bottom of the box to handle the volume of air that
is ventilated from the top of the box. The "capture box" can be made of
metal, plastic, wood or other equivalent material. The box is intended to
reduce levels of EtO discharged into the work room atmosphere. The use of a
"capture box" is not required if: (1) The vacuum pump discharge floor drain
is located in a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not
normally present or (2) the water sealed vacuum pump discharges directly to a
closed sealed sewer line (check local plumbing codes).

If it is impractical to install a vented "capture box" and a well ventilated
equipment or other room is not feasible, a box that can be sealed over the
floor drain may be used if: (1) The floor drain is located in a room where
workers are not normally present and EtO cannot leak into an occupied area,
and (2) the sterilizer in use is less than 12 cubic feet in capacity (check
local plumbing codes).
	c. "Ventilation of aeration units." i." Existing aeration units."

Existing units must be vented to a non-recirculating or dedicated system or
vented to an equipment or other room where workers are not normally present
and which is well ventilated. Aerator units must be positioned as close as
possible to the sterilizer to minimize the exposure from the off-gassing of
sterilized items.

ii. "Installation of new aerator units (where none exist)." New aerator
units must be vented as described above for existing aerators. Aerators must
be in place by July 1, 1986.

d. "Ventilation during cylinder change." Workers may be exposed to short but
relatively high levels of EtO during the change of gas cylinders. To reduce
exposure from this route, users must select one of three alternatives
designed to draw off gas that may be released when the line from the
sterilizer to the cylinder is disconnected:

i. Location of cylinders in a well ventilated equipment room or other room
where workers are not normally present.

ii. Installation of a flexible hose (at least 4" (10.16 cm) in diameter) to
a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system and located in the area
of cylinder change in such a way that the hose can be positioned at the point
where the sterilizer gas line is disconnected from the cylinder.

iii. Installation of a hood that is part of a non-recirculating or dedicated
system and positioned no more than one foot above the point where the change
of cylinders takes place.

e. "Ventilation of sterilizer door area." One of the major sources of
exposure to EtO occurs when the sterilizer door is opened following the
completion of the sterilization process. In order to reduce this avenue of
exposure, a hood or metal canopy closed on each end must be installed over
the sterilizer door. The hood or metal canopy must be connected to a
non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation system or one that exhausts gases
to a well ventilated equipment or other room where workers are not normally
present. A hood or canopy over the sterilizer door is required for use even
with those sterilizers that have a purge cycle and must be in place by July
1, 1986.

f. "Ventilation of sterilizer relief valve." Sterilizers are typically
equipped with a safety relief device to release gas in case of increased
pressure in the sterilizer. Generally, such relief devices are used on
pressure vessels. Although these pressure relief devices are rarely opened
for hospital and health care sterilizers, it is suggested that they be
designed to exhaust vapor from the sterilizer by one of the following
methods:

i. Through a pipe connected to the outlet of the relief valve ventilated
directly outdoors at a point high enough to be away from passers by, and not
near any windows that open, or near any air conditioning or ventilation air
intakes.

ii. Through a connection to an existing or new non-recirculating or
dedicated ventilation system.

iii. Through a connection to a well ventilated equipment or other room where
workers are not normally present.

g. "Ventilation systems." Each hospital and health care facility affected by
this notice that uses EtO for the sterilization of equipment and supplies
must have a ventilation system which enables compliance with the requirements
of section (b) through (f) in the manner described in these sections and
within the timeframes allowed. Thus, each affected hospital and health care
facility must have or install a non-recirculating or dedicated ventilation
equipment or other room where workers are not normally present in which to
vent EtO.

h. "Installation of alarm systems." An audible and visual indicator alarm
system must be installed to alert personnel of ventilation system failures,
i.e., when the ventilation fan motor is not working.

2. "Workplace Practices"

All the workplace practices discussed in this unit must be permanently
posted near the door of each sterilizer prior to use by any operator.

a. "Changing of supply line filters." Filters in the sterilizer liquid line
must be changed when necessary, by the following procedure:
	i. Close the cylinder valve and the hose valve. ii. Disconnect the
cylinder hose (piping) from the cylinder. iii. Open the hose valve and bleed
slowly into a proper ventilating system at or near the in-use supply
cylinders.
	iv. Vacate the area until the line is empty. v. Change the filter.
vi. Reconnect the lines and reverse the value position. vii. Check hoses,
filters, and valves for leaks with a fluorocarbon leak detector (for those
sterilizers using the 88 percent chlorofluorocarbon, 12 percent ethylene
oxide mixture (12/88)).

b. "Restricted access area." i. Areas involving use of EtO must be
designated as restricted access areas. They must be identified with signs or
floor marks near the sterilizer door, aerator, vacuum pump floor drain
discharge, and in-use cylinder storage.

ii. All personnel must be excluded from the restricted area when certain
operations are in progress, such as discharging a vacuum pump, emptying a
sterilizer liquid line, or venting a non-purge sterilizer with the door ajar
or other operations where EtO might be released directly into the face of
workers.

c. "Door opening procedures." i. "Sterilizers with purge cycles." A load
treated in a sterilizer equipped with a purge cycle should be removed
immediately upon completion of the cycle (provided no time is lost opening
the door after cycle is completed). If this is not done, the purge cycle
should be repeated before opening door.

ii. "Sterilizers without purge cycles." For a load treated in a sterilizer
not equipped with a purge cycle, the sterilizer door must be ajar 6" (15.24
cm) for 15 minutes, and then fully opened for at least another 15 minutes
before removing the treated load. The length of time of the second period
should be established by peak monitoring for one hour after the two 15-minute
periods suggested. If the level is above 10 ppm time-weighted average for 8
hours, more time should be added to the second waiting period (door wide
open). However, in no case may the second period be shortened to less than 15
minutes.

d. "Chamber unloading procedures." i. Procedures for unloading the chamber
must include the use of baskets or rolling carts, or baskets and rolling
tables to transfer treated loads quickly, thus avoiding excessive contact
with treated articles, and reducing the duration of exposures.

ii. If rolling carts are used, they should be pulled not pushed by the
sterilizer operators to avoid offgassing exposure.

e. "Maintenance." A written log should be instituted and maintained
documenting the date of each leak detection and any maintenance procedures
undertaken. This is a suggested use practice and is not required.

i. "Leak detection." Sterilizer door gaskets, cylinder and vacuum piping,
hoses, filters, and valves must be checked for leaks under full pressure with
a Fluorocarbon leak detector (for 12/88 systems only) every two weeks by
maintenance personnel. Also, the cylinder piping connections must be checked
after changing cylinders. Particular attention in leak detection should be
given to the automatic solenoid valves that control the flow of EtO to the
sterilizer. Specifically, a check should be made at the EtO gasline entrance
port to the sterilizer, while the sterilizer door is open and the solenoid
valves are in a closed position.

ii. "Maintenance procedures." Sterilizer/areator door gaskets, valves, and
fittings must be replaced when necessary as determined by maintenance
personnel in their bi-weekly checks; in addition, visual inspection of the
door gaskets for cracks, debris, and other foreign substances should be
conducted daily by the operator.

Appendix B to 1926.1147 - Substance Technical Guidelines for Ethylene Oxide
(Non-Mandatory)

I. "Physical and chemical data"
	A. Substance identification:

1. Synonyms: dihydrooxirene, dimethylene oxide, EO, 1,2-epoxyethane, EtO ETO
oxacyclopropane, oxane, oxidoethane, alpha/beta-oxidoethane, oxiran, oxirane.
	2. Formula: (C(2)H(4)O). 3. Molecular weight: 44.06 B. Physical
data: 1. Boiling point (760 mm Hg): 10.7 deg. C (51.3 deg. F); 2. Specific
gravity (water = 1): 0.87 (at 20 deg. C or 68 deg. F) 3. Vapor density (air =
1): 1.49; 4. Vapor pressure (at 20 deg. C); 1,095 mm Hg; 5. Solubility in
water: complete; 6. Appearance and odor: colorless liquid; gas at temperature
above 10.7 deg. F or 51.3 deg. C with ether-like odor above 700
ppm.

II. "Fire, explosion, and reactivity hazard data"
	A. Fire:
	1. Flash point: less than O deg. F (open cup);
	2. Stability: decomposes violently at temperatures above 800 deg. F;
	3. Flammable limits in air, percent by volume: Lower: 3,Upper: 100;

4. Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide for small fires, polymer or alcohol
foams for large fires;

5. Special fire fighting procedures: Dilution of ethylene oxide with 23
volumes of water renders it non-flammable;

6. Unusual fire and explosion hazards: Vapors of EtO will burn without the
presence of air or other oxidizers. EtO vapors are heavier than air and may
travel along the ground and be ignited by open flames or sparks at locations
remote from the site at which EtO is being used.

7. For purposes of compliance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.152, EtO
is classified as a flammable gas. For example, 7,500 ppm, approximately
one-fourth of the lower flammable limit, would be considered to pose a
potential fire and explosion hazard.
	B. Reactivity:

1. Conditions contributing to instability: EtO will polymerize violently if
contaminated with aqueous alkalies, amines, mineral acids, metal chlorides,
or metal oxides. Violent decomposition will also occur at temperatures above
800 deg. F;
	2. Incompatabilities: Alkalines and acids;
	3. Hazardous decomposition products: Carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide.

III. "Spill, leak, and disposal procedures"
	A. If EtO is spilled or leaked, the following steps should be taken:
	1. Remove all ignition sources. 2. The area should be evacuated at
once and re-entered only after the area has been thoroughly ventilated and
washed down with water.

B. Persons not wearing appropriate protective equipment should be restricted
from areas of spills or leaks until cleanup has been completed.

C. Waste disposal methods: Waste material should be disposed of in a manner
that is not hazardous to employees or to the general population. In selecting
the method of waste disposal, applicable local, State, and Federal
regulations should be consulted.

IV. "Monitoring and measurement procedures"
	A. Exposure above the Permissible Exposure Limit:

1. Eight-hour exposure evaluation: Measurements taken for the purpose of
determining employee exposure under this section are best taken with
consecutive samples covering the full shift. Air samples should be taken in
the employee's breathing zone (air that would most nearly represent that
inhaled by the employee.) 2. Monitoring techniques: The sampling and analysis
under this section may be performed by collection of the EtO vapor on
charcoal adsorption tubes or other composition adsorption tubes, with
subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be performed by
instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems, portable direct
reading instruments, or passive dosimeters as long as measurements taken
using these methods accurately evaluate the concentration of EtO in
employees' breathing zones.

Appendix D describes the validated method of sampling and analysis which has
been tested by OSHA for use with EtO. Other available methods are also
described in Appendix D. The employer has the obligation of selecting a
monitoring method which meets the accuracy and precision requirements of the
standard under his unique field conditions. The standard requires that the
method of monitoring should be accurate, to a 95 percent confidence level, to
plus or minus 25 percent for concentrations of EtO at 1 ppm, and to plus or
minus 35 percent for concentrations at 0.5 ppm. In addition to the method
described in Appendix D, there are numerous other methods available for
monitoring for EtO in the workplace. Details on these other methods have been
submitted by various companies to the rulemaking record, and are available at
the OSHA Docket Office.

B. Since many of the duties relating to employee exposure are dependent on
the results of measurement procedures, employers should assure that the
evaluation of employee exposures is performed by a technically qualified
person.

V. "Protective clothing and equipment"

Employees should be provided with and be required to wear appropriate
protective clothing wherever there is significant potential for skin contact
with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions. Protective clothing shall
include impermeable coveralls or similar full-body work clothing, gloves, and
head coverings, as appropriate to protect areas of the body which may come in
contact with liquid EtO or EtO-containing solutions.

Employers should ascertain that the protective garments are impermeable to
EtO. Permeable clothing, including items made of rubber, and leather shoes
should not be allowed to become contaminated with liquid EtO. If permeable
clothing does become contaminated, it should be immediately removed, while
the employer is under an emergency deluge shower. If leather footwear or
other leather garments become wet from EtO they should be discarded and not
be worn again, because leather absorbs EtO and holds it against the skin.

Any protective clothing that has been damaged or is otherwise found to be
defective should be repaired or replaced. Clean protective clothing should be
provided to the employee as necessary to assure employee protection. Whenever
impermeable clothing becomes wet with liquid EtO, it should be washed down
with water before being removed by the employee. Employees are also required
to wear splash-proof safety goggles where there is any possibility of EtO
contacting the eyes.

VI. "Miscellaneous precautions"

A. Store EtO in tightly closed containers in a cool, well-ventilated area
and take all necessary precautions to avoid any explosion hazard.

B. Non-sparking tools must be used to open and close metal containers. These
containers must be effectively grounded and bonded.
	C. Do not incinerate EtO cartridges, tanks or other containers. D.
Employers should advise employees of all areas and operations where exposure
to EtO occur.

VII. "Common operations"

Common operations in which exposure to EtO is likely to occur include the
following: Manufacture of EtO, surfactants, ethanolamines, glycol ethers, and
specialty chemicals, and use as a sterilant in the hospital, health product
and spice industries.

Appendix C to 1926.1147 - Medical Surveillance Guidelines for Ethylene Oxide
(Non-Mandatory)

I. "Route of entry"
	Inhalation.

II. "Toxicology"

Clinical evidence of adverse effects associated with the exposure to EtO is
present in the form of increased incidence of cancer in laboratory animals
(leukemia, stomach, brain), mutation in offspring in animals, and resorptions
and spontaneous abortions in animals and human populations respectively.
Findings in humans and experimental animals exposed to airborne
concentrations of EtO also indicate damage to the genetic material (DNA).
These include hemoglobin alkylation, unsecheduled DNA synthesis, sister
chromatid exchange chromosomal aberration, and functional sperm
abnormalities.

Ethylene oxide in liquid form can cause eye irritation and injury to the
cornea, frostbite, severe irritation, and blistering of the skin upon
prolonged or confined contact. Ingestion of EtO can cause gastric irritation
and liver injury. Other effects from inhalation of EtO vapors include
respiratory irritation and lung injury, headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea,
dyspnea and cyanosis.

III. "Signs and symptoms of acute overexposure"

The early effects of acute overexposure to EtO are nausea and vomiting,
headache, and irritation of the eyes and respiratory passages. The patient
may notice a "peculiar taste" in the mouth. Delayed effects can include
pulmonary edema, drowsiness, weakness, and incoordination. Studies suggest
that blood cell changes, an increase in chromosomal aberrations, and
spontaneous abortion may also be causally related to acute overexposure to
EtO.

Skin contact with liquid or gaseous EtO causes characteristic burns and
possibly even an allergic-type sensitization. The edema and erythema
occurring from skin contact with EtO progress to vesiculation with a tendency
to coalesce into blebs with desquamation. Healing occurs within three weeks,
but there may be a residual brown pigmentation. A 40-80 percent solution is
extremely dangerous, causing extensive blistering after only brief contact.
Pure liquid EtO causes frostbite because of rapid evaporation. In contrast,
the eye is relatively insensitive to EtO, but there may be some irritation of
the cornea.

Most reported acute effects of occupational exposure to EtO are due to
contact with EtO in liquid phase. The liquid readily penetrates rubber and
leather, and will produce blistering if clothing or footwear contaminated
with EtO are not removed.

IV. "Surveillance and preventive considerations"

As noted above, exposure to EtO has been linked to an increased risk of
cancer and reproductive effects including decreased male fertility,
fetotoxicity, and spontaneous abortion. EtO workers are more likely to have
chromosomal damage than similar groups not exposed to EtO. At the present,
limited studies of chronic effects in humans resulting from exposure to EtO
suggest a causal association with leukemia. Animal studies indicate leukemia
and cancers at other sites (brain, stomach) as well. The physician should be
aware of the findings of these studies in evaluating the health of employees
exposed to EtO.

Adequate screening tests to determine an employee's potential for developing
serious chronic diseases, such as cancer, from exposure to EtO do not
presently exist. Laboratory tests may, however, give evidence to suggest that
an employee is potentially overexposed to EtO. It is important for the
physician to become familiar with the operating conditions in which exposure
to EtO is likely to occur. The physician also must become familiar with the
signs and symptoms that indicate a worker is receiving otherwise unrecognized
and unacceptable exposure to EtO. These elements are especially important in
evaluating the medical and work histories and in conducting the physical
exam. When an unacceptable exposure in an active employee is identified by
the physician, measures taken by the employer to lower exposure should also
lower the risk of serious long-term consequences.

The employer is required to institute a medical surveillance program for all
employees who are or will be exposed to EtO at or above the action level (0.5
ppm) for at least 30 days per year, without regard to respirator use. All
examinations and procedures must be performed by or under the supervision of
a licensed physician at a reasonable time and place for the employee and at
no cost to the employee.

Although broad latitude in prescribing specific tests to be included in the
medical surveillance program is extended to the examining physician, OSHA
requires inclusion of the following elements in the routine examination:

(i) Medical and work histories with special emphasis directed to symptoms
related to the pulmonary, hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems
and to the eyes and skin.

(ii) Physical examination with particular emphasis given to the pulmonary,
hematologic, neurologic, and reproductive systems and to the eyes and skin.

(iii) Complete blood count to include at least a white cell count (including
differential cell count), red cell count, hematocrit, and hemoglobin.

(iv) Any laboratory or other test which the examining physician deems
necessary by sound medical practice.

If requested by the employee, the medical examinations shall include
pregnancy testing or laboratory evaluation of fertility as deemed appropriate
by the physician.

In certain cases, to provide sound medical advice to the employer and the
employee, the physician must evaluate situations not directly related to EtO.
For example, employees with skin diseases may be unable to tolerate wearing
protective clothing. In addition those with chronic respiratory diseases may
not tolerate the wearing of negative pressure (air purifying) respirators.
Additional tests and procedures that will help the physician determine which
employees are medically unable to wear such respirators should include: An
evaluation of cardiovascular function, a baseline chest x-ray to be repeated
at five year intervals, and a pulmonary function test to be repeated every
three years. The pulmonary function test should include measurement of the
employee's forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume at one
second (FEV1), as well as calculation of the ratios of FEV1 to FVC, and
measured FVC and measured FEV1 to expected values corrected for variation due
to age, sex, race, and height.

The employer is required to make the prescribed tests available at least
annually to employees who are or will be exposed at or above the action
level, for 30 or more days per year; more often than specified if recommended
by the examining physician; and upon the employee's termination of employment
or reassignment to another work area. While little is known about the long
term consequences of high short-term exposures, it appears prudent to monitor
such affected employees closely in light of existing health data. The
employer shall provide physician recommended examinations to any employee
exposed to EtO in emergency conditions. Likewise, the employer shall make
available medical consultations including physician recommended exams to
employees who believe they are suffering signs or symptoms of exposure to
EtO.

The employer is required to provide the physician with the following
information: a copy of this standard and its appendices; a description of the
affected employee's duties as they relate to the employee exposure level; and
information from the employee's previous medical examinations which is not
readily available to the examining physician. Making this information
available to the physician will aid in the evaluation of the employee's
health in relation to assigned duties and fitness to wear personal protective
equipment, when required.

The employer is required to obtain a written opinion from the examining
physician containing the results of the medical examinations; the physician's
opinion as to whether the employee has any detected medical conditions which
would place the employee at increased risk of material impairment of his or
her health from exposure to EtO; any recommended restrictions upon the
employee's exposure to EtO, or upon the use of protective clothing or
equipment such as respirators; and a statement that the employee has been
informed by the physician of the results of the medical examination and of
any medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This
written opinion must not reveal specific findings or diagnoses unrelated to
occupational exposure to EtO, and a copy of the opinion must be provided to
the affected employee.

The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the employer with
a written opinion is to provide the employer with a medical basis to aid in
the determination of initial placement of employees and to assess the
employee's ability to use protective clothing and equipment.

Appendix D to 1926.1147 - Sampling and Analytical Methods for Ethylene Oxide
(Non-Mandatory)

A number of methods are available for monitoring employee exposures to EtO.
Most of these involve the use of charcoal tubes and sampling pumps, followed
by analysis of the samples by gas chromatograph. The essential differences
between the charcoal tube methods include, among others, the use of different
desorbing solvents, the use of different lots of charcoal, and the use of
different equipment for analysis of the samples.

Besides charcoal, methods using passive dosimeters, gas sampling bags,
impingers, and detector tubes have been utilized for determination of EtO
exposure. In addition, there are several commercially available portable gas
analyzers and monitoring units.

This appendix contains details for the method which has been tested at the
OSHA Analytical Laboratory in Salt Lake City. Inclusion of this method in the
appendix does not mean that this method is the only one which will be
satisfactory. Copies of descriptions of other methods available are available
in the rulemaking record, and may be obtained from the OSHA Docket Office.
These include the Union Carbide, Dow Chemical, 3M, and DuPont methods, as
well as NIOSH Method S-286. These methods are briefly described at the end of
this appendix.

Employers who note problems with sample breakthrough using the OSHA or other
charcoal methods should try larger charcoal tubes. Tubes of larger capacity
are available. In addition, lower flow rates and shorter sampling times
should be beneficial in minimizing breakthrough problems. Whatever method the
employer chooses, he must assure himself of the method's accuracy and
precision under the unique conditions present in his workplace.

"Ethylene Oxide"
	Method No.: 30. Matrix: Air. Target Concentration: 1.0 ppm (1.8
mg/m(3)). Procedure: Samples are collected on two charcoal tubes in series
and desorbed with 1 percent CS(2) in benzene. The samples are derivatized
with HBr and treated with sodium carbonate. Analysis is done by gas
chromatography with an electron capture detector.
	Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate: 1 liter and 0.05 Lpm.
Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure: 13.3 ppb (0.024 mg/m(3)) (Based on
1.0 liter air sample).

Reliable Quantitation Limit: 52.2 ppb (0.094 mg/m(3)) (Based on 1.0 liter
air sample).
	Standard Error of Estimate: 6.59 percent (See Backup Section 4.6).
Special Requirements: Samples must be analyzed within 15 days of sampling
date.

Status of Method: The sampling and analytical method has been subjected to
the established evaluation procedures of the Organic Method Evaluations
Branch.
	Date: August 1981. Chemist: Wayne D. Potter.

"Organic Solvents Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah"

1. General Discussion.

1.1  Background.

1.1.1  History of Procedure.
Ethylene oxide samples analyzed at the OSHA Laboratory have normally been
collected on activated charcoal and desorbed with carbon disulfide. The
analysis is performed with a gas chromatograph equipped with a FID (Flame
ionization detector) as described in NIOSH Method S286 (Ref. 5.1). This
method is based on a PEL of 50 ppm and has a detection limit of about 1
ppm.

Recent studies have prompted the need for a method to analyze and detect
ethylene oxide at very low concentrations.

Several attempts were made to form an ultraviolet (UV) sensitive derivative
with ethylene oxide for analysis with HPLC. Among those tested that gave no
detectable product were: p-anisidine, methylimidazole, aniline, and
2,3,6-trichlorobenzoic acid. Each was tested with catalysts such as
triethylamine, aluminum chloride, methylene chloride and sulfuric acid but no
detectable derivative was produced.

The next derivatization attempt was to react ethylene oxide with HBr to form
2-bromoethanol. This reaction was successful. An ECD (electron capture
detector) gave a very good response for 2-bromoethanol due to the presence of
bromine. The use of carbon disulfide as the desorbing solvent gave too large
a response and masked the 2-bromoethanol. Several other solvents were tested
for both their response on the ECD and their ability to desorb ethylene oxide
from the charcoal. Among those tested were toluene, xylene, ethyl benzene,
hexane, cyclohexane and benzene. Benzene was the only solvent tested that
gave a suitable response on the ECD and a high desorption. It was found that
the desorption efficiency was improved by using 1 percent CS(2) with the
benzene. The carbon disulfide did not significantly improve the recovery with
the other solvents. SKC Lot 120 was used in all tests done with activated
charcoal.

1.1.2  Physical Properties (Ref. 5.2-5.4). Synonyms: Oxirane;
dimethylene oxide, 1,2-epoxy-ethane; oxane;

C(2)H(4)O; ETO;

Molecular Weight: 44.06 Boiling Point: 10.7 deg. C (51.3 deg.)
Melting Point: -1111 deg. C Description: Colorless, flammable gas Vapor
Pressure: 1095 mm. at 20 deg. C Odor: Ether-like odor Lower Explosive Limits:
3.0 percent (by volume) Flash Point (TOC): Below 0 deg. F Molecular
Structure: CH(2)-CH(2)

1.2  Limit Defining Parameters.

1.2.1  Detection Limit of the
Analytical Procedure. The detection limit of the analytical procedure is 12.0
picograms of ethylene oxide per injection. This is the amount of analyte
which will give a peak whose height is five times the height of the baseline
noise. (See Backup Data Section 4.1).

1.2.2  Detection Limit of the Overall Procedure. The detection limit
of the overall procedure is 24.0 ng of ethylene oxide per sample.

This is the amount of analyte spiked on the sampling device which allows
recovery of an amount of analyte equivalent to the detection limit of the
analytical procedure. (See Backup Data Section 4.2).

1.2.3  Reliable Quantitation Limit. The reliable quantitation limit
is 94.0 nanograms of ethylene oxide per sample. This is the smallest amount
of analyte which can be quantitated within the requirements of 75 percent
recovery and 95 percent confidence limits. (See Backup Data Section
4.2).

It must be recognized that the reliable quantitation limit and detection
limits reported in the method are based upon optimization of the instrument
for the smallest possible amount of analyte. When the target concentration of
an analyte is exceptionally higher than these limits, they may not be
attainable at the routine operating parameters. In this case, the limits
reported on analysis reports will be based on the operating parameters used
during the analysis of the samples.

1.2.4  Sensitivity. The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over
a concentration range representing 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration
based on the recommended air volume is 34105 area units per ug/mL. The
sensitivity is determined by the slope of the calibration curve (See Backup
Data Section 4.3).

The sensitivity will vary somewhat with the particular instrument used in
the analysis.

1.2.5  Recovery. The recovery of analyte from the collection medium
must be 75 percent or greater. The average recovery from spiked samples over
the range of 0.5 to 2 times the target concentration is 88.0 percent (See
Backup Section 4.4). At lower concentrations the recovery appears to be
non-linear.

1.2.6  Precision (Analytical Method Only). The pooled coefficient of
variation obtained from replicate determination of analytical standards at
0.5X, 1X and 2X the target concentration is 0.036 (See Backup Data Section
4.5).

1.2.7  Precision (Overall Procedure). The overall procedure must
provide results at the target concentration that are 25 percent of better at
the 95 percent confidence level. The precision at the 95 percent confidence
level for the 15 day storage test is plus or minus 12.9 percent (See Backup
Data Section 4.6).

This includes an additional plus or minus 5 percent for sampling
error.

1.3  Advantages.

1.3.1  The sampling procedure is convenient.

1.3.2
The analytical procedure is very sensitive and reproducible.

1.3.3
Reanalysis of samples is possible.

1.3.4  Samples are stable for at least 15
days at room temperature.

1.3.5  Interferences are reduced by the longer GC
retention time of the new derivative.

1.4  Disadvantages.

1.4.1  Two tubes in series must be used because
of possible breakthrough and migration.

1.4.2  The precision of the sampling rate may be limited by the
reproducibility of the pressure drop across the tubes. The pumps are usually
calibrated for one tube only.

1.4.3  The use of benzene as the desorption solvent increases the hazards of
analysis because of the potential carcinogenic effects of benzene.

1.4.4  After repeated injections there can be a buildup of residue formed on
the electron capture detector which decreases sensitivity.

1.4.5  Recovery from the charcoal tubes appears to be nonlinear at low
concentrations.

2. Sampling Procedure.

2.1  Apparatus.

2.1.1  A calibrated personal
sampling pump whose flow can be determined within plus or minus 5 percent of
the recommended flow.

2.1.2  SKC Lot 120 Charcoal tubes: glass tube with both ends flame sealed, 7
cm long with a 6 mm O.D. and a 4-mm I.D., containing 2 sections of coconut
shell charcoal separated by a 2-mm portion of urethane foam. The adsorbing
section contains 100 mg of charcoal, the backup section 50 mg. A 3-mm portion
of urethane foam is placed between the outlet end of the tube and the backup
section. A plug of silylated glass wool is placed in front of the adsorbing
section.

2.2  Reagents.

2.2.1  None required.

2.3  Sampling Technique.

2.3.1
Immediately before sampling, break the ends of the charcoal tubes. All tubes
must be from the same lot.

2.3.2  Connect two tubes in series to the sampling pump with a short section
of flexible tubing. A minimum amount of tubing is used to connect the two
sampling tubes together. The tube closer to the pump is used as a backup.
This tube should be identified as the backup tube.

2.3.3  The tubes should be placed in a vertical position during sampling to
minimize channeling.

2.3.4  Air being sampled should not pass through any hose or tubing before
entering the charcoal tubes.

2.3.5  Seal the charcoal tubes with plastic caps immediately after sampling.
Also, seal each sample with OSHA seals lengthwise.

2.3.6  With each batch of samples, submit at least one blank tube from the
same lot used for samples. This tube should be subjected to exactly the same
handling as the samples (break, seal, transport) except that no air is drawn
through it.

2.3.7  Transport the samples (and corresponding paperwork) to the lab for
analysis.

2.3.8  If bulk samples are submitted for analysis, they should be
transported in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps. These samples must be
mailed separately from the container used for the charcoal tubes.

2.4  Breakthrough.

2.4.1  The breakthrough (5 percent breakthrough)
volume for a 3.0 mg/m ethylene oxide sample stream at approximately 85
percent relative humidity, 22 deg. C and 633 mm is 2.6 liters sampled at 0.05
liters per minute. This is equivalent to 7.8 ug of ethylene oxide. Upon
saturation of the tube it appeared that the water may be displacing ethylene
oxide during sampling.

2.5  Desorption Efficiency.

2.5.1  The desorption efficiency, from
liquid injection onto charcoal tubes, averaged 88.0 percent from 0.5 to 2.0 x
the target concentration for a 1.0 liter air sample. At lower ranges it
appears that the desorption efficiency is non-linear (See Backup Data Section
4.2).

2.5.2  The desorption efficiency may vary from one laboratory to another and
also from one lot of charcoal to another. Thus, it is necessary to determine
the desorption efficiency for a particular lot of charcoal.

2.6  Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate.

2.6.1  The
recommended air volume is 1.0 liter.

2.6.2  The recommended maximum sampling
rate is 0.05 Lpm.

2.7  Interferences.

2.7.1  Ethylene glycol and Freon 12 at
target concentration levels did not interfere with the collection of ethylene
oxide.

2.7.2  Suspected interferences should be listed on the sample data sheets.

2.7.3  The relative humidity may affect the sampling procedure.

2.8
Safety Precautions.

2.8.1  Attach the sampling equipment to the employee so
that it does not interfere with work performance.

2.8.2  Wear safety glasses when breaking the ends of the sampling
tubes.

2.8.3  If possible, place the sampling tubes in a holder so the sharp
end is not exposed while sampling.

3. Analytical Method.

3.1  Apparatus.

3.1.1  Gas chromatograph
equipped with a linearized electron capture detector.

3.1.2  GC column capable of separating the derivative of ethylene oxide
(2-bromoethanol) from any interferences and the 1 percent CS(2) in benzene
solvent. The column used for validation studies was: 10 ft x 1/8 inch
stainless steel 20 percent SP-2100, .1 percent Carbowax 1500 on 100/120
Supelcoport.

3.1.3  An electronic integrator or some other suitable method of measuring
peak areas.

3.1.4  Two milliliter vials with Teflon-lined caps.

3.1.5  Gas tight
syringe - 500 uL or other convenient sizes for preparing standards.

3.1.6  Microliter syringes - 10 uL or other convenient sizes for diluting
standards and 1 uL for sample injections.

3.1.7  Pipets for dispensing the 1 percent CS(2) in benzene solvent. The
Glenco 1 mL dispenser is adequate and convenient.

3.1.8  Volumetric flasks - 5 mL and other convenient sizes for preparing
standards.

3.1.9  Disposable Pasteur pipets.

3.2  Reagents.

3.2.1  Benzene,
reagent grade.

3.2.2  Carbon Disulfide, reagent grade.

3.2.3  Ethylene oxide,
99.7 percent pure.

3.2.4  Hydrobromic Acid, 48 percent reagent grade.

3.2.5
Sodium Carbonate, anhydrous, reagent grade. 3.2.6  Desorbing reagent, 99
percent Benzene/1 percent CS(2).

3.3  Sample Preparation.

3.3.1  The front
and back sections of each sample are transferred to separate 2-mL
vials.

3.3.2  Each sample is desorbed with 1.0 mL of desorbing reagent.

3.3.3  The vials are sealed immediately and allowed to desorb for one hour
with occasional shaking.

3.3.4  Desorbing reagent is drawn off the charcoal with a disposable pipet
and put into clean 2-mL vials.

3.3.5  One drop of HBr is added to each vial. Vials are resealed and HBr is
mixed well with the desorbing reagent.

3.3.6  About 0.15 gram of sodium carbonate is carefully added to each vial.
Vials are again resealed and mixed well.

3.4  Standard Preparation.

3.4.1  Standards are prepared by
injecting the pure ethylene oxide gas into the desorbing reagent.

3.4.2  A range of standards are prepared to make a calibration curve. A
concentration of 1.0 uL of ethylene oxide gas per 1 mL desorbing reagent is
equivalent to 1.0 ppm air concentration (all gas volumes at 25 deg. C and 760
mm) for the recommended 1 liter air sample. This amount is uncorrected for
desorption efficiency (See Backup Data Section 4.2. for desorption efficiency
corrections).

3.4.3  One drop of HBr per mL of standard is added and mixed well.

3.4.4  About 0.15 grams of sodium carbonate is carefully added for each drop
of HBr (A small reaction will occur).

3.5 Analysis.

3.5.1  GC Conditions.

Nitrogen flow rate - 10 mL/min. Injector Temperature - 250 deg. C Detector
Temperature - 300 deg. C Column Temperature - 100 deg. C Injection size - 0.8
uL Elution time - 3.9 minutes

3.5.2  Peak areas are measured by an integrator or other suitable
means.

3.5.3  The integrator results are in area units and a calibration
curve is set up with concentration vs. area units.

3.6  Interferences.

3.6.1  Any compound having the same retention
time of 2-bromoethanol is a potential interference. Possible interferences
should be listed on the sample data sheets.

3.6.2  GC parameters may be changed to circumvent interferences.

3.6.3  There are usually trace contaminants in benzene. These contaminants
however, posed no problem of interference.

3.6.4  Retention time data on a single column is not considered proof of
chemical identity. Samples over the 1.0 ppm target level should be confirmed
by GC/Mass Spec or other suitable means.

3.7  Calculations 3.7.1  The concentration in ug/mL for a sample is
determined by comparing the area of a particular sample to the calibration
curve, which has been prepared from analytical standards.

3.7.2  The amount of analyte in each sample is corrected for desorption
efficiency by use of a desorption curve.

3.7.3  Analytical results (A) from the two tubes that compose a particular
air sample are added together.

3.7.4  The concentration for a sample is calculated by the following
equation:

ETO, mg/m(3) = AXB/C
	where:

A=ug/mL
	B=desorption volume in milliliters
	C=air volume in liters.

3.7.5  To convert mg/m(3) to parts per million (ppm) the following
relationship is used:

ETO, ppm = mg/m(3) x 24.45/44.05
	where:

mg/m(3)=results from 3.7.4

24.45=molar volume at 25 deg. C and 760mm Hg

44.05=molecular weight of ETO.

3.8  Safety Precautions

3.8.1  Ethylene oxide and benzene are
potential carcinogens and care must be exercised when working with these
compounds.

3.8.2  All work done with the solvents (preparation of standards, desorption
of samples, etc.) should be done in a hood.

3.8.3  Avoid any skin contact with all of the solvents.

3.8.4  Wear
safety glasses at all times. 3.8.5  Avoid skin contact with HBr because it is
highly toxic and a strong irritant to eyes and skin.

4. Backup Data.

4.1  Detection Limit Data. The detection limit was
determined by injecting 0.8 uL of a 0.015 ug/mL standard of ethylene oxide
into 1 percent CS(2) in benzene. The detection limit of the analytical
procedure is taken to be 1.20X10-(5) ug per injection. This is equivalent to
8.3 ppb (0.015 mg/m(3)) for the recommended air volume.

4.2  Desorption Efficiency. Ethylene oxide was spiked onto charcoal
tubes and the following recovery data was obtained.

  At lower amounts the recovery appears to be non-linear.
  4.3  Sensitivity Data.
  The following data was used to determine the calibration curve.
 

  Slope=34.105.

  4.4  Recovery.
  The recovery was determined by spiking ethylene oxide onto lot 120
charcoal tubes and desorbing with 1 percent CS(2) in Benzene. Recoveries
were done at 0.5, 1.0, and 2.0 X the target concentration (1 ppm) for the
recommended air volume.
 

PERCENT RECOVERY

  Weighted Average=88.2.
  4.5  Precision of the Analytical Procedure.

  The following data was used to determine the precision of the analytical
method:
 

       3(.0277)(squared) + 3(.0452)(squared) + 3(.0333)(squared)
CV   =   _____________________________________________________________
                                    3 + 3 + 3
CV+0.036


4.6  Storage Data. Samples were generated at 1.5 mg/m(3) ethylene
oxide at 85 percent relative humidity, 22 deg. C and 633 mm. All samples were
taken for 20 minutes at 0.05 Lpm. Six samples were analyzed as soon as
possible and fifteen samples were stored at refrigerated temperature (5 deg.
C) and fifteen samples were stored at ambient temperature (23 deg. C). These
stored samples were analyzed over a period of nineteen days.

PERCENT RECOVERY

  4.7  Breakthrough Data.
  Breakthrough studies were done at 2 ppm (3.6 mg/m(3)) at approximately
85 percent relative humidity at 22 deg. C (ambient temperature). Two
charcoal tubes were used in series. The backup tube was changed every 10
minutes and analyzed for breakthrough. The flow rate was 0.050 Lpm.

	Footnote(1) None.

The 5 percent breakthrough volume was reached when 2.6 liters of test
atmosphere were drawn through the charcoal tubes.

5. References.

5.1  "NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods," 2nd ed.
NIOSH: Cincinnati, 1977; Method S286.

5.2  "IARC Monographs on the Evaluation of Carcinogenic Risk of Chemicals to
Man," International Agency for Research on Cancer: Lyon, 1976; Vol. II, p.
157.

5.3  Sax., N.I. "Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials," 4th ed.;
Van Nostrand Reinhold Company. New York, 1975; p. 741.

5.4  "The Condensed Chemical Dictionary", 9th ed.; Hawley, G.G., ed.;
Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York, 1977; p. 361.

"Summary of Other Sampling Procedures"

OSHA believes that served other types of monitoring equipment and techniques
exist for monitoring time-weighted averages. Considerable research and method
development is currently being performed, which will lead to improvements and
a wider variety of monitoring techniques. A combination of monitoring
procedures can be used. There probably is no one best method for monitoring
personal exposure to ethylene oxide in all cases. There are advantages,
disadvantages, and limitations to each method. The method of choice will
depend on the need and requirements. Some commonly used methods include the
use of charcoal tubes, passive dosimeters, Tedler gas sampling bags, detector
tubes, photoionization detection units, infrared detection units and gas
chromatographs. A number of these methods are described below.

A. Charcoal Tube Sampling Procedures

"Qazi-Ketcham method" (Ex. 11-133) - This method consists of collecting EtO
on Columbia JXC activated carbon, desorbing the EtO with carbon disulfide and
analyzing by gas chromatography with flame ionization detection. Union
Carbide has recently updated and revalidated this monitoring procedures. This
method is capable of determining both eight-hour time-weighted average
exposures and short-term exposures. The method was validated to 0.5 ppm. Like
other charcoal collecting procedures, the method requires considerable
analytical expertise.

"ASTM-proposed method" - The Ethylene Oxide Industry Council (EOIC) has
contracted with Clayton Environmental Consultants, Inc. to conduct a
collaborative study for the proposed method. The ASTM-Proposed method is
similar to the method published by Qazi and Ketcham is the November 1977
American Industrial Hygiene Association Journal, and to the method of Pilney
and Coyne, presented at the 1979 American Industrial Hygiene Conference.
After the air to be sampled is drawn through an activated charcoal tube, the
ethylene oxide is desorbed from the tube using carbon disulfide and is
quantitated by gas chromatography utilizing a flame ionization detector. The
ASTM-proposed method specifies a large two-section charcoal tube, shipment in
dry ice, storage at less than -5 deg. C, and analysis within three weeks to
prevent migration and sample loss. Two types of charcoal tubes are being
tested - Pittsburgh Coconut-Based (PCB) and Columbia JXC charcoal. This
collaborative study will give an indication of the inter- and intralaboratory
precision and accuracy of the ASTM-proposed method. Several laboratories have
considerable expertise using the Qazi-Ketcham and Dow methods.

B. Passive Monitors - Ethylene oxide diffuses into the monitor and is
collected in the sampling media. The DuPont Pro-Tek badge collects EtO in an
absorbing solution, which is analyzed colorimetrically to determine the
amount of EtO present. The 3M 350 badge collects the EtO on chemically
treated charcoal. Other passive monitors are currently being developed and
tested. Both 3M and DuPont have submitted data indicating their dosimeters
meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the proposed ethylene oxide
standard. Both presented laboratory validation data to 0.2 ppm (Exs. 11-65,
4-20, 108, 109, 130).

C. Tedlar Gas Sampling Bags-Samples are collected by drawing a known volume
of air into a Tedlar gas sampling bag. The ethylene oxide concentration is
often determined on-site using a portable gas chromatograph or portable
infrared spectometer.

D. Detector tubes - A known volume of air is drawn through a detector tube
using a small hand pump. The concentration of EtO is related to the length of
stain developed in the tube. Detector tubes are economical, easy to use, and
give an immediate readout. Unfortunately, partly because they are
nonspecific, their accuracy is often questionable. Since the sample is taken
over a short period of time, they may be useful for determining the source of
leaks.

E. Direct Reading Instruments - There are numerous types of direct reading
instruments, each having its own strengths and weaknesses (Exs. 135B, 135C,
107, 11-78, 11-153). Many are relatively new, offering greater sensitivity
and specificity. Popular ethylene oxide direct reading instruments include
infrared detection units, photoionization detection units, and gas
chromatographs.

Portable infrared analyzers provide an immediate, continuous indication of a
concentration value; making them particularly useful for locating high
concentration pockets, in leak detection and in ambient air monitoring. In
infrared detection units, the amount of infrared light absorbed by the gas
being analyzed at selected infrared wavelengths is related to the
concentration of a particular component. Various models have either fixed or
variable infrared filters, differing cell pathlengths, and microcomputer
controls for greater sensitivity, automation, and interference elimination.

A fairly recent detection system is photoionization detection. The molecules
are ionized by high energy ultraviolet light. The resulting current is
measured. Since different substances have different ionization potentials,
other organic compounds may be ionized. The lower the lamp energy, the better
the selectivity. As a continuous monitor, photoionization detection can be
useful for locating high concentration pockets, in leak detection, and
continuous ambient air monitoring. Both portable and stationary gas
chromatographs are available with various types of detectors, including
photoionization detectors. A gas chromatograph with a photoionization
detector retains the photionization sensitivity, but minimizes or eliminates
interferences. For several GC/PID units, the sensitivity is in the 0.1-0.2
ppm EtO range. The GC/PID with microprocessors can sample up to 20 sample
points sequentially, calculate and record data, and activate alarms or
ventilation systems. Many are quite flexible and can be configured to meet
the specific analysis needs for the workplace.

DuPont presented their laboratory validation data of the accuracy of the
Qazi-Ketcham charcoal tube, the PCB charcoal tube, Miran 103 IR analyzer, 3M
1B3550 monitor and the Du Pont C-70 badge. Quoting Elbert V. Kring:

We also believe that OSHA's proposed accuracy in this standard is
appropriate. At plus or minus 25 percent at one part per million, and plus or
minus 35 percent below that. And, our data indicates there's only one
monitoring method, right now, that we've tested thoroughly, that meets that
accuracy requirements. That is the Du Pont Pro-Tek badge* * *. We also
believe that this kind of data should be confirmed by another independent
laboratory, using the same type dynamic chamber testing (Tr. 1470) Additional
data by an independent laboratory following their exact protocol was not
submitted. However, information was submitted on comparisons and precision
and accuracy of those monitoring procedures which indicate far better
precision and accuracy of those monitoring procedures than that obtained by
Du Pont (Ex. 4-20, 130, 11-68, 11-133, 130, 135A).

The accuracy of any method depends to a large degree upon the skills and
experience of those who not only collect the samples but also those who
analyze the samples. Even for methods that are collaboratively tested, some
laboratories are closer to the true values than others. Some laboratories may
meet the precision and accuracy requirements of the method; others may
consistently far exceed them for the same method.

1926.1148  Formaldehyde.

(a) "Scope and application." This standard applies to all occupational
exposures to formaldehyde, i.e. from formaldehyde gas, its solutions, and
materials that release formaldehyde.

(b) "Definitions." For purposes of this standard, the following definitions
shall apply:

"Action level" means a concentration of 0.5 part formaldehyde per million
parts of air (0.5 ppm) calculated as an eight (8)-hour time-weighted average
(TWA) concentration.

"Assistant Secretary" means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for the
Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, or
designee.

"Authorized person" means any person required by work duties to be present
in regulated areas, or authorized to do so by the employer, by this section,
or by the OSH Act of 1970.

"Director" means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational
Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.

"Emergency" is any occurrence, such as but not limited to equipment failure,
rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that results in an
uncontrolled release of a significant amount of formaldehyde.

"Employee exposure" means the exposure to airborne formaldehyde which would
occur without corrections for protection provided by any respirator that is
in use.

"Formaldehyde" means the chemical substance, HCHO, Chemical Abstracts
Service Registry No. 50-00-0.

(c) "Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)" - (1) "TWA:" The employer shall
assure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of
formaldehyde which exceeds 0.75 parts formaldehyde per million parts of air
(0.75 ppm) as an 8-hour TWA.

(2) "Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL):" The employer shall assure that no
employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of formaldehyde which
exceeds two parts formaldehyde per million parts of air (2 ppm) as a
15-minute STEL.

(d) "Exposure monitoring" - (1) "General." (i) Each employer who has a
workplace covered by this standard shall monitor employees to determine their
exposure to formaldehyde.

(ii) "Exception." Where the employer documents, using objective data, that
the presence of formaldehyde or formaldehyde-releasing products in the
workplace cannot result in airborne concentrations of formaldehyde that would
cause any employee to be exposed at or above the action level or the STEL
under foreseeable conditions of use, the employer will not be required to
measure employee exposure to formaldehyde.

(iii) When an employee's exposure is determined from representative
sampling, the measurements used shall be representative of the employee's
full shift or short-term exposure to formaldehyde, as appropriate.

(iv) Representative samples for each job classification in each work area
shall be taken for each shift unless the employer can document with objective
data that exposure levels for a given job classification are equivalent for
different work shifts.

(2) "Initial monitoring." The employer shall identify all employees who may
be exposed at or above the action level or at or above the STEL and
accurately determine the exposure of each employee so identified.

(i) Unless the employer chooses to measure the exposure of each employee
potentially exposed to formaldehyde, the employer shall develop a
representative sampling strategy and measure sufficient exposures within each
job classification for each workshift to correctly characterize and not
underestimate the exposure of any employee within each exposure group.

(ii) The initial monitoring process shall be repeated each time there is a
change in production, equipment, process, personnel, or control measures
which may result in new or additional exposure to formaldehyde.

(iii) If the employer receives reports of signs or symptoms of respiratory
or dermal conditions associated with formaldehyde exposure, the employer
shall promptly monitor the affected employee's exposure.

(3) "Periodic monitoring." (i) The employer shall periodically measure and
accurately determine exposure to formaldehyde for employees shown by the
initial monitoring to be exposed at or above the action level or at or above
the STEL.

(ii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above the
action level, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least
every 6 months.

(iii) If the last monitoring results reveal employee exposure at or above
the STEL, the employer shall repeat monitoring of the employees at least once
a year under worst conditions.

(4) "Termination of monitoring." The employer may discontinue periodic
monitoring for employees if results from two consecutive sampling periods
taken at least 7 days apart show that employee exposure is below the action
level and the STEL. The results must be statistically representative and
consistent with the employer's knowledge of the job and work operation.

(5) "Accuracy of monitoring." Monitoring shall be accurate, at the 95
percent confidence level, to within plus or minus 25 percent for airborne
concentrations of formaldehyde at the TWA and the STEL and to within plus or
minus 35 percent for airborne concentrations of formaldehyde at the action
level.

(6) "Employee notification of monitoring results." Within 15 days of
receiving the results of exposure monitoring conducted under this standard,
the employer shall notify the affected employees of these results.
Notification shall be in writing, either by distributing copies of the
results to the employees or by posting the results. If the employee exposure
is over either PEL, the employer shall develop and implement a written plan
to reduce employee exposure to or below both PELs, and give written notice to
employees. The written notice shall contain a description of the corrective
action being taken by the employer to decrease exposure.

(7) "Observation of monitoring." (i) The employer shall provide affected
employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any
monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde required by this standard.

(ii) When observation of the monitoring of employee exposure to formaldehyde
requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment
is required, the employer shall provide the clothing and equipment to the
observer, require the observer to use such clothing and equipment, and assure
that the observer complies with all other applicable safety and health
procedures.

(e) "Regulated areas." (1) The employer shall establish regulated areas
where the concentration of airborne formaldehyde exceeds either the TWA or
the STEL and post all entrances and accessways with signs bearing the
following information:

                            DANGER
                        FORMALDEHYDE
           IRRITANT AND POTENTIAL CANCER HAZARD
                 AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY

(2) The employer shall limit access to regulated areas to authorized persons
who have been trained to recognize the hazards of formaldehyde.

(3) An employer at a multiemployer worksite who establishes a regulated area
shall communicate the access restrictions and locations of these areas to
other employers with work operations at that worksite.

(f) "Methods of compliance" - (1) "Engineering controls and work practices."
The employer shall institute engineering and work practice controls to reduce
and maintain employee exposures to formaldehyde at or below the TWA and the
STEL.

(2) "Exception." Whenever the employer has established that feasible
engineering and work practice controls cannot reduce employee exposure to or
below either of the PELs, the employer shall apply these controls to reduce
employee exposures to the extent feasible and shall supplement them with
respirators which satisfy this standard.

(g) "Respiratory protection" - (1) "General." Where respiratory protection
is required, the employer shall provide the respirators at no cost to the
employee and shall assure that they are properly used. The respirators shall
comply with the requirements of this standard and shall reduce the
concentration of formaldehyde inhaled by the employee to at or below both the
TWA and the STEL. Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances:

(i) During the interval necessary to install or implement feasible
engineering and work practice controls;

(ii) In work operations, such as maintenance and repair activities or vessel
cleaning, for which the employer establishes that engineering and work
practice controls are not feasible;

(iii) In work situations where feasible engineering and work practice
controls are not yet sufficient to reduce exposure to or below the PELs; and
(iv) In emergencies. (2) "Respirator selection." (i) The appropriate
respirators as specified in Table 1 shall be selected from those approved by
the Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA) and by the National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) under the provisions of
30 CFR part 11.


TABLE 1. - MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RESPIRATORY
PROTECTION AGAINST FORMALDEHYDE

Footnote(1) Respirators specified for use at higher concentrations may be
used at lower concentrations.

Footnote(2) A half-mask respirator with cartridges specifically approved for
protection against formaldehyde can be substituted for the full facepiece
respirator providing that effective gas-proof goggles are provided and used
in combination with the half-mask respirator.

(ii) The employer shall make available a powered air-purifying respirator
adequate to protect against formaldehyde exposure to any employee who
experiences difficulty wearing a negative pressure respirator to reduce
exposure to formaldehyde.

(3) "Respirator usage." (i) whenever respirator use is required by this
standard, the employer shall institute a respiratory protection program in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.103 (b), (d), (e), and (f).

(ii) The employer shall perform either quantitative or qualitative face fit
tests in accordance with the procedures outlined in Appendix E at the time of
initial fitting and at least annually thereafter for all employees required
by this standard to wear negative pressure respirators.

(A) Respirators selected shall be from those exhibiting the best facepiece
fit.

(B) No respirator shall be chosen that would potentially permit the employee
to inhale formaldehyde at concentrations in excess of either the TWA or the
STEL.

(iii) Where air purifying chemical cartridge respirators are used, the
cartridges shall be replaced after three hours of use or at the end of the
workshift, whichever is sooner unless the cartridge contains a NIOSH-approved
end-of-service indicator to show when breakthrough occurs.

(iv) Unless the canister contains a NIOSH-approved end-of-service-life
indicator to show when breakthrough occurs, canisters used in atmospheres up
to 7.5 ppm (10 X APEL) shall be replaced every 4 hours and industrial sized
canisters used in atmospheres up to 75 ppm (100 X APEL) shall be replaced
every two hours or at the end of the workshift, whichever is sooner.

(v) Employers shall permit employees to leave the work area to wash their
faces and respirator facepieces as needed to prevent skin irritation from
respirator use.

(h) "Protective equipment and clothing." Employers shall comply with the
provisions of 1926.95 and 1926.102 of this part. When protective equipment or
clothing is provided under these provisions, the employer shall provide these
protective devices at no cost to the employee and assure that the employee
wears them.

(1) "Selection." The employer shall select protective clothing and equipment
based upon the form of formaldehyde to be encountered, the conditions of use,
and the hazard to be prevented.

{i} All contact of the eyes and skin with liquids containing 1 percent or
more formaldehyde shall be prevented by the use of chemical protective
clothing made of material impervious to formaldehyde and the use of other
personal protective equipment, such as goggles and face shields, as
appropriate to the operation.

{ii} Contact with irritating or sensitizing materials shall be prevented to
the extent necessary to eliminate the hazard.

{iii} Where a face shield is worn, chemical safety goggles are also required
if there is a danger of formaldehyde reaching the area of the eye.

{iv} Full body protection shall be worn for entry into areas where
concentrations exceed 100 ppm and for emergency reentry into areas of unknown
concentration.

(2) "Maintenance of protective equipment and clothing." {i} The employer
shall assure that protective equipment and clothing that has become
contaminated with formaldehyde is cleaned or laundered before its reuse.

{ii} When ventilating formaldehyde-contaminated clothing and equipment, the
employer shall establish a storage area so that employee exposure is
minimized. Containers for contaminated clothing and equipment and storage
areas shall have labels and signs containing the following information:

DANGER

FORMALDEHYDE-CONTAMINATED [CLOTHING] EQUIPMENT

AVOID INHALATION AND SKIN CONTACT

{iii} The employer shall assure that only persons trained to recognize the
hazards of formaldehyde remove the contaminated material from the storage
area for purposes of cleaning, laundering, or disposal.

{iv} The employer shall assure that no employee takes home equipment or
clothing that is contaminated with formaldehyde.

{v} The employer shall repair or replace all required protective clothing
and equipment for each affected employee as necessary to assure its
effectiveness.

{vi} The employer shall inform any person who launders, cleans, or repairs
such clothing or equipment of formaldehyde's potentially harmful effects and
of procedures to safely handle the clothing and equipment.

(i) "Hygiene protection." (1) The employer shall provide change rooms, as
described in 29 CFR 1926.51 for employees who are required to change from
work clothing into protective clothing to prevent skin contact with
formaldehyde.

(2) If employees' skin may become splashed with solutions containing 1
percent or greater formaldehyde, for example, because of equipment failure or
improper work practices, the employer shall provide conveniently located
quick drench showers and assure that affected employees use these facilities
immediately.

(3) If there is any possibility that an employee's eyes may be splashed with
solutions containing 0.1 percent or greater formaldehyde, the employer shall
provide acceptable eyewash facilities within the immediate work area for
emergency use.

(j) "Housekeeping." For operations involving formaldehyde liquids or gas,
the employer shall conduct a program to detect leaks and spills, including
regular visual inspections.

(1) Preventative maintenance of equipment, including surveys for leaks,
shall be undertaken at regular intervals.

(2) In work areas where spillage may occur, the employer shall make
provisions to contain the spill, to decontaminate the work area, and to
dispose of the waste.

(3) The employer shall assure that all leaks are repaired and spills are
cleaned promptly by employees wearing suitable protective equipment and
trained in proper methods for cleanup and decontamination.

(4) Formaldehyde-contaminated waste and debris resulting from leaks or
spills shall be placed for disposal in sealed containers bearing a label
warning of formaldehyde's presence and of the hazards associated with
formaldehyde.

(k) "Emergencies." For each workplace where there is the possibility of an
emergency involving formaldehyde, the employer shall assure appropriate
procedures are adopted to minimize injury and loss of life. Appropriate
procedures shall be implemented in the event of an emergency.

(l) "Medical surveillance" - (1) "Employees covered." (i) The employer shall
institute medical surveillance programs for all employees exposed to
formaldehyde at concentrations at or exceeding the action level or exceeding
the STEL.

(ii) The employer shall make medical surveillance available for employees
who develop signs and symptoms of overexposure to formaldehyde and for all
employees exposed to formaldehyde in emergencies. When determining whether an
employee may be experiencing signs and symptoms of possible overexposure to
formaldehyde, the employer may rely on the evidence that signs and symptoms
associated with formaldehyde exposure will occur only in exceptional
circumstances when airborne exposure is less than 0.1 ppm and when
formaldehyde is present in material in concentrations less than 0.1 percent.

(2) "Examination by a physician." All medical procedures, including
administration of medical disease questionnaires, shall be performed by or
under the supervision of a licensed physician and shall be provided without
cost to the employee, without loss of pay, and at a reasonable time and
place.

(3) "Medical disease questionnaire." The employer shall make the following
medical surveillance available to employees prior to assignment to a job
where formaldehyde exposure is at or above the action level or above the STEL
and annually thereafter. The employer shall also make the following medical
surveillance available promptly upon determining that an employee is
experiencing signs and symptoms indicative of possible overexposure to
formaldehyde.

(i) Administration of a medical disease questionnaire, such as in appendix
D, which is designed to elicit information on work history, smoking history,
any evidence of eye, nose, or throat irritation; chronic airway problems or
hyperreactive airway disease: allergic skin conditions or dermatitis; and
upper or lower respiratory problems.

(ii) A determination by the physician, based on evaluation of the medical
disease questionnaire, of whether a medical examination is necessary for
employees not required to wear respirators to reduce exposure to
formaldehyde.

(4) "Medical examinations." Medical examinations shall be given to any
employee who the physician feels, based on information in the medical disease
questionnaire, may be at increased risk from exposure to formaldehyde and at
the time of initial assignment and at least annually thereafter to all
employees required to wear a respirator to reduce exposure to formaldehyde.
The medical examination shall include:

(i) A physical examination with emphasis on evidence of irritation or
sensitization of the skin and respiratory system, shortness of breath, or
irritation of the eyes.

(ii) Laboratory examinations for respirator wearers consisting of baseline
and annual pulmonary function tests. As a minimum, these tests shall consist
of forced vital capacity (FVC), forced expiratory volume in one second
(FEV(1)), and forced expiratory flow (FEF).

(iii) Any other test which the examining physician deems necessary to
complete the written opinion.

(iv) Counseling of employees having medical conditions that would be
directly or indirectly aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde on the
increased risk of impairment of their health.

(5) "Examinations for employees exposed in an emergency." The employer shall
make medical examinations available as soon as possible to all employees who
have been exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency.

(i) The examination shall include a medical and work history with emphasis
on any evidence of upper or lower respiratory problems, allergic conditions,
skin reaction or hypersensitivity, and any evidence of eye, nose, or throat
irritation.

(ii) Other examinations shall consist of those elements considered
appropriate by the examining physician.

(6) "Information provided to the physician." The employer shall provide the
following information to the examining physician:

(i) A copy of this standard and appendix A, C, D, and E;

(ii) A description of the affected employee's job duties as they relate to
the employee's exposure to formaldehyde;

(iii) The representative exposure level for the employee's job assignment;

(iv) Information concerning any personal protective equipment and
respiratory protection used or to be used by the employee; and

(v) Information from previous medical examinations of the affected employee
within the control of the employer.

(vi) In the event of a nonroutine examination because of an emergency, the
employer shall provide to the physician as soon as possible: A description of
how the emergency occurred and the exposure the victim may have received.

(7) "Physician's written opinion." (i) For each examination required under
this standard, the employer shall obtain a written opinion from the examining
physician. This written opinion shall contain the results of the medical
examination except that it shall not reveal specific findings or diagnoses
unrelated to occupational exposure to formaldehyde. The written opinion shall
include:

(A) The physician's opinion as to whether the employee has any medical
condition that would place the employee at an increased risk of material
impairment of health from exposure to formaldehyde;

(B) Any recommended limitations on the employee's exposure or changes in the
use of personal protective equipment, including respirators;

(C) A statement that the employee has been informed by the physician of any
medical conditions which would be aggravated by exposure to formaldehyde,
whether these conditions may have resulted from past formaldehyde exposure or
from exposure in an emergency, and whether there is a need for further
examination or treatment.

(ii) The employer shall provide for retention of the results of the medical
examination and tests conducted by the physician.

(iii) The employer shall provide a copy of the physician's written opinion
to the affected employee within 15 days of its receipt.

(8) "Medical removal." (i) The provisions of paragraph (l)(8) apply when an
employee reports significant irritation of the mucosa of the eyes or the
upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation, or dermal
sensitization attributed to workplace formaldehyde exposure. Medical removal
provisions do not apply in the case of dermal irritation or dermal
sensitization when the product suspected of causing the dermal condition
contains less than 0.05 percent formaldehyde.

(ii) An employee's report of signs or symptoms of possible overexposure to
formaldehyde shall be evaluated by a physician selected by the employer
pursuant to paragraph (l)(3). If the physician determines that a medical
examination is not necessary under paragraph (l)(3)(ii), there shall be a
two-week evaluation and remediation period to permit the employer to
ascertain whether the signs or symptoms subside untreated or with the use of
creams, gloves, first aid treatment or personal protective equipment.
Industrial hygiene measures that limit the employee's exposure to
formaldehyde may also be implemented during this period. The employee shall
be referred immediately to a physician prior to expiration of the two-week
period if the signs or symptoms worsen. Earnings, seniority and benefits may
not be altered during the two-week period by virtue of the report.

(iii) If the signs or symptoms have not subsided or been remedied by the end
of the two-week period, or earlier if signs or symptoms warrant, the employee
shall be examined by a physician selected by the employer. The physician
shall presume, absent contrary evidence, that observed dermal irritation or
dermal sensitization are not attributable to formaldehyde when products to
which the affected employee is exposed contain less than 0.1 percent
formaldehyde.

(iv) Medical examinations shall be conducted in compliance with the
requirements of paragraph (l)(5)(i) and (ii). Additional guidelines for
conducting medical exams are contained in Appendix C.

(v) If the physician finds that significant irritation of the mucosa of the
eyes or of the upper airways, respiratory sensitization, dermal irritation,
or dermal sensitization result from workplace formaldehyde exposure and
recommends restrictions or removal, the employer shall promptly comply with
the restrictions or recommendation of removal. In the event of a
recommendation of removal, the employer shall remove the effected employee
from the current formaldehyde exposure and if possible, transfer the employee
to work having no or significantly less exposure to formaldehyde.

(vi) When an employee is removed pursuant to paragraph (l)(8)(v), the
employer shall transfer the employee to comparable work for which the
employee is qualified or can be trained in a short period (up to 6 months),
where the formaldehyde exposures are as low as possible, but not higher than
the action level. The employer shall maintain the employee's current
earnings, seniority, and other benefits. If there is no such work available,
the employer shall maintain the employee's current earnings, seniority and
other benefits until such work becomes available, until the employee is
determined to be unable to return to workplace formaldehyde exposure, until
the employee is determined to be able to return to the original job status,
or for six months, whichever comes first.

(vii) The employer shall arrange for a follow-up medical examination to take
place within six months after the employee is removed pursuant to this
paragraph. This examination shall determine if the employee can return to the
original job status, or if the removal is to be permanent. The physician
shall make a decision within six months of the date the employee was removed
as to whether the employee can be returned to the original job status, or if
the removal is to be permanent.

(viii) An employer's obligation to provide earnings, seniority and other
benefits to a removed employee may be reduced to the extent that the employee
receives compensation for earnings lost during the period of removal either
from a publicly or employer-funded compensation program or from employment
with another employer made possible by virtue of the employee's removal.

(ix) In making determinations of the formaldehyde content of materials under
this paragraph the employer may rely on objective data.

(9) "Multiple physician review." (i) After the employer selects the initial
physician who conducts any medical examination or consultation to determine
whether medical removal or restriction is appropriate, the employee may
designate a second physician to review any findings, determinations or
recommendations of the initial physician and to conduct such examinations,
consultations, and laboratory tests as the second physician deems necessary
and appropriate to evaluate the effects of formaldehyde exposure and to
facilitate this review.

(ii) The employer shall promptly notify an employee of the right to seek a
second medical opinion after each occasion that an initial physician conducts
a medical examination or consultation for the purpose of medical removal or
restriction.

(iii) The employer may condition its participation in, and payment for, the
multiple physician review mechanism upon the employee doing the following
within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the notification of the right to
seek a second medical opinion, or receipt of the initial physician's written
opinion, whichever is later;

(A) The employee informs the employer of the intention to seek a second
medical opinion, and (B) The employee initiates steps to make an appointment
with a second physician.

(iv) If the findings, determinations or recommendations of the second
physician differ from those of the initial physician, then the employer and
the employee shall assure that efforts are made for the two physicians to
resolve the disagreement. If the two physicians are unable to quickly resolve
their disagreement, then the employer and the employee through their
respective physicians shall designate a third physician who shall be a
specialist in the field at issue:

(A) To review the findings, determinations or recommendations of the prior
physicians; and

(B) To conduct such examinations, consultations, laboratory tests and
discussions with the prior physicians as the third physician deems necessary
to resolve the disagreement of the prior physicians.

(v) In the alternative, the employer and the employee or authorized employee
representative may jointly designate such third physician.

(vi) The employer shall act consistent with the findings, determinations and
recommendations of the third physician, unless the employer and the employee
reach an agreement which is otherwise consistent with the recommendations of
at least one of the three physicians.

(m) "Hazard communication" - (1) "General." Communication of the hazards
associated with formaldehyde in the workplace shall be governed by the
requirements of paragraph (m). The definitions of 29 CFR 1926.59(c) shall
apply under this paragraph.

(i) The following shall be subject to the hazard communication requirements
of this paragraph: Formaldehyde gas, all mixtures or solutions composed of
greater than 0.1 percent formaldehyde, and materials capable of releasing
formaldehyde into the air, under reasonably foreseeable conditions of use, at
concentrations reaching or exceeding 0.1 ppm.

(ii) As a minimum, specific health hazards that the employer shall address
are: Cancer, irritation and sensitization of the skin and respiratory system,
eye and throat irritation, and acute toxicity.

(2) Manufacturers and importers who produce or import formaldehyde or
formaldehyde-containing products shall provide downstream employers using or
handling these products with an objective determination through the required
labels and MSDSs if these items may constitute a health hazard within the
meaning of 29 CFR 1926.59(d) under normal conditions of use.

(3) "Labels." (i) The employer shall assure that hazard warning labels
complying with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(f) are affixed to all
containers of materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i), except to the extent
that 29 CFR 1926.59(f) is inconsistent with this paragraph.

(ii) "Information on labels." As a minimum, for all materials listed in
paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing formaldehyde at levels of 0.1 ppm to
0.5 ppm, labels shall identify that the product contains formaldehyde; list
the name and address of the responsible party; and state that physical and
health hazard information is readily available from the employer and from
material safety data sheets.

(iii) For materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) capable of releasing
formaldehyde at levels above 0.5 ppm, labels shall appropriately address all
hazards as defined in 29 CFR 1926.59 (d) and appendices A and B to that
section, including respiratory sensitization, and shall contain the words
"Potential Cancer Hazard."

(iv) In making the determinations of anticipated levels of formaldehyde
release, the employer may rely on objective data indicating the extent of
potential formaldehyde release under reasonably foreseeable conditions of
use.

(v) "Substitute warning labels." The employer may use warning labels
required by other statutes, regulations, or ordinances which impart the same
information as the warning statements required by this paragraph.

(4) "Material safety data sheets." (i) Any employer who uses
formaldehyde-containing materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall comply
with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.59(g) with regard to the development and
updating of material safety data sheets.

(ii) Manufacturers, importers, and distributors of formaldehyde-containing
materials listed in paragraph (m)(1)(i) shall assure that material safety
data sheets and updated information are provided to all employers purchasing
such materials at the time of the initial shipment and at the time of the
first shipment after a material safety data sheet is updated.

(5) "Written hazard communication program." The employer shall develop,
implement, and maintain at the workplace, a written hazard communication
program for formaldehyde exposures in the workplace, which at a minimum
describes how the requirements specified in this paragraph for labels and
other forms of warning and material safety data sheets, and paragraph (n) for
employee information and training, will be met. Employers in multi-employer
workplaces shall comply with the requirements of 1926.59(e)(2) of this part.

(n) "Employee information and training" - (1) "Participation." The employer
shall assure that all employees who are assigned to workplaces where there is
exposure to formaldehyde participate in a training program, except that where
the employer can show, using objective data, that employees are not exposed
to formaldehyde at or above 0.1 ppm, the employer is not required to provide
training.

(2) "Frequency." Employers shall provide such information and training to
employees at the time of initial assignment, and whenever a new exposure to
formaldehyde is introduced into the work area. The training shall be repeated
at least annually.

(3) "Training program." The training program shall be conducted in a manner
which the employee is able to understand and shall include:

(i) A discussion of the contents of this regulation and the contents of the
Material Safety Data Sheet.

(ii) The purpose for and a description of the medical surveillance program
required by this standard, including:

(A) A description of the potential health hazards associated with exposure
to formaldehyde and a description of the signs and symptoms of exposure to
formaldehyde.

(B) Instructions to immediately report to the employer the development of
any adverse signs or symptoms that the employee suspects is attributable to
formaldehyde exposure.

(iii) Description of operations in the work area where formaldehyde is
present and an explanation of the safe work practices appropriate for
limiting exposure to formaldehyde in each job;

(iv) The purpose for, proper use of, and limitations of personal protective
clothing and equipment;

(v) Instructions for the handling of spills, emergencies, and clean-up
procedures;

(vi) An explanation of the importance of engineering and work practice
controls for employee protection and any necessary instruction in the use of
these controls; and

(vii) A review of emergency procedures including the specific duties or
assignments of each employee in the event of an emergency.

(4) "Access to training materials." (i) The employer shall inform all
affected employees of the location of written training materials and shall
make these materials readily available, without cost, to the affected
employees.

(ii) The employer shall provide, upon request, all training materials
relating to the employee training program to the Assistant Secretary and the
Director.

(o) "Recordkeeping" - (1) "Exposure measurements." The employer shall
establish and maintain an accurate record of all measurements taken to
monitor employee exposure to formaldehyde. This record shall include:

(i) The date of measurement;

(ii) The operation being monitored;

(iii) The methods of sampling and analysis and evidence of their accuracy
and precision;

(iv) The number, durations, time, and results of samples taken;

(v) The types of protective devices worn; and

(vi) The names, job classifications, social security numbers, and exposure
estimates of the employees whose exposures are represented by the actual
monitoring results.

(2) "Exposure determinations." Where the employer has determined that no
monitoring is required under this standard, the employer shall maintain a
record of the objective data relied upon to support the determination that no
employee is exposed to formaldehyde at or above the action level.

(3) "Medical surveillance." The employer shall establish and maintain an
accurate record for each employee subject to medical surveillance under this
standard. This record shall include:

(i) The name and social security number of the employee;

(ii) The physician's written opinion;

(iii) A list of any employee health complaints that may be related to
exposure to formaldehyde; and

(iv) A copy of the medical examination results, including medical disease
questionnaires and results of any medical tests required by the standard or
mandated by the examining physician.

(4) "Respirator fit testing." (i) The employer shall establish and maintain
accurate records for employees subject to negative pressure respirator fit
testing required by this standard.
	(ii) This record shall include:

(A) A copy of the protocol selected for respirator fit testing.

(B)
A copy of the results of any fit testing performed.

(C) The size and
manufacturer of the types of respirators available for selection.

(D) The date of the most recent fit testing, the name and social security
number of each tested employee, and the respirator type and facepiece
selected.

(5) "Record retention." The employer shall retain records required by this
standard for at least the following periods:

(i) Exposure records and determinations shall be kept for at least 30 years.

(ii) Medical records shall be kept for the duration of employment plus 30
years.

(iii) Respirator fit testing records shall be kept until replaced by a more
recent record.

(6) "Availability of records." (i) Upon request, the employer shall make all
records maintained as a requirement of this standard available for
examination and copying to the Assistant Secretary and the Director.

(ii) The employer shall make employee exposure records, including estimates
made from representative monitoring and available upon request for
examination, and copying to the subject employee, or former employee, and
employee representatives in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and
(g)-(i).

(iii) Employee medical records required by this standard shall be provided
upon request for examination and copying, to the subject employee or former
employee or to anyone having the specific written consent of the subject
employee or former employee in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.33 (a)-(e) and
(g)-(i).

(p) "Dates" - (1) "Effective dates" - (i) "General." This section shall
become effective February 2, 1988, except as noted below.

(ii) "Laboratories." This standard shall become effective for anatomy,
histology, and pathology laboratories February 2, 1988, except as noted in
the start-up date section. For all other laboratories, paragraphs (a) and (c)
of this standard shall become effective February 2, 1988, and paragraphs (b)
and (d)-(o) of this standard shall become effective on September 1, 1988,
except as noted in the start-up date section.

(2) "Start-up dates" - (i) "Exposure determinations." Initial monitoring or
objective determinations that no monitoring is required by the standard shall
be completed by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.

(ii) "Medical surveillance." The initial medical surveillance of all
eligible employees shall be completed by 6 months after the effective date of
the standard.

(iii) "Emergencies." The emergency procedures required by this standard
shall be implemented by 6 months after the effective date of the standard.

(iv) "Respiratory protection." Respiratory protection as required in this
standard shall be provided as soon as possible and no later than 9 months
after the effective date of the standard.

(v) "Engineering and work practice controls." Engineering and work practice
controls required by this standard shall be implemented as soon as possible,
but no later than one year after the effective date of the standard.

(vi) "Employee training." Written materials for employee training shall be
updated as soon as possible, but no later than 2 months after the effective
date of the standard.

(3) "Start-up dates of amended paragraphs" - (i) "Respiratory protection."
Respiratory protection required to meet the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall
be provided as soon as possible but no later than September 24, 1992.

(ii) "Engineering and work practice controls." Engineering and work practice
controls required to meet the amended PEL of 0.75 ppm TWA shall be
implemented as soon as possible, but no later than June 26, 1993.

(iii) "Medical removal protection." The medical removal protection
provisions including the multiple physician review mechanism shall be
implemented no later than December 28, 1992.

(iv) "Hazard communication." The labeling provisions contained in amended
paragraph (m) of this standard shall be implemented no later than December
28, 1992. Labeling of containers of formaldehyde products shall continue to
comply with the provisions of 29 CFR 1926.59 (e)-(j) until that time.

(v) "Training." The periodic training mandated for all employees exposed to
formaldehyde between 0.1 ppm and 0.5 ppm shall begin no later than August 25,
1992.

(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number
1218-0145)

Appendix A to 1926.1148 - Substance Technical Guidelines for Formalin

The following Substance Technical Guideline for Formalin provides
information on uninhibited formalin solution (37 percent formaldehyde, no
methanol stabilizer). It is designed to inform employees at the production
level of their rights and duties under the formaldehyde standard whether
their job title defines them as workers or supervisors. Much of the
information provided is general; however, some information is specific for
formalin. When employee exposure to formaldehyde is from resins capable of
releasing formaldehyde, the resin itself and other impurities or
decomposition products may also be toxic, and employers should include this
information as well when informing employees of the hazards associated with
the materials they handle. The precise hazards associated with exposure to
formaldehyde depend both on the form (solid, liquid, or gas) of the material
and the concentration of formaldehyde present. For example, 37-50 percent
solutions of formaldehyde present a much greater hazard to the skin and eyes
from spills or splashes than solutions containing less than 1 percent
formaldehyde. Individual Substance Technical Guidelines used by the employer
for training employees should be modified to properly give information on the
material actually being used.

"Substance Identification"

"Chemical Name:" Formaldehyde "Chemical Family:" Aldehyde "Chemical
Formula:" HCHO "Molecular Weight:" 30.03 "Chemical Abstracts Service Number
(CAS Number):" 50-00-0

"Synonyms:" Formalin; Formic Aldehyde; Paraform; Formol; Formalin
(Methanol-free); Fyde; Formalith; Methanal; Methyl Aldehyde; Methylene
Glycol; Methylene Oxide; Tetraoxymethalene; Oxomethane; Oxymethylene

"Components and Contaminants"

"Percent:" 37.0 Formaldehyde "Percent:" 63.0 Water
	(Note. - Inhibited solutions contain methanol.)

"Other Contaminants:" Formic acid (alcohol free)

"Exposure Limits:"

OSHA TWA - 0.75 ppm OSHA STEL - 2 ppm

"Physical Data"

"Description:" Colorless liquid, pungent odor "Boiling point:" 214 deg. F
(101 deg. C) "Specific Gravity:" 1.08 (H(2)O=1 at 20 deg. C) "pH:" 2.8-4.0
"Solubility in Water:" Miscible "Solvent Solubility:" Soluble in alcohol and
acetone "Vapor Density:" 1.04 (Air=1 at 20 deg. C) "Odor Threshold:" 0.8-1
ppm

"Fire and Explosion Hazard"

Moderate fire and explosion hazard when exposed to heat or flame.
The flash point of 37 percent formaldehyde solutions is above normal room
temperature, but the explosion range is very wide, from 7 to 73 percent by
volume in air.

Reaction of formaldehyde with nitrogen dioxide, nitromethane, perchloric
acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid yields explosive compounds.

"Flash Point:" 185 deg. F (85 deg. C) closed cup "Lower Explosion Limit:" 7
percent "Upper Explosion Limit:" 73 percent "Autoignition Temperature:" 806
deg. F (430 deg. C) "Flammability Class (OSHA):" III A

"Extinguishing Media:" Use dry chemical, "alcohol foam", carbon dioxide, or
water in flooding amounts as fog. Solid streams may not be effective. Cool
fire-exposed containers with water from side until well after fire is out.

Use of water spray to flush spills can also dilute the spill to produce
nonflammable mixtures. Water runoff, however, should be contained for
treatment.

"National Fire Protection Association Section 325M Designation:"

"Health:" 2 - Materials hazardous to health, but areas may be entered with
full-faced mask self-contained breathing apparatus which provides eye
protection.

"Flammability:" 2 - Materials which must be moderately heated before
ignition will occur. Water spray may be used to extinguish the fire because
the material can be cooled below its flash point.

"Reactivity:" D - Materials which (in themselves) are normally stable even
under fire exposure conditions and which are not reactive with water. Normal
fire fighting procedures may be used.

"Reactivity"

"Stability:" Formaldehyde solutions may self-polymerize to form
paraformaldehyde which precipitates.

"Incompatibility (Materials to Avoid):" Strong oxidizing agents, caustics,
strong alkalies, isocyanates, anhydrides, oxides, and inorganic acids.
Formaldehyde reacts with hydrochloric acid to form the potent carcinogen,
bis-chloromethyl ether. Formaldehyde reacts with nitrogen dioxide,
nitromethane, perchloric acid and aniline, or peroxyformic acid to yield
explosive compounds. A violent reaction occurs when formaldehyde is mixed
with strong oxidizers.

Hazardous Combustion or Decomposition Products: Oxygen from the air can
oxidize formaldehyde to formic acid, especially when heated. Formic acid is
corrosive.

"Health Hazard Data"

Acute Effects of Exposure

"Ingestion (Swallowing):" Liquids containing 10 to 40 percent formaldehyde
cause severe irritation and inflammation of the mouth, throat, and stomach.
Severe stomach pains will follow ingestion with possible loss of
consciousness and death. Ingestion of dilute formaldehyde solutions
(0.03-0.04 percent) may cause discomfort in the stomach and pharynx.

"Inhalation (Breathing):" Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the upper
respiratory tract and eyes. Concentrations of 0.5 to 2.0 ppm may irritate the
eyes, nose, and throat of some individuals. Concentrations of 3 to 5 ppm also
cause tearing of the eyes and are intolerable to some persons. Concentrations
of 10 to 20 ppm cause difficulty in breathing, burning of the nose and
throat, cough, and heavy tearing of the eyes, and 25 to 30 ppm causes severe
respiratory tract injury leading to pulmonary edema and pneumonitis. A
concentration of 100 ppm is immediately dangerous to life and health. Deaths
from accidental exposure to high concentrations of formaldehyde have been
reported.

"Skin (Dermal):" Formalin is a severe skin irritant and a sensitizer.
Contact with formalin causes white discoloration, smarting, drying, cracking,
and scaling. Prolonged and repeated contact can cause numbness and a
hardening or tanning of the skin. Previously exposed persons may react to
future exposure with an allergic eczematous dermatitis or hives.

"Eye Contact:" Formaldehyde solutions splashed in the eye can cause injuries
ranging from transient discomfort to severe, permanent corneal clouding and
loss of vision. The severity of the effect depends on the concentration of
formaldehyde in the solution and whether or not the eyes are flushed with
water immediately after the accident.

Note. - The perception of formaldehyde by odor and eye irritation becomes
less sensitive with time as one adapts to formaldehyde. This can lead to
overexposure if a worker is relying on formaldehyde's warning properties to
alert him or her to the potential for exposure.

"Acute Animal Toxicity:" "Oral," rats: LD50=800 mg/kg "Oral," mouse: LD50=42
mg/kg "Inhalation," rats: LCLo=250 mg/kg Inhalation," mouse: LCLo=900 mg/kg
"Inhalation," rats: LC50=590 mg/kg

"Chronic Effects of Exposure"

"Carcinogenicity:" Formaldehyde has the potential to cause cancer in humans.
Repeated and prolonged exposure increases the risk. Various animal
experiments have conclusively shown formaldehyde to be a carcinogen in rats.
In humans, formaldehyde exposure has been associated with cancers of the
lung, nasopharynx and oropharynx, and nasal passages.

"Mutagenicity:" Formaldehyde is genotoxic in several "in vitro" test systems
showing properties of both an initiator and a promoter.

"Toxicity:" Prolonged or repeated exposure to formaldehyde may result in
respiratory impairment. Rats exposed to formaldehyde at 2 ppm developed
benign nasal tumors and changes of the cell structure in the nose as well as
inflamed mucous membranes of the nose. Structural changes in the epithelial
cells in the human nose have also been observed. Some persons have developed
asthma or bronchitis following exposure to formaldehyde, most often as the
result of an accidental spill involving a single exposure to a high
concentration of formaldehyde.

"Emergency and First Aid Procedures"

"Ingestion (Swallowing):" If the victim is conscious, dilute, inactivate, or
absorb the ingested formaldehyde by giving milk, activated charcoal, or
water. Any organic material will inactivate formaldehyde. Keep affected
person warm and at rest. Get medical attention immediately. If vomiting
occurs, keep head lower than hips.

"Inhalation (Breathing):" Remove the victim from the exposure area to fresh
air immediately. Where the formaldehyde concentration may be very high, each
rescuer must put on a self-contained breathing apparatus before attempting to
remove the victim, and medical personnel should be informed of the
formaldehyde exposure immediately. If breathing has stopped, give artificial
respiration. Keep the affected person warm and at rest. Qualified first-aid
or medical personnel should administer oxygen, if available, and maintain the
patient's airways and blood pressure until the victim can be transported to a
medical facility. If exposure results in a highly irritated upper respiratory
tract and coughing continues for more than 10 minutes, the worker should be
hospitalized for observation and treatment.

"Skin Contact:" Remove contaminated clothing (including shoes) immediately.
Wash the affected area of your body with soap or mild detergent and large
amounts of water until no evidence of the chemical remains (at least 15 to 20
minutes). If there are chemical burns, get first aid to cover the area with
sterile, dry dressing, and bandages. Get medical attention if you experience
appreciable eye or respiratory irritation.

"Eye Contact:" Wash the eyes immediately with large amounts of water
occasionally lifting lower and upper lids, until no evidence of chemical
remains (at least 15 to 20 minutes). In case of burns, apply sterile bandages
loosely without medication. Get medical attention immediately. If you have
experienced appreciable eye irritation from a splash or excessive exposure,
you should be referred promptly to an opthamologist for evaluation.

"Emergency Procedures"

"Emergencies:" If you work in an area where a large amount of formaldehyde
could be released in an accident or from equipment failure, your employer
must develop procedures to be followed in event of an emergency. You should
be trained in your specific duties in the event of an emergency, and it is
important that you clearly understand these duties. Emergency equipment must
be accessible and you should be trained to use any equipment that you might
need. Formaldehyde contaminated equipment must be cleaned before reuse.

If a spill of appreciable quantity occurs, leave the area quickly unless you
have specific emergency duties. Do not touch spilled material. Designated
persons may stop the leak and shut off ignition sources if these procedures
can be done without risk. Designated persons should isolate the hazard area
and deny entry except for necessary people protected by suitable protective
clothing and respirators adequate for the exposure. Use water spray to reduce
vapors. Do not smoke, and prohibit all flames or flares in the hazard area.

"Special Firefighting Procedures:" Learn procedures and responsibilities in
the event of a fire in your workplace. Become familiar with the appropriate
equipment and supplies and their location. In firefighting, withdraw
immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety device or any
discoloration of storage tank due to fire.

"Spill, Leak, and Disposal Procedures"

"Occupational Spill:" For small containers, place the leaking container in a
well ventilated area. Take up small spills with absorbent material and place
the waste into properly labeled containers for later disposal. For larger
spills, dike the spill to minimize contamination and facilitate salvage or
disposal. You may be able to neutralize the spill with sodium hydroxide or
sodium sulfite. Your employer must comply with EPA rules regarding the
clean-up of toxic waste and notify state and local authorities, if required.
If the spill is greater than 1,000 lb/day, it is reportable under EPA's
Superfund legislation.

"Waste Disposal:" Your employer must dispose of waste containing
formaldehyde in accordance with applicable local, state, and Federal law and
in a manner that minimizes exposure of employees at the site and of the
clean-up crew.

"Monitoring and Measurement Procedures"

"Monitoring Requirements:" If your exposure to formaldehyde exceeds the 0.5
ppm action level or the 2 ppm STEL, your employer must monitor your exposure.
Your employer need not measure every exposure if a "high exposure" employee
can be identified. This person usually spends the greatest amount of time
nearest the process equipment. If you are a "representative employee", you
will be asked to wear a sampling device to collect formaldehyde. This device
may be a passive badge, a sorbent tube attached to a pump, or an impinger
containing liquid. You should perform your work as usual, but inform the
person who is conducting the monitoring of any difficulties you are having
wearing the device.

"Evaluation of 8-hour Exposure:" Measurements taken for the purpose of
determining time-weighted average (TWA) exposures are best taken with samples
covering the full shift. Samples collected must be taken from the employee's
breathing zone air.

"Short-term Exposure Evaluation:" If there are tasks that involve brief but
intense exposure to formaldehyde, employee exposure must be measured to
assure compliance with the STEL. Sample collections are for brief periods,
only 15 minutes, but several samples may be needed to identify the peak
exposure.

"Monitoring Techniques:" OSHA's only requirement for selecting a method for
sampling and analysis is that the methods used accurately evaluate the
concentration of formaldehyde in employees' breathing zones. Sampling and
analysis may be performed by collection of formaldehyde on liquid or solid
sorbents with subsequent chemical analysis. Sampling and analysis may also be
performed by passive diffusion monitors and short-term exposure may be
measured by instruments such as real-time continuous monitoring systems and
portable direct reading instruments.

"Notification of Results:" Your employer must inform you of the results of
exposure monitoring representative of your job. You may be informed in
writing, but posting the results where you have ready access to them
constitutes compliance with the standard.

"Protective Equipment and Clothing"

[Material impervious to formaldehyde is needed if the employee handles
formaldehyde solutions of 1 percent or more. Other employees may also require
protective clothing or equipment to prevent dermatitis.] "Respiratory
Protection:" Use NIOSH-approved full facepiece negative pressure respirators
equipped with approved cartridges or canisters within the use limitations of
these devices. (Present restrictions on cartridges and canisters do not
permit them to be used for a full workshift.) In all other situations, use
positive pressure respirators such as the positive-pressure air purifying
respirator or the self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). If you use a
negative pressure respirator, your employer must provide you with fit testing
of the respirator at least once a year in accordance with the procedures
outlined in Appendix E.

"Protective Gloves:" Wear protective (impervious) gloves provided by your
employer, at no cost, to prevent contact with formalin. Your employer should
select these gloves based on the results of permeation testing and in
accordance with the ACGIH Guidelines for Selection of Chemical Protective
Clothing.

"Eye Protection:" If you might be splashed in the eyes with formalin, it is
essential that you wear goggles or some other type of complete protection for
the eye. You may also need a face shield if your face is likely to be
splashed with formalin, but you must not substitute face shields for eye
protection. (This section pertains to formaldehyde solutions of 1 percent or
more.) "Other Protective Equipment:" You must wear protective (impervious)
clothing and equipment provided by your employer at no cost to prevent
repeated or prolonged contact with formaldehyde liquids. If you are required
to change into whole-body chemical protective clothing, your employer must
provide a change room for your privacy and for storage of your normal
clothing.

If you are splashed with formaldehyde, use the emergency showers and eyewash
fountains provided by your employer immediately to prevent serious injury.
Report the incident to your supervisor and obtain necessary medical support.

"Entry Into an IDLH Atmosphere"

Enter areas where the formaldehyde concentration might be 100 ppm or more
only with complete body protection including a self-contained breathing
apparatus with a full facepiece operated in a positive pressure mode or a
supplied air respirator with full facepiece and operated in a positive
pressure mode. This equipment is essential to protect your life and health
under such extreme conditions.

"Engineering Controls"

Ventilation is the most widely applied engineering control method for
reducing the concentration of airborne substances in the breathing zones of
workers. There are two distinct types of ventilation.

"Local Exhaust:" Local exhaust ventilation is designed to capture airborne
contaminants as near to the point of generation as possible. To protect you,
the direction of contaminant flow must always be toward the local exhaust
system inlet and away from you.

"General (Mechanical):" General dilution ventilation involves continuous
introduction of fresh air into the workroom to mix with the contaminated air
and lower your breathing zone concentration of formaldehyde. Effectiveness
depends on the number of air changes per hour. Where devices emitting
formaldehyde are spread out over a large area, general dilution ventilation
may be the only practical method of control.

"Work Practices:" Work practices and administrative procedures are an
important part of a control system. If you are asked to perform a task in a
certain manner to limit your exposure to formaldehyde, it is extremely
important that you follow these procedures.

"Medical Surveillance"

Medical surveillance helps to protect employees' health. You are encouraged
strongly to participate in the medical surveillance program.

Your employer must make a medical surveillance program available at no
expense to you and at a reasonable time and place if you are exposed to
formaldehyde at concentrations above 0.5 ppm as an 8-hour average or 2 ppm
over any 15-minute period. You will be offered medical surveillance at the
time of your initial assignment and once a year afterward as long as your
exposure is at least 0.5 ppm (TWA) or 2 ppm (STEL). Even if your exposure is
below these levels, you should inform your employer if you have signs and
symptoms that you suspect, through your training, are related to your
formaldehyde exposure because you may need medical surveillance to determine
if your health is being impaired by your exposure.
	The surveillance plan includes:
	(a) A medical disease questionnaire. (b) A physical examination if
the physician determines this is necessary.

If you are required to wear a respirator, your employer must offer you a
physical examination and a pulmonary function test every year.

The physician must collect all information needed to determine if you are at
increased risk from your exposure to formaldehyde. At the physician's
discretion, the medical examination may include other tests, such as a chest
x-ray, to make this determination.

After a medical examination the physician will provide your employer with a
written opinion which includes any special protective measures recommended
and any restrictions on your exposure. The physician must inform you of any
medical conditions you have which would be aggravated by exposure to
formaldehyde.

All records from your medical examinations, including disease surveys, must
be retained at your employer's expense.

"Emergencies"

If you are exposed to formaldehyde in an emergency and develop signs or
symptoms associated with acute toxicity from formaldehyde exposure, your
employer must provide you with a medical examination as soon as possible.
This medical examination will include all steps necessary to stabilize your
health. You may be kept in the hospital for observation if your symptoms are
severe to ensure that any delayed effects are recognized and treated.

Appendix B to 1926.1148 - Sampling Strategy and Analytical Methods for
Formaldehyde.

To protect the health of employees, exposure measurements must be unbiased
and representative of employee exposure. The proper measurement of employee
exposure requires more than a token commitment on the part of the employer.
OSHA's mandatory requirements establish a baseline; under the best of
circumstances all questions regarding employee exposure will be answered.
Many employers, however, will wish to conduct more extensive monitoring
before undertaking expensive commitments, such as engineering controls, to
assure that the modifications are truly necessary. The following sampling
strategy, which was developed at NIOSH by Nelson A. Leidel, Kenneth A. Busch,
and Jeremiah R. Lynch and described in NIOSH publication No. 77-173
(Occupational Exposure Sampling Strategy Manual) will assist the employer in
developing a strategy for determining the exposure of his or her employees.

There is no one correct way to determine employee exposure. Obviously,
measuring the exposure of every employee exposed to formaldehyde will provide
the most information on any given day. Where few employees are exposed, this
may be a practical solution. For most employers, however, use of the
following strategy will give just as much information at less cost.

Exposure data collected on a single day will not automatically guarantee the
employer that his or her workplace is always in compliance with the
formaldehyde standard. This does not imply, however, that it is impossible
for an employer to be sure that his or her worksite is in compliance with the
standard. Indeed, a properly designed sampling strategy showing that all
employees are exposed below the PELs, at least with a 95 percent certainty,
is compelling evidence that the exposure limits are being achieved provided
that measurements are conducted using valid sampling strategy and approved
analytical methods.

There are two PELs, the TWA concentration and the STEL. Most employers will
find that one of these two limits is more critical in the control of their
operations, and OSHA expects that the employer will concentrate monitoring
efforts on the critical component. If the more difficult exposure is
controlled, this information, along with calculations to support the
assumptions, should be adequate to show that the other exposure limit is also
being achieved.

"Sampling Strategy"

Determination of the Need for Exposure Measurements

The employer must determine whether employees may be exposed to
concentrations in excess of the action level. This determination becomes the
first step in an employee exposure monitoring program that minimizes employer
sampling burdens while providing adequate employee protection. If employees
may be exposed above the action level, the employer must measure exposure.
Otherwise, an objective determination that employee exposure is low provides
adequate evidence that exposure potential has been examined.

The employer should examine all available relevant information, "eg."
insurance company and trade association data and information from suppliers
or exposure data collected from similar operations. The employer may also use
previously-conducted sampling including area monitoring. The employer must
make a determination relevant to each operation although this need not be on
a separate piece of paper. If the employer can demonstrate conclusively that
no employee is exposed above the action level or the STEL through the use of
objective data, the employer need proceed no further on employee exposure
monitoring until such time that conditions have changed and the determination
is no longer valid.

If the employer cannot determine that employee exposure is less than the
action level and the STEL, employee exposure monitoring will have to be
conducted.

Workplace Material Survey


The primary purpose of a survey of raw material is to determine if
formaldehyde is being used in the work environment and if so, the conditions
under which formaldehyde is being used.

The first step is to tabulate all situations where formaldehyde is used in a
manner such that it may be released into the workplace atmosphere or
contaminate the skin. This information should be available through analysis
of company records and information on the MSDSs available through provisions
of this standard and the Hazard Communication standard.

If there is an indication from materials handling records and accompanying
MSDSs that formaldehyde is being used in the following types of processes or
work operations, there may be a potential for releasing formaldehyde into the
workplace atmosphere:

(1) Any operation that involves grinding, sanding, sawing, cutting,
crushing, screening, sieving, or any other manipulation of material that
generates formaldehyde-bearing dust (2) Any processes where there have been
employee complaints or symptoms indicative of exposure to formaldehyde (3)
Any liquid or spray process involving formaldehyde (4) Any process that uses
formaldehyde in preserved tissue (5) Any process that involves the heating of
a formaldehyde-bearing resin.

Processes and work operations that use formaldehyde in these manners will
probably require further investigation at the worksite to determine the
extent of employee monitoring that should be conducted.

Workplace Observations


To this point, the only intention has been to provide an indication as to
the existence of potentially exposed employees. With this information, a
visit to the workplace is needed to observe work operations, to identify
potential health hazards, and to determine whether any employees may be
exposed to hazardous concentrations of formaldehyde.

In many circumstances, sources of formaldehyde can be identified through the
sense of smell. However, this method of detection should be used with caution
because of olfactory fatigue.

Employee location in relation to source of formaldehyde is important in
determining if an employee may be significantly exposed to formaldehyde. In
most instances, the closer a worker is to the source, the higher the
probability that a significant exposure will occur.

Other characteristics should be considered. Certain high temperature
operations give rise to higher evaporation rates. Locations of open doors and
windows provide natural ventilation that tend to dilute formaldehyde
emissions. General room ventilation also provides a measure of control.

Calculation of Potential Exposure Concentrations

By knowing the ventilation rate in a workplace and the quantity of
formaldehyde generated, the employer may be able to determine by calculation
if the PELs might be exceeded. To account for poor mixing of formaldehyde
into the entire room, locations of fans and proximity of employees to the
work operation, the employer must include a safety factor. If an employee is
relatively close to a source, particularly if he or she is located downwind,
a safety factor of 100 may be necessary. For other situations, a factor of 10
may be acceptable. If the employer can demonstrate through such calculations
that employee exposure does not exceed the action level or the STEL, the
employer may use this information as objective data to demonstrate compliance
with the standard.

Sampling Strategy

Once the employer determines that there is a possibility of substantial
employee exposure to formaldehyde, the employer is obligated to measure
employee exposure.

The next step is selection of a maximum risk employee. When there are
different processes where employees may be exposed to formaldehyde, a maximum
risk employee should be selected for each work operation.

Selection of the maximum risk employee requires professional judgment. The
best procedure for selecting the maximum risk employee is to observe
employees and select the person closest to the source of formaldehyde.
Employee mobility may affect this selection; "eg." if the closest employee is
mobile in his tasks, he may not be the maximum risk employee. Air movement
patterns and differences in work habits will also affect selection of the
maximum risk employee.

When many employees perform essentially the same task, a maximum risk
employee cannot be selected. In this circumstance, it is necessary to resort
to random sampling of the group of workers. The objective is to select a
subgroup of adequate size so that there is a high probability that the random
sample will contain at least one worker with high exposure if one exists. The
number of persons in the group influences the number that need to be sampled
to ensure that at least one individual from the highest 10 percent exposure
group is contained in the sample. For example, to have 90 percent confidence
in the results, if the group size is 10, nine should be sampled; for 50, only
18 need to be sampled.

If measurement shows exposure to formaldehyde at or above the action level
or the STEL, the employer needs to identify all other employees who may be
exposed at or above the action level or STEL and measure or otherwise
accurately characterize the exposure of these employees.

Whether representative monitoring or random sampling are conducted, the
purpose remains the same - to determine if the exposure of any employee is
above the action level. If the exposure of the most exposed employee is less
than the action level and the STEL, regardless of how the employee is
identified, then it is reasonable to assume that measurements of exposure of
the other employees in that operation would be below the action level and the
STEL.

Exposure Measurements

There is no "best" measurement strategy for all situations. Some elements to
consider in developing a strategy are:

  (1) Availability and cost of sampling equipment
  (2) Availability and cost of analytic facilities
  (3) Availability and cost of personnel to take samples
  (4) Location of employees and work operations
  (5) Intraday and interday variations in the process
  (6) Precision and accuracy of sampling and analytic methods, and
  (7) Number of samples needed.


Samples taken for determining compliance with the STEL differ from those
that measure the TWA concentration in important ways. STEL samples are best
taken in a nonrandom fashion using all available knowledge relating to the
area, the individual, and the process to obtain samples during periods of
maximum expected concentrations. At least three measurements on a shift are
generally needed to spot gross errors or mistakes; however, only the highest
value represents the STEL.

If an operation remains constant throughout the workshift, a much greater
number of samples would need to be taken over the 32 discrete nonoverlapping
periods in an 8-hour workshift to verify compliance with a STEL. If employee
exposure is truly uniform throughout the workshift, however, an employer in
compliance with the l ppm TWA would be in compliance with the 2 ppm STEL, and
this determination can probably be made using objective data.

Need to Repeat the Monitoring Strategy

Interday and intraday fluctuations in employee exposure are mostly
influenced by the physical processes that generate formaldehyde and the work
habits of the employee. Hence, in-plant process variations influence the
employer's determination of whether or not additional controls need to be
imposed. Measurements that employee exposure is low on a day that is not
representative of worst conditions may not provide sufficient information to
determine whether or not additional engineering controls should be installed
to achieve the PELs.

The person responsible for conducting sampling must be aware of systematic
changes which will negate the validity of the sampling results. Systematic
changes in formaldehyde exposure concentration for an employee can occur due
to:

  (1) The employee changing patterns of movement in the workplace
  (2) Closing of plant doors and windows
  (3) Changes in ventilation from season to season
  (4) Decreases in ventilation efficiency or abrupt failure of engineering
control equipment
  (5) Changes in the production process or work habits of the employee.


Any of these changes, if they may result in additional exposure that reaches
the next level of action ("i.e." 0.5 or 1.0 ppm as an 8-hr average or 2 ppm
over 15 minutes) require the employer to perform additional monitoring to
reassess employee exposure.

A number of methods are suitable for measuring employee exposure to
formaldehyde or for characterizing emissions within the worksite. The
preamble to this standard describes some methods that have been widely used
or subjected to validation testing. A detailed analytical procedure derived
from the OSHA Method 52 for acrolein and formaldehyde is presented below for
informational purposes.

Inclusion of OSHA's method in this appendix in no way implies that it is the
only acceptable way to measure employee exposure to formaldehyde. Other
methods that are free from significant interferences and that can determine
formaldehyde at the permissible exposure limits within plus or minus 25
percent of the "true" value at the 95 percent confidence level are also
acceptable. Where applicable, the method should also be capable of measuring
formaldehyde at the action level to plus or minus 35 percent of the "true"
value with a 95 percent confidence level. OSHA encourages employers to choose
methods that will be best for their individual needs. The employer must
exercise caution, however, in choosing an appropriate method since some
techniques suffer from interferences that are likely to be present in
workplaces of certain industry sectors where formaldehyde is used.

"OSHA's Analytical Laboratory Method"

"Method No:" 52 "Matrix:" Air "Target Concentration:" 1 ppm (1.2 mg/m(3))
"Procedures:" Air samples are collected by drawing known volumes of air
through sampling tubes containing XAD-2 adsorbent which have been coated with
2-(hydroxymethyl) piperidine. The samples are desorbed with toluene and then
analyzed by gas chromatography using a nitrogen selective detector.

"Recommended Sampling Rate and Air Volumes:" 0.1 L/min and 24 L "Reliable
Quantitation Limit:" 16 ppb (20 ug/m(3)) "Standard Error of Estimate at the
Target Concentration:" 7.3 percent "Status of the Method:" A sampling and
analytical method that has been subjected to the established evaluation
procedures of the Organic Methods Evaluation Branch.

"Date:" March 1985

1. "General Discussion"

1.1  "Background:" The current OSHA method for collecting acrolein vapor
recommends the use of activated 13X molecular sieves. The samples must be
stored in an ice bath during and after sampling and also they must be
analyzed within 48 hours of collection. The current OSHA method for
collecting formaldehyde vapor recommends the use of bubblers containing 10
percent methanol in water as the trapping solution.

This work was undertaken to resolve the sample stability problems associated
with acrolein and also to eliminate the need to use bubblers to sample
formaldehyde. A goal of this work was to develop and/or to evaluate a common
sampling and analytical procedure for acrolein and formaldehyde.

NIOSH has developed independent methodologies for acrolein and formaldehyde
which recommend the use of reagent-coated adsorbent tubes to collect the
aldehydes as stable derivatives. The formaldehyde sampling tubes contain
Chromosorb 102 adsorbent coated with N-benzylethanolamine (BEA) which reacts
with formaldehyde vapor to form a stable oxazolidine compound. The acrolein
sampling tubes contain XAD-2 adsorbent coated with
2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine (2-HMP) which reacts with acrolein vapor to form
a different, stable oxazolidine derivative. Acrolein does not appear to react
with BEA to give a suitable reaction product. Therefore, the formaldehyde
procedure cannot provide a common method for both aldehydes. However,
formaldehyde does react with 2-HMP to form a very suitable reaction product.
It is the quantitative reaction of acrolein and formaldehyde with 2-HMP that
provides the basis for this evaluation.

This sampling and analytical procedure is very similar to the method
recommended by NIOSH for acrolein. Some changes in the NIOSH methodology were
necessary to permit the simultaneous determination of both aldehydes and also
to accommodate OSHA laboratory equipment and analytical techniques.

1.2  "Limit-defining parameters:" The analyte air concentrations reported in
this method are based on the recommended air volume for each analyte
collected separately and a desorption volume of 1 mL. The amounts are
presented as acrolein and/or formaldehyde, even though the derivatives are
the actual species analyzed.

1.2.1  "Detection limits of the analytical procedure:" The detection limit
of the analytical procedure was 386 pg per injection for formaldehyde. This
was the amount of analyte which gave a peak whose height was about five times
the height of the peak given by the residual formaldehyde derivative in a
typical blank front section of the recommended sampling tube.

1.2.2  "Detection limits of the overall procedure:" The detection limits of
the overall procedure were 482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 ug/m(3) for
formaldehyde). This was the amount of analyte spiked on the sampling device
which allowed recoveries approximately equal to the detection limit of the
analytical procedure.

1.2.3  "Reliable quantitation limits:" The reliable quantitation limit was
482 ng per sample (16 ppb or 20 ug/m(3)) for formaldehyde. These were the
smallest amounts of analyte which could be quantitated within the limits of a
recovery of at least 75 percent and a precision (plus or minus 1.96 SD) of
plus or minus 25 percent or better.

_________________________________

The reliable quantitation limit and detection limits reported in the method
are based upon optimization of the instrument for the smallest possible
amount of analyte. When the target concentration of an analyte is
exceptionally higher than these limits, they may not be attainable at the
routine operating parameters.

________________________________

1.2.4  "Sensitivity:" The sensitivity of the analytical procedure over
concentration ranges representing 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration,
based on the recommended air volumes, was 7,589 area units per ug/mL for
formaldehyde. This value was determined from the slope of the calibration
curve. The sensitivity may vary with the particular instrument used in the
analysis.

1.2.5  "Recovery:" The recovery of formaldehyde from samples used in an
18-day storage test remained above 92 percent when the samples were stored at
ambient temperature. These values were determined from regression lines which
were calculated from the storage data. The recovery of the analyte from the
collection device must be at least 75 percent following storage.

1.2.6  "Precision (analytical method only):" The pooled coefficient of
variation obtained from replicate determinations of analytical standards over
the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target concentration was 0.0052 for
formaldehyde (Section 4.3).

1.2.7  "Precision (overall procedure):" The precision at the 95 percent
confidence level for the ambient temperature storage tests was plus or minus
14.3 percent for formaldehyde. These values each include an additional plus
or minus 5 percent for sampling error. The overall procedure must provide
results at the target concentrations that are plus or minus 25 percent at the
95 percent confidence level.

1.2.8  "Reproducibility:" Samples collected from controlled test atmospheres
and a draft copy of this procedure were given to a chemist unassociated with
this evaluation. The formaldehyde samples were analyzed following 15 days
storage. The average recovery was 96.3 percent and the standard deviation was
1.7 percent.

1.3  "Advantages:"

1.3.1  The sampling and analytical procedures permit the simultaneous
determination of acrolein and formaldehyde.

1.3.2  Samples are stable following storage at ambient temperature for at
least 18 days.

1.4  "Disadvantages:" None.

2. "Sampling Procedure"

2.1  "Apparatus:"

2.1.1  Samples are collected by use of a personal sampling pump that can be
calibrated to within plus or minus 5 percent of the recommended 0.1 L/min
sampling rate with the sampling tube in line.

2.1.2  Samples are collected with laboratory prepared sampling tubes. The
sampling tube is constructed of silane treated glass and is about 8-cm long.
The ID is 4 mm and the OD is 6 mm. One end of the tube is tapered so that a
glass wool end plug will hold the contents of the tube in place during
sampling. The other end of the sampling tube is open to its full 4-mm ID to
facilitate packing of the tube. Both ends of the tube are fire-polished for
safety. The tube is packed with a 75-mg backup section, located nearest the
tapered end and a 150-mg sampling section of pretreated XAD-2 adsorbent which
has been coated with 2-HMP. The two sections of coated adsorbent are
separated and retained with small plugs of silanized glass wool. Following
packing, the sampling tubes are sealed with two 7/32 inch OD plastic end
caps. Instructions for the pretreatment and the coating of XAD-2 adsorbent
are presented in Section 4 of this method.

2.1.3  Sampling tubes, similar to those recommended in this method, are
marketed by Supelco, Inc. These tubes were not available when this work was
initiated; therefore, they were not evaluated.

2.2  "Reagents:" None required.

2.3  "Technique:"

2.3.1  Properly
label the sampling tube before sampling and then remove the plastic end
caps.

2.3.2  Attach the sampling tube to the pump using a section of flexible
plastic tubing such that the large, front section of the sampling tube is
exposed directly to the atmosphere. Do not place any tubing ahead of the
sampling tube. The sampling tube should be attached in the worker's breathing
zone in a vertical manner such that it does not impede work performance.

2.3.3  After sampling for the appropriate time, remove the sampling tube
from the pump and then seal the tube with plastic end caps.

2.3.4  Include at least one blank for each sampling set. The blank should be
handled in the same manner as the samples with the exception that air is not
drawn through it.

2.3.5  List any potential interferences on the sample data sheet.

2.4  "Breakthrough:"

2.4.1  Breakthrough was defined as the relative amount
of analyte found on a backup sample in relation to the total amount of
analyte collected on the sampling train.

2.4.2  For formaldehyde collected from test atmospheres containing 6 times
the PEL, the average 5 percent breakthrough air volume was 41 L. The sampling
rate was 0.1 L/min and the average mass of formaldehyde collected was 250 ug.

2.5  "Desorption Efficiency:" No desorption efficiency corrections are
necessary to compute air sample results because analytical standards are
prepared using coated adsorbent. Desorption efficiencies were determined,
however, to investigate the recoveries of the analytes from the sampling
device. The average recovery over the range of 0.4 to 2 times the target
concentration, based on the recommended air volumes, was 96.2 percent for
formaldehyde. Desorption efficiencies were essentially constant over the
ranges studied.

2.6  "Recommended Air Volume and Sampling Rate: "

2.6.1  The recommended air volume for formaldehyde is 24 L.

2.6.2
The recommended sampling rate is 0.1 L/min.

2.7  "Interferences:"

2.7.1  Any
collected substance that is capable of reacting 2-HMP and thereby depleting
the derivatizing agent is a potential interference. Chemicals which contain a
carbonyl group, such as acetone, may be capable or reacting with
2-HMP.

2.7.2  There are no other known interferences to the sampling
method.

2.8  "Safety Precautions:"

2.8.1  Attach the sampling equipment to
the worker in such a manner that it well not interfere with work performance
or safety.

2.8.2  Follow all safety practices that apply to the work area being sampled.

3. "Analytical Procedure"

3.1  "Apparatus:"

3.1.1  A gas chromatograph (GC), equipped with a nitrogen selective
detector. A Hewlett-Packard Model 5840A GC fitted with a nitrogen-phosphorus
flame ionization detector (NPD) was used for this evaluation. Injections were
performed using a Hewlett-Packard Model 7671A automatic sampler.

3.1.2  A GC column capable of resolving the analytes from any interference.
A 6 ft x 1/4 in OD (2mm ID) glass GC column containing 10 percent UCON
50-HB-5100 + 2 percent KOH on 80/100 mesh Chromosorb W-AW was used for the
evaluation. Injections were performed on-column.

3.1.3  Vials, glass 2-mL with Teflon-lined caps.

3.1.4  Volumetric
flasks, pipets, and syringes for preparing standards, making dilutions, and
performing injections.

3.2  "Reagents:"

3.2.1  Toluene and dimethylformamide. Burdick and Jackson solvents were used
in this evaluation.

3.2.2  Helium, hydrogen, and air, GC grade.

3.2.3  Formaldehyde, 37
percent, by weight, in water. Aldrich Chemical, ACS Reagent Grade
formaldehyde was used in this evaluation.

3.2.4  Amberlite XAD-2 adsorbent coated with 2-(hydroxymethyl -
piperidine (2-HMP), 10 percent by weight (Section 4).

3.2.5  Desorbing solution with internal standard. This solution was prepared
by adding 20 uL of dimethylformamide to 100 mL of toluene.

3.3  "Standard preparation:"

3.3.1  "Formaldehyde:" Prepare stock standards by diluting known volumes of
37 percent formaldehyde solution with methanol. A procedure to determine the
formaldehyde content of these standards is presented in Section 4. A standard
containing 7.7 mg/mL formaldehyde was prepared by diluting 1 mL of the 37
percent reagent to 50 mL with methanol.

3.3.2  It is recommended that analytical standards be prepared about 16
hours before the air samples are to be analyzed in order to ensure the
complete reaction of the analytes with 2-HMP. However, rate studies have
shown the reaction to be greater than 95 percent complete after 4 hours.
Therefore, one or two standards can be analyzed after this reduced time if
sample results are outside the concentration range of the prepared standards.

3.3.3  Place 150-mg portions of coated XAD-2 adsorbent, from the same lot
number as used to collect the air samples, into each of several glass 2-mL
vials. Seal each vial with a Teflon-lined cap.

3.3.4  Prepare fresh analytical standards each day by injecting appropriate
amounts of the diluted analyte directly onto 150-mg portions of coated
adsorbent. It is permissible to inject both acrolein and formaldehyde on the
same adsorbent portion. Allow the standards to stand at room temperature. A
standard, approximately the target levels, was prepared by injecting 11 uL of
the acrolein and 12 uL of the formaldehyde stock standards onto a single
coated XAD-2 adsorbent portion.

3.3.5  Prepare a sufficient number of standards to generate the calibration
curves. Analytical standard concentrations should bracket sample
concentrations. Thus, if samples are not in the concentration range of the
prepared standards, additional standards must be prepared to determine
detector response.

3.3.7  Desorb the standards in the same manner as the samples following the
16-hour reaction time.

3.4  "Sample preparation:"

3.4.1  Transfer the 150-mg section of the sampling tube to a 2-mL vial.
Place the 75-mg section in a separate vial. If the glass wool plugs contain a
significant number of adsorbent beads, place them with the appropriate
sampling tube section. Discard the glass wool plugs if they do not contain a
significant number of adsorbent beads.

3.4.2  Add 1 mL of desorbing solution to each vial.

3.4.3  Seal the
vials with Teflon-lined caps and then allow them to desorb for one hour.
Shake the vials by hand with vigorous force several times during the
desorption time.

3.4.4  Save the used sampling tubes to be cleaned and recycled.

3.5
"Analysis:"

3.5.1  "GC Conditions"

"Column Temperature:" Bi-level temperature program - First level: 100 to 140
deg. C at 4 deg. C/min following completion of the first level.

Second level: 140 to 180 deg. C at 20 deg. C/min following completion

of the first level. Isothermal period: Hold column at 180 deg. C until the
recorder pen returns to baseline (usually about 25 min after injection).

"Injector temperature:" 180 deg. C "Helium flow rate:" 30 mL/min (detector
response will be reduced if nitrogen is substituted for helium carrier gas).

"Injection volume:"  0.8 uL "GC column:" Six-ft x 1/4-in OD (2 mm ID) glass
GC column containing 10 percent UCON 50-HB-5100 + 2 percent KOH on 80/100
Chromosorb W-AW. "NPD conditions:" Hydrogen flow rate: 3 mL/min Air flow
rate: 50 mL/min Detector temperature: 275 deg. C 3.5.2  "Chromatogram:" For
an example of a typical chromatogram, see Figure 4.11 in OSHA Method 52.

3.5.3  Use a suitable method, such as electronic integration, to measure
detector response.

3.5.4  Use an internal standard method to prepare the calibration curve with
several standard solutions of different concentrations. Prepare the
calibration curve daily. Program the integrator to report results in ug/mL.

3.5.5  Bracket sample concentrations with standards.

3.6
"Interferences (Analytical)"

3.6.1  Any compound with the same general
retention time as the analytes and which also gives a detector response is a
potential interference. Possible interferences should be reported to the
laboratory with submitted samples by the industrial hygienist.

3.6.2  GC parameters (temperature, column, etc.) may be changed to
circumvent interferences.

3.6.3  A useful means of structure designation is GC/MS. It is recommended
this procedure be used to confirm samples whenever possible.

3.6.4  The coated adsorbent usually contains a very small amount of residual
formaldehyde derivative (Section 4.8).

3.7  "Calculations:"

3.7.1  Results are obtained by use of calibration curves. Calibration curves
are prepared by plotting detector response against concentration for each
standard. The best line through the data points is determined by curve
fitting.

3.7.2  The concentration, in ug/mL, for a particular sample is determined by
comparing its detector response to the calibration curve. If either of the
analytes is found on the backup section, it is added to the amount found on
the front section. Blank corrections should be performed before adding the
results together.

3.7.3  The acrolein and/or formaldehyde air concentration can be expressed
using the following equation:

mg/m(3)=(A)(B)/C
where A=ug/mL from 3.7.2, B=desorption volume, and C=L of air sampled.

  No desorption efficiency corrections are required.
  3.7.4  The following equation can be used to convert results in
mg/m(3)to ppm.

ppm=(mg/m(3))(24.45)/MW
where mg/m(3)=result from 3.7.3, 24.45=molar volume of an ideal gas at
  760 mm Hg and 25 deg. C, MW=molecular weight (30.0).


4. "Backup Data"

4.1  Backup data on detection limits, reliable quantitation limits,
sensitivity and precision of the analytical method, breakthrough, desorption
efficiency, storage, reproducibility, and generation of test atmospheres are
available in OSHA Method 52, developed by the Organics Methods Evaluation
Branch, OSHA Analytical Laboratory, Salt Lake City, Utah.

4.2  "Procedure to Coat XAD-2 Adsorbent with 2-HMP:"

4.2.1  "Apparatus:" Soxhlet extraction apparatus, rotary evaporation
apparatus, vacuum dessicator, 1-L vacuum flask, 1-L round-bottomed
evaporative flask, 1-L Erlenmeyer flask, 250-mL Buchner funnel with a coarse
fritted disc, etc.

4.2.2  "Reagents:"

4.2.2.1  Methanol, isooctane, and toluene.

4.2.2.2
2-(Hydroxymethyl)piperidine.

4.2.2.3  Amberlite XAD-2 non-ionic polymeric
adsorbent, 20 to 60 mesh, Aldrich Chemical XAD-2 was used in this
evaluation.

4.2.3  "Procedure:" Weigh 125 g of crude XAD-2 adsorbent into a 1-L
Erlenmeyer flask. Add about 200 mL of water to the flask and then swirl the
mixture to wash the adsorbent. Discard any adsorbent that floats to the top
of the water and then filter the mixture using a fritted Buchner funnel. Air
dry the adsorbent for 2 minutes. Transfer the adsorbent back to the
Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask. Swirl
and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed adsorbent back to
the Erlenmeyer flask and then add about 200 mL of methanol to the flask.
Swirl and then filter the mixture as before. Transfer the washed adsorbent to
a 1-L round-bottomed evaporative flask, add 13 g of 2-HMP and then 200 mL of
methanol, swirl the mixture and then allow it to stand for one hour. Remove
the methanol at about 40 deg. C and reduced pressure using a rotary
evaporation apparatus. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a suitable container
and store it in a vacuum desiccator at room temperature overnight. Transfer
the coated adsorbent to a Soxhlet extractor and then extract the material
with toluene for about 24 hours. Discard the contaminated toluene, add
methanol in its place and then continue the Soxhlet extraction for an
additional 4 hours. Transfer the adsorbent to a weighted 1-L round-bottom
evaporative flask and remove the methanol using the rotary evaporation
apparatus. Determine the weight of the adsorbent and then add an amount of
2-HMP, which is 10 percent by weight of the adsorbent. Add 200 mL of methanol
and then swirl the mixture. Allow the mixture to stand for one hour. Remove
the methanol by rotary evaporation. Transfer the coated adsorbent to a
suitable container and store it in a vacuum desiccator until all traces of
solvents are gone. Typically, this will take 2-3 days. The coated adsorbent
should be protected from contamination. XAD-2 adsorbent treated in this
manner will probably not contain residual acrolein derivative. However, this
adsorbent will often contain residual formaldehyde derivative levels of about
0.1 ug per 150 mg of adsorbent. If the blank values for a batch of coated
adsorbent are too high, then the batch should be returned to the Soxhlet
extractor, extracted with toluene again and then recoated. This process can
be repeated until the desired blank levels are attained.

The coated adsorbent is now ready to be packed into sampling tubes. The
sampling tubes should be stored in a sealed container to prevent
contamination. Sampling tubes should be stored in the dark at room
temperature. The sampling tubes should be segregated by coated adsorbent lot
number. A sufficient amount of each lot number of coated adsorbent should be
retained to prepare analytical standards for use with air samples from that
lot number.

4.3  "A Procedure to Determine Formaldehyde by Acid Titration:"

Standardize the 0.1 N HCl solution using sodium carbonate and methyl orange
indicator.

Place 50 mL of 0.1 M sodium sulfite and three drops of thymophthalein
indicator into a 250-mL Erlenmeyer flask. Titrate the contents of the flask
to a colorless endpoint with 0.1 N HCl (usually one or two drops is
sufficient). Transfer 10 mL of the formaldehyde/methanol solution (prepared
in 3.3.1) into the same flask and titrate the mixture with 0.1 N HCl, again,
to a colorless endpoint. The formaldehyde concentration of the standard may
be calculated by the following equation:

                     acid titer X acid normality X 30.0
Formaldehyde, mg/mL -----------------------------------------------
                                    mL of sample

This method is based on the quantitative liberation of sodium hydroxide when
formaldehyde reacts with sodium sulfite to form the formaldehyde-bisulfite
addition product. The volume of sample may be varied depending on the
formaldehyde content but the solution to be titrated must contain excess
sodium sulfite. Formaldehyde solutions containing substantial amounts of acid
or base must be neutralized before analysis.

Appendix C to 1926.1148 - Medical Surveillance - Formaldehyde.

I.  "Health Hazards"

The occupational health hazards of formaldehyde are primarily due to its
toxic effects after inhalation, after direct contact with the skin or eyes by
formaldehyde in liquid or vapor form, and after ingestion.

II. "Toxicology"

A. Acute Effects of Exposure

1. "Inhalation (breathing):" Formaldehyde is highly irritating to the upper
airways. The concentration of formaldehyde that is immediately dangerous to
life and health is 100 ppm. Concentrations above 50 ppm can cause severe
pulmonary reactions within minutes. These include pulmonary edema, pneumonia,
and bronchial irritation which can result in death. Concentrations above 5
ppm readily cause lower airway irritation characterized by cough, chest
tightness and wheezing. There is some controversy regarding whether
formaldehyde gas is a pulmonary sensitizer which can cause occupational
asthma in a previously normal individual. Formaldehyde can produce symptoms
of bronchial asthma in humans. The mechanism may be either sensitization of
the individual by exposure to formaldehyde or direct irritation by
formaldehyde in persons with pre-existing asthma. Upper airway irritation is
the most common respiratory effect reported by workers and can occur over a
wide range of concentrations, most frequently above 1 ppm. However, airway
irritation has occurred in some workers with exposures to formaldehyde as low
as 0.1 ppm. Symptoms of upper airway irritation include dry or sore throat,
itching and burning sensations of the nose, and nasal congestion. Tolerance
to this level of exposure may develop within 1-2 hours. This tolerance can
permit workers remaining in an environment of gradually increasing
formaldehyde concentrations to be unaware of their increasingly hazardous
exposure.

2. "Eye contact:" Concentrations of formaldehyde between 0.05 ppm and 0.5
ppm produce a sensation of irritation in the eyes with burning, itching,
redness, and tearing. Increased rate of blinking and eye closure generally
protects the eye from damage at these low levels, but these protective
mechanisms may interfere with some workers' work abilities. Tolerance can
occur in workers continuously exposed to concentrations of formaldehyde in
this range. Accidental splash injuries of human eyes to aqueous solutions of
formaldehyde (formalin) have resulted in a wide range of ocular injuries
including corneal opacities and blindness. The severity of the reactions have
been directly dependent on the concentration of formaldehyde in solution and
the amount of time lapsed before emergency and medical intervention.

3. "Skin contact:" Exposure to formaldehyde solutions can cause irritation
of the skin and allergic contact dermatitis. These skin diseases and
disorders can occur at levels well below those encountered by many
formaldehyde workers. Symptoms include erythema, edema, and vesiculation or
hives. Exposure to liquid formalin or formaldehyde vapor can provoke skin
reactions in sensitized individuals even when airborne concentrations of
formaldehyde are well below 1 ppm.

4. "Ingestion:" Ingestion of as little as 30 ml of a 37 percent solution of
formaldehyde (formalin) can result in death. Gastrointestinal toxicity after
ingestion is most severe in the stomach and results in symptoms which can
include nausea, vomiting, and severe abdominal pain. Diverse damage to other
organ systems including the liver, kidney, spleen, pancreas, brain, and
central nervous systems can occur from the acute response to ingestion of
formaldehyde.

B. Chronic Effects of Exposure

Long term exposure to formaldehyde has been shown to be associated with an
increased risk of cancer of the nose and accessory sinuses, nasopharyngeal
and oropharyngeal cancer, and lung cancer in humans. Animal experiments
provide conclusive evidence of a causal relationship between nasal cancer in
rats and formaldehyde exposure. Concordant evidence of carcinogenicity
includes DNA binding, genotoxicity in short-term tests, and cytotoxic changes
in the cells of the target organ suggesting both preneoplastic changes and a
dose-rate effect. Formaldehyde is a complete carcinogen and appears to exert
an effect on at least two stages of the carcinogenic process.

III. "Surveillance considerations"

A. History

1. "Medical and occupational history:" Along with its acute irritative
effects, formaldehyde can cause allergic sensitization and cancer. One of the
goals of the work history should be to elicit information on any prior or
additional exposure to formaldehyde in either the occupational or the
non-occupational setting.

2. "Respiratory history:" As noted above, formaldehyde has recognized
properties as an airway irritant and has been reported by some authors as a
cause of occupational asthma. In addition, formaldehyde has been associated
with cancer of the entire respiratory system of humans. For these reasons, it
is appropriate to include a comprehensive review of the respiratory system in
the medical history. Components of this history might include questions
regarding dyspnea on exertion, shortness of breath, chronic airway
complaints, hyperreactive airway disease, rhinitis, bronchitis,
bronchiolitis, asthma, emphysema, respiratory allergic reaction, or other
preexisting pulmonary disease.

In addition, generalized airway hypersensitivity can result from exposures
to a single sensitizing agent. The examiner should, therefore, elicit any
prior history of exposure to pulmonary irritants, and any short- or long-term
effects of that exposure.

Smoking is known to decrease mucociliary clearance of materials deposited
during respiration in the nose and upper airways. This may increase a
worker's exposure to inhaled materials such as formaldehyde vapor. In
addition, smoking is a potential confounding factor in the investigation of
any chronic respiratory disease, including cancer. For these reasons, a
complete smoking history should be obtained.

3. "Skin Disorders:" Because of the dermal irritant and sensitizing effects
of formaldehyde, a history of skin disorders should be obtained. Such a
history might include the existence of skin irritation, previously documented
skin sensitivity, and other dermatologic disorders. Previous exposure to
formaldehyde and other dermal sensitizers should be recorded.

4. "History of atopic or allergic diseases:" Since formaldehyde can cause
allergic sensitization of the skin and airways, it might be useful to
identify individuals with prior allergen sensitization. A history of atopic
disease and allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances should also be
obtained. It is not definitely known at this time whether atopic diseases and
allergies to formaldehyde or any other substances should also be obtained.
Also it is not definitely known at this time whether atopic individuals have
a greater propensity to develop formaldehyde sensitivity than the general
population, but identification of these individuals may be useful for ongoing
surveillance.

5. "Use of disease questionnaires:" Comparison of the results from previous
years with present results provides the best method for detecting a general
deterioration in health when toxic signs and symptoms are measured
subjectively. In this way recall bias does not affect the results of the
analysis. Consequently, OSHA has determined that the findings of the medical
and work histories should be kept in a standardized form for comparison of
the year-to-year results.

B. Physical Examination

1. "Mucosa of eyes and airways:" Because of the irritant effects of
formaldehyde, the examining physician should be alert to evidence of this
irritation. A speculum examination of the nasal mucosa may be helpful in
assessing possible irritation and cytotoxic changes, as may be indirect
inspection of the posterior pharynx by mirror.

2. "Pulmonary system:" A conventional respiratory examination, including
inspection of the thorax and auscultation and percussion of the lung fields
should be performed as part of the periodic medical examination. Although
routine pulmonary function testing is only required by the standard once
every year for persons who are exposed over the TWA concentration limit,
these tests have an obvious value in investigating possible respiratory
dysfunction and should be used wherever deemed appropriate by the physician.
In cases of alleged formaldehyde-induced airway disease, other possible
causes of pulmonary dysfunction (including exposures to other substances)
should be ruled out. A chest radiograph may be useful in these circumstances.
In cases of suspected airway hypersensitivity or allergy, it may be
appropriate to use bronchial challenge testing with formaldehyde or
methacholine to determine the nature of the disorder. Such testing should be
performed by or under the supervision of a physician experienced in the
procedures involved.

3. "Skin:" The physician should be alert to evidence of dermal irritation of
sensitization, including reddening and inflammation, urticaria, blistering,
scaling, formation of skin fissures, or other symptoms. Since the integrity
of the skin barrier is compromised by other dermal diseases, the presence of
such disease should be noted. Skin sensitivity testing carries with it some
risk of inducing sensitivity, and therefore, skin testing for formaldehyde
sensitivity should not be used as a routine screening test. Sensitivity
testing may be indicated in the investigation of a suspected existing
sensitivity. Guidelines for such testing have been prepared by the North
American Contact Dermatitis Group.

C. Additional Examinations or Tests

The physician may deem it necessary to perform other medical examinations or
tests as indicated. The standard provides a mechanism whereby these
additional investigations are covered under the standard for occupational
exposure to formaldehyde.

D. Emergencies

The examination of workers exposed in an emergency should be directed at the
organ systems most likely to be affected. Much of the content of the
examination will be similar to the periodic examination unless the patient
has received a severe acute exposure requiring immediate attention to prevent
serious consequences. If a severe overexposure requiring medical intervention
or hospitalization has occurred, the physician must be alert to the
possibility of delayed symptoms. Followup nonroutine examinations may be
necessary to assure the patient's well-being.

E. Employer Obligations

The employer is required to provide the physician with the following
information: A copy of this standard and appendices A, C, D, and E; a
description of the affected employee's duties as they relate to his or her
exposure concentration; an estimate of the employee's exposure including
duration ("e.g." 15 hr/wk, three 8-hour shifts, full-time); a description of
any personal protective equipment, including respirators, used by the
employee; and the results of any previous medical determinations for the
affected employee related to formaldehyde exposure to the extent that this
information is within the employer's control.

F. Physician's Obligations

The standard requires the employer to obtain a written statement from the
physician. This statement must contain the physician's opinion as to whether
the employee has any medical condition which would place him or her at
increased risk of impaired health from exposure to formaldehyde or use of
respirators, as appropriate. The physician must also state his opinion
regarding any restrictions that should be placed on the employee's exposure
to formaldehyde or upon the use of protective clothing or equipment such as
respirators. If the employee wears a respirator as a result of his or her
exposure to formaldehyde, the physician's opinion must also contain a
statement regarding the suitability of the employee to wear the type of
respirator assigned. Finally, the physician must inform the employer that the
employee has been told the results of the medical examination and of any
medical conditions which require further explanation or treatment. This
written opinion is not to contain any information on specific findings or
diagnoses unrelated to occupational exposure to formaldehyde.

The purpose in requiring the examining physician to supply the employer with
a written opinion is to provide the employer with a medical basis to assist
the employer in placing employees initially, in assuring that their health is
not being impaired by formaldehyde, and to assess the employee's ability to
use any required protective equipment.

Appendix D to 1926.1148 - Nonmandatory Medical Disease Questionnaire

A. "Identification"

Plant Name ____________________

Date __________________________

Employee Name _________________

S.S. __________________________

Job Title _____________________

Birthdate: ____________________

Age: __________________________

Sex: __________________________

Height: _______________________

Weight: _______________________

B. "Medical History"

1. Have you ever been in the hospital as a patient?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, what kind of problem were you having? _____
___________________________________________________

2. Have you ever had any kind of operation?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, what kind? ________________________________
___________________________________________________

3. Do you take any kind of medicine regularly?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, what kind? ________________________________
___________________________________________________

4. Are you allergic to any drugs, foods, or chemicals?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, what kind of allergy is it? ______________
__________________________________________________
What causes the allergy? _________________________
__________________________________________________

5. Have you ever been told that you have asthma, hayfever, or sinusitis?
Yes _____  No _____

6. Have you ever been told that you have emphysema, bronchitis, or any
     other respiratory problems?
Yes _____  No _____

7. Have you ever been told you had hepatitis?
Yes _____  No _____

8. Have you ever been told that you had cirrhosis?
Yes _____  No _____

9. Have you ever been told that you had cancer?
Yes _____  No _____

10. Have you ever had arthritis or joint pain?
Yes _____  No _____

11. Have you ever been told that you had high blood pressure?
Yes _____  No _____

12. Have you ever had a heart attack or heart trouble?
Yes _____  No _____

B-1. "Medical History Update"

1. Have you been in the hospital as a patient any time within the past
     year?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, for what condition? _____________________________
________________________________________________________

2. Have you been under the care of a physician during the past year?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, for what condition? _____________________________
________________________________________________________

3. Is there any change in your breathing since last year?
Yes _____  No _____

Better? _______

Worse? _______

No change? _______

If change, do you know why? ____________________________
________________________________________________________

4. Is your general health different this year from last year?
Yes _____  No _____
If different, in what way? _____________________________
________________________________________________________

5. Have you in the past year or are you now taking any medication on a
     regular basis?
Yes _____  No _____

Name Rx _______

Condition being treated _______________________________

C. "Occupational History"

1. How long have you worked for your present employer?
________________________________________________________

2. What jobs have you held with this employer? Include job title and
     length of time in each job.
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________

3. In each of these jobs, how many hours a day were you exposed to
     chemicals?
________________________________________________________

4. What chemicals have you worked with most of the time?
________________________________________________________

5. Have you ever noticed any type of skin rash you feel was related to
     your work?
Yes _____  No _____

6. Have you ever noticed that any kind of chemical makes you cough?
Yes _____  No _____
Wheeze?
Yes _____  No _____
Become short of breath or cause your chest to become tight?
Yes _____  No _____

7. Are you exposed to any dust or chemicals at home?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, explain: ____________________________________
_____________________________________________________

8. In other jobs, have you ever had exposure to:

Wood dust?
Yes _____  No _____
Nickel or chromium?
Yes _____  No _____
Silica (foundry, sand blasting)?
Yes _____  No _____
Arsenic or asbestos?
Yes _____  No _____
Organic solvents?
Yes _____  No _____
Urethane foams?
Yes _____  No _____

C-1. "Occupational History Update"

1. Are you working on the same job this year as you were last year?
Yes _____  No _____
If not, how has your job changed? ___________________________
_____________________________________________________________

2. What chemicals are you exposed to on your job?
_____________________________________________________________

3. How many hours a day are you exposed to chemicals?
_____________________________________________________________

4. Have you noticed any skin rash within the past year you feel was
     related to your work?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, explain circumstances: ______________________________
____________________________________________________________

5. Have you noticed that any chemical makes you cough, be short of breath,
     or wheeze?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, can you identify it? _______________________________
___________________________________________________________

D. "Miscellaneous"

1. Do you smoke?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, how much and for how long? ________________________
__________________________________________________________

Pipe _______

Cigars _______

Cigarettes _______

2. Do you drink alcohol in any form?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, how much, how long, and how often? _______________
_________________________________________________________

3. Do you wear glasses or contact lenses?
Yes _____  No _____

4. Do you get any physical exercise other than that required
to do your job?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, explain: _________________________________________
_________________________________________________________

5. Do you have any hobbies or "side jobs" that require you to use
     chemicals, such as furniture stripping, sand blasting, insulation
     or manufacture of urethane foam, furniture, etc?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, please describe, giving type of business or hobby, chemicals used
     and length of exposures.
________________________________________________________

E. "Symptoms Questionnaire"

1. Do you ever have any shortness of breath?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do you have to rest after climbing several flights of stairs?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, if you walk on the level with people your own age, do you walk
    slower than they do?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, if you walk slower than a normal pace, do you have to limit the
    distance that you walk?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do you have to stop and rest while bathing or dressing?
Yes _____  No _____
2. Do you cough as much as three months out of the year?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, have you had this cough for more than two years?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do you ever cough anything up from chest?
Yes _____  No _____
3. Do you ever have a feeling of smothering, unable to take a deep
    breath, or tightness in your chest?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do you notice that this on any particular day of the week?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, what day or the week?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do you notice that this occurs at any particular place?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do you notice that this is worse after you have returned to work
    after being off for several days?
Yes _____  No _____
4. Have you ever noticed any wheezing in your chest?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, is this only with colds or other infections?
Yes _____  No _____
Is this caused by exposure to any kind of dust or other material?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, what kind? _______
5. Have you noticed any burning, tearing, or redness of your eyes when
     you are at work?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, explain circumstances: ______________________________
____________________________________________________________

6. Have you noticed any sore or burning throat or itchy or burning nose
     when you are at work?
Yes _____  No _____
If so, explain circumstances: ______________________________
____________________________________________________________

7. Have you noticed any stuffiness or dryness of your nose?
Yes _____  No _____

8. Do you ever have swelling of the eyelids or face?
Yes _____  No _____

9. Have you ever been jaundiced?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, was this accompanied by any pain?
Yes _____  No _____

10. Have you ever had a tendency to bruise easily or bleed excessively?
Yes _____  No _____

11. Do you have frequent headaches that are not relieved by aspirin or
      tylenol?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, do they occur at any particular time of the day or week?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, when do they occur? __________________________________
______________________________________________________________

12. Do you have frequent episodes of nervousness or irritability?
Yes _____  No _____

13. Do you tend to have trouble concentrating or remembering?
Yes _____  No _____

14. Do you ever feel dizzy, light-headed, excessively drowsy or like you
     have been drugged?
Yes _____  No _____

15. Does your vision ever become blurred?
Yes _____  No _____

16. Do you have numbness or tingling of the hands or feet or other parts
     of your body?
Yes _____  No _____

17. Have you ever had chronic weakness or fatigue?
Yes _____  No _____

18. Have you ever had any swelling of your feet or ankles to the point
     where you could not wear your shoes?
Yes _____  No _____

19. Are you bothered by heartburn or indigestion?
Yes _____  No _____

20. Do you ever have itching, dryness, or peeling and scaling of the
     hands?
Yes _____  No _____

21. Do you ever have a burning sensation in the hands, or reddening of the
     skin?
Yes _____  No _____

22. Do you ever have cracking or bleeding of the skin on your hands?
Yes _____  No _____

23. Are you under a physician's care?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, for what are you being treated? _________________________
_________________________________________________________________

24. Do you have any physical complaints today?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, explain? _______________________________________________
________________________________________________________________

25. Do you have other health conditions not covered by these questions?
Yes _____  No _____
If yes, explain: ________________________________________________
____________________________________________________ ____________


Appendix E to 1926.1148 - Qualitative and Quantitative Fit Testing Procedures

I. "FIT Test Protocols"

Because exposure to formaldehyde can affect the employee's ability to detect
common odorants, fit test results from the isoamyl acetate test must be
augmented by results from either the saccharin or irritant smoke test.

A. The employer shall include the following provisions in the fit test
procedures. These provisions apply to both qualitative fit testing (QLFT) and
quantitative fit testing (QLFT).

1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most comfortable respirator
from a selection including respirators of various sizes from different
manufacturers. The selection shall include at least three sizes of
elastomeric facepieces of the type of respirator that is to be tested, i.e.,
three sizes of half mask; or three sizes of full facepiece; and units from at
least two manufacturers.

2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to
put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set
strap tension and how to determine a comfortable fit. A mirror shall be
available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning the
respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal training
on respirator use, as it is only a review.

3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to select
the respirator which provides the most comfortable fit. Each respirator
represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used properly, will
provide adequate protection.

4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each facepiece up to the
face and eliminate those which obviously do not give a comfortable fit.

5. The more comfortable facepieces are noted; the most comfortable mask is
donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in
assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in item 6 below. If
the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test
subject shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the
straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps.

6. Assessment of comfort shall include reviewing the following points with
the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the
comfort of the respirator:
	(a) position of the mask on the nose. (b) room for eye protection.
(c) room to talk. (d) position of mask on face and cheeks.

7. The following
criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator
fit:
	(a) chin properly placed;
	(b) adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
	(c) fit across nose bridge;
	(d) respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
	(e) tendency of respirator to slip;
	(f) self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator
position. 

8. The test subject shall conduct the negative and positive
pressure fit checks as described below or ANSI Z88.2-1980. Before conducting
the negative or positive pressure test, the subject shall be told to seat the
mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly
while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece shall be selected
and retested if the test subject fails the fit check tests.

(a) "Positive pressure test." Close off the exhalation valve and exhale
gently onto the facepiece. The face fit is considered satisfactory if a
slight positive pressure can be built up inside the facepiece without any
evidence of outward leakage of air at the seal. For most respirators this
method of leak testing requires the wearer to first remove the exhalation
valve cover before closing off the exhalation valve and then carefully
replacing it after the test.

(b) "Negative pressure test." Close off the inlet opening of the canister or
cartridge(s) by covering with the palm of the hand(s) or by replacing the
filter seal(s), inhale gently so that the facepiece collapses slightly, and
hold the breath for ten seconds. If the facepiece remains in its slightly
collapsed condition and no inward leakage of air is detected, the tightness
of the respirator is considered satisfactory.

9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the
skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard,
or long sideburns which cross the respirator sealing surface. Any type of
apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.

10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, she
or he shall be referred to a physician trained in respiratory disease or
pulmonary medicine to determine whether the test subject can wear a
respirator while performing her or his duties.

11. The test subject shall be given the opportunity to wear the successfully
fitted respirator for a period of two weeks. If at any time during this
period the respirator becomes uncomfortable, the test subject shall be given
the opportunity to select a different facepiece and to be retested.

12. The employer shall certify that a successful fit test has been
administered to the employee. The certification shall include the following
information:
	(a) Name of employee;
	(b) Type, brand and size of respirator; and
	(c) Date of test;

Where QLFT is used, the fit factor, strip chart, or other recording of the
results of the test, shall be retained with the certification. The
certification shall be maintained until the next fit test is administered.

13. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the test
subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test subject's
responsibilities during the test procedure.

The description of the process shall include a description of the test
exercises that the subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested
shall be worn for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test.

14. Test Exercises. The test subject shall perform exercises, in the test
environment, in the manner described below:

(a) "Normal breathing." In a normal standing position, without talking, the
subject shall breathe normally.

(b) "Deep breathing." In a normal standing position, the subject shall
breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as to not hyperventilate.

(c) "Turning head side to side." Standing in place, the subject shall slowly
turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each
side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the subject can
inhale at each side.

(d) "Moving head up and down." Standing in place, the subject shall slowly
move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to inhale in
the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).

(e) "Talking." The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as
to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read from a
prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 100, or recite
a memorized poem or song.

(f) "Grimace." The test subject shall grimace by smiling or
frowning. (g) "Bending over." The test subject shall bend at the waist as if
he/she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted for
this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QLFT units which
prohibit bending at the waist.

(h) "Normal breathing." Same as exercise 1. Each test exercise shall
be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall be
performed for 15 seconds.

The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding the
comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has become
uncomfortable, another model of respirator shall be tried.

B. "Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols"

1. "General." (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall
assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator qualitative fit
test program.

(b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to
prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests properly,
recognize invalid tests, and assure that test equipment is in proper working
order.

(c) The employer shall assure the QLFT equipment is kept clean and well
maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.

2. "Isoamyl Acetate Protocol" - (a) "Odor threshold screening." The odor
threshold screening test, performed without wearing a respirator, is intended
to determine if the individual tested can detect the odor of isoamyl acetate.

(1) Three 1-liter glass jars with metal lids are required.

(2) Odor
free water (e.g., distilled or spring water) at approximately 25 degrees C
shall be used for the solutions.

(3) The isoamyl acetate (IAA) (also known at isopentyl acetate) stock
solution is prepared by adding 1 cc of pure IAA to 800 cc of odor free water
in a 1 liter jar and shaking for 30 seconds. A new solution shall be prepared
at least weekly.

(4) The screening test shall be conducted in a room separate from the room
used for actual fit testing. The two rooms shall be well ventilated but shall
not be connected to the same recirculating ventilation system.

(5) The odor test solution is prepared in a second jar by placing 0.4 cc of
the stock solution into 500 cc of odor free water using a clear dropper or
pipette. The solution shall be shaken for 30 seconds and allowed to stand for
two to three minutes so that the IAA concentration above the liquid may reach
equilibrium. This solution shall be used for only one day.

(6) A test blank shall be prepared in a third jar by adding 500 cc of odor
free water.

(7) The odor test and test blank jars shall be labeled 1 and 2 for jar
identification. Labels shall be placed on the lids so they can be
periodically peeled, dried off and switched to maintain the integrity of the
test.

(8) The following instruction shall be typed on a card and placed on the
table in front of the two jars (i.e., 1 and 2): "The purpose of this test is
to determine if you can smell banana oil at a low concentration. The two
bottles in front of you contain water. One of these bottles also contain a
small amount of banana oil. Be sure the covers are on tight, then shake each
bottle for two seconds. Unscrew the lid of each bottle, one at a time, and
sniff at the mouth of the bottle. Indicate to the test conductor which bottle
contains banana oil."

(9) The mixtures used in the IAA odor detection test shall be prepared in an
area separate from where the test is performed, in order to prevent olfactory
fatigue in the subject.

(10) If the test subject is unable to correctly identify the jar containing
the odor test solution, the IAA qualitative fit test shall not be performed.

(11) If the test subject correctly identifies the jar containing the odor
test solution, the test subject may proceed to respirator selection and fit
testing.

(b) "Isoamyl acetate fit test." (1) The fit test chamber shall be similar to
a clear 55-gallon drum liner suspended inverted over a 2-foot diameter frame
so that the top of the chamber is about 6 inches above the test subject's
head. The inside top center of the chamber shall have a small hook attached.

(2) Each respirator used for the fitting and fit testing shall be equipped
with organic vapor cartridges or offer protection against organic vapors. The
cartridges or masks shall be changed at least weekly.

(3) After selecting, donning, and properly adjusting a respirator, the test
subject shall ware it to the fit testing room. This room shall be separate
from the room used for odor threshold screening and respirator selection, and
shall be well ventilated, as by an exhaust fan or lab hood, to prevent
general room contamination.

(4) A copy of the test exercises and any prepared text from which the
subject is to read shall be taped to the inside of the test chamber.

(5) Upon entering the test chamber, the test subject shall be given a 6-inch
by 5-inch piece of paper towel, or other porous, absorbent, single-ply
material, folded in half and wetted with 0.75 cc of pure IAA. The test
subject shall hang the wet towel on the hook at the top of the chamber.

(6) Allow two minutes for the IAA test concentration to stabilize before
starting the fit test exercises. This would be an appropriate time to talk
with the test subject; to explain the fit test, the importance of his/her
cooperation, and the purpose for the head exercises; or to demonstrate some
of the exercises.

(7) If at any time during the test, the subject detects the banana like odor
of IAA, the test has failed. The subject shall quickly exit from the test
chamber and leave the test area to avoid olfactory fatigue.

(8) If the test has failed, the subject shall return to the selection room
and remove the respirator, repeat the odor sensitivity test, select and put
on another respirator, return to the test chamber and again begin the
procedure described in (1) through (7) above. The process continues until a
respirator that fits well has been found. Should the odor sensitivity test be
failed, the subject shall wait about 5 minutes before retesting. Odor
sensitivity will usually have returned by this time.

(9) When a respirator is found that passes the test, its efficiency shall be
demonstrated for the subject by having the subject break the face seal and
take a breath before exiting the chamber.

(10) When the test subject leaves the chamber, the subject shall remove the
saturated towel and return it to the person conducting the test. To keep the
test area from becoming contaminated, the used towels shall be kept in a self
sealing bag so there is no significant IAA concentration build-up in the test
chamber during subsequent tests.

3. "Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol." The saccharin solution aerosol
QLFT protocol is the only currently available, validated test protocol for
use with particulate disposable dust respirators not equipped with
high-efficiency filters. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be
explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.

(a) "Taste threshold screening." The saccharin taste threshold screening,
performed without wearing a respirator, is intended to determine whether the
individual being tested can detect the taste of saccharin.

(1) Threshold screening as well as fit testing subjects shall wear an
enclosure about the head and shoulders that is approximately 12 inches in
diameter by 14 inches tall with at least the front portion clear and that
allows free movements of the head when a respirator is worn. An enclosure
substantially similar to the 3M hood assembly, parts number FT 14 and number
FT 15 combined, is adequate.

(2) The test enclosure shall have a 3/4-inch hole in front of the test
subject's nose and mouth area to accommodate the nebulizer nozzle.

(3) The test subject shall don the test enclosure. Throughout the threshold
screening test, the test subject shall breathe through his/her wide open
mouth with tongue extended.

(4) Using a DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer the test
conductor shall spray the "threshold check solution" into the enclosure. This
nebulizer shall be clearly marked to distinguish it from the fit test
solution nebulizer.

(5) The "threshold check solution" consists of 0.83 grams of sodium
saccharin USP in 1 cc of warm water. It can be prepared by putting 1 cc of
the fit test solution (see (b)(5) below) in 100 cc of distilled water.

(6) To produce the aerosol, the nebulizer bulb is firmly squeezed so that it
collapses completely, then released and allowed to fully expand.

(7) Ten squeezes are repeated rapidly and then the test subject is asked
whether the saccharin can be tasted.

(8) If the first response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated
rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted.

(9) If the second response is negative, ten more squeezes are repeated
rapidly and the test subject is again asked whether the saccharin is tasted.

(10) The test conductor will take note of the number of squeezes required to
solicit a taste response.

(11) If the saccharin is not tasted after 30 squeezes (step 10), the test
subject may not perform the saccharin fit test.

(12) If a taste response is elicited, the test subject shall be asked to
take note of the taste for reference in the fit test.

(13) Correct use of the nebulizer means that approximately 1 cc of liquid is
used at a time in the nebulizer body.

(14) The nebulizer shall be thoroughly rinsed in water, shaken dry, and
refilled at least each morning and afternoon or at least every four hours.

(b) "Saccharin solution aerosol fit test procedure." (1) The test subject
may not eat, drink (except plain water), or chew gum for 15 minutes before
the test.

(2) The fit test uses the same enclosure described in (a) above.

(3)
The test subject shall don the enclosure while wearing the respirator
selected in section (a) above. The respirator shall be properly adjusted and
equipped with a particular filter(s).

(4) A second DeVilbiss Model 40 Inhalation Medication Nebulizer is used to
spray the fit test solution into the enclosure. This nebulizer shall be
clearly marked to distinguish it from the screening test solution nebulizer.

(5) The fit test solution is prepared by adding 83 grams of sodium saccharin
to 100 cc of warm water.

(6) As before, the test subject shall breathe through the open mouth with
tongue extended.

(7) The nebulizer is inserted into the hole in the front of the enclosure
and the fit test solution is sprayed into the enclosure using the same number
of squeezes required to elicit a taste response in the screening test.

(8) After generating the aerosol the test subject shall be instructed to
perform the exercises in section I. A. 14 above.

(9) Every 30 seconds the aerosol concentration shall be replenished using
one half the number of squeezes as initially.

(10) The test subject shall indicate to the test conductor if any time
during the fit test the taste of saccharin is detected.

(11) If the taste of saccharin is detected, the fit is deemed unsatisfactory
and a different respirator shall be tried.

4. "Irritant Fume Protocol." (a) The respirator to be tested shall be
equipped with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters.

(b) The test subject shall be allowed to smell a weak concentration of the
irritant smoke before the respirator is donned to become familiar with its
characteristric odor.

(c) Break both ends of a ventilation smoke tube containing stannic
oxychloride, such as the MSA part No. 5645, or equivalent. Attach one end of
the smoke tube to a low flow air pump set to deliver 200 milliliters per
minute.

(d) If a half-mask is being fitted, advise the test subject that the smoke
can be irritating to the eyes and instruct the subject to keep his/her eyes
closed while the test is performed.

(e) The test conductor shall direct the stream of irritant smoke from the
smoke tube towards the face seal area of the test subject. He/She shall begin
at least 12 inches from the facepiece and gradually move to within one inch,
moving around the whole perimeter of the mask.

(f) The exercises identified in section I. A. 14 above shall be performed by
the test subject while the respirator seal is being challenged by the smoke.

(g) Each test subject passing the smoke test without evidence of a response
shall be given a sensitivity check of the smoke from the same tube once the
respirator has been removed to determine whether he/she reacts to the smoke.
Failure to evoke a response shall void the fit test.

(h) The fit test shall be performed in a location with exhaust ventilation
sufficient to prevent general contamination of the testing area by the test
agent.

C. "Quantitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocol"

1. "General." (a) The employer shall assign specific individuals who shall
assume full responsibility for implementing the respirator quantitative fit
test program.

(b) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to
calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests,
calculate fit factors properly and assure that test equipment is in proper
working order.

(c) The employer shall assure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and well
maintained so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.

2. "Definitions." (a) Quantitative fit test. The test is performed in a test
chamber. The normal air-purifying element of the respirator is replaced by a
high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter in the case of particulate QLFT
aerosols or a sorbent offering contaminant penetration protection equivalent
to high-efficiency filters where the QLFT test agency is a gas or vapor.

(b) Challenge agent means the aerosol, gas or vapor introduced into a test
chamber so that its concentration inside and outside the respirator may be
measured.

(c) Test subject means the person wearing the respirator for quantitative
fit testing.

(d) Normal standing position means standing erect and straight with arms
down along the sides and looking straight ahead.

(e) Maximum peak penetration method means the method of determining test
agent penetration in the respirator as determined by strip chart recordings
of the test. The highest peak penetration for a given exercise is taken to be
representative of average penetration into the respirator for that exercise.

(f) Average peak penetration method means the method of determining test
agent penetration into the respirator utilizing a strip chart recorder,
integrator, or computer. The agent penetration is determined by an average of
the peak heights on the graph or by computer integration, for each exercise
except the grimace exercise. Integrators or computers which calculate the
actual test agent penetration into the respirator for each exercise will also
be considered to meet the requirements of the average peak penetration
method.

(g) "Fit Factor" means the ratio of challenge agent concentration outside
with respect to the inside of a respirator inlet covering (facepiece or
enclosure).

3. "Apparatus." (a) Instrumentation. Aerosol generation, dilution, and
measurement systems using corn oil or sodium chloride as test aerosols shall
be used for quantitative fit testing.

(b) Test chamber. The test chamber shall be large enough to permit all test
subjects to perform freely all required exercises without disturbing the
challenge agent concentration or the measurement apparatus. The test chamber
shall be equipped and constructed so that the challenge agent is effectively
isolated from the ambient air, yet uniform in concentration throughout the
chamber.

(c) When testing air-purifying respirators, the normal filter or cartridge
element shall be replaced with a high-efficiency particulate filter supplied
by the same manufacturer.

(d) The sampling instrument shall be selected so that a strip chart record
may be made of the test showing the rise and fall of the challenge agent
concentration with each inspiration and expiration at fit factors of at least
2,000. Integrators or computers which integrate the amount of test agent
penetration leakage into the respirator for each exercise may be used
provided a record of the readings is made.

(e) The combination of substitute air-purifying elements, challenge agent
and challenge agent concentration in the test chamber shall be such that the
test subject is not exposed in excess of an established exposure limit for
the challenge agent at any time during the testing process.

(f) The sampling port on the test specimen respirator shall be placed and
constructed so that no leakage occurs around the port (e.g., where the
respirator is probed), a free air flow is allowed into the sampling line at
all times and so that there is no interference with the fit or performance of
the respirator.

(g) The test chamber and test set up shall permit the person administering
the test to observe the test subject inside the chamber during the test.

(h) The equipment generating the challenge atmosphere shall maintain the
concentration of challenge agent inside the test chamber constant to within a
10 percent variation for the duration of the test.

(i) The time lag (interval between an event and the recording of the event
on the strip chart or computer or integrator) shall be kept to a minimum.
There shall be a clear association between the occurrence of an event inside
the test chamber and its being recorded.

(j) The sampling line tubing for the test chamber atmosphere and for the
respirator sampling port shall be of equal diameter and of the same material.
The length of the two lines shall be equal.

(k) The exhaust flow from the test chamber shall pass through a
high-efficiency filter before release.

(l) When sodium chloride aerosol is used, the relative humidity inside the
test chamber shall not exceed 50 percent.

(m) The limitations of instrument detection shall be taken into account when
determining the fit factor.

(n) Test respirators shall be maintained in proper working order and
inspected for deficiencies such as cracks, missing valves and gaskets, etc.

4. "Procedural Requirements." (a) When performing the initial positive or
negative pressure test the sampling line shall be crimped closed in order to
avoid air pressure leakage during either of these tests.

(b) An abbreviated screening isoamyl acetate test or irritant fume test may
be utilized in order to quickly identify poor fitting respirators which
passed the positive and/or negative pressure test and thus reduce the amount
of QLFT time. When performing a screening isoamyl acetate test, combination
high-efficiency organic vapor cartridges/canisters shall be used.

(c) A reasonably stable challenge agent concentration shall be measured in
the test chamber prior to testing. For canopy or shower curtain type of test
units the determination of the challenge agent stability may be established
after the test subject has entered the test environment.

(d) Immediately after the subject enters the test chamber, the challenge
agent concentration inside the respirator shall be measured to ensure that
the peak penetration does not exceed 5 percent for a half mask or 1 percent
for a full facepiece respirator.

(e) A stable challenge concentration shall be obtained prior to the actual
start of testing.

(f) Respirator restraining straps shall not be overtightened for testing.
The straps shall be adjusted by the wearer without assistance from other
persons to give a reasonable comfortable fit typical of normal use.

(g) The test shall be terminated whenever any single peak penetration
exceeds 5 percent for half masks and 1 percent for full facepiece
respirators. The test subject shall be refitted and retested. If two of the
three required tests are terminated, the fit shall be deemed inadequate.

(h) In order to successfully complete a QLFT, three successful fit tests are
required. The results of each of the three independent fit tests must exceed
the minimum fit factor needed for the class of respirator (e.g., half mask
respirator, full facepiece respirator).

(i) Calculation of fit factors. (1) The fit factor shall be
determined for the quantitative fit test by taking the ratio of the average
chamber concentration to the concentration inside the respirator.

(2) The average test chamber concentration is the arithmetic average of the
test chamber concentration at the beginning and of the end of the test.

(3) The concentration of the challenge agent inside the respirator shall be
determined by one of the following methods:

(i) Average peak concentration (ii) Maximum peak concentration (iii)
Integration by calculation of the area under the individual peak for each
exercise. This includes computerized integration.

(j) Interpretation of test results. The fit factor established by the
quantitative fit testing shall be the lowest of the three fit factor values
calculated from the three required fit tests.

(k) The test subject shall not be permitted to wear a half mask, or full
facepiece respirator unless a minimum fit factor equivalent to at least 10
times the hazardous exposure level is obtained.

(l) Filters used for quantitative fit testing shall be replaced at least
weekly, or whenever increased breathing resistance is encountered, or when
the test agent has altered the integrity of the filter media. Organic vapor
cartridges/canisters shall be replaced daily (when used) or sooner if there
is any indication of breakthrough by a test agent.

Appendix A to Part 1926 - Designations for General Industry Standards
Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards

New Designations for General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of
Construction Standards

1926 DESIGNATIONS FOR APPLICABLE 1910 STANDARDS

Federal Registers - Table of Contents

Back to Top	www.osha.gov	www.dol.gov
Contact Us | Freedom of Information Act | Customer Survey Privacy and Security Statement | Disclaimers
Occupational Safety & Health Administration 200 Constitution Avenue, NW Washington, DC 20210